YALE UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY

WORKS ISSUED BY

Cfie 3laftlugt Coring.

VOYAGE OF LINSCHOTEN TO THE
EAST INDIES.
VOL. II.

FIRST SERIES. NO. LXXI-MDCCCLXXXV

THE VOYAGE
OP
JOHN HUYGHEN VAN LINSCHOTEN
TO ral
EAST INDIES.
FROM THE OLD ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF 1598.
THE FIRST BOOK,
CONTAINING HIS DESCRIPTION OF THE EAST.
IN TWO VOLUMES.
«2Bitelf,
THE FIRST VOLUME BY THE LATE
ARTHUR COKE BURNELL, Ph.D., CLE.,
OF THE MADRAS CIVIL SERVICE ;

THE SECOND VOLUME
BY
Mr. P. A. TIELE,
OF UTRECHT.

VOL. II.

BURT FRANKLIN, PUBLISHER
NEW YORK, NEW YORK

Published by
BURT FRANKLIN
514 West 113th Street
New York 25, N. Y.

ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED BY THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY

REPRINTED BY PERMISSION

PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.

COUNCIL

THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY.

Colonel H. YULE, C.B., President.
Majob-Geitebai Sib HENRY RAWLINSON, K.C.B., Vioe-Pbebidewt.
W. A. TYSSEN AMHERST, Esq., M.P.
WALTER DE GRAY BIRCH, Esq., F.S.A.
Capiaht LINDESAY BRINE, R.N.
E. H. BUNBURY, Esq.
The Eael oe DUCIE, F.R.S.
Sie BARROW ELLIS, K.C.S.I.
AUGUSTUS W. FRANKS, Esq.
EDWARD HAILSTONE, Esq.
Vioe-Admibal Sie ANTHONY H. HOSKINS, K.C.B.
Liedt -Geseeal Sie J. HENRY LEFROY, C.B., K.C.M.G,
R. H. MAJOR, Esq., F.S.A.
Reae-Admieai, MAYNE, C.B.
E. DELMAR MORGAN, Esq.
Admieal Sie ERASMUS OMMANNEY, C.B., F.R.S.
Lobd ARTHUR RUSSELL, M.P.
The Lobd STANLEY 01 Aldebley.
EDWARD THOMAS, Esq., F.R.S.
Lieut.-Geit. Sie HENRY THULLLIER, C.S.I., F.R.S.
t
CLEMENTS R. MARKHAM, C.B., F.R.S., Hokoeaey Seceetaby.

CONTENTS.

VOL. II.

CHAPTER XLVI.
"Of the Elephant."
Elephants, where found, 1 ; white ones in Siam and Pegu ; superiority of
Ceylon elephants, 2 ; employments, and sagacity ; season of disturbance, 3 ;
revengeful ; ivory and its uses ; use in war, 4 ; timidity ; delight in honour
and pomp ; anecdotes of their pride, 5 ; gratitude, 6 ; anecdote in example,
6,7. CHAPTER XLVII.
" Of the Abadas or Rhinoceros."
Only in Bengal and Patani, 8 ; some think it the true unicorn, 9 ; beliefs
about it ; estimation of the horn, 10 ; other horns also esteemed as antidotes;
Rhinoceros sent to Philip II. CHAPTER XLVIII.
" Of the Fishes and other Beasts in the sea of India."
Best kinds of fish, 11 ; seer fish ; curry ; crabs and crayfish ; shellfish, 12 ;
sharks ; shark anecdote ; strange fish taken at Goa (apparently a manis), 13 ;
another strange fish commemorated by a picture at Goa, 14, 15 ; crocodiles,
etc.; great shellfish at Malacca (Tridacne) ; monstrous crabs, 16.
CHAPTER XLIX.
" Of all Fruites, Trees, Plants, and common Hearbs in India, and
first of a certain fruit called Ananas."
Ananas (or pine-apple), 17 ; varieties, and their American names, 18 ; other
particulars, 19. CHAPTER L.
" Of laqua, or laacca."
Description of the jack, 20 ; its qualities, 21 ; varieties, 22-23.

viil CONTENTS.
CHAPTER LI.
" Of Mangas."
Description of mangoes ; the mangas bravas, 25 ; salted mangoes, 26.
CHAPTER LII.
" Of Cajous."
The cashew fruit, 28 ; and its nut, 29 ; effects.
CHAPTER LIII.
"Of Jambos."
Jambo tree described, 30 ; names, etc., 31-32.
CHAPTER LIV.
" Of other Fruites in India."
Fruit called jangomas (?), 32 ; carambola, 33 ; its names ; brindoins ; durin-
doins, 34 ; jambolins, 35 ; melons and patecas; vegetables and flowers, 36.
CHAPTER LV.
" Of the Indian Figges."
The Indian fig (i.e., banana, or plantain), 37-40 ; its names, 40 ; proposed
identification with the grape-bunches of Promised Land ; medical qualities,
41 ; yams and batatas, 42. CHAPTER LVI.
" Of the Palm Trees, whereon the Indian Nuts called Cocus doe
grow."
Names of the coco-palm, 43 ; description, 44 ; many uses, 45 ; coir, 45-46;
coco-nut milk, 46 ; shells, 47 ; curry ; coco-nut oil, 48 ; sura or toddy ;
arrack, 49 ; ollas for writing on, 50 ; coir rope.
CHAPTER LVII.
" Of the Duryoens, a Fruit of Malacca."
The durian described, 51 ; its peculiarities, 52-53.
CHAPTER LVIII.
" Of the Tree Arbor de Rays,' that is, Hoot Tree, and the Bambus,
or Reede of India."
The arbor de rays (or banian tree), 53 ; description, 54 ; Pliny's " Indian
fig"; vast growth, 55. The angeli wood, 56 ; sugar-cane ; bamboo ; bamboo-
Bugar or tabashir, 56-57 ; bamboo skiffs, 58.
CHAPTER LIX.
" Of the Tree called Arbor Triste."
Description, 58-59 ; names, 59 ; further particulars.

CONTENTS. IX
CHAPTER LX.
" Of the Bettele Leaves and the fruit Arecca."
Betel (or pawn) leaf, 62 ; chewed with areca, 63 ; and other ingredients ;
particulars and effects of the custom, 64-65 ; names, 66 ; royal usage ; pills of
it, 17 ; usages connected. CHAPTER XLI..
" Of the Herbe Dutroa, and a Plant called Herba Sentida, or the
Feeling Hearbe."
Datura described, 68 ; its narcotic and intoxicating effects, 69 ; and use for
evil purposes; the same subject, 70 ; the sensitive plant ; how horns take root
in the abattoir at Goa, 71. CHAPTER XLII.
" Of Spices, Drugges, Plants, and Stuff es for Physitions and Apothe
caries, that is the common sort, and such as are ordinarily used
in India ; of their growing, and in what manner and place
they grow ; and first of Pepper."
Pepper, its kinds, and whence, 72-73 ; names ; plants described, 74 ;
pickled, 75 ; medical uses. CHAPTER LXIII.
" Of Cinamon."
Names, 76 ; places and sorts, 77 ; medical notices, 77-78.
CHAPTER LXIV.
" Of Ginger."
The plant, 78 ; pickled ; privileges of shipment, 79 ; presence in sugar ;
names ; kinds, and virtues. CHAPTER LXV.
« Of Cloves."
Names, 81 ; description and kinds ; peculiarities, 82 ; uses, 83 ; virtues,
83-84. CHAPTER LXVI.
" Of Mace, Folie, or Flowers of Nutmegges, and of Nutmegges."
Nutmeg tree described, 84 ; the mace ; locality of growth, 85 ; names,
virtues, 86. CHAPTER LXVII.
" Of Cardamomum."
Virtues of Cardamom, 86 ; kinds and localities, 87 ; uses, names and
virtues, 87-88.

X CONTENTS.
CHAPTER LXVIII.
" Of Lacke, or Hard Wax"
Names of lac, 88 ; original locality, and manner of production, 89 ; treat
ment, and application in various ways, 90.
CHAPTER LXIX.
" Of Annil or Indigo."
Names, 91 ; manner of growth and preparation ; test of quality.
CHAPTER LXX.
" Of Amber, Muske, Algallia, or Civet."
Ambergris, how supposed to be produced, 92 ; large masses, and different
qualities, 93 ; uses, virtues, 94 ; musk, and the animal affording it ; Chinese
tricks with it, 95 ; civet ; also falsified, 96 ; virtues.
CHAPTER LXXI.
" Of Benioin."
Benzoin, 96 ; its virtueB, 97 ; the plant producing it ; where produced, 98;
and names. CHAPTER LXXII.
" Of Frankincense and Mirre."
Frankincense from Arabia, 99 ; names ; virtues ; myrrh, its origin,
virtues, 100. CHAPTER LXXIII.
" Of Manna and Rhubarbe."
Manna, whence, 101 ; different sorts, medical uses, 101 ; Rhubarb, whence,
the best quality ; not much brought by sea, 102.
CHAPTER LXXIV.
"Of the Wood called 'Sanders."
Three sortes of sandal-wood, 102 ; the trees ; the names, 103 ; virtues ;
red sanders. CHAPTER LXXV.
" 0/Palo de Cobra, or Snakewood."
Snakewood from Ceylon, 104 ; discovered by (the mongoose), which fights
with snakes ; different sorts, 105. CHAPTER LXXVI.
" Of the Wood Calamba, or Lignum Aloes."
Ligu-aloes, calamba, or pao d'aguila, where produced, 105 ; the qualities,
106 ; names, and virtues.

CONTENTS. XI
CHAPTER LXXVII.
" Of the Root China."
When first introduced, 107 ; uses in medicine ; precautions, 108-109 ;
virtues in diseases, 109 ; further remarks on use, 111-112.
CHAPTER LXXVIII.
" Of Amfion, alias Opium."
Opium, its places of production, 112-113 ; how used in India ; effects, 114;
qualities and virtues. CHAPTER LXXIX.
" Of Bangue."
Used much like opium, 115 ; how taken ; effects ; intoxication, 116 ; kinds,
as used in Turkey and Egypt ; and effects, 116-117.
CHAPTER LXXX.
" Of Camphora."
Two kinds of camphor ; Borneo and China, 117 ; description, 118 ; great
difference in value. CHAPTER LXXXI.
" Of Tamarinio."
Tamarind, where produced, 119 ; and origin of the name ; description of
tree; the fruit ; its medical virtues, 120 ; name, and uses in the Levant, 121;
cassia fistula, 121 122 ; virtues of the latter, 122.
CHAPTER LXXXII.
" Of Mirabolanes."
Five sorts of myrobalans, 123 : their names, 123-124 ; their various
virtues, 125. CHAPTER LXXXIII.
" Of other Spices and Hearbes in India."
Spikenard, 126 ; its origin ; aloes, its names and origin ; virtues, 127 ;
Malacca bean ; virtues, 128 ; calamo aromatico ; names and virtues ; costus,
129; cubeb, 130 ; Folium Indum or tamalapatra ; same as Malabathrum, 131;
galanga, 131-132. CHAPTER LXXXIV.
" Of all sorts of Pearles, both great and small, and of Precious
Stones, as Diamantes, Rubies, Topaces, Saffcres, and other
such like stones, called Oriental Stones, and of the Bezers Stone,
which is good against Poyson, and such like diseases, and in
what manner and place they are found."
Pearls, the fisheries in Persian Gulf, and near Ceylon, 133 ; near Borneo and
Hainan, 134 ; manner of formation ; customs of the fishing, and sale, 134-135 ;
the chank-shells ; their employment in ornamental work, and strange beliefs
about the use thereof, 136 ; tortoise-shell.

XII CONTENTS.
CHAPTER LXXXV.
" Of Diamonds."
Various names, and places of origin, 136-137 ; topazes, 138 ; beryl.
CHAPTER LXXXVI.
" Of Rubies, Espinelles, Granades, Emeralds, and other Precious
Stones.''
Rubies and carbuncles, 139 ; espinelles, what; stones between sapphire and
ruby ; sapphires and other stones, 140 ; emeralds ; turquoises, 141 ; jasper,
chrysolites, amethysts, bloodstones, milkstones, cats' eyes, 141 ; loadstone,
142. CHAPTER LXXXV1I.
" Of the Bezar Stones, and other Stones good against Poyson. '
Bezoar, produced in the stomach of certain goats, 142 ; alleged origin of
name, 143 ; virtues ; hog-bezoars, 144 ; Lapis Armeniacus ; other antidote
stones, 145. CHAPTER LXXXVIII.
"A brief e instruction how to know and find out the right Diamantes,
Rubies, Emeralds, Pearls, and other Precious Stones, and how
to value them by Waight at their right Prices and Values ; and
first of the Diamant."
The value of the diamond according to its weight in carats, 145-146; its
proper qualities, 147 ; manner of calculation, 148-151.
CHAPTER LXXXIX.
" Of Rubies."
Manner of calculating value of Rubies, 151-154.
CHAPTER XC.
" Of the Oriental and Old Emeralds, for that those that are found
in the Islandes of the Spanish Indies, are not yet tried nor re
solved upon whether they shall be fine or not."
Old manner of estimating emeralds, 154 ; comparison with diamond and
ruby as to valuation, 155 ; espinelles of sorts and their valuation, 156-157.
CHAPTER XCI.
" Of Oriental Pearles. "
Oriental pearls the best, 157 ; mode of valuation, 157-158.

CONTENTS. Xlll
CHAPTER XCII.
" Of certaine memorable Things, passed in India during my Resi
dence there,"
Concerning four English traders (Newburie, Fitch, and other two), who\
arrived in Ormuz in 1583, 158-159 ; their intention to buy precious stones,
160 ; jealousy of resident traders ; and suspicion excited, 161 ; sent to Goa as '
prisoners, and their annoyance by the Jesuits ; Linschoten assists them, 167 ; J
and obtains their release on security, 163; the Jesuits renew annoyance, and
one joins them ; the others make their escape, 164-165 ; no other foreigners,
Europeans, except Italians, visited Goa, 167. Jesuits arrive from Japan with
three Japanese Princes going to Rome, 167 ; their return from Europe, 168 ;
account published of their journey; ambassadors to Goa from Persia, Guzerat
and Calicut, 169; peace with the Zamorin; Sanguieeu river a haunt of
Concan pirates, 170 ; expedition against it, and its miscarriage, 171-172 ;
second expedition finds the place abandoned. Trouble in Cochin on the esta- w
blishment of a Custom House, 173 ; arrivals from Europe ; the new Viceroy
Meneses, 174-175 ; Bernard Burcherts goes home by Bassora, 175 ; news from
Europe ; death of Linschoten's father, etc., 176 ; loss of the admiral's ship St.
Jago, 176-182 ; capture of ships by Turkish galleys in the Red Sea, 183 ; ex
pedition to the Red Sea ; attack on pirates in Oman, 184-185 ; disastrous result,
186. The Queen of Ormuz comes to Goa and is baptised, 187 ; her death,
loss of the ship Boa Viagen, 188 ; bad state in which the ships habitually goto
sea ; departure of the Archbishop for Portugal, 190 ; curious particulars aB to v-
the despatch of ships for Portugal, 191-192 ; loss of the ship As Seliquias,
193. Danger of Malacca, 193 ; expedition for its relief, 194 ; expedition
against Africa, 195-196 ; Columbo besieged, 196-197. The Malacca expedition,
and burning of Johor, 198 ; Dutch and German gunners, ill-treated by the
Portuguese, escape to the Balagat and join Adil Khan, 199 ; a result of Por- -
tuguese pride and bigotry, 200. Embassy from Achin ; death of the Viceroy
Meneses ; his funeral, 201 ; mode of nomination of a viceroy in such case,
202-203. Great rains in India (1588), 204 ; foul murder in Goa of Franz
Coningh (called Francis King), 204. The history of this man, his marriage in
Goa, his wife's intrigues with Ant. Fragoso, and their murder of the hus
band, by aid of datura,' 204-215. News of the Archbishop's death, 216 ;
and Linschoten's consequent resolution to go home, 217 ; death of his brother
William Tin ; explanation of the system of shipping pepper, 217-218 ; Lin- )
schoten appointed pepper factor on the Santa Cruz, 219 ; they sail from Goa (
(Nov. 1588), 220 ; more details about pepper export, 221-225.
CHAPTER XCIII. ^
" Of my Voyage and Departure from India to Portingale."
Sails from Cochin Island Jan. 1589, 228; customs of the voyage, and arrange- v.
ments of the ship, 228-233 ; causes of frequent losses, 234 ; mutual jealousies
of shippers, 235 ; disaster to the ship St. Thomas, 236-237 ; mischances to the
Santa Cruz, 238 ; St. Elmo's fire; opposite Natal, 240; the cloud called Olko do

XIV CONTENTS.
Boy, an evil prognostic ; signs of approach to the Cape, 243 ; perils of the ship,
244; it is ill provided, 245; consider returning towards Mozambique, 246 ; but
eventually go on and pass the Cape, 249 ; sight St. Helena, 250, and meet
other ships there. CHAPTER XCIV.
" A briefe Description of the Hand Saint Helena."
Why so named, 254 ; state when first discovered, 255 ; now planted with
fruits, etc., and seems a paradise ; fine climate and abundance, 256-257 ;
customs of the snippers on arriving there from India, 258 ; sail from the
island ; reach Ascension, 259-260.

CHAPTER XCV.
" Of the Hand called the Ascention."
Discovery and naming, 260 ; great quantity of birds, and their extraordi
nary tameness, 261 ; course from Ascension ; pass Cape Verde, 262 ; and
under Canary Islands, 263. CHAPTER XCVI.
"A briefe Description of the Islands o/Canaria."
Arrival at the Fortunate Islands, 263 ; names of islands, 264 ; peak of Tene-
riffe ; Island of Ferro ; extraordinary provision of water from a tree, 265 ;
Island (alleged) of St. Brandon, 266. Productions of the islands. The weed
sargasso, 267 ; sight the Azores ; sight an English squadron, 268 ; and are
fired upon ; we make for Tercera, 269 ; news of the defeat of the Spanish
Armada, 270 ; the Earl of Cumberland's fleet ; loss of ship from Malacca, 271 ;
ill-treatment of the crew, 272-273, etc.
CHAPTER XCVII.
" Of the Description of the Islands of Acores, or the Flemmish
Islandes. "
Names of the islands, 276 ; why called Azores, and why Flemish Islands ;
Tercera the chief island, 277; town of Angra ; Villa da Praya, 278; products of
Tercera, 278-284 ; inhabitants, 284-285 ; climate and diseases, 285-286 ; vil
lages ; Island of St. Michael, 287 ; Santa Maria, 288 ; Gratiosa, 288 ; St.
George, 289 ; Fayal ; Island of Pico, 290.
CHAPTER XCVIII.
" Of the Hands of Corvo and Flores."
Island of Flores, 291, and that of Corvo ; English ships here watch for
West Indian vessels. Position of Tercera, 292.

CONTENTS. XV
CHAPTER XCIX.
" Of certaine notable and memorable accidents that happened during
my continuance in Tercera."
Arrivals at Tercera, and engagement with the English, 292-293 : the Earl
of Cumberland comes close in to Angra, and takes sundry ships, 293-294 ;
arrival of the Spanish silver ships, 294 : various arrivals, and encounters with
English, 295-298 ; capture of small English vessel and murder of the crew,
299 ; etc., etc. Fleet of Sir Martin Frobisher, 302 ; etc., etc. Earthquake
in St. Michael, 308 ; Sir Richard Grenville's famous engagement with the
Spanish fleet, 309-310 ; Sir Richard's death and character, 310-311 ; great
storm ; loss of the Revenge after her capture, 313 ; story of the Dutch ship
White Dove, 313 seqq. ; other losses by the storm ; Linschoten sails from Ter
cera, 318 ; reaches home, 320.

VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN.

The First Booke.
(Continued.)
The 46. Chapter.
Of the Elephant.
Elephantes are in many places of India, specially in the
Countrey of ^Ethiopia, [lying] behind Mosambique among
the blacke Caffares,1 where commonly they kill and eate
them, and sell their teeth unto the Portingalles. They are
found also in India,2 and in Bengala, & in Pegu great
numbers, where they [use to] hunt them with great troupes
of men, and tame Elephantes, and so compasse, and get into
a heape a thousand or two [at the least], whereof they
choose out a hundreth or more as they ne'ede, and let the
other go, that the Countrey may alwaies have great store.
Those they [doe] in time [bring up and] learne [them to
travel] with [them, and to indure]3 hunger and thirst,
[with] other inventions, so long that they beginne to under-
stande men when they speake. Then they annoint .them
with Oyle, and wash them, and so do them great good,
whereby they become as tame and gentle as men, so that
they want nothing but speech. In the kingdome of Sion*
there are also very many, where they say there was a white
Elephant, which the men of Pegu prayed unto, and called6 it
1 Orig. Dutch : "black (persons) or Caffres''.
2 Orig. Dutch: "  all India" 
3 Orig. Dutch : (add) threats, 
* Sion=Siam.
6 Orig. Dutch : " pray unto and call".

2 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
the king of Elephantes, holding it in honor and estimation
like a God : for the which Elephant there rose great warre
betweene the Countrey of Pegu and Sion, as in the descrip
tion of those Countries I have already declared.1 In the
Island of Seylon there are also great numbers, which are
esteemed the best and sensiblest of all the worlde, for where
soever they meet with any other Elephantes (the Indians
report for a truth, that they have tryed it) those Elephants
of other Countries do reverence and honor to the Elephants
of Seylon.2 The most service that they use them for in
India, is to draw their pipes, buttes, packes, and other
goodes, and to ship them, all [which they do] with Ele
phants. They are kept at the kings charges, and he that
needeth them, speaketh to their keepers,3 and agreeth with
them for a price [to have their labour] :. Then the keeper
getteth upon the necke [of the Elephant] and thrusteth his
feet under his eares, having a hooke in his hand, which he
sticketh on his head, where his stones4 lye, that is to say
above betweene both his eares, which is the cause, that they
are so well able to rule them: and comming to the thing
which they are to draw, they binde the fat or packe fast
with a rope that he may feele the waight thereof, and then
the keeper speaketh unto him : whereuppon hee taketh the
corde with his snout, and windeth it about his teeth, and
thrusteth the end into his mouth, & so draweth it hanging
[after him], whether they desire to have it. If it be to be
put into a boate, then they bring the boate close to the
shore of the Key,5 and the Elephant putteth it into the
boate himselfe, and with his snout gathereth stones together,
1 See above, vol. i, p. 98, and note 1.
2 Cfr. vol. i, p. 80. Tennent (Ceylon, Part vin, ch. vi ; edition of
1859, ii, 380) attributes this story to Tavernier, but Tavernier adopted
it perhaps from LinschoteD.
3 Orig. Dutch: "  their masters or keepers" 
4 Orig. Dutch : " testiculos".
6 Orig. Dutch : " aende wal ofte kay" (to the shore or the wharf).

TO THE EAST INDIES. 3
which he laieth under the fat, [pipe, or packe] & with his
teeth striketh [and thrusteth the packe or vessel,] to see if it
lie fast or not. It will draw any great shot or other Iron
work or mettall, being made fast unto it, be it never so
heavie; they draw fustes, small Gallies, and other great
boats, as carvels, and such like, as easily out of the water
upon the land, as if no man were in them1 : so that they
serve their turnes there, even as our slids or carts with
horses [doe here to carrie our wares and marchandises] ;
their meat is rice and water, they sleepe like kine, oxen,
horses, and all foure footed beastes, and bow their knees and
all their members as other beasts doe. In winter when it
beginneth to raine, then they are unquiet,2 and altogether
mad, so that their keepers cannot rule them, and then they
are let some whether out of the towne to a great tree, and
there tyed unto it by the legs with a great iron chaine,
where they cary him meate, and so hee lieth in the open
aire, as long as he is mad, which is from A prill to September,
all the Winter time when it raineth, and then he commeth
to him selfe, and beginneth to serve againe as tamely, that a
man may lie3 under his bellie, so you doe him no hurt : but
he that hurteth him, hee must take heede, for they never
forget when any man doth them iniurie, untill they be
revenged. Their teeth which is the Ivory bone, is much used
in India, specially in Cambaia, whereof they make many
curious peeces of workemanship, the women weare manillas,
or arme bracelets thereof, ten or twelve about each arme,
whereby it is there much worne,4 and are in great numbers
brought out of Aethiopia, Mosambique and other places. In
the Island of Seylon and Pegu, they fight most upon Ele-
1 Orig. Dutch : " oft niemant daer en waer" (as if no man were
present).

2 Orig. Dutch
3 Orig. Dutch
* Orig. Dutch

" tochtig" (ruttish).
" door cruypen" (creep through).
" bought".

4 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
phants, and bind swords upon their teeth, they have likewise
woodden Castles uppon their backes, wherein are1 five or sixe
men, that shoot out of them with bowes, or peeces, and also
cast out wildfire.2 They doe no- other hurt but onely serve
to put the enemie out of order, and to scatter them out of
their rankes, but if any one of them [once] turneth his
backe, then they all begin to turne & runne over their owne
people, and put them all out of order. They are very feare-
full of a rat or a mouse, and also of the Pismyres, because
they feare they would creepe into their snouts. They are
likewise afraide of gunne shot and of fire, unlesse by length
of time they be used unto them. When they have [the]
companie3 one of the other, the male Elephant standeth upon
the higher ground, and the female somewhat lower. As they
goe along the way, although you see them not, you may
heare them a farre off by the noyse4 of their feet and clap
ping of their eares, which they continually use.5 They are
as swift in going almost as a horse, and are very proud, and
desirous of honour. When there is any great feast or holi
day6 kept in Goa, with solemn procession, commonly the
Elephants go with them, the yong before, and the old
behind, and are all painted uppon their bodies7 with the
Armes and Crosses of Portingall, & have every one five or
six trumpetters- or players upon the Shalmes, sitting uppon
them [that sound very pleasantly], wherewith they are as
well pleased, and goe with as great gravitie and in as good
order as if they were men. It hapned in Goa, that an Ele
phant shuld draw a great fust out of the water unto the
land, which fust was so great and heavie, that hee could
1 Orig. Dutch : " stand".
2 Orig. Dutch : " fire-pans".
3 Orig. Dutch : " access or cohabitation".
4 Orig. Dutch : " thunder".
6 Orig. Dutch : " which always go up and down".
6 Orig. Dutch : " Sacrament-day, or any great holiday".
7 Orig. Dutch : "body and head".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 5
not doe it alone, so that they must have another to help
him: whereupon the keeper chid him, using many hard
wordes, saying, that he was idle and weak, and that it would
be an everlasting shame for him, that they must fetch
another to helpe him, wherewith the Elephant was so des
perate, that he thrust away his fellow (which was brought to
help him) and began freshly againe to draw, with so great a
force,1 more then hee was well able to doe, that [with extreame
labour] hee burst and fell downe starke dead in the place.
At such time as I was to make my voyage from Cochin to
Portingall, the Rudder of our ship was out of order, so that
it must of force be brought on land to make it fit againe, and
so it was drawn to the river side at the sterne of the boat,
which the Elephant should draw on land uppon two bordes,
that it might slide up, and because it was heavie, (as the
Rudder of a ship of 1,400 or 1,600 tunnes requireth) as also
that the Elephant was as yet but yong, and not growne to
his ful strength, so that he could not draw it out alone, yet
he did the best hee could : but seeing hee could not doe it,
he fell on his fore legges, and began to crie and weepe, that
the teares ran out of his eyes, and because many of us
stoode upon the shore to behold this sight, the keeper began
to chide him, and with hard words to curse him, because he
shamed him thus in presence of so many men,2 [not to be
able to draw up such a thing :] but what strength or labour
soever the Elephant used, he could not doe it alone, but
when they brought another Elephant to help him, they both
together drew it halfe out of the water, so that it lay partly
uppon the bordes. The first Elephant perceiving that with
his head and teeth thrust the other Elephant away, and
would have no more helpe, but drew it out himselfe:
whereby it may bee considered, that they are in understand
ing and desire of commendation like unto men.
1 Orig. Dutch : " force and madness".
2 Orig. Dutch : "that he should shame himself before the spectators".

6 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
They are likewise very thankefull and mindfull of any
good done unto them. When new yeares day commeth, their
keepers use of common custome to aske new yeres gifts of the
Viceroy, the Archbishop, and other governours and gentle
men, and then the Elephants come to the dore1 and bow
their heads downe, and when any thing is given, they kneele
on their knees with great lowlinesse,2 [and thankefulnesse]
for the good deedes so done unto their keepers (which they
think to bee done unto themselves). They use as they passe
by such houses, to bow their heads at the doores, as also when
they passe by the Church doores, and by crosses, which their
Masters teach them. They have a custome that they goe
often into the market where herbes are sold, as Reddish,
Lettice, Colworts, and such like stuffe, and those that are
liberall to the Elephant, doe use to throw something before
him. Among the rest there was an Hearb wife which alwaies
used to throw something of her wares before the Elephant.3
Now when the time came on that the Elephant groweth mad,
as I said before, they use to goe with them three or foure
dayes or a weeke about the streets before they bind them up,
(beeing as then but halfe mad) to ask something of every
body for the feeding of the mad Elephant in the winter time.
And going thus about the streetes, the master is not able to
rule him, for hee runneth about with his head downeward,4
and by his roaring5 giveth the people warning to beware, and6
[when he findeth or] seeth no man, [hee] leapeth and over-
throweth whatsoever he meeteth withall, whereby hee maketh7
great sport and pastime, much like to the baiting of oxen8 in
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) " or in the place".
2 Orig. Dutch : "reverence".
3 This story is from Acosta's Tractado.—[_B.]
4 Orig. Dutch: "met koppen int hondert" (without seeing anything).
" with calling" (is said of the master).
" because he".
" they make"
'' bull-fighting"

6 Orig. Dutch
6 Orig. Dutch
7 Orig. Dutch
6 Orig. Dutch

TO THE EAST INDIES. 7
Spaine, which never ceaseth, until one, two, or more of them
be slaine, the like rule is kept with the mad Elephant in
India. It chanced in this running about, that the Elephant
ran through the streets, and in haste at unwares came into
the market, throwing downe all that was in his way, whereat
every man was abasht, and leaving their ware, ranne to save
themselves from being over run by the Elephant, and by
means of the noyse and prease of people, they fell one over
another, as in such rases is commonly seene. Among them
was this woman, that alwaies used to give the Elephant some
thing to eat, which had a little childe in the market lying by
her in a basket, and by the hastie rising up and throng of the
people, the woman ran into a house, not having time to
snatch up her Child, and take it with her, and when the
Elephant was alone in the market place, where he roared1 up
and downe, overthrowing all things that were before him, hee
came by the child (that as I said) lay still in the market, and
[as] every man [looked,] specially the mother, which cried
out, [&] verily thought that the Elephant had taken it2 [and
cast it on his shoulder] and spoiled it as he did all other
thinges. Hee on the contrarie notwithstanding all his mad-
nesse, being mindfull of the [good will and] liberalitie of the
childes mother dayly used unto him, took up the child hand-
somelie [and tenderly] with his snout, and layde it softly
upon a stall by a shop side, which done, hee began againe to
use the same order of stamping, crying, and clapping3* as he
had done at the first, to the great wondering of al that beheld
it, specially to the ease and ioy of the mother, that had
recovered her child sound and well againe. These and such
like examples do often4 happen in India, which would be too
long to rehearse, and therfore I thought good onely to set
1 Orig. Dutch: "leaped".
2 Orig. Dutch : " should take it and spoil it".
3 Orig. Dutch : " beyren" (swinging, tottering).
4 Orig. Dutch : " daily".

8 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
these three or foure before your eyes, as things worthy
memorie, thereby to teach us to bee mindfull of all good
deeds done unto us, and with thankfulnes to requite them,
considering that these dumbe beastes doe shew us, as it were
in a glasse, that wee should doe so as they doe, not onely when
they have their sence and understanding, but (which is more
to bee wondred at) when they are1 out of their wits [and
starke mad :] whereas men many times ' having all their
understanding, and their fine wits sound, do cast the benefits,
which they have received behind their backs, yea, and at
this day doe reward all good deedes with unthankfulnesse,
God amend it.

The 47. .Chapter.
Of the Abadas or Rhinoceros.

The Abada or Rhinoceros2 is not in India,3 but onely in
Bengala, and Patane. They are lesse and lower then the
Elephant. It hath a short home upon the nos«, in the
hinder part somewhat big, & toward the end sharper, of a
browne blew,4 and whitish colour, it hath a snout like a
hogge, and the skin uppon the upper part of his body is all
wrinckled, as if it were armed with Shields [or Targets].
It is a great enemie of the Elephant. Some thinke it is the
1 Orig. Dutch : " in times that they are half or wholly", etc.
2 Abada or Bada (e.g., in Eredia, f. 18) is the name of the rhinoceros
used by the Portuguese after their discovery of the East. It is clearly the
Malay name badah which would be heard in the Malay country, where
the animal is common. The Portuguese might have seen the rhinoceros
still earlier at Sofala, but Bleek (Languages of Mosambique, pp. 52, 53)
does not give any African name from which this word could be derived.
Both forms (abada and bada) are given by Bluteau and Moraes. But
Barbosa (1611) has only the first.— [B.]
3 I.e., the West Coast, cfr. „. 3, on p. 64 and p. 62 of vol. i.
4 Orig. Dutch ; "dark blue".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 9
right Unicorne, because that as yet there hath no other bin
found, but only by hearesay, and by the pictures of them.
The Portingales and those of Bengala affirme, that by the
River Ganges in the Kingdome of Bengala, are many of these
Rhinoceros, which when they will drinke, the other beasts
stand and waite upon them, till the Rhinoceros hath drunke,
and thrust their1 home into the water, for he cannot drink
but his home must be under the water because it standeth
so close unto his nose, and muzzle : and then after him all
the other beastes doe drinke. Their homes in India are
much esteemed and used against all venime, poyson,2 and
1 Orig. Dutch : " his".
2 The unicorn's horn waB supposed by the ancient writers on medicine
to be of use against poison, and the same belief seems to have arisen as
regards the rhinoceros' horn, because it was taken to be the unicorn's
horn, as Van Linschoten says. So late a writer as Monardes believed
that he had seen a piece of unicorn's horn ; but it is clear that the idea
of the unicorn's horn has arisen out of myths with which the narwhal's
horn was eventually connected (as Col. Yule showed, Marco Polo,
ii, p. 273) ; and when, with increased knowledge, the unicorn was found
not to exist, the rhinoceros' horn was assumed to be the unicorn's horn.
The delusion about the " virtues" of such horns lasted in Europe till the
seventeenth century, when the illustrious Redi exposed it. In the East
it seems to be still believed, e.g., the Taleef Shereef (translated by Play-
fair, 1833), says : " Its (the rhinoceros') flesh is used in disorders of wind,
and decreases urine and faeces. The smoke of the horn while burning
is excellent for the cure of piles, and for producing easy labour ; drinking
water from a cup made of the horn will also cure the piles" (p. 141).
What Redi states is interesting : "Raccontono maraviglie del sangue del
suddetto Rinoceronte nel guarire i dolori colici, nello stagnere i flussi di
sangue, e nel provocare i soliti, e necessari fiori alle donne (che pur son
dal virtu tra di loro contrarie). Dicono che la pelle di questo animale
infusa lungamente, e bollita nell' acqua, e poscia per tre giorni continui
bevutane la decozione, sia medicina sicurissima a coloro, che per langui-
dezza di stomaco, o per qualsisia altra cagione, aborriscono il cibo, e son
tormentati da continua inappetenza. Ed il volgo, che ama grandemente
d' essere ingahnato, e che ha tutta la sua speranza nelle cose pellegrine,
e difficili ad ottenersi, lo crede facilissimamente, ma io non so indurmici,
perche ne parlo dopo averne fatte molte prove ; E che non si dice egli,
e che non si predica delle virtu del corno di questo stesso animale valevole
a dif endere il cuore, e la vita da qualsisia veleno ? e pure lo non ne ho

10 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
many other diseases : likewise his teeth, clawes, flesh, skin
and blood, and his very dung, and water and all whatsoever
is about him, is much esteemed in India, and used for the
curing of many diseases and sicknesses, which is very good
and most true, as I my selfe1 by experience have found ;
but it is to be understood, that all Rhinocerotes are not
a like good, for there are some whose homes are sold for one,
two, or three hundred Pardawes the peece, and there are
others of the same colour and greatnes that are sold but for
three or foure Pardawes, which the Indians know and can
discerne. The cause is that some Rhinocerotes, which are
found in certaine places in the countrie of Bengala have this
vertue, by reason of the hearbes which that place only
yeeldeth 'and bringeth foorth, which in other places is not so,
and this estimation is not onely held of the home, but of all
other things in his whole body, as I saide before. There are
also by Malacca, Sion, and Bengala some goates2 that are
wild, whose homes are esteemed for the best homes against
poyson, and all venime that may be found : they are called
Cabras de Mato, yt. is, wilde Goates. These homes are of
great account in India, and much esteemed, and are often
times by experience found to bee verie good, wherof I my self
am a good witnes, having prooved the same. In the yeare
1581. as king Phillip was at Lisbone, there was a Rhinoceros
and an Elephant brought him out of India for a present, and
he caused them both to be led with him unto Madril, wnere
the Spanish Court is holden. This shal suffice as touching
beastes and birdes in those countries, although there are
many others which are not so well knowne: therefore I
have heere set downe none but such as are dayly seene
veduto un minimo effetto alcuno delle coma della gran bestia contro' '1
mal caduco"  (F. Redi, Esperienze intorno a diverse cose naturali,
4to., 1686, ff. 79-80).— [B.]
1 Orig. Dutch: "in some cases".
2 Orig. Dutch : " bucks or goats" (goats, male and female).

TO THE EAST INDIES. 11
[there in the land], and well known [by every man in the
countrie].1

The 48. Chapter.
Of the Fishes and other beastes in the Seas of India.
Fish in India is verie plentifull, and some very pleasant
and sweete. The best fish is called Mordexiin, Pampano,
and Tatiingo.2 There is a fish called Piexe Serra,3 which is
cut in round peeces as we cut salmon, and salt it. It is very
good, and wil indure long to carie over sea [in ships] for
victuals. Most of their fish is eaten with rice, that they
seeth in broth which they put upon the rice, and is some
what sowre, as if it were sodden in gooseberries, or unripe
grapes, but it tasteth well, and is called Carriil,4 which is
their dayly meat, the rice is in stead of bread : there are also
good Shads, Soles, and other sortes of fishes. The Garnaten6
is the best & greatest that ever I saw any, for that with a
dozen of them a man may make a good meale. The Crabs
and Crevishes are verie good and marvellous great, that it is
a wonder to tell, and that which is more wonderful, when the
moone is in the full, here with us it is a common saying, that
then Crabbes, and crevishes are at the best, but there it is
cleane, contrarie : for with a full moone they are emptie and
Orig. Dutch: "  to avoid all uncertainty".
2 The first name is the Konkanl Murdaxy, as it is usually written,
which is explained as the fish called Madania in Portuguese. The second
is the Pomfret of the English, spp. of Stromateus. The third seems to
be also Portuguese, and is, probably, corrupt ; I cannot find it either
in Bluteau or Moraes, nor in the Portuguese Konkanl Dictionary. — [B.]
3 7.e.,the"Seer"fish,)-«ad"peixe serra". — [B.] Several spp. of Cybium.
4 I.e., Curry. Carril is the Canarese form of the word. The English
have, perhaps, abridged it ; or, rather, adapted the Tamii form Kari.
In Hind, the latter form has been adopted — Karhi. — [B.]
5 Orig. Dutch : " Garnaet", i.e., " Bhrimp".

12 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
out of season, and with a newe moone good and full. There
are also Muskles and such like shelfishes of many sorts,
oysters very many, specially at Cochin; & from thence to
the cape de Comoriin.1 Fish in India is very good cheape,
for yt. with the valew of a2 stivers of their money, a man
may buy as much fish and rice to it, as will serve five or sixe
men for a good meale, after the Spanish manner, which is
very good cheape, in respect of their victuals8 in Spaine 'and
Portingall. ,
There is in the rivers, and also in the Sea along the coast
of India great store of fishes, which the Portingalls call
Tubaron or Hayen.4 This fish doth great mischiefe, and
devoureth many men that fish for pearles,6 and therefore
they dare not6 swimme in the rivers for feare of these fishes,
but doe use to bath themselves in cestemes, made for the
same purpose, as I said before. As our ship lay in the River
of Cochin, readie to sayle from thence to Portingall, it
hapned that as we were to hang on our rutter, which as then
was mended, the master of the ship, with 4 or 5 saylers,
went with the boat to put it on, and an [other] Sayler beeing
made fast with a corde [about his middle, and tied] to the
ship, hung downe with halfe his body into the water to place7
1 So also at Negapatam. They are generally to be found where the
drainage of , a town enters a backwater in the sea, and are very un
wholesome. — [B.]
2 Orig. Dutch : ¦' a pair of stivers" (een paar stuyvers).
s Orig. Dutch : "in respect of the dearness and (sic) the market of
S. and P."
4 I.e., sharks, excessively common in the tropical seas. Port.
" tabarao". — [B.] " Hayen" is the Dutch name (sing. Haai).
6 This is not correct. .Sir E. Tennent says (Ceylon, vol. ii, 1859,
p. 565) : " Strange to say, though the GuK of Manaar abounds with
these hideous creatures, not more than one well-authenticated accident
is known to have occurred from this source during any pearl fishery
since the British have had possession of Ceylon."
6 Orig. Dutch : " not much"
7 Orig. Dutch : " to help with placing".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 13
the same upon the hookes, and [while he hung in the
water,] there came one of those Hayens, and bit one of his
legs, to the middle of his thigh, cleane off at a bit, notwith
standing that the Master stroke at him with an oare, and as
the pore man was putting downe his arme to feele his
wound, the same Fish at the second time for an other bit did
bite off his hand and arme above the elbow, and also a peece
of his buttucke.
The Master and all the Saylers in the Boate not being
able to help him, although they both [stroke and] flang at it
with staves and oares, and in that miserable case the poore
man was carried into the Hospitall, where we left him with
small hope1 of life, [and how he sped after that God
knoweth,] for the next day we set sayle [and put to Sea].
These and such like chances happen dayly by those fishes
in India, as well in the sea, as in the Rivers, specially among
the Fishers for Pearles,2 whereof many loose their lives.
In the River of Goa in Winter time3 when the mouth of
the River was shut up, as commonly at that time it is, the
fishermen tooke a fish of a most wonderfull and strange
forme, such as I thinke was never seene eyther in India, or
in any other place, which for the stfangenes therof was pre
sented to my Lord the Archbishop, the picture whereof by
his commandement was painted, and for a wonder sent to
the King of Spaine.
It was in bignes, as great as a middle sized Dogge4 with a
snout like a hogge, small eies, no eares, but two holes where
his eares should bee, it had foure feet like an Elephant, the
tayle beginning somewhat uppon the backe. broad, and then
1 Orig. Dutch : " hope or desire".
2 Orig. Dutch : " fishers and pearl-divers".
3 I.e., in the rainy season, from May to October. — [B.]
4 This description makes it probable that the animal was a "pangolin",
or ant-eater (Manis pentadactyla), which the ignorant natives class as
a fish ! Cfr. Jerdon's Mammals of India, pp. 314, ffg. — [B.]

14 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
flatte, and at the verie end round and somewhat sharpe. It
ranne a long the hall uppon the flore, [and in evrie place] of
the house snorting like a hogge. The whole body, head,.
taile, & legs being covered with scales of a thumb breadth,1
harder than Iron or Steele : Wee hewed [and layd] uppon
them [with weapons,] as if men should beate upon an
Anvil, and when wee stroke uppon him, hee rouled himselfe
in a heape, head and feete altogether, so that hee lay like a
round ball, wee not beeing able to iudge where he closed
himself together, neyther could wee with anie instrument or
strength of hands open him againe, but letting him alone
and not touching him, hee opened himselfe and ranne away
as I said before.
And because I am now in hand with Fishes of India, I
will here declare a short and true Historie of a Fish,
although to some it may seeme incredible, but it standeth
painted in the Viceroyes Pallace in India, and was set
downe by true and credible witnesses that it was so, and
therefore it standeth there for memorie of a wonderfull
thing, together with the names and surnames of the ship,
Captaine, day & yere when it was done, and as yet there are
many men living at this day, that were in the same shippe
and adventure, for that it is not long since, and it was thus.
That a ship sayling from Mosambique into India, and they
having faire weather, a good fore winde, as much as the
Sayles might beare before the winde for the space of four-
tfene dayes [together], directing their course towards the
Equinoctiall line, every day as they tooke the height of the
Sunne, in stead of diminishing or lessening their degrees,
according to the Winde and course they had and held, they
found them selves still contrarie, and every day further
backewards [then they were, to the great admiration and
wondering of them all, and] contrarie to all reason and
mans understanding, so that they did not only wonder
1 Orig. Dutch : " as great as the fore-joint of a thumb"-

TO THE EAST INDIES. 15
thereat, but were much abasht beeing stedfastly perswaded
that they were bewitched, for they knew very well by expe
rience, that the stream e or course of the water in those
countries did not drive them backe, nor withholde them
contrarie to all Art of Navigation, whereupon they were all
in great perplexity and feare, [standing still and] beholding
each other, not once knowing the cause thereof.
At ye last the chief Boteson whom they call the masters
mate,1 looking by chance overbord towards the beakhead of
the ship, he espied a great broad taile of a Fish that had
winded it selfe as it were about the beakehead the body
thereof beeing under the keele, and the heade under the
Ruther, swimming in that manner, and drawing the shippe
with her against the wind and their right course : whereby
presently they knewe the cause of their so going backe
wards : so that having at the last stricken long with staves
and other weapons oppon the fishes taile, in the ende they
stroke it off, and thereby the fish left the ship, after it had
layne 14 dayes under the same, drawing the ship with it
against wind and weather : for which cause the Viceroy in
Goa caused it to be painted in his pallace for a perpetuall
memory, where I have often read it, with the day and time,
and the name both of the shippe and Captaine, which I can
not well remember, although it bee no great matter.
There are many other fishes in those seas and rivers. In
the River of Bengala called Ganges, and by Malacca there
are Crocodiles, and other sea Serpents of an unspeakeable
greatness which often times doe overturn e smal fisher boates
and other scutes, and devoure the men that are therein : and
some of them creeping out of the water unto the lande do
snatch uppe divers men, which they hale after them, and
then kill them and eate them,2 as it dayly happeneth in
1 Orig. Dutch : " den Hoogh-bootsman diese onder-Schipper noemen".
2 Orig. Dutch : "  lande, surprise the men, overtake, and devour
them".

16 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
those Countries. There are by Malacca certaine fish shelles
found on the shore, much like Scalop shelles,1 so great and
so heavie, that two strong men have enough to doe with a
Leaver to draw one of them after them. Within them there
is a fish which they of Malacca do eate. There were some
of those shelles in the ballast of the shippe that came from
Malacca, & kept company with us from the Island of S.
Helena, to the Islande of Tercera, where the shippe was cast
away, and some of the shelles taken out of her, which the
Jesuites of Malacca had sent unto Lisbone, to set in the
wals2 of their church and Cloyster, which they there [had
caused to bee made, and] most sumptuously built
The like happened to a shippe called S. Peter, that sayled
from Cochin towards Portingall, that fell upon a- sande,
which at this day is called after the same ships name
S. Peters sande, lying from Goa South Southeast3 under 6.
degrees upon the South side, where it was cast away, but all
the men saved themselves, and of the woode of the shippe
that was cast away, they made a small [Barke or] Carvell,
wherewith they all arrived in India: and while they
were busied about building of their ship, they found
such great Crabbes upon that sand, and in so great numbers
that they were constrained to make a sconce, and by good
watch to defend themselves from them, for that they were of
an unreasonable4 greatnes, so that whomsoever they got
under their claws it cost him his life :6 this is most true and
not long since done, for that in the same shippe wherein I
came out of India into Portingale, there were two of the
Saylors that had beene in the same shippe called S. Peter,
and affirmed it for a truth, as it is likewise paynted in divers
places in Goa, for a perpetual memory, which I thought good
1 Orig. Dutch : " sint Jacobs schulpen". Doubtless Tridacne gigas.
2 Orig. Dutch :." front". 3 Orig. Dutch: " south southwest"-
4 Orig. Dutch : " abominable"
6 Orig. Dutch : "  and they devoured him"

TO THE EAST INDIES. 17
to set downe, to shewe the strangenesse of those fishes : and
it is to be thought that there are many other fishes and sea
monsters, as yet to us not known, which [are dayly found by]
such as continually use to sea, [and] doo often meete with
[them]. And this shall be sufficient for the fishes & sea
monsters of India.

The 49. Chapter.

Of all fruits, trees, plants, and common hearbs in India, and first of a
[certain] fruit called Ananas.
Ananas by the Canarijns called Ananasa, by the Brasilians
Nana, and by others in Hispaniola Iaiama : by the Spaniards
in Brasilia Pinas, because of a certain resemblance which the
fruite hath with the Pine apple} It commeth out of the Pro
vince of Sancta Croce, first brought into Brasilia,2 then to the
Spanish Indies, and afterwardes into the East Indies, where
nowe they grow in great abundance, of the bignes of Citrones
or of a common Melon. They are of a f aire colour, of a yellow
greene, which greennes when it is ripe vadeth away. It is sweet
in taste, & pleasant in smell, like to an Abricot, so that by
the very smell of them a man may know the houses wherein
these fruites are kept. Afar off they shew like Artichokes, but
they have no such sharpe prickes [on their leaves], the plants [or
stalkes] whereon they grow are as bigge as a Thistle,3 and have
a roote also like a Thistle, whereon .groweth bat one Nut in the
middle of the stalke, and rounde about it certaine small stalkes
whereon some fruite likewise doeth often times grow} I have
had some of the Slips here in my garden, that were brought mee
1 I.e., hi modern English, the Pine-cone. — [Y.]
2 Orig. Dutch : " Is from the province of Santa croce first, in Brasi
lia, thence brought into Spanish India", etc. Santa Cruz is the old name
of Brasil.
3 Orig. Dutch : " Cardon'% Cardo (Lat. , Carduus) is the Spanish
word for thistle. 4 Orig. Dutch :_" of which some also bear fruit".

18 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
out of Brasilia, but our colde countrey could not brooke them.
This fruite is hot and moist, and is eaten out of wine like a
Peach, light of digesture, but superfluous in nourishing:1 It
inflameth and heateth, and consumeth the gums ; by reason of
the small threedes that run through it. There are many sortes
of this fruite among the Brasilians, which according to the
difference of their speeches have likewise different names, whereof
three kindes are specially named and written of. The first
called Taicama, which is the longest & the best of taste, and the
substance of it yellow. The second Boniama, thai is white
vrithin, and not very sweet? of taste. The thirde laiagna,3
which is whitish within, and tasteth like Renish Wine. These
fruites likewise do grow some of themselves as if they were
planted, and are called wilde Ananasses, and some growe in
gardens, whereof we now make* mention. The wilde* growe
uppon stalkes of the length of a pike or Speare, rounde, and of
the bignesse of an Orange, ful of thorns : the leaves likewise
have sharpe pricks, and round about full of soft thornes : the
fruite is little eaten, although they are of an indifferent pleasant
taste. The whole plantes with the rootes are full of iuyce, which
being taken about -seven or eight of the clocke in a morning, and
drunke with Sugar, is holden for a most certaine remedie
against the heate of the liver and the kidneyes, against exul-
cerated kidneyes, mattery water and excoriation of the yarde.
The Arabians commend it to be good against Saynt Anlhonies
fire, and call it Queura. He that is desirous to reade more
hereof, let him reade Costa in the proper Chapter of Ananas,
and Oviedius6 in the eight booke, and eighteenth Chapter : and
1 Orig. Dutch : " but when too much is taken it inflames," etc.
2 Orig. Dutch : " and very sweet" (mal soet).
3 The names as given in Ramusio's Italian Oviedo are laiama (see
preceding page), Boniama, and laiagua (Ramus, iii, f. 136u).
4 Orig. Dutch : " have made".
6 These are the Pandanus odoratissiinus in India. — [B.]
6 Oviedo, Historia General de las Indias (Salam., 1547). In his
Natural Eystoria de las Indias (Toledo, 1526) it is spoken of f. 42.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 19
Thevetius in his observations of America,1 in the six and for
tieth Chapter. Ananas preserved in Sugar are like Cocum-
bers, whereof I have had many.2
Ananas is one of the best fruites, and of best taste in all
India, but it is not a proper fruit of India it selfe, but a
strange fruite, for it was first brought by the Portingalles out
of Brasille, so that at the first it was sold for a noveltie, at a
Pardaw the peece, and sometimes more, but now there are
so many growen in the Countrey, that they are very good,
cheape.3 The time when they are rype is in Lent, for then
they are best and sweetest of taste. They are as bigge as a
Melon, and in forme like the heade of a Distaffe, without
like a Pine apple, but softe in cutting : of colour redde and
greenish : They growe about halfe a fadome high, from the
grounde, not much more or lesse, the leaves are4 like the
Hearbe that is brought out of Spayne, called Aloe, or Semper
viva, because it is alwayes greene, and therefore it is hanged
on the beames of houses,6 but somewhat smaller, and at the
endes somewhat sharpe, as if they were cut out. When
they eate them, they pull off the shell, and cutte them into
slices or [peeces,] as men desire to have them drest. Some9
have small kernelles within them, like the kernelles of
Apples or Peares. They are of colour within like a Peach,
that is ripe, and almost of the same taste, but in sweetnesse
they surpasse all fruites. The iuyce thereof is like sweete
Muste, [or newe Renish Wyne] : a man can never satisfie
himselfe therewith. It is very hotte of nature,7 for if you
1 F. Andre Thevet, Les Svngularitis de la France Antarctique (Paris,
1558), fol. 89, 90.
2 Note by D. Paludanua (Orig. Dutch).
3 The pine-apple may now be said to have run wild in Malabar ; but
is uncommon and seldom cultivated on the East (or Coromahdel) coast
of S. India, as the Tamil people do not like the flavour. — [B.]
4 Orig. Dutch: "are almost".
6 Orig. Dutch : " in the houses".
6 Orig. Dutch: "they". 7 I.e. , very acid.

20 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
let a knife sticke in it but halfe an houre long, when you
draw it forth again, it will bee halfe eaten uppe, yet it doeth
no particular hurte, unlesse a man shoulde eate so much
thereof, that hee surfet upon them, as many such greedie
and unreasonable men there are, which eate all thinges
without any measure [or discretion]. The sicke are for
bidden to use them. The common way to dresse the [com
mon] Ananasses, is to cut them in [broad] round [cakes or]
slyces-, and so being steeped in wine it is a very pleasant
meat.

The 50. Chapter.
Of Iaqua or Iaacca.

This [fruite] groweth in Calecut, and in some other places
of India neere to the Sea, [and] upon [ryvers or] waters [sides.1
It is] a certaine fruite that in Malabar is called Iaca? in
Canara and Gusurate, Panar and Panasa, by the Arabians,
Panax, by the Persians, Panax.3 This fruite groweth upon
great trees, not out of the branches like other fruites, but out of
the body* of. the tree, above the earth, and under the leaves.
The leaves are as bigge as a [mans] hand,6 greenish, with thick
hard veine that goeth cleans thorough the length [of them]. The
smallest of this fruite , specially that which groweth in Malabar,
[and is] the best [of all], is greater than our greatest Pum-
1 The jack (Artocarpus integrifolia) is not common in India, except
on the West Coast [and in Bengal]. In Malabar and.Travancore it
supplies a most important article of food, by its fruit ; and in Trav-
anoore this is almost a staple of food. — [B.]
2 I.e., the fruit only is called cahka; the tree is called pilava in Malay-
alam. — [B.]
3 These are all derived from the Sanskrit name panasa.— [B.]
« Orig. Dutch : "  body or trunk of the tree".
6 Rather an exaggeration. — [B.]

TO THE EAST INDIES. 21
pians1 (I meane of Portingall). They are without covered with
a hard shell,2 of colour greene, otherwise it is much like the
Pine apple, save- onely that the [shell or] huske seemeth to be
setful of pointed Diamants, which have certaine greene [and]
short hookes [at the endes], but at the [verie] points are blackish,
and yet are neither sharpe nor pricking although they seeme [so
to be]. These fruites are like Melons, and sometimes greater, out
wardly greene, and inwardly Telow, with many soft prickles,
apparrelled [(as it were)] like a Hedgehog. Those that grow in
Goa are not so good, nor of so good a taste as those in Malabar.
This fruit being ripe, which is commonly in December, smelleth
very sweete3 and is of two sorts, whereof the best is called Barca,
the other Papa} which is not so good, and yet in handling it is
soft like the other. The best cost about 40. Marvedies, which is
somewhat more than a Ryall [of plate], and being ripe they
are of a blackish colour, and with a hard huske, the outward
part5 thereof which compasseth the Nut, is of many tastes,
some times it tasteth like a Melon, sometimes like a Peach, and
[somewhat] pleasanter, (but in taste it is most like unto the
Peach) sometimes like a Hony Combe, sometimes like a Citron,6
but they are hard to digest, & do commonly come up7 againe
[out of the stomacke] undigested even as they were eaten. This
fruit being cut up and opened longwise [in the middle], is
white within, and full of meate, with many partitions ful of
long. Nuts, thicker and greater then Dates, with a graye skin,
the Nut white, like our Chesnuts. Being greene they eate
1 Orig. Dutch : "  dan onse grootste Flesschen ofte Pompoenen",
"than our biggest bottles or pumpkins".
2 Rather : "skin" or "husk".
3 It has an offensive, foetid odour also. — [B.]
4 These two different kinds were early mentioned. — [B.] (See Friar
Jordanus, Hakl. Soc, pp. 13-14, and Ibn Batuta, iii, 126, 127.)
6 I.e., the pulp which surrounds each of the nuts. — [B.]
6 Orig. Dutch : " like a sweet citron".
7 Orig. Dutch: "go down".

22 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
earthy, and sharpe of taste, and ingender much Wine1 but
being rosted or soden they are like our Chesnuts & are verie plea
sant, they increase lust, for the which cause they are most used
to bee eaten : They stop the Flux of the belly, the skin about
them is heavie for the maw, and corrupting therein, doth breed
many evil and pestilent humors, wherof such as eate much of this
fruit, doe easily get the Plague, which the Indians call Morxi2
He that desireth to see more hereof, let him Reade Lodovicus
Rbmanus3 in his fifth Booke and fifteene Chapter of his Navi
gations, and Christopherus a Costa in his Cap. of laca, &
Gracia ab Horto, in the second booke and fourth Chapter}
Iaacas grow on great trees like Nut trees, & onely on
the sea shores, that is to say, in such countries as borden on
the seas,5 cleane contrarie unto al other fruites, for they grow
above6 the earth, upon the trunkes [or bodies] of the trees,
& upon the great thick branches, but where the branches
spread abroad, being small and full of leaves, there groweth
none : they are as big as a great Melon, and much like it of
fashion, although some of them are as great as a man can
well lift up, and outwardlie are like the Ananas, but
smoother, and of a darke greene colour, the fruit within is
in huskes, like Chesnuttes, but of an other forme, and everie
huske hath a Nutte,7 which is half white, the rest yellowish,
and sticketh to a mans handes like honnie, when it is in the
beehyves among the waxe, and for toughnesse & in taste
for sweetnes not much unlike The fruite is on the outside
like a Chesnutte,8 [and] in [forme or] fashion like an Acorne,
1 Should be "wind", Orig. Dutch: "ende vele winden genererende".
2 I.e., mo&aal, or mo&axl, i.e., cholera. — [B.] 3 I.e., Va^thema.
4 Note by Paludanus (Orig. Dutch).
6 All this appears to be taken from Garcia d'Orta's Coloquios, f. 121
(edic. de 1563).— [B.]
6 Orig. Dutch : "right above".
7 Orig. Dutch: "fruit".
8 Orig. Dutch : " This fruit is the outside that sits on the chesnut
which is", etc.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 23
when the greene knob that groweth under it1 is taken away,
and of that bignesse and some what bigger : this fruite2 that
is outmost being eaten, the rest3 is good to be rosted or
sodden, and are not much unlike in taste to the Chesnuts of
Europa. There are of these huskes in every Iaacca a hun-
dreth and more, according to the greatnes thereof. There
are two sorts4 of them, the best are called Girasal, and the
common and least esteemed, Chambasal, although in fashion
and tr^es there is no difference, save that the Girasals have
a sweeter taste. By this name Girasal & Chambasal, the
Indians doe make difference of their Ryce, and other things :
they call the best Girasal and the worst Chambasal, after the
which names they have their prices : the Iaacas continue all
the yeare.

The 51. Chapter.
Of Mangas.

Mangas6 growe uppon great trees like laca trees, they have
many branches, and are of quantitie6 as bigge as a great Goose
Egge, and in some places of India doe weigh two pounds, and
more [the peece]. And many times [there are] of severall
colours upon one tree, some being a light green, others Yelow,
& some a reddish green, and for smel and taste pleasant, and
not being perished, are of better tast than any Peach. As
touching their name, they are commonly called Mangas, in
1 Orig. Dutch : " the hindermost green little husk".
2 Orig. Dutch : " the fruit".
3 Orig. Dutch: " the chesnut".
4 This refers to what may be termed the crops of the fruit ; there is
no difference in the trees. — [B.]
6 Malayalam, " manna", a mango fruit. — [K.]
8 Orig. Dutch : " size".

24 VOYAGE OF VAN LiNSCHOTEN
Canarijn Ambo, of the Turkes and Persians, Amba.1 They
beare fruit2 upon the trees, from Aprill to November, according
to the situation of the place, they growe in many places, but the
best in Ormus, where before all other fruites they are desired,
next unto them are those that grow in Gusarate, which for their
goodnes are called Gusarates, they are smaller then the other,
but of better taste & favor;3 within they have a small Nut,
[or kernell]. A thirde sort there is that groweth in Balagatte,
and those are the greatest, for there are of them that waigh two
pound & a quarter, of a verie pleasant taste. [Even so are
those] that grow in Charanna, Quindor, Madanagor, and Dul-
tabado, being the chiefe townes in the kingdome of Nisamoxa}
and like unto them are the Mangas of Bengala, Pegu, and
Malacca. The shel6 of them being taken off, is eaten in slices
with wine, and also without Wine, as wee eate Peaches, they
are also preserved; the better to keepe them, eitJier in Suger,
Vineger, Oyle, or Salt,6 like Olives in Spaine [and] being a
little opened with a Knife, [they are] stuffed with greene Ginger,
headed Garlike, Mustard or such like,7 they are sometimes
eaten only with Salt, and sometimes sodden with Rice, as we
doe Olives, and being thus conserved and sodden, are brought [to
sell] in the market. This fruite is colde and moyst, although
commonly they esteeme it to bee hotte, & say, it ingendereth a
paine and griping in the maw, . of such as eate it, and more
over the Heathen Physitians say, it is hotte, and reiecte, [or
1 This is a common Prakrit form. The Sanskrit name is " amra";
the common Hind, am and Smb. From Iijdia the name has spread to
Persia, etc. — [K.]
2 Orig. Dutch : " They are found".
3 Read "flavor", liter. " smell" ; Dutch, " rueck".
4 Nisamoxa = Nizam Shah. See ch. 27. Ahmednagar was his resi
dence ; Daulat&bad the old residence built by Mohammed Tughlak.
[The text borrows from Garcia de Orta, f. 134«, in which the first two
names are "Chacana e Quidur" Chacana is evidently Chakan, some
20 m. N. of Poona. Quindor may be Chandor.]
6 "shel", i.e., skins. (Orig. Dutch: " bast".)
6 Orig. Dutch : " either in sugar, or in vinegar, oil, and salt".
7 I.e., mango pickle, now found even in England.— [B.]

TO THE EAST INDIES. 25
refuse] it, because it ingendereth Saint Anthonies fire, Carbun
cles} hotte burning Feavers, and swellings, with [scabbes and]
scurvines : which I thinke happeneth to men that [eate] this
fruite, [and being eaten,] lyeth corrupted in their Mawes, [or
rather] by reason of the great heate [and season] of the yeare.
At the time when this fruite is ripe, many doe fall into the
forenamed diseases, although they eate. none of this fruite.
Before this fruite is fully ripe, it is somewhat hard2 of taste,
specially the inner part next to the Nut, but being ripe, [verie]
sweete and savorie. The Nut that is within it, hath a hard
huske [or shell], with hard threeds about it, wherein groweth a
kng Nut, as- big as an Acorne, white within, and outwardly
covered with a thin white skin. Being raw it is bitter of tast,
therefore it- is good against wormes, and loosenes of the belly :
against wormes when it is eaten raw, and against loosenesse of
the belly when it is3, rosted, and then it tasteth like a rosted
Acorne. There is an other kinde of this fruite without stones
which is* very pleasant. There is also* a third sorte, which is
wilde, called Mangas Bravas, and is verie poyson, wherewith
they poyson each other, for whosoever eateth but a small quan-
titie thereof, dyeth presently. They doe sometime mingle Oyle
with it, to make it stronger, and? being taken [in that sort,] how
soever it be, it killeth very quickly, and as yet there was never
any remedie found against? it. This fruite is light greene, and
somewhat bright, full of white milky Iuice, and, but a little
meate. The Nut is covered with a hard shel as bigge as a
.Quince.'' Mangas groweth upon trees like Iaaca tr^es : they are as
1 Orig. Dutch : "wilt vuer, roose"  The last is St. Anthony's
fire (erysipelas); the first is translated by Kiliaen as "phlyctena,
pusula". 2 Orig. Dutch : " treckende" (astringens).
" when the nuts are".
" of which the sight is"
"but".
" to cure"

3 Orig. Dutch
4 Orig. Dutch
6 Orig. Dutch
Orig. Dutch

7 Note by D. Paludanus (orig. Dutch).

26 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
big as a great Peach, but somewhat long, and a little crooked,
of colour cleere green, somewhat yealowish,1 and some times
reddish : it hath within it a stone bigger then a Peach stone,
but it is not good to be eaten : The Mangas is inwardly
yealowish, but in cutting it is waterish, yet some not so
much :2 they have a verie pleasant taste, better than a
Peach, and like the Annanas, which is ye best and ye most
profitable fruit in al India, for it yeeldeth a great quantity for
food & sustenance [of the countrie people], as Olives do in
Spaine and Portingale : they are3 gathered when they are
greene, and conserved, and for the most part salted in pots,
and commonlie used to be eaten with Rice, sodden in pure
water, the huske being whole, and so eaten with salt
Mangas, which is the continuall food for their slaves and
common people, or else salt dried fish in steed of Mangas,
without bread, for Rice is [in divers places] in steed of
bread. These salted Mangas are in cutting like the white
Spanish Olives, and almost of the same taste, but somewhat
savorie4 and not so bitter, yet a little sowre, and are in so
great abundance, that it is wonderful : there are others that
are salted and stuffed with small peeces of greene Ginger,
and Garlike sodden : those they call Mangas Recheadas6 or
Machar. :8 they are likewise much used, but not so common
as the other, for they are costlie and more esteemed : these
are kept in pots with Oyle and Vineger salted. The season
when Mangas are ripe is in Lent, and continueth till the
Moneth of August.
1 The best coloured representation of the mango fruit is in Forbes's
Oriental Memoirs. — [B.]
2 Orig. Dutch : " and in cutting it is fibrous (vlasachtigh), but some
are smoother"
3 Orig. Dutch : " are also".
4 Orig. Dutch : " wat renscher" (" rynsch", from Rhine wine) = a
little more sourish (Kil., acidulus), but in a good sense.
6 I.e., " stuffed mangoes" (Portuguese).— [B.]
6 Read, as in the original, "Achar"= pickle, a Hind, word (from
Persian).— [B.]

TO THE EAST INDIES. 27

The 52. Chapter.
Of Caions.1
This fruite groweth on great trees, -not [much] unlike Apple
trees (but the yong trees have leaves, like Lawrell [or Bay leaves]
they are of a pale green and thicke, with white blossoms like
Oringe trees, but thicker of leaves, yet not so sweete of smell.
The fruite is in greatnesse and forme like a Goose Egge, or a
great Apple, verie yellow 8f of good savor, [moyst or] spungie
within, and ful of Iuice, like Lemmons, but without kernels :2
sweete of taste, but yet harsh3 in a mans throat, they seeme not
to have beene common in East India, but brought thether from
Brasillia, where those Nuts are much eaten, although Thevet in
his description of America (61. Chapter) writeth otherwise. At
the end of this fruit groweth a Nut, of forme like the Kydney
of a Hare, whereof I had many brought me by a Pylot of Por-
1 [Caions should probably be Caious, i.e., cajous]. Cashew (An-
acardium Oceidentale). The name is, like the tree, from Brazil.
The tree is little more than a shrub in size. Since it was intro
duced by the Portuguese in the sixteenth century it has run wild on
the West Malabar coast, and covered immense tracts by the sea. It
is also very common on the Coromandel coast. This seems to have
been soon the case, for Linschoten says (at the end of this chapter)
that they were common all over India, i.e., about 1590. Mahn (" Etym.
Untersuchungen," s.v. Acajou, p. 144) has mixed up several distinct
words together. As regards cashew he has, through excess of care
and through acceptance of an unfounded statement by D. Forbes
(Hind. DiGt., s.v. kaju, i.e., cashew) pronounced it to be an Indian
(Dravidian) word. But it is nothing of the kind, and instead of the
Portuguese taking the word from S. India to Brazil, as Mahn supposes,
it is certainly a Brazilian word imported into India by the Portuguese.
The Tamil name is e.g. Mundiri, referring to the form of the nut, and
" kaju" is only found in Dravidian dialects (e.g., Malayalam) influenced
by the Portuguese. The Malays have a name (" Buwa frangi," Flax., p.
64), which shows that it is not indigenous in the Archipelago, though
they also use " kaju". — [B.]
2 Properly speaking, the so-called fruit is an enlarged pedicle, and not
afruit. The trees are always small, not " great", as Paludanus states.— [B.]
3 Orig. Dutch : " a little astringent".

28 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
tingall of an Ash colour, or when they are ripe of a reddish
Ash colour. These Nuts have two partitions, betweene which
two [partitions^ there is a [certaine] spongious fattie matter
like Oyle, hotte and sharpe, but in the innermost part thereof is
a white kernell very pleasant to eate, like Pistaccios} with a gray
skin over it, which is pulled off. These Nuts being a little
rosted are eaten in that sort, & [used to] provoke lust.. The
fruit and also the Nuts are used in bankets, being eaten with
wine & without wine, because of their good taste. They are
good for the weaknesse of the Maw, and against perbreaking,
and loathing of meate, but such as will not use them to that
ende, doe eate them only dipped or steeped in a little water ; the
sharpe Oyle betweene both the partitions is verie good for Saint
Anthonies fire2 and flashing in mens faces.3 The Brasilians
use it against scuffes; this tree [was at the first] planted of4, the
[very] Nut, but the first and greatest fruite, had neither seede
nor kernell ; some thinke it to bee a kind of Anacardij, because
it is very like it, for the sharpe iuyce that is betweene the parti
tions. Reade more hereafter in Carolus Clusius his observa
tions uppon Graciam.5 (first Booke and third Chapter.)6
Cajus groweth on trees like apple trees, [and] are of the
bignes of a Peare, [at one end] by the stalk somewhat sharp,
and at the head thicker, of a" yelowish colour, being ripe they
are soft in handling : they grow very like aples ; for wher
the apples have a stalke,- these Cajus have a Chesnut, as big
as the fore ioynt of a mans thumb ; they have an other
colour and fashion then the Chesnuts of Iaqua, and are
1 Cashew nuts roasted form a favourite dessert dish of Europeans in
India, and are largely used by the natives in sweetmeats. They were
called " promotion nuts" formerly, as they were supposed to be un
healthy, but for this there is no good reason.  [B.]
2 Orig. Dutch : " wilt vuer" (see p. 25).
3 Orig. Dutch : " vleckheyt" (spottiness).
4 Orig. Dutch : " is propagated by".
6 I.e., Garcia de Orta.
6 Note by D. Paludanus (orig. Dutch).

TO THE EAST INDIES. 29
better and more savorie to eate, but they must be rosted;
within they are white like ye Chesnuts of Europa, but have
thicker shelles, which are of colour blewish and dark greene.
When they are raw and unrosted, you must not open them
with your mouth, for as soone as you put them to your
mouth, they make both your tongue and your lippes to
smart,1 whereby such as know it not are deceived wherefore
you must open their shelles with a knife, or rost them, [and
then they wil peele.]2 This fruite at the ende3 [wher] the
stalke groweth ; in the eating doth worke4 in a mans throate,
and maketh it swel, yet it is of a fyne5 taste, for it is moyst
and full of iuice, they are commonlie cut in round slices, and
layd in a dish with water or wyne, and salt throwne upon
them, for so they do not worke so stronglie, but are verie good
and savorie to eate : the time when they are ripe is in Lent,
and in Winter time, like Mangas, but not so good as Mangas
or Ananas, and of lesse account. They are likewise in great
numbers over all India. .

The 53. Chapter.
Of Iambos.8

In India ther is another fruit that for the beautie, pleasant
taste, smell, and medicinable vertue thereof, is worthie to bee
written of, and is of great account in India, being first
1 Orig. Dutch : " for when you touch them with your lips or your
tongue, the skin will instantly be bitten off and cause much pain''.
2 Orig Dutch : " when you will enjoy them" (wiltmen daer deech af
hebben). 3 Here is omitted, " what should be the foremost of an apple, there".
4 Orig. Dutch : " worght" (Kil., stringere gulam vel guttur).
6 Orig. Dutch : " rensch". See p. 26.
* Jambo, i.e., fruit of the Eugenia Jambolana, commonly called "rose-
apples" in India. This name appears to be also applied to the fruits of
the '¦ Jambosa Malaccensis" and of the Sonneratia rubra (?)— [B.]

30 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
brought out of Malacca into India} The tree whereon this
fruite groweth, is as great as the greatest Orange tree in all
Spaine, with manye branches which spread verie broade, and
make much shadow, [and is] faire to behold. The bodie and
great branches thereof have an ash colour-gray barke, the leaves
are faire & soft, longer then the breadth of a hand, they are
somewhat like the point of a Spear e [or Pike] , with a thicke
threed [or veine] in the middle, and many small veines [or
branches] in the sides : outwardly verie greene ; and inwardly
[somewhat] bleaker, with blossomes of a lively darke Purple
colour,2 with many streekes in the middle, verie pleasant to
beholde, and of taste like the twynings or tendrels3 of a Vine.
The fruite is as bigge as a Peare, or (as some are of opinion)
of the bignesse and colour of a great Spanish Wal-nut, they
tooke their name of a King} Ther are two sorts of this fruit,
one a browne red, seeming as though it were blacke, most part
without stones, and more savory then the other which is a pale
red or a pale Purple colour, with a lively smell of Roses, and
within it hath a little white hard stone not verie rounde, much
like a Peach stone, white, and covered with a rough skin. This
is not ful so great as the other, yet are they both fit for such as
have [daintie and] licorous movthes. They smel like Sweete
Roses : they are colde and moyst, and altogether soft, covered
with a thinne Rinde, which cannot5 be taken off with a knife.
The lambos tree taketh deepe roote, & within foure yeares
[after it is set,] doth beare fruit, and that many times in one
1 The name of the tree and fruit, "jambu, jambu", is Sanskrit;
one of the ancient names of India, e.g., in the oldest writings of the
Buddhists and in inscriptions from the third century B.C., was Jambu-
dvipa.— [K.] The statement in text is from Garcia. It is probable that
the kind he speaks of had been brought from Malacca to Goa; the
Jambosa Malaccensis (?), which is, according to Forbes- Watson's List
called in Bengal Malaka Jamrul.—[Y.]

2 Orig. Dutch
3 Orig. Dutch
4 Orig. Dutch
5 Orig. Dutch

" of a reddish purple colour".
" clavierkens" (claviculae).
" having received this name of the king"
" may not".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 31
yeare, and is never without fruite or blossomes, for that commonly
everie branch hath both ripe and unripe fruit, and blossomes all
at once, contrarie to the nature of all other trees: and everie
day as the blossomes fall (whereby the earth under it seemeth to
bee painted red)1 there growe new on, and when some of the
fruite begin to grow, then others are almost ripened, and others
being ripe are greater.2 The tree being lightly shaken, the ripe
fruit falleth easily off, [by reaching the nether bowesl.3 This
fruite is [ordinarily] eaten, before other meate [be set upon the
Tabled and also at all times, of the day. The Malabares
and Canarijns, call this fruite lamboli, the Portingales
inhabiting there, Iambos, the Arabians, Tupha Indi,5 the Per
sians Tuphat :6 the Turkes Alma,7 the trees are called by the
Portingales lambeiro. The blossomes and the fruite are con
served with Suger, and are used for hotte Agues to cole mans
thirst.8 The trees whereon the Iambos do grow are as great as
Plumtr^es, and verie like unto them : it is an excellent and
a [verie] pleasant fruite to looke on, as bigge as an apple : it
hath a red colour and somewhat whitish, so cleare and pure
that it seemeth to be painted or made of ware :9 it is very
pleasant to eate, and smelleth like Rose water, it is white
within, and in eating moyst and waterish, it is a most daintie
fruite, as well for bewtie to the sight, as for the sweet savour
and taste ; it is a fruite that is never forbidden to any sicke
person, as other fruites are, but are freelie given unto sicke
men to eate, that have a desire thereunto, for it can doe no
1 This may be seen in Java, but hardly in India ; even on the West
Coast the trees do not flower so well as in Java, etc. — [B.]
2 Orig. Dutch : "are taken off".
3 Orig. Dutch: "and the branches being drawn down to pluck the
fruits, they tear off easily"
4 Orig. Dutch : " aen die tafelen gaende" (in dining).
6 I.e, toffali Hindi, Indian apple.
e Read Tuphah (the Arab toffah). 7 I.e., apple.
8 Note by D. Paludanus (orig. Dutch). 9 Read " waxe".

32 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
hurt. The blossomes are likewise very faire to the sight, and
have a sweet smell : they are red and [somewhat] whitish
[of colour.] This tree beareth fruite three or foure tymes
every yeare, and which is [more] wonderfull, it hath com
monly on the one side or halfe of the tree ripe Iambos, and
the leaves fallen off, and on the other side or half it hath all
the leaves, and beginneth [againe] to blossome, and when
that side hath fruite, and that the leaves fall off, then the
other side beginneth ' again to have leaves, and to blossome,
and so it continueth all the yeare long : within they have a
stone as great (and very neere of the same fashion) as the
fruite of the Cipres tree.

The. 54. Chapter.
Of other fruites in India.
There is a fruite called Iangomas, which groweth on trees
like Cherrie trees: they are in bignes like smal round plummes
of a darke red colour, they have no stones in them, but some
small kernels : they are of taste much like plummes, whereof
there are very many, but not much esteemed of.
The fruit Iangomas groweth on a tree not unlike in great-
nesse and fashion to our Plum trees, as also in leaves and white
blossoms, save onely that these trees are ful of [Prickles or]
thornes, they grow1 of them selves [in everie placed] & also in
gardens at Bachaim, Chaul and Balequala2 the fruits are like
Sorben smal and round, they are harsh in the throat like
slowes or unripe Plums, and have no stone vnthin them, but
some small kernels, when they come first out, [they are] like
1 Orig. Dutch : " They grow much wild".
2 Bac/mim=Bassein, N. of Bombay; Chaul, a once famous port in
Konkan ; Balequala, error for Baleguata, the Balaghat or country above
the Ghats.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 33
Pistaccios. The fruit being ripe, must first bee brused and
crushed1 with mens fingers, before it can bee eaten, yet it
looseth thereby none of his vertue of binding, and therefore they
are thought good to stop the Flux withall, although they are but
little esteemed by the Indians. They say, that this fruite is
eaten by certaine foules, and being voyded out againe & set in
the ground together with the same birdes dung, it will grow the
sooner and be the fruitfuller.2
There is an other fruite called Carambolas, which hath 8
comers, as bigge as a smal aple, sower in eating, like unripe
plums, and most used to make conserves.3
The fruite which the Malabar es and Portingales call Caram
bolas, is in Decan called Camarix} in Canar, Camarix} and
Carabeli : in Malaio, Bolumba} and the Persians Chamaroch.
It groweth on trees that are like Quince-trees, having leaves
greater and longer than our apple-trees, verie greene and bitter
of taste, with small blossomes, of five leaves a peece, reddish
without any white} and of no speciall smel, but faire to the eye,
and of taste like Sorrell. The fruit is like a great Hondts
bey,8 long and yellow, and as if it were parted into foure parts,
the Coddes9 are somewhat deepe, & presse the fruite together10
in the middle they have some small kernels, which for the sharp
tost are pleasant to eate. This fruit is conserved in Suger, &
much eaten in medicines, and with meate. The ripe are used
for hotte Feavers, in steede of Sirop of Vineger, which wee use
1 Orig. Dutch* " pressed and softened".
2 Note by D. Paludanus.
5 This is produced by the Averrhoa Carambola(L.) and the Averrhoa
Bilimbi (L.).— [B.]
4 I.e., D. Hind. Khamraq ; Hind. Kamrak and Kamrarega.
6 I.e., Canarese, Kamarak. — [B.]
8 I.e., Malay, Balimbing. — [K.]
7 Orig. Dutch : " of a whitish red".
8 This is Dutch, and signifies " Houndsberry". It is the "Vaccinium
vitis idaea, L." (bilberry ?)
9 Orig. Dutch : " groefkens" (little grooves).
10 Orig. Dutch : " die vruchten vercierende" (adorning the fruit).

34 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
in these countries. The Canarijns use the Iuyce with other
medicines, there growing, [which are] mixed [with it], to make
colours thereof, [wherewith they]1 take spots and blemishes out of
mens eyes. Costa2 writeth that he knew a midwife in India
which used this fruite dryed and beaten to poulder, with Bettele,
leaves, to make women to avoide their dead fruite out of their
wombes3 this fruite is also kept in pickle, because it is pleasing
to the taste, and procureth an appetite}
There are yet other fruites, as Brindoijns, Durijndois,
Iamboloens, Mangestains, and other such like fruites, but
because they are of small account, I thinke it not requisite to
write severallie of them, but onelie of two of them.
There is also in East India a fruit called Brindoijns} which
outwardly is a little red, and inwardly bloud red, verye sowre of
taste. There are some also, that are outwardly blackish, which
proceedeth of their ripenesse, and not so sower as the first, but
yet as red within. Many Indians like well of this fruit, but
because of the sowrenesse, it is not so well accepted of. The
dyers doe use this fruite.
The Barkes of these trees are kept and brought over sea
[hither, and are good] to make Vineger [withall], as some Por
tingales have done.6 Of the fruit called Iambolijns.
The trees that beare this fruit, have a barke like Zentiscus [or
the Mastick tree] to the shew [much] like a Mirtle, but in leaves
like the Arbutus [of Italy]. It groweth of it self in the wilde
fields, the fruit is like great ripe Olives of Cordova, and harsh
in a mans throate. This fruite is little used by Physitions,but
is much kept in pickle, and eaten vnth sodden Ryce, for they
1 Orig. Dutch : " to take with it (the juice) spots", etc.
2 I.e., Christoval Acosta.
3 Orig. Dutch : " to procure expulsion of the after-birth, and the dead
truit". t Note by D. Paludanus.
6 Garcinia purpurea, Roxb., is called brindad by the Portuguese.
6 Note by D. Paludanus.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 35
procure an appetite to meate, but this fruit (as also laka) is by
the Indians not accounted among wholesome fruits.
There is also a fruite that came out of the Spanish Indies,
brought from [beyond] ye Philippinas or Lusons to Malacca,
& from thence to India, it is called Papaios,1 and is very like
a Mellon, as bigge as a mans fist, and will not grow, but
alwaies two together, that is male and female : the male tree
never yeeldeth any fruite, but onely the female, and when
they are devided, [& set apart] one from the Dther, then
they yeeld no fruite at all. It is a tree of the hight of a man,
with great leaves. This fruite at the first for the strangenes
thereof was much esteemed, but now they account not of it.
There are likewise in India some fig trees of Portingal,
although the fruite doth never come 'to good perfection.
Oranges, Lemons, Citrons,2 and such like fruite, are through
out all India in great abundance, and for goodnes and taste
surpasse those of Spain. Grapes are not ther to be found,
but onelie upon some houses, as we have them in netherland :
yet against Christmas and Lent, there are raysins brought
into Goa, by the Decanaes and Indians3 out of the firme
land, and from Ballagate, but they are not so good as those in
Spaine, and verie fewe they are, but for price as good cheape
as other fruites.4 There are also in India manie Melons, but
not so good as [those] in Spaine, for that they must be eaten
with Suger, if you wil have any sweetnes in them : but ther
is an other sort like Melons, called Patecas5 or Angurias,8

1 Papaya is the Malay name (Carica Papaya, L.). (But apparently
carried with the fruit from Cuba. See IAttri, s.v.)
2 Orig. Dutch : " Oraengie-appelen, Limoenen, Lymen, Cidroenen,
en Cydren". Lymen, from the Sp. lima (small lemon ?) ; cydren, from
the Sp. cidra, the bergamot-citron (Citrus bergamia Risso).
3 Orig. Dutch : " other Indians".
4 Orig. Dutch : " they are also few and dear, in relation to the cheap
ness of all other fruits".
' Pateca, from the Ar. bittikh (vulg. battikh), melon.
s " Citrullus officinarum, Anguria sive Batecha Avicennae" (Lbbel).

36 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Melons1 of India, which are outwardlie of a darke greene
colour,- inwardlie white with blacke kernels : they are verie
waterish and2 hard to byte, and so moyst, that as a man
eateth them his mouth is full of water, but yet verie sweet,
and verie cold and fresh meat, wherfore [manie of them] are
eate3 after dinner to coole [men]. Cucumbers and Radishes
are there in great numbers, also Colewortes, but' not so good
as in Europa, for the Colewortes never grow to their full
growth, but are loose with their leaves open. They have
likewise some sallet hearbs, but [verie] little : hearbs whereof
men make Porridge4 are not there to be had, nor manie sweet
smelling hearbs nor5 flowers, as Roses, lilies, rosemary, or
such like sorts of flowers & plants there are none, yet
they have some fewe Roses, and [a little] Rosemarie, but of
no great smell. The fields never have any other flowers in
them, but onelie grasse, and that is in Winter when it
rayneth, for in Summer it is cleane burnt off with the [exceed
ing] heat of the Sunne. There is onelie a kinde of blossomes
of trees, which grow all the yeare long, called Fulle,6 that
smell verie sweet : the women doe ordinarily throw them
among their Lynnen and apparell to make them sweet.
They likewise make [Collers or] strings [ful] of them, which
they weare about their necks, and strew them in their beds,
for they are verie desirous of sweete savors ; for other sorts
of sweet flowers & hearbs, whereof thousands are found in
Europe, they are not in India to be had : so that when you
tell them of ye sweet flowers and herbes of these countries,
they wonder much thereat, and are verie desirous of them.
By these pictures you may see the forme and fashions
of the fruites called Iaacka, Ananas, Mangas, Caius, &
Iambos, which are the fyve principallest & most esteemed
1 Read: or Melons. 2 Orig. Dutch: "but".
3 Orig. Dutch : "much eaten".
* Orig. Dutch : " groen warmoes". This is not porridge, but greens
or pot-herbs. 6 Orig. Dutch : "and".
0 Phul=" flower"; here probably champaka.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 37
fruites in all India, for others are but of small account:
of Ginger also as it groweth, whereof in an other place I
will say more, when I make mention of the spices and drie
wares of India : all which are set down according to the
life, although the leaves are not altogether so proportionable
with their strings and veynes, as they should be, or as the
Physitions and Doctors in their Herbals have described
them, having onely shewed the forme and growth of the
fruites, as I have seene and used them.

The 55. Chapter.
Of the Indian Figges.
Indian Figges there are manie & of divers sorts, one
better then the other, some small, some great, some thicke,
some thin, &c, but in generall they are all of one forme and
colour, little more or lesse, but the trees are all one, and of the
height of a man : the leaves are of a f adome long and about 3
spannes broad, which the Turkes use in steed of browne
paper, to put pepper in.1 In the tr6e there is no wood, but
it may rather be called a reed then a trde. The bodie of the
tree (I meane that which covereth the outward part when it
beginneth somewhat to grow) is in a manner verie like the
inner part of a syve made of hayre, but in shew somewhat
thicker, and is (as it were) the barke of it : but when you
open it, it is ful of leaves, closed and rouled up together,2 of
the hight of half a mans length, and somewhat higher. The
leaves do open and spread abroad [on the top of the tree,]3
1 This is a mistake of the translator. The orig. Dutch has : " om
peper-huyskens af te maken"; i.e., "to make little paper-bags of it"
(the French " cornets"). Originally they were mostly used for spices,
thence the name "peperhuys" (pepper-house).
2 Here ends the sentence. Then follows : '• On the height  the
leaves open, etc."
3 Orig. Dutch: "in upright direction".

38 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
and when those that are within the bodie doe in their time
thrust themselves forth [upwardes out of the innermost part
of the tree]1 then doe the outmost leaves begin to drie, and
fall off, untill the tree be come to his full growth, and the
fruite to their perfect ripenesse. The bodie of the tree may
be a span thicke at the most. The leaves have in ye middle
[of them] a very thick & gray vein which [runneth clean
through them, and] devideth them2 out of the middest of the
leaves, which are in the innermost part of the tree at their
springing up, there cometh forth a flower, as big as an
Estrige egge, of colour russet, which in time groweth to be
long, with a long stalke, and it is no wood, but rather
like a Coleworte stalk : This stalke groweth full of figges,
close one by the other, which at the first are in fashion like
greene beanes, when they are yet in the huskes, but after
growe to half a span in length, and 3 or 4 inches broad, as
thicke as Cucumbers, which stalke beareth [at the least,]
some two hundreth figges, little more or lesse, and grow as
close together as grapes : the3 clusters are so great as two
men can scarcely beare upon a staffe, they are cut off when
they are but half ripe, that is to say, when they are as yet
half greene, and half yealow, and hanged up4 in their houses
upon beames, and so within 4 or 5 dayes they will be fullie
ripe and al yealow. The tree or plant yeeldeth but one
bunch at a time, which "being ripe they cut the whole tree
down to the ground, leaving only the roote, out of the which
presently groweth an other, and within a Moneth after
beareth fruite, and so continueth all the yeare long, and
never leaveth bearing: they are in all places in so great
abundance, and so common throughout all India, that it is
wonderfull, being the greatest meat and sustenance of the
1 Orig, Dutch : " always from the middle outward".
5 Here ends the sentence. Then follows ; " Out of the middest", etc.
3 Orig. Dutch : " some".
4 Orig. Dutch : " with bunch and all"-

TO the east INDIES. 39
countrie : they are of a marvellous good taste : when they
eate them, they pul off the shelles,, for that they have shelles
somewhat like the coddes of beanes, but thynner and softer,
within whitish, and soft in byting, as if it were meale and
butter mixed together, and sweetish, so that in breef, they
are very good and pleasant of taste : they may serve both
for bread & butter, and a man may verie wel live thereon,
without other meate, if need were, as manie in India doe
live therewith, [& have but little other things to eate].1 The
most and commonest sort are by the Portingals called Figos
dorta, that is, garden figges, those are somewhat thicke ; there
are others which are smaller, and thyn2 without, and are
called Senoriins, which are of the best sort : they smell well,
and are very good of taste. There is an other sort called
Cadoliins,3 which are likewise well esteemed, but the best of
all are called Chincapoloyns, and are most in the countrie of
Malabar : these are but a little yealow,4 but they continue
commonlie on the outside greene, and are small and long,
with a speciall sweet smell, as if they were full of rose water.
There are yet manie other sorts, some that are verie great,
about a span long, and in thicknes correspondent : these
grow much in Cananor [and] in6 the coast of Malabar, and
are by the Portingales called figges of Cananor : and by
reason of the great quantitie thereof are dried, their shelles
being taken off, and so being drie are caryed over all India
to be sold. These when they are ripe are most roasted, for
they are but seldome eaten raw, as other figges are,6 they
are some what harsh in swallowing, and inwardly red of
colour, and being roasted they are shalled or pilled like the
others, and so cut in slices, which done, they cast some
1 Orig. Dutch : " and is the common breakfast".
2 Orig. Dutch : " indifferent".
3 Kadli, Kadali (Skt.), Hind, and Mahr., " a plantain"

4 Orig. Dutch
6 Orig. Dutch
8 Orig. Dutch

' few of these become yellow"
1 on".
' as the others".

40 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
beaten Sinamon upon them, steeping them in wine, & then
they taste better then roasted Quinces, they are cut up in
the middle, as all the other [kynde of figges use to be,] and
then boyled or fryed in Suger, which is a very daintie meat,
and very common in India : to conclude, it is one of the best
and necessaryest fruites in all India, and one of the prin-
cipallest sustenances of the common people, they are found
in all places of the Indies & Oriental countries, as also in
Mosambique, Ormus, on the coast of Abex, Malabar, Malacca,
Bengala, &c. The Gusurates, Decanijns, Canarijns, and
Bengalers call them Quelli,1 the Malabares, Palan,2 and the
Malayens of Malacca, Pysan.3 They are also found in
Arabia and are called Musa, as also in Jerusalem, Damasco>
and Cayro, as I have beene truly informed by credible per
sons, which dayly [travell and]4 traffique into India. And
they6 do believe that this is the same fruite, which
Adam did eate when hee sinned first, but I should rather
thinke this Figge tree to be of the same, whereof we reade
in the old Testament in the bookes of Moses, which the spies
that were sent out .by the children of Israel, brought out of
the land of promise, hanging upon a staffe, & born by two
men, & are taken for grapes, which I many times thought
of, when I saw them brought in that manner for a present
to my Lords house, for it is altogether in forme and fashion
like a bunch of grapes, yet I meane not to be iudge therein,
but leave it unto others of greater experience [and travell]
then my selfe.
Indian Figges are by the Arabians called Moris and not
Musa6 nor Amusa, and the tree Daracht Moris, by the Brasi-
1 I.e., " Keli"; in Bengal more commonly " Kadali" (like in Sanskrit).
— [K.] Kela is commonest in Upper India. — [Y.]
2 I.e., Malayalam, " palam", ripe plantain. — [K.]
3 Pisang, "Musa paradisiaca".
4 Orig. Dutch : " from those countries".
5 Orig. Dutch : " some".
* D. Paludanus errs here. — [B.]

TO THE EAST INDIES. 41
lians Pacona, and the tree Paquouer, by Brocardus in his
description of the holy land, Paradise Apples, by Ouiedus in
the " Historie of India", in his eight Booke and first Chapter
Platanus, in Guinea Bananas, in Malauar Patan} in Malay en
Pican2 in Canara, Decan, Gusurate, and Bengala, Quelli.
Auicenna, Serapio, and Rhasis have likewise written certaine
Chapters hereof. Auicenna in his second Booke and 491. Chap
ter, 'writing of the properties and qualities of this fruite, sayeth,
that it yeeldeth but small sustenance, that it ingendereth Choller
and Flegme, and that it spoyleth the stomake, wherefore he
counselleth such as are of a hotte constitution, after they have
eaten these Figges, to take some Honie and Vineger, sodden
together with cold seeds. They are good against heate in the
stomake, Lungs, and Kydnies, and provoke Urine. Rhasis, of
the same in his thirde Booke of Physicke, and twentie Chapter,
sayth also, that they are hurtfull for the maw, which I also
found being in Syrie, when I used them, they make men to have
an evill appetite to their meate, & a desire to ease their bodies,
and doe qualifie the rawnesse of the throate. Serapio in his
Booke of Physicke in the 84. Chapter sayth, that this fruit is in
the ende of the first degree warming, and moystning, and that
they are good against the heate of the stomake and Lungs, but
for him which eateth many3 of them, they breed a heavinesse in
his Mawe, but [by meanes of their hastie ripening]4, they are
good for the Kidnies, provoke Urine, and make men apt for
leacherie. The Indian Phisitians doe use this fruit in medi
cines for Feavers and other diseases. The opinion, (as I thinke)
why this fruite is called Paradise Apples, is partly for the
pleasantnes of taste, smell and colour, for the taste is betweene
sweete & sower, the smell somwhat like Roses, and the colour a
faire yelow and green, & partly also because this fruit being cut
1 Read "Palan" (Palam).- [K.]
2 Read "Pican'' (Pisang).
3 Orig. Dutch : "too much".
4 Orig. Dutch : " they cause the growing of the fruit in women".

42 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
in the middle have certaine veines like a crpsse, whereon the
Christians in Siria doe make many speculations [and discourses,
which many strangers that have travelled in those countries doe
verifie.]1 He which desireth to reade2 more heereof, let him reade
the worthie and learned Commentaries of Carolus Clusius upon
Garsia ah horto, wher he shall receive good contentment [and
satisfaction].3 There grow in India many Iniamos and Batatas. These
Iniamos,4 are as bigge as a yelow roote,6 but somewhat thicker
and fuller of knots, and as thicke on the one place, as in the
other, they grow under the earth like earth Nuts, and of a
Dun6 colour, and white within like earth Nuts, but not so
sweete. Iniamos were this yeare brought hether out of Guinea, as
bigge as a mans legge, and all of a like thicknesse, the outward
part is Dun6 coloured, within verie white, rosted or sodden they
are verie pleasant of taste, and [one of] the principal meat[es]
offhe Black [Moores]}
The Batatas are somewhat red8 of colour, and of fashion
almost like the Iniamos, but sweeter, of taste like an earth
Nut. These two fruits are verie plentifull, specially Iniamos,
which is as common and necessarie a meate as the Figges,
they eate them- for the most part rosted, and use them
commonly for the last service on the boorde, they sieth them
likewise in an other sort for porrage, and sieth them with
flesh like Colwortes or Turnops, the like doe they with
Batatas. 1 Orig. Dutch : " and which they show to us strangers".
2 Orig. Dutch: "to know".
3 Note by Dr. Paludanus.
4 I.e., Yams.
6 Orig. Dutch : " Gele wortel", i.e., a carrot.
6 Orig. Dutch: "mouse-grey".
7 Note by D. Paludanus.
6 Orig. Dutch: " somewhat more reddish".

to the east indies. 43
The 56. Chapter,
Of the Palme trees, whereon the Indian Nuts called Cocus doe groV.
These Trees are conrmonlie called by most of the Indians,
Persians, and Arabians, Maro, & the nuts Narel.1 The
Malabares call the Trees Tenga Maran,2 and the fruite being
ripe, Tenga,3 but unripe, and [being] as yet greene, Eleui,4
in Goa Lanha. The Portingalls call this fruit Coquo, by
reason of the three holes that are therein,5 like to a Munkie's
head.6 Auicenna calleth these lausial-Indi, that is, Indian
nuts. The Malayans of Malacca call the trees Trican,7 and
the fruit Nihor.8 This is the most profitable tree of all
India, as in order I will declare [unto you] the profit that
ariseth 'thereby, they grow most in the Islands of Maldiua,
and in Goa, and the countries round about them, as also
through the whole coast of Malabar, whereby they traffique
with them into all places,9 as to Cambaia, Ormus, etc. The
tree waxeth very high and straight, of the thickenes of a
small spanne little more or lesse, it hath no branches but in
the uppermost part thereof, & in the top grow the leaves
which spread like unto Date trees, and under the leaves close
to the tree grow the Coquos together, commonly ten or twelve
one close by another, but [you shall] seldome [finde- one of
1 Mahratti, "narel"; Hindustani, "narel' (from Sanskrit, "narikela,
lialikera").— [K.] These names are, as usual, chiefly taken from Garcia
De Orta. 2 Tamil, "tengamaram".— [K.]
3 Malayalam, " tenna".— [K.]
4 An unripe cocoanut is called "ilan nir" in Malayalam]. — [K.]
5 This is from Acosta. The name "coco" was first used by the
Spaniards, who found the tree in America.
6 Orig. Dutch: " meer-katten kop" (head of cercopithecus).
7 Read " Trican"- The word is wanting in the dictionaries, but the
cognate Javanese shows the corresponding form " tirisan".— [K.]
8 I.e., Malay, " niur".— [K.]
9 Orig. Dutch : "into other countries".

44 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
them growing] alone [by it self]. The blossome of this fruite
is very1 like the blossome of a Chestnut. The wood of the
tree is very [sappy] like a spunge, and is not firme, they doe
not grow but on the sea sides, or bankes of rivers close by
the strand, and in sandie grounds, for there groweth none
within the land. They have no great rootes, so that a man
would thinke it were impossible for them to have any fast
hold within the earth, .and yet they stand so fast and grow
so high, that it maketh men feare to see men clime uppon
them, [least they should fall downe]. The Canarijns clime
as nimbly, and as fast upon them, as if they were Apes, [for]
they make small steppes2 in the trees like staires, whereon
they step, and so clime up,3 which the Portingales dare not
venter ; their 'planting is in this manner. They first plant
the Coquos or Nuts whereof the trees doe spring, and when
they are about the height of a man, [in winter time they
plant them againe, and]4 dung them with ashes, and in sum
mer time water them. They growe well about houses, because
commonlie [there] they have good earth,6 and beeing well
looked unto and husbanded, they yeeld fruit in fewe yeares,
which is the Canarijns livinges that dwell here and there
among those trees, and have no other occupation but onely to
dresse those trees, which they farme of the Landlords, and
by the fruite6 thereof doe get their livinges. Those trees are
more aboundanf with them then Olive trees in Spaine,7 or
willow trees in the Low countries. The profits8 they reape
thereby are these. First the wood is very good for many
things, although it be spungious [and sappy] by reason of
1 Orig. Dutch: "almost".
2 Orig. Dutch: "notches".
3 Orig. Dutch (add) : "very easily".
4 Orig. Dutch: " they transplant them, and in winter".
6 Orig. Dutch : "they thrive in the mud".
6 Orig. Dutch: "profits".
7 Orig. Dutch : "Portugal and Spain"
8 Orig. Dutch : "  and merchandises".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 45
the length of it, for in the Islandes of Maldiva they make
whole ships thereof, without any iron nayles in them, for
they sow them together with the cordes that are made of the
said Cocus [or Nut,] the ropes and cables beeing likewise of
the same tree, as also the sayles which they make of the
leaves, which leaves are called Olas. They serve likewise
to make1 the Canarijns houses, and for hattes which they use
to carrie over their heades, for the sunne or the raine, they
make also mattes or Tents2 that lie over, the Palamkins when
it raineth, to cover the women when they are caried abroad,
and such like thinges ; they likewise make thereof very fine
Hattes, that are much esteemed, and cost three Or foure
Pardawes the peece, which they weare in Summer for
lightnes. They farme [or hire] those trees for two causes,
one for the Coquos or fruit to eate it, the other to presse
wine out of them, [thereof to drinke]. The nuts3 are as great
as an estrige egge, some smaller, and some greater, and are
outwardly covered with a Huske or Shell, which as long as
it groweth on the tree, is greene without, like an Acorne
with his huske [or cup].
The Indian nuts are covered over with two sortes of huskes
[or shels], whereof the uttermost is hayrie, and of it they make
Cairo, that is, all their cables and ropes, and stop [and make]
their ships [close] with it in stead of Ocam or tow, for that it
keepeih the ships closer in saltwater then our Ocam or Tow,
because in salt water it closeth and shutteth it selfe closer to
gether. Of the other they make not onelie drinking cups, in
India, but herewith us also, for that the common people beleeve
there is a certaine vertue in them against stirring of the body}
but it is not so.6 1 Orig. Dutch: "to cover".
2 Orig. Dutch (add) : " of them".
3 Orig. Dutch (add) : "within"-
4 Orig. Dutch: "beroeringe" (agitation).
6 Note by Dr. Paludanus,

46 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
This Huske beeing drie and pulled off, is haire like hempe,
whereof all the cordes and cables that are used throughout
al India are made, as well upon the land as in the ships, it is
of colour verie like the ropes of Sparta1 in Spain, they are
very good but they must be kept in salt water, whereby they
continue very long, but in fresh or raine water they doe pre
sently2 rot, because they are not drest with pitch, and tarre
[as our ships are]. The ship wherein I came out of India
into Portingall, had no other ropes nor cables, [nor any such
kinde of stuffe,] but such as were made of the Indian Cocus,
called Cayro, which continued very good, saving only that
we were forced every fourteene dayes to wash our cables in
the Sea, whereby they served us as well as cables of hemp.
The fruit when it is almost ripe is called Lanha, and within
is full of water, and then it is white of colour, thin and soft,3
and the longer the Cocus is on the tree, the more the water
groweth and changeth into white, which is the meat of the
nut within, and tasteth much like a hasel nut, but [some
what] sweeter. The Lanhos have [within them] a good
draught of water, which is very cleare, sweet, and coole to
drink. It is at the least halfe a can full, & when men
walke abroad and are thirstie, they go unto the Canarijns,
who presently with a great knife in their handes4 come up
the tree, and cut off as many Lanhos as a man desireth,
selling them for a Basaruco or two a peece, which they make
very ready and cleare6 to be druake, the first shell that is over
the inward fruit which as the nut is come to his full ripenes,
becometh [almost to bee] wood, is then but thin and soft,
and very pleasant to eate with salt, and do .taste almost like
Artichokes ; a man may drinke as much of this water as
1 Read : " esparto".
2 Orig. Dutch: "quickly".
3 Orig. Dutch : " and then the white (substance) within is yet thin and
soft". * Orig. Dutch : " on their back"
6 Orig. Dutch : '¦ which they prepare very neatly".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 47
hee will for it will not hurt him, but is a verie pleasant
drinke ; when the fruit is ripe, the±e is not so much water in
it, and is white within,1 [and somewhat] thicker [of sub
stance], and then the water is not so good as it was before
beeing Lanhos, for then it becommeth2 somewhat sower.
These Cocus being yet in their husks, may be carried over
the whole world, [and not once hurt or brused]3 and it hap
peneth oftentimes that by continuance of time, the water
within the Cocus doth convert, and congeale into a [certaine
kinde of] yellow apple, which is verie savorie and sweet.
The huske beeing taken off, the shel serveth for many uses,
as to make ladles with woodden handles, and also certaine
little pots, whieh beeing fastened to a sticke, they doe there
with take [and lade] water out of their great pots, they make
thereof also small vessels to beare wine in when they walke
into the fieldes, and a thousand other thinges. These shelles
are likewise burnt, & serve for coales for Goldsmiths, which
are very good and excellent. Of the white of these nuts in
India they make porrage, and dresse meate withall, strayn-
ing and pressing out the milke, wherin with [many] other
mixtures they seeth their rice, & to bee short, they never
dresse any rice, which they cal Carrijl, & is the sauce to
their meate thereunto,4 but they put some of their Cocus
milk into it ; els the Cocus is but little eaten, for there it is
not esteemed of, but serveth for meate for the slaves, and
poore people. They likewise breake the Cocus [in peeces],
and taking off the shell they drie the fruit or white meat
that is within it, and it is carried in great quantities out of
Malabar to Cambaia and Ormus & to the Northern coastes
and quarters beyond Goa, as also to the countrie of Balla-
1 Orig. Dutch : "and the white within or the fruit becomes greater
and  ". 'Orig. Dutch: "it is"
3 Orig. Dutch : " without becoming rotten".
4 Orig. Dutch : " (with that, which they call Carrijl, and is the sauce
or by-meat) but," etc.

48 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
gate, & traffique much therewith. Of this white substance
they make Oyle, which they -stampe in cesterns like Olives,
and it maketh verie good oyle, as well to eat as to burne,
which is likewise very medicinable.
There are two sortes of Oyle made of these nuts, one out of the
fresh or greene nuts, stamped and mixed with warme water;
which beeing pressed foorth, the oyle swimmeth above [the water]:
this oyle is used to purge the maw and the guts, for it purgeth
very gently, & without hurt ; Some mixe therewith the iuyce of
Thamarindes, & maketh thereof a verie wholesome rnedecine;
the other Oyle is prest out of the dried Cocus,1 which is called
Copra, 8f is good also to purge the maw and against the shrink
ing of the sinews, as also for old aches [and paines] in the
[ioyntes and] Urns.2
This dried Cocus which is so caried abroad is called Copra.
When they desire to have no Cocus or fruite thereof, they
cut the blossomes of the Cocus away, and bind a round
Potte with a narrow mouth, by them called Callao,3 fast
unto the tree, and stop the same close round about with pot
earth, so that neyther wind nor aire can eyther enter in, or
come forth, & in that sort the pot in short space is full of
water, which they call Sura,4 & is very pleasant to drinke
like sweet whay, & somewhat better.
This water being drunke, is very good against the heate of
the liver and the kidnies, and cleanseth the yard from corruption
and filthie matter.6
The same water standing but one houre in the sunne, is
very good viniger, and in India they have none other.6 This
1 Orig. Dutch: " pitten", i.e., kernels. 2 Note by Dr. Paludanus.
3 This seems to be an error; Malayalam, "kallu" is palm-wine ; the
vessel to take down palm-wine is called " kappala".— [K.]
4 The original word is Sanskrit, "sura", spirituous liquor, from
whence Malay alim, "sura", spirituous liquor, wine; Tamil, "sura,
surei", toddy.- [K] 6 Note by Dr paiudanus.
6 Orig. Dutch (add): "  Such vinegar is to be found at (the house
of) Paludanus".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 49
Sura beeing distilled, is called Fula,1 or Nipe,2 & is as excellent
aqua vitse, as any is made in Dort3 of [their best] rennish
wine, [but] this is of the finest kinde of distillation.4 The
second distillation thereof is called Uraca, which is verie
good wine, & is the wine of India, for they have no other
[wine]. It is very hot & strong, yet ye Indians drinke it as
if it were water,5 [&] the Portingales use it in this sort.
They put it into vessels, and to a pipe of Uraca they put
3. or 4. Hands of reasons6 that are brought for marchandise
into India from Ormus, everie hand is 12. poundes, which
beeing washed they put into the vessel, leaving the bung
open & the pipe not being full, for if it were it wold burst
by reason of the heat, because [therewith] it seetheth [in
the Pipe] like water on the fire, [and boy ling so,] it is stirred
every day for the space of fourteene or fifteene dayes, in
which time the Uraca getteth as faire a redde colour as [if
it were] Portingall wine, and differeth not much in taste,
but yet sweeter, and hotter of it selfe, howbeit it is altogether
as fayre, and of as good a colour7 as their Portingall Wyne,
so that they can hardly bee discerned one from the other :
this Wine is called Wine of Passa,8 or Reasons. With this
Wine there is great traffique used to Bengala, Malacca, China
and other places, and every Pipe thereof costeth within Goa
30. Pardawen the peece, little more or lesse. Of the aforesaide
Sura they likewise make Sugar, which is called Iagra : they
s^eth the. water, and set it in the Sun, whereof ,-f becommeth9
1 I.e., flower (Sanskr.).
2 Nipa (Malay) is another palm-tree, that gives an excellent wine
(Nipafruticans, L.).
" Dort, or Dordrecht, a town in Holland.
4 Orig. Dutch : " ghedistileert" (distilled liquor).
6 Orig. Dutch (add) : "  it is of white colour".
0 Orig. Dutch : " blaeuwe razynen" (blue raisins). " Hand" is here
—maund, as Anglo-Indians now write. See vol. i, p. 245, note 3.
7 Orig. Dutch: "colour and taste".
8 I.e., "uva passa".— [B.] 9 Orig. Dutch: "whereof comes the".

50 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Sugar, but it is little esteemed, because it is of a browne
colour, and for that they have so great [quantitie and] abun
dance of white Sugar throughout all India. The innermost
[parte] of the tree or trunke is called Palmito, and is the pith
or hart of the [same] trunke, which is much esteemed, and
sent for a present unto men of great account. It is as thinne
as Paper, and also white, and is as if it were plaited or prest
together, as they use to plait & presse womens huykes1 [in
the Low countries : it is also] long and slender, and hath
sometimes 50. or 60 foldes or plaites in it like a paper booke.
This the Indians use for paper, and bookes, which continueth
in the same foldes, whereon they write when it is gre'ene, and
so let it drie, and then it is impossible to get the letters out
againe, for it is printed therein with a [kind of] Iron in
strument : The Indians cal it Olla, whereof all their bookes,
wrytinges, and Evidences are made, which they can seale,
and shutte up as we doe our letters. Of this Paper with the
Indian writing upon it, you may see some at D. Paludanus
house, which I gave him for a present. These trees are for
the most part in the- Islands of Maldiua, where there are
Cocus Nuttes, that are excellent good against poyson.2
Garsius and Costa esteeme this for a fable. Costa writeth
that he hath searched into it many times but found it contrarie,
as I likewise have done, and can finde no such great effect.3
Those Islandes have no other dealing or living, but with
Cayro, whereof they make ropes [and Cables,] and with the
Copra, or the white substance of the Cocus, whereof Oyle
is made, for that they doe oftentimes come into India, when
the ship & all the furniture, victuaile and marchandise is
onely of those Palme trees, whereby it is wel to be considered,
that it is one of the greatest & principalest traffiques and
victuails in all India. This shall suffice for the description
of the particular commodities of this tree, the lively picture
1 The "huyck", a cloak with cap, was then the common dress of
Dutch women out of doors.
« See note 4, on p. 75 of vol. i. 3 Note by Dr. Paludanus.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 51
whereof is here to be seene, together with the Cocus or
Nuttes, and the pottes hanging at the same, to draw ye
water out of them, as also the [growing and] sprowting of
the Fig trees, as well with fruit as with blossoms, all lively1
set downe.

The 57. Chapter.
Of the Duryoens, a fruit of Malacca.
Duryoen is a fruit that only groweth in Malacca,2 and is
so much commended by those which have proved ye same,
that there is no fruite in the world to bee compared with it :
for they affirme, that in taste and goodnes it excelleth all
kind of fruits, and yet when it is first opened, it smelleth like
rotten onions, but in the taste the sweetnes and daintinesse
thereof is tryed. It is as great as a Mellon, outwardly like
the Iaacka, whereof I have spoken, but somewhat sharper or
pricking, and much like the huskes of Chestnuttes. It hath
within it certaine partitions like the Iaacka, wherein the fruit
groweth, being of the greatnesse of a little Hennes egge, and
therein are the Nuttes as great as Peache stones. The fruite
is for colour and taste like an excellent meat, much used in
Spaine, called Mangiar Blanco, which is made of Hennes
flesh, distilled with Sugar : The trees are like the Iaacka
trees, the blossoms white, and some what yellowish: the
leaves about halfe a spanne broad, somewhat sharpe at the
end, within light greene, and without dark greene.
In Malacca there is a fruit so pleasant both for taste and
smell, that it excelleth all other fruites both of India, & Malacca,
although there are many [both excellent] and [very] good. This
1 Orig. Dutch: "truly".
2 It grows also in the Malay archipelago. The name is durian (Durio
zibethinus), from duri, " thorn".

52 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
fruit is called in Malayo (which is the Province wherein it
groweth) Duriaoen, and the blossomes Buaa, and the tree Batan:1
It is a very great tree, of solide and firme wood, with a gray
barke, having many braunches, and, excessive great store of fruit :
the blossome is white [and] somewhat yellow : the leaves halfe a
handfull long, & two or three fingers broad, rounde and somewhat
hollowe :2 outwardly greene, and somewhat after a red colour.3
It beareth a fruit of the bignes of a Mellon, covered with a
harde husk, with many smal and thicke sharpe prickles : out
wardly greene, & with strikes downe along the sides like the
Mellon. They have within them foure holes or partitions ac
cording to the- length thereof, in each of the which holes are yet
three or foure cases : in each case or shell a fruite as white as
milke, and as great as a Hennes egge, but better of taste and
savour, like the white meat, which the Spaniardes make of Ryce,
Capons flesh, and Rose water, called Mangiar Blanco, yet not so
soft nor slymie, for the other that are yellow, and not white
within, are [either] spoyled, or rotten, by evill aire [or moysture] :4
they are accounted the best which have but three Nuttes in each
hole, next them those that have foure, but those of five are not
good, 8r such as have any cracks or cliftes in them. There are
likewise [(very] seldome) more then twenty nuts in one apple,
and in every Nutte is a stone like a Peach stone, not rounde,
but somewhat long, not over sweet of taste, but making the throat
harsh, like unripe Medlers, and for that cause are not eaten.
This fruit is hot and moist, and such as will eat them, must
first treade upon them softly with his foote, and breake the
prickes that are about them : Such as never eate of it before,
when they smell it at the first, thinke it senteth like a rotten
Onyon, but having tasted it, they esteeme it above all other
1 Blossom is bunga in Malay ; batang means trunk.
2 Orig. Dutch : "round about with little dents (or notches)'-.
3 Oris. Dutch ; •'* outwardly pale greene and inwardly very greene,
almost rea;2ish".
4 Orig. Dutch : "and rain".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 53
fruites, both for taste and savour. This fruite is also in such
account with the learned Doctors,1 that they think a man can
never be satisfied therwith, and therefore they give this fruite an
honourable name,2 and write [certaine] Epigrammes thereof, &
yet there is great abundance of them in Malacca : & [the apples]
cost not above four Mervedies the peece, specially in the Monthes
of June, July and August, at other times the price is higher.
Here you must note a wonderful contrarietie, that is betweene
this fruit Duriaoen, and the hearbe Bettele, which in truth is so
great, that if there were a whole shippe, shoppe or house full of
Duriaoens, wherein there lay certayne leaves of Bettele, all the
Duriaoens wold [presently] rotte and bee spoyled. And likewise
by eating over many of those Duriaoens, they heat the Maw, 8f
make it swell, [and] one leafe of Bettele, [to the contrarie], being
laide colde uppon the hart, will presently cease the infiamation,
rising or swelling of the Maw. And so if after you have eaten
Duriaoens, you [chance to] eat a leafe or two of Bettele, you can
receyve no hurt by the Duriaoens, although you have eaten never
so many. Hereupon, and because they are of so pleasant a taste,
the common saying is that men can never be satisfied with them.

The 58. Chapter.

Of the tree Arbore de Rays, that is, root tree, and the Bambus or
reede of India.
There is a tree in India called Arbore de Rays,3 that is to
say, a Tree of rootes : this tree is very wonderfull to beholde,
for that when it groweth first up like all other trees, and
spreadeth the branches : then ye branches grow ful of roots,
1 Orig. Dutch has : " Lezers" (readers), which is probably a misprint.
The Latin translation has : "Ab indigenis in tantum amatur", etc.
2 Orig. Dutch : " beautiful names".
3 Read: "arvore de rai'z".

54 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
& grow downwards again towards the earth, where they take
roote againe, and so are fast againe within the ground, and in
length of time the broader the tree is, and that the branches
doe spread themselves, the more roots doe hang upon the
branches, and seeme afarre off to bee cordes of1 Hempe, so
that in the ende the tree covereth a great peece of ground,
and crosseth one roote within the other like a Mase. I have
seene trees that have contayned [at the least] some thirtie or
fortie paces in compasse, and all out of the rootes which
came from above [one of] the braunches, and were fast growne
and had taken roote againe] within the earth, and in time
waxed so thicke, that it could not be discerned, which was
the chief [or principal] trunke [or body of the tree]: in some
places you may creepe betweene the rootes, and the more the
tree spreadeth,2 so much the more doe the rootes spring out
of the same branches,3 [and still grow downe til they come to
earth, and there take roote againe within the ground,] and
still increase with rootes,4 that it is a wonder. This tree
hath no fruit that is worth the eating, but a small kind of
fruite like Olives, & good for nothing but for birdes to eate.
Carolus Clusius that hath written very diligently of this tree,
nameth it by authoritie out of Plinie, the Indian Fig tree, and
saith, it groweth very highx first out of a straight thicke trunke,
or body that afterwarde yeeldeth many small and thinne
twigges-, which being young and tender, are of a golde yellow
colour, and growing downewardes towardes6 the earth, [doe waxe
againe like young Rushes, and so make as it were new trees
again]6 which in time become as thicke as the first, so that they
cannot easily be discerned one from the other, saving onely for
1 Orig. Dutch: "and". 2 Orig. Dutch: "grows".
3 Orig. Dutch : " the more the branches spread themselves about and
more distant the one of the other".
4 Orig. Dutch : "and always hang so full of roots".
6 Orig. Dutch : " and touching".
6 Orig. Dutch: "are like young ones of a new tree",

TO THE EAST INDIES. 55
the compasse thereof, which in the ende proceedeth to [the thick-
nesse of] three mensfadomes: out of the which [roundnesse or
circuit]1 on every side there groweth other rootes, and so to
an innumerable number, so that this tree doth cover sometimes a
little Italian mile, and doth not onely spread from the lowest
branches downe againe into the ground, but also from the highest,
whereby that one tree seemeth to be a thicke woode. The Indians
that they may go through this tree, do cut away some of the
branches, and make as it were galleries [to walke under, and]
to keepe them from the heate of the Sunne, because the tree is so
full of branches, that the Sun cannot shine through it, and by
reason of the many crookinges and wayes that are under this
tree, there are many soundes of a [great] Eccho hearde [under
the same], so that in many places it will repeate a mans words
three or foure times [together]. He that tolde Clusius of this
tree, saide, hee had seene 800. or 1000. men (whereof hee him
selfe was one) hide themselves under one of those trees, saying
further, that there were some of those trees which might well
cover 3000. men under it: the leaves which the new branches
bring forth, are like the leaves of the Quince trees : the outside
green, the inside2 whitish and rough, as if they were covered with
Wooll : whose3 leaves are much desired by Elephants, who there
with are nourished : the fruit is like the first ioint of a mans
thumbe, and have the fashion [& forme] of little small figges,
reddish both within and without, and ful of little greines like
common figges : sweet of taste aud good to be eaten, but not so
pleasant as our common figs : they grow between the leaves & the
new branches} as our Figges doe: it groweth in Goa, and in some6
places bordering on the same : also Clusius saith out of Curtius,
Plinius and Strabo, that those trees were also knowne of the
1 Orig. Dutch: " around".
2 I.e., under side is tomentose.— [B.]
3 Orig. Dutch: "which".
4 Orig. Dutch ; " they grow also between the leaves on the new
branches". 6 Orig. Dutch : "the".

56 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
auncient writers.1 Hee that desireth to know more hereof, let
him reade Clusius in his Chapter of Indian Figges.2
There are in India other wonderfull and thicke trees,
whereof shippes are made : there are trees by Cochiin, that
are called Angelina, whereof certaine scutes or Skiffes called
Tones are made : there are of those Tones that will lade
in them at the least 20 or 30. Pipes of water, and are cut out
of one peece of wood, without any peece or seame, or any
iointes : whereby men may well coniecture the thicknesse of
the tree, and it is so strong and hard a woode, that Iron in
tract of time would bee consumed thereby, by reason of the
hardnesse of the woode. There are also over all India many
Sugar Canes in all places, and in great numbers, but not
much esteemed of: & all along the coast of Malabare there
are many thicke Reeds, specially on the coast of Choraman-
del, which Reedes by the Indians are called Mambu, and by
the Portingales Bambu3: these Mambus have a certain
matter within them, which is [(as it were)] the pith of it,
such as Quilles have within them, which men take out when
they make them pennes to write : the Indians call it Sacar
Mambu, which is as much to say, as Sugar of Mambu, and is
a very medicinable thing much esteemed, and much sought
for by the Arabians, Persians, and Moores, that call it
Tabaxiir.4 Tabaxijr is a Persian word, & signifieth no other thing but
a certaine white or milke moisture, for any sap or moisture
cleaving together is called Sacar Mambu,6 because the reeds or
branches, which bring forth the same are called Mambu : the
trees whereon Tabaxijr groweth, are some as great as a Popler,
1 A full monograph on the knowledge of the Banian trees that the
ancients had was compiled by Dr. Nohden. — [B.]
2 Annotation by Dr. Paludanus.
8 In Malay, "bambu", but also " mambu".
4 I.e., " Tabashir", from the Sanskrit " tvak-ylra", as adopted by the
Persians, Arabs, etc., from whom the Europeans got it, — [B.J
6 I.e., bamboo sugar.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 57
and some smaller, commonly having straight upright branches,
saving that some of the fayrest of them are bowed for their
galleries, Arbours1 and [other] walking places : they have many
ioyntes, each of a spanne length, having leaves somewhat longer
then the leaves of the Olive tree : betweene every ioynt there is a
certain sweete moysture, white and cleaving together like Starch,
sometimes much, sometimes little : every tree or branch doth not
bring forth such sweet moisture, but such onely as grow in
Bisnagar,2 and in some provinces of Malabar.3
And therefore commonly in Persia and Arabia, it is
weighed against silver, and is a marchandise much used and
esteemed among ye foresaide nations : this groweth within4
the ioynts of the reed, & is white, and sometimes blackish,
and sometimes Ash colour.
It is not therefore reiected or cast away, [because it is black
ish] : for this b.lackishnesse proceedeth either by reason of the
snperfluitie of the moysture, or that it was too long inclosed
within the tree, & not by burning of the tree, as some are of
opinion. Phases writeth hereof in his third book, and 36. Chap.
and Serapio in his booke of phisicke, in the 342 Chapter, and
Auicenna in his 2. booke and 617. Chapter, who are of opinion,
that Tabaxijr is made of burnt rootes, but his opinion is hereby
proved to be false.6
The Indians use it against the payne in their privie mem
bers, or such like secrete diseases, as also ¦ against hotte or
burning feavers, the Colerica passio, and the redde Malison,
and laskines,6 with such like diseases. Those reeds grow
most in the coast of Choramandel in Bisnagar, and Malacca
1 Orig. Dutch: "prieelkens" (little bowers).
2 I.e., the Vijaya- (or Vidya.-) nagara kingdom, which comprised
what is now known as the Ceded Districts, or Bellary, Cuddapah, etc.,
and most of the Madras Presidency, about 1500. — [B.]
3 Annotation by Dr. Paludanus.
4 Orig. Dutch : "this inmost (substance) grows on the joints'!.
6 Annotation by Dr. Paludanus.
6 Orig. Dutch: "roode Melisoen", i.e., dysentery. " Laskines "=
diarrhoea, in Old E. laske or lash.

58 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
in many places, and in great abundance: they growe
very high, and are divided in each ioynt one knot from
another, at the least a spanne and a halfe, and [rather] more,
and are as thicke as a mans leg above the knee : they do
commonly grow upright, and most of them as high as the
highest house in the Low-countries : they bow them many
times in growing, that they may bring them into a forme or
fashion to serve for their Pallamkins, wherein the Portin
galles and Indian Lordes are carried, as I saide before : the
leaves of those reedes or Bambus growe wide one from
another, and have almost the fashion of an Olive leafe.
Of the tree or reede called Bambus, some of the Indians make
scutes or little Skiffes, wherein two men may sitte, which they
doe not altogether make hollow within, but leave " two knots or
partitions uncarved} In those scutes the Indians sit naked, at
ech end one, crosse legged, & in each hand an oare, wherewith
they [rule the boate and] drive her swiftly against the streams,
specially in the river [called] Cranganor : and they are of this
opinion, that those Scutes are never overturned by the Crocodiles
(although they come about them) as others are, but for these it
was never heard of2

The 59. Chapter.
Of the tree called Arbore Triste.
The Tree called Arbore Triste,3 that is, the sorrowfull tree,
1 A misunderstanding of Acosta, 296. The bamboo is not opened or
" made hollow" at all, but used as a buoyant cylinder, the knots closing
it at the ends.
1 Annotation by Dr. Paludanus.
3 I.e., the Nyctanthes Arbor Tristis, a common garden shrub in
S. India, but not, in any way, deserving of the long accounts that have
been given of it by travellers and others. According to De Orta
(Colloquios, f. 176), it was brought to Goa from Malacca, and he
devotes a chapter (vi) to it, and gives a tale (from the Vishmi purana,
see H.E.Wilson's Works, v. 97 seqq.) to account for the Indian name

TO THE EAST INDIES. 59
[is so called,] because it never bearetli blossoms but in the
night time, and so [it doeth and continueth] all the yeare
long : it is a thing to be wondred at : for that so soone as the
Sunne setteth, there is not one blossome seene upon the tree,
but presently within halfe an houre after, there are, as many
blossomes uppon it, as the Tree can beare : they are [very]
pleasant to behold, and smell [very] sweet, and so soone as
the day commeth on, and the Sunne is rising, presently all
the blossomes fall off, and cover all the ground, so that there
remayneth not one [to be seene] upon the tree : the leaves
shut themselves close together, so that it seemeth as though it
were dead, untill evening commeth againe, and then it be
ginneth to blossome as [it did] before : the tree is as great
as a Plum tree, and is commonly [planted] behinde1 mens
houses, [in their gardens] for a pleasure, and for the sweet
smell: it groweth very quickly up, for that [many young
plantes] do -spring out of the roote, and as soone as those
[young plantes] be above halfe a f adome high, they have pre
sently as many blossoms uppon them as the branches on the
trees, and although they cut the tree down [to the ground],
yet within lesse then halfe a yeare there will branches2
spring out of the roote, and likewise if you breake a branch
off from the tree & set it in the earth, it will presently [take
root and] grow, & within few dayes [after] beareth blossoms :
the blossoms are in a manner like orange tree blossomes, the
floWre being white, and in the bottome [somewhat] yellow
and reddish, which in India they use for Saffron, therewith
pdrijataka, given to it by the people, but properly a name of the
Eryihrina Indiea. This shrub was a king's daughter, named
Parijataka. She fell in love with the sun, who soon deserted her, on
which she killed herself, and was burnt. This shrub arose from her
ashes. Hence it casts its flowers in the morning, as it cannot bear the
sight of the sun. Linschoten copies this further down. Acosta also
gives an account, with a picture (Tractado, 1578, p. 224). Fr. Vincenzo
Maria, ( Viaggio, 1672, p. 365) also describes it.— [B.]
1 Orig. Dutch : "in the courts of the houses" 
2 Orig. Dutch: " branches and blossoms" 

60 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
to dresse their meats, and to die with all as [wee doe] with
[our] Saffron,1 but it is neyther so good nor of so pleasant a
taste, yet it serveth there for want of the other.
Some say, that the water of this tree being distilled, is good
for the eyes, steeping linnen clothes in it, and so laying them to
the eyes.2
This tree is found in no place but in Goa, and Malacca, &
in some other places, where the Portingalles [inhabiting],
have planted them,3 for that they first came out of Malacca
into India, but within the land there is none, they are called
in the Malayan tongue Singady,4 in Decaniin, Parisatico,6 in
Decan, Pul,6 of the Arabians Guart,7 of the Persians and
Turkes Gul.8 The cause of this name, as the Indians say,9
is, that a Gentleman called Parisatico had a faire daughter,
of whom the Sunne became amorous, and in the end obtained
his pleasure of her, but [not long] after he fell .in love
with another, & forsook her, wherupon she [falling] in[to]
dispaire killed herself e, and according to the custome of the
countrie [her body] was burnt [of whose ashes they say]10
this tree, sprang up, and for the same cause was called Pari
satico, and therefore they say by reason of the hatred it
beareth unto the Sunne, it never bringeth foorth blossome or
flowre, but by night, and in the day time for griefe they
[presently] fall off.
The description of this Tree by Christopherus de Costa ii set
dovme in this manner : that it is of the greatnes and similitude
of a plumme tree, with many small branches, separated by
1 " Country saffron", i.e., turmeric, is largely used in cookery in
India, and some classes of women use it to colour their skins and faces.
— [B.] 2 Annotation by Dr. Paludanus.
3 Orig. Dutch : " have brought and planted them by their abodes" 
* I.e., "Brigading". — [K.] 6 I.e., pdrijataka. — [B.]
6 I.e., phul = flower. — [B.] 7 I.e., ward = rose ! — [B.]
8 I.e., gul = rose ! — [B.]
q Orig. Dutch : " tell the fable thereof".
10 Orig. Dutch: " to ashes, whence" 

TO THE EAST INDIES. 61
divers knots and partitions,1 the leaves grouping] two and two
together, [and] as bigge as plumme tree leaves, soft and rough
on the out side, verie like to leaves of Sage, and inwardlie
greene, and somewhat sharp, but not so uneven on the sides as
plumme leaves, neyther yet so full of veines. In the middle
betweene the two leaves there groweth a little stalke, [whereon are]2
five small heads, [fy out of them]3 foure little rough4, leaves, out of
the middest wherof there doe spring five small white blossomes,
of the greatnesse and forme of Orange blossomes, but somewhat
smaller, fairer, and sweeter. The stalke seemeth more red than
yellow, wherewith the Indians colour their meate, as wee doe
with Saffron. The greene fruite is of the greatnes of a Lupyne,
and in fashion like a little hart, [somwhat long] and devided
in the middle,6 having two places6 wherein the seed doth lie,
which is also like a hart, and as bigge as the seeds of Saint
Johns bread, covered with a greens Skin, and somewhat bitter.
Of all other Trees these are the pleasantest of smell, so that they
bee not handled, for if they be, they doe presently loose their
sweetnes and smell. The Indians are of opinion, that these
flowers doe quicken and comfort the heart, but they are somewhat
bitter, the Heathens likewise doe account the seede among their
medicines that strengthen the hart. The flowers may be used
in meat, the seed hath oftentimes bin caried into Portingall,
and there sowed, but never would grow, what meanes soever
they used, the flowers fall off when the sunne riseth as Clusius
saith, eyther by reason of some contrariety, or because of the
subtill nature of the sap, which the beames of the Sunne doe drie
and consume: for those wheron the Sunne shineth not, stay
somewhat longer on the tree. These flowers are [very] carefully
gathered, whereof a very siveet and pleasant water is distilled,
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) " on which". 2 Orig. Dutch: "with".
3 Orig. Dutch : "which consist of".
4 Orig. Dutch : " roundish" (rontachtige).
6 Orig. Dutch : " and if cut through in the length".
6 Orig. Dutch : " has on both sides a small box".

62 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
which is called water de Mogli ; some of this seede was brought
me out of India by John Hughen, which I sowed in the ground,
but it came not forth.1

The 60. Chapter.
Of the Bettele leaves, & the fruit Arecca.
The leaves called Bettele2 or Bettre, which is very common
in India, and dayly eaten by the Indians, doe grow in all
places of India, where the Portingals have discovered, not
within the countrie but only on the sea coast, unlesse it bee
some small quantitie. It will not growe in cold places, as
China, nor in over hot places, as Mosambique and Sofala,
and because it is so much used, I have particularly set it
downe in this place, although it is already spoken of in many
other places. You must understand that this Bettele is a
leafe somewhat greater and longer out than Orange leaves,
and is planted by sticks, whereupon it climeth like Ivie or
pepper, and so like unto pepper, that a farre off growing
each by other, they can hardlie bee descerned. It hath no
other fruite but the leaves only, it is much dressed and
looked unto, for that it is the dayly breade of India. The
leaves being gathered doe continue long without withering,
alwaies shewing fresh and greene, and are sold by the dozen,
and there is not any woman or man in all India, but that
every day eateth a dozen or two of the same leaves or more :
not that they use them for foode, but after their meale tides,
in the morning and all the day long, as likewise by night,3
and [as they goe abroad] in the streetes, wheresoever they be
you shal see them with some of these leaves in their handes,
1 Annotation by Dr. Paludanus.
2 The word has been adopted by the Portuguese from the Malayalam
" vettila" or Tamil " vettilei", properly " the mere leaf". — [K.]
3 Orig. Dutch : (add) " in the house".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 63
which continually they are chawing. These leaves are not
used to bee eaten1 alone, but because of their bitternesse
they are eaten2 with a certaine kinde of fruit which the
Malabares3 and Portingales call Arecca, the Gusurates and
Decanijns, Suparii, and the Arabians Fauffel.4 This fruite
groweth on trees like the Palme trees that beare the Nut
Cocus in India, but they are somewhat thinner, with the
leaves somewhat longer and smaller. The fruit is much like
the fruit that groweth on Cipresse trees, or like a Nutmeg,
though some [of them are] on the one side flat, & on the
other [side] thicker,5 some being somewhat greater and very
hard. They cut them in the middle with a knife, and so
chaw ohem with Bettele, they are within ful of veines, white,
Wd [somwhat] reddish. There is a kinde of Arecca called
Cechaniin ,6 which are lesse, blacker, and very hard, yet are
likewise used with Bettele, and have no taste, but onlie of
[the] wood, and yet it moysteneth the mouth, and coloureth
it both red and blacke, whereby it seemeth that the lips and
the teeth are painted with blacke blood, which happeneth
when the Arecca is not well dried. There is another sort
which in the eating or chawing [beeing swallowed downe,]
maketh men light in the heade, as if they had drunke wine
all the day long, but that is soone past. They use yet
another mixture which they eate withall, that is to say, a
cake or role7 made of a certaine wood or tree called Kaate,
and then they annoint the Bettele leaves with chalke made
of burnt oyster shelles, which can doe no hurt in their bodies
by reason of the small quantitie of it, all this being chawed
togeather, and the Iuice swallowed downe into their bodies,
for all .the rest they spit forth, they say it is very good for
the maw, and against a stinking breath, [a soveraigne medi-
» Orig. Dutch : " used". 2 Orig. Dutch : " chewed".
3 Areca is the name in Telinga, Suparl in Sanskrit and Hindi.
4 Read : faufel. 6 Orig. Dutch : " high".
8 Orig. Dutch : " Checanijn". ' Orig. Dutch : " little ball".

64 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
cine] for the teeth, and fastning of gummes, and [very good]1
against the Schorbucke,2 and it is most true that in India
verie few men are found with stinking breathes or tooth
aches, or troubled with the Scorbuch or any such diseases,
and although they be never so old, they alwaies have their
teeth whole and sound, but their mouthes and teeth are still
as if they were painted with black blood as I said before, and
never leave spitting reddish spittle like blood. The Portin-
gale women have the like custome of eating these Bettele
leaves, so that if they were but one day without eating their
Bettele, they perswade themselves they could not live : Yea,
they set it in the night times by their Beddes heades, and
when they cannot sleepe, they doe nothing els but chaw
Bettele and spit it out againe. In the day time wheresoever
they doe sit, goe, or stand, they are continually chawing
thereof, like Oxen or Kine chawing their cud : for the [whole]
exercise of [many Portingale]3 women, is onely all the day
long to wash4 themselves, and then fal to the chawing of
their Bettele. There are some Portingales that by the
common custome of their wives eating of Bettele, doe like
wise use it. When the Indian women6 go to visit one an
other, the Bettele goeth with them, and the greatest pleasure
or entertainment they can shew one to the other, is presently
to present them with some Bettele, Arecca, and chalke in a
woodden dish, which they keepe onely for that purpose.
This Bettele is to be sold in every corner, and streete, and
shoppe6 [of the towne], as also in every high way for travellers
and passengers, and is ready prepared, that is to say, so many
Bettele leaves, one Arecca & some chalke, and many times
some Cate for such as desire to have it, which the commonly
1 Orig. Dutch: "remedy".
2 Schorbucke (Dutch, " scheurbuyck") is scurvy.

3 Orig. Dutch
5 Orig. Dutch
6 Orig. Dutch

the". 4 Orig. Dutch (add) : "and bathe".
" when the women or Indians".
" on all corners of the streets and shops".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 65
keepe in their houses, or beare in their hands in a woodden
painted dish, and so eate in this sort, first a peece of Arecca,
and Cale, which they chaw, after that a leafe of Bettele, and
with the naile of their thumbe, which they purposely weare
sharpe and long, not round as wee doe, they pull the veines
[or stringes] out of the leafe, and so smeare it with chalke,
and rowling it together, they thrust it in their mouthes and
chaw it. The first sap thereof they spit forth : and say that
thereby they purge the head and the maw of all evill, and
flegmaticke humors,1 and their spittle being as fowle as blacke
blood, which colour proceedeth from the Arecca ; the rest of
the Iuice they swallow downe.
The Indians goe continually2 in the streetes and waies
with Bettele and the other mixtures in their handes chawing,
specially when they go to speake with any man, or come
before a great Lord, thereby to retaine a good smell, and to
keepe their breathes sweet, and if they should not have
it [in that sort] with them whensoever they [meete or]
speake with any man of account, it were a great shame for
them. The women likewise when they accompany secretly with their
husbands, doe first eat a little Bettele, which (they think) maketh
them apter to the game. All the Indians eate it after their
meales, saying that otherwise their meate wold upbraide them,
[and rise in their stomakes], and that such as have used to eate
it, and leave it, doe [presently] get a stincking breath. They
doe at certaine times forbeare the eating of Bettele, [as] when
any of their neerest friends die, and also on certain fasting
daies, as likewise some Arabians and the followers of AU,
Mahomets brother in lawe, doe upon their fasting dayes. In
Malabar, this leafe is called Bettele3 in Decam Gusurate, and
1 Orig. Dutch : " all evil humours and flegmaticke (as substantive"),
2 Orig. Dutch : " commonly".
3 See p. 62.

66 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Canam} it is called Pam,2 in Malaion,3 Siri,* by Auicenna,
Tambul,6 but better by others, Tambul.6 Auicenna sayeth, that
Bettele strengthened the maw, and fastnsth the flesh of the
Gummes, for which purpose the Indians doe use it, but where he
affirmeth those leaves to be cold in the first degree, and drying in
the second, it is not so, for either his Booke is false printed} for
hee was deceived [therein], for those leaves are hotte and drie in
the end of the second degree, as Garcius ab Horto himself hath
found out, likewise the taste and smell therof doe affirme it to be
so. TJiis Bettele is like a Citron leafe, but [somewhat] longer,
sharpe at the ende, having certaine veines that runne along the
leafe. The rypest are holden to bee the best, and are of colour
yellow[ish], although some women chuse the unripe, because they
are pleasanter8 in the chawing. The leaves doe wither by much
handling. The Bettele in Malacca, beareth a fruit like the
tayle of an Efte, which because it tasteth well, is eaten : it is
planted like a Vine upon stickes, as Hoppes9 with us. Some for
their greater benefit Plant it among Pepper, and among Arecca,
and thereof doe make a pleasant Gallerie. This Bettele must be
carefully looked unto, and often watered. He that desireth to
knowe more hereof, let him reade the worthie commentaries of
learned Clusius, uppon the Chapter of Garcius touching Bettele.10
The Noblemen and Kings, wheresoever they goe, stand or
sit, have alwaies a servant by them, with a Silver ketle [in
their hand] full of Bettele- and their mixtures, and [when
they will eat,] give them a leafe ready prepared. And when
any Ambassadour commeth to speake with the King, although
1 Read: " Canara" or " Cuncam".
2 I.e., Hindustani, " pan", properly " leaf" (Sanskrit, " parna"). — [K.]
3 Orig. Dutch : " Malaijen" (the country of the Malays).
4 I.e., Sirih.
6 Orig. Dutch: "Tembul".
6 I.e., Sanskrit, tambuld, which has passed with slight modifications
into sundry modern languages of India. — [K.]

7 Orig. Dutch
8 Orig. Dutch
9 Orig. Dutch

" translated".
" they give more sound".
" Clif " (ivy). 10 Annot. D. Paludani.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 67
the King can understand them well, yet it is their maner (to
maintame their estates) that the Ambassadour speaketh unto
them by an interpreter, [that standeth there] in presence,
which done, he answereth againe by the same interpreter.
In the meane time, the King lyeth on a bed, or else sitteth
on the ground, uppon a Carpet, and his servant standeth by,
readie with the Bettele which he continually chaweth, and
spitteth out the Iuyce, and the remainder thereof, into a
Silver Basin ; standing by him, or else holden by some one
of his slaves or [his] wives, & this is a great honour to the
Ambassadour, specially if he profereth him of the same
Bettele that he himselfe doth eate. To conclude, it is their
common use to eate it, which because it is their dayly
exercise, and that they consume so much,1 I have made
ye longer discourse, the better to understand it, although
somewhat hath beene said thereof in other places. The Kings
& Lords of India use pilles made of Arecca, Cate and Cam-
phora, with beaten Lignum aloes,2 and a little Amber, which
they eate altogether with Bettele and Chalke, in steede of
Arecca. Some mixe Bettele with Licium, some and those of the richer
if mightier sort with Campher, others with Lignum aloes, Muske
and Amber Grijs, and beeing so prepared, is pleasant of taste
and maketh a sweet breath. There are some that chaw Arecca
either with Cardamomum, or with Cloves. Within the lande
farrefrom the Sea, those leaves are solde verie deare. It is said
that the King of Decan Mizamoxa3 spendeth yearely thereof, to
the valew of above thirtie thousand Milreyes. TJiis is their
banquetting stuffe, and is given them by travellers} and the
Kings give it to their Subiects. To the rich [they give thereof
1 Orig. Dutch : "love it so much".
2 Orig. Dutch : " crushed Linaloes" (which is the Portug. name for
L. aloes).
3 Orig. Dutch : " Nisamoxa" =Nizam Sjah, residing in Ahmadnagar.
1 Orig. Dutch : " this they make a present of to travellers".

68 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
being] mixed with their owne hands, and to others [they send it]
by theirservants. When they send any man of Ambassage or
otherwise -1 there are certaine Silke Purses full of prepared
Bettele delivered unto him, and no man may, depart before, it be
delivered him, for it is a [signe or] token of his passe port.2
By the pictures hereafter following see you may the figures
of the fruites of Malacca called Duryoens, & ye tree Arbore
de Rays, or roote tree, likewise the thicke Reedes, named by
the Portingales Bambu, and by the Indians Mambu, with
the tree called Arbore Triste, or the sorrowfull tree, as it is
both by day and by night, and the tree where on Arecca
doth grow, as likewise the Bettele. And because Pepper is
oftentimes planted at the foote of the Arecca tree, where it
groweth and clymeth up round about the body thereof, I
have set it downe, in the same order as it groweth : The
description whereof shall in an other place bee shewed,
among the Spices and drugges of India, as also the Hearbes,
serving for Physicke, and Apothecarie ware &c.

The 61. Chapter.

Of the Hearbe Dutroa, and a Plant called Herba Sentida, or the
feeling Hearbe.
The Hearbe called Dutroa,3 is very common in India, and
groweth in everie fielde :4 the leafe thereof is sharpe at the
ende, like the pointe of a Speare, and is indented on the
edges like the leafe of Beares claw, and about that bignesse,
having in it5 many long threedes [or veines, it groweth]
without taste, or moysture,6 and somewhat bitter and smell-
1 Orig. Dutch : " when anybody will travel".
2 Annot. D. Paludani.
3 Originally Sanskrit, " dhustura, dhattura" (datura fastuosa).— [K.]
4 Orig. Dutch : "everywhere in the field".
6 Orig. Dutch : "in the length".
6 Orig. Dutch : " almost without taste and moist".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 69
ing like a Raddish. The flower or blossome of this Plant
is verie like unto the blossome of Rose-marie in colour :
and out of this blossome groweth a bud, much like the
bud. of Popie, wherein are cert.aine small kernels like t"he
kernels of Melons, which being stamped, and put into any
meate, wine, water, or any other drinke or composition, and
eaten or drunke therewith, maketh a man, in such case as if
hee were foolish [or out of his wittes,] so that he doth
nothing else but laugh, without any understanding or sence
[once] to perceive any thing that is done in his presence.
And some time it maketh him sleepe as if he were dead, in
that sort he continueth for the space of twentie foure houres :
but if his feete bee washed with colde water, then hee com
meth to himselfe againe before the twentie fower howers be
expired. This Herbe the Indian and Portingall women use
much to give unto their husbandes, and often times when
they are disposed to bee merrie with their secrete lovers, they
give it him, and goe in his presence and performe their
leacherie together, and taking their husband by the beard,
they will call him Cornudo, with other such like iestes, the
man not knowing any thing thereof, but sitteth with his
eyes open, not doing or saying any thing, but laugh and grin
like a foole, or a man out of his wits : and when the time
commeth that he reviveth out of his trance, he knoweth
nothing what was done, but thinketh that hee had slept.
This Hearbe the slaves use likewise to give their masters and
mistresses, therby to robbe them and to breake open their
Chests, which is oftentimes done ; this Dutroa must bee used
in measure, because it is a kind of poyson, for if a man give
too much thereof hee may bring a man to his ende, unlesse
some strong and present remedie be taken, by some confer -
poyson or Purgation.
The remedy [thereof] consisteth in medicines which cause
vomiting, for he must cast al out [of his body], meate or what
soever is remaining in his Maw, & then take divers purgations

70 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
and1 strong Glisters, as also hard rubbing & binding both hands
andfeete, together2 with letting bloud in the great toes.3
This Hearbe groweth in all places in aboundance, and
although it is forbidden to be gathered, or [once] used, never-
thelesse those that are the principal forbidders of it, are such
as dayly eate thereof, for their owne wives sakes,4 that
thereby they might fulfill their pleasures with other men,
which is the common living of them all, some few excepted.
Some men are so used to eate and drink Dutroa, not knowing
of it, that tasting onely of the Iuice of the leaves, they are
presently in a transe, and so the wife is well assured, [and
without all feare] to satisfie her lust. This and such like
Hearbes there are6 in India, and are much used, for that all
the [care &] studie that ye women and wives of India6 have,
is day and night to devise meanes to satisfie their pleasures,
and to increase lust, by all the devises they can imagine, and
to make their bodies the apter thereunto. Which to effect
they know [all the] divelish inventions and practises [that
may bee devised], as experience dayly maketh it manifestly
knowne, by such as travell7 in India, as I myselfe have
partly tried. There is yet an other Hearbe in India, called by
the Portingales Herba Sentida, or feeling Hearbe, the cause
[why it is called so,] is for that if any man passeth by it,
and toucheth it, or throweth either Sand or any other thing
upon it, presently it becometh [as though it were withered,]8
and closeth the leaves together, & cometh not to itself, [& to
his first force againe]9 as long as the man standeth by it : but
1 Orig. Dutch : " afterwards in purgation and diversion by strong
clysters", etc.
2 Orig. Dutch : "at times also".
3 Annot. D. Paludani.
4 Orig. Dutch : " such, to whom it is almost dayly given by their
wives". 6 Orig. Dutch : " there are many in whole India".
6 Orig. Dutch : " the women and Indians".
7 Orig. Dutch: "live". 8 Qrig. Dutch : "flat".
' Orig. Dutch: "neither will it open".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 71
presently when the man is gone and turneth his backe, it
openeth the leaves againe and becommeth stiffe, & faire
againe as though they were newly growne : and touching it
againe, it shutteth and becommeth withered1 as before, so
that it is a pleasure to see it, and strange to bee observed.
Also there is a'thing to bee wondered at and seemeth unpos-
sible to such as have not seene it : and this it is within the
towne and Island of Goa, at the one end of the towne, where
the Kine, Oxen, Sheepe, and all kind of cattle are killed and
slaine, to be solde for meate for the inhabitants, called Mata-
vaquas : in that place there lye all the homes of the saide
beastes scattered and throwne about, as [if they were alto
gether] unprofitable, because the Portingals and Indians use
them not, and it is likewise a great dishonour, and iniurie to
the Spaniardes, and Portingales, to have anye homes,2 pr once
to shew a home ech to other, or to throw it before his doore,
for [revenge of] which [act], they would kill each other, and
there is sharpe Iustice used, if any man doe offend [in that
sort], by shewing [his neighbour] the3 home, or4 naming it
unto him, for that thereby they meane he is a man that is
made cookolde by his wife. These homes having layne there
a certaine time, doe stick fast in the earth, (I meane the
inner part of the home) and there it taketh roote as if it
were a tree, as I my selfe have seene and pulled forth many
of them, that had rootes of two or three spannes in length,
which was never seene in any place of the world. The cause
whereof hath beene sought [and searched] by many curious
speculators of strange things, but they could never find it
out, and yet the earth is verie stonie. Whereby those of
Goa. most oftentimes take it in good part, to heare them
selves reported to be the greatest Cornudos, or wearers of
homes [in all the world], because homes in other places may
1 Orig. Dutch : " flat".
2 Orig. Dutch : " anything (made) of horn".
3 Orig. Dutch : " a" 4 Orig. Dutch : " or only".

72 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
at once be put off but theirs of Goa have taken roote, and
therfore it is impossible to cut them cleane away, for that
because of the rootes, they will presently grow up againe, so
that they must with patience beare them as long as they
live. And herewith we will make an end of the description
of the trees, plants, and common herbes of India, although
there are [verie] manie, and a thousand sorts more, which in
fashions and wonderfull effects doe much differ from the
herbes of these countries ; because I knowe not the proper
names of them, I have onlie made mention of the commonest
and best knowne.

The 62. Chapter.

Of spices, drugges, plants and stuffes for Physitions and Apothecaries,
that is the common sort, and such as are ordiaarily used in India,
[and] of their growing, [and] in what manner and place [they
grow], and first of Pepper.
Pepper is of divers sorts, that is to say, blacke, white,
[and] long [pepper]1 is called Canariin: the blacke is the
commonest, and is most brought hither, and throughout al
places of the world. The white and long are likewise carried
into other places, though [verie] little [of it] : but the Pepper
called Canariin is never carried forth of India, for it is not
much esteemed ; the blacke pepper which is the commonest
and the best, groweth most on the coast within the Countrie
of Malabar, which Coast beginneth 12 miles Southwards from
Goa, and reacheth to the Cape de Comoriin, and is the land
lying on the sea coast, betweene the high land of Ballagate
and the sea :2 further within the land there groweth none ;
[and] theT-e is the place where all the pepper is yearelie
laden, which is carried into Portingale, and from thence
spread abroad throughout all Christendom e : From thence
1 Orig. Dutch : "and pepper that".
2 See chapter 11.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 73
also it is much shipped by the Mahometanes to the red sea,
and upon the land inwards beyond Ballagate, as also to
Persia, Arabia, and all the countries bordering upon the same :
And although it be expresslie forbidden by the Portingales,
& great care taken, and for the same cause coast and sea[s
along the shore] are watched,1 [that it be not shipped or sent
out without their licence,] yet is there great quantities carried
forth, and some times2 with the Salvo-conducto, or passeport
from the Portingals [themselves.] There groweth likewise
much black pepper by Malacca, and in the Hands of Sumatra,
lava, Sunda, and other places, as in the description of the
coast and Hands I have alredie declared, where also groweth
white Pepper, which is like the blacke, saving the first out
most huske is white and smooth, without [any] wrinckle, but
hath the [verie self] same vertue and taste that black pepper
hath. It cometh oftentimes mingled with the Malacca
pepper. The pepper that groweth in the countries about
Malacca is many times also brought into Portingale, but verie
little, for that it is 2 yeares betweene every ship that sayleth
out of Portingale thither, which being there, taketh in some
pepper, but most Cloves and Nutmegges with their flowers
and other marchandises of China : But the most part of that
pepper is used in the same countries, as in Pegu, Syon, &
specially in China, and other countries bordering on the
same, which deal continually one with an other. Pepper by
the Malabares is called Molanga,3 and in the countries by
Malacca4 Lada : in Arabia, Filfil : the Gusarates of Cambaia
and Decaniins of Ballagate cal it Meriche :6 and they of Ben
gala, Morois : and the long pepper which groweth onely in
Bengala and lava, is called Pelclim.6 Pepper groweth and is
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) " with all diligence"-
2 Orig. Dutch: (add) "also".
3 Malayalam, " mulagu". — [K ]
4 jmg in Malay. 5 Properly Sanskrit, marica. — [K.]
« Read, as in the orig. Dutch: " Pepilini".— From the Sanskrit
pippall (piper longum). — [K.]

74 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
planted at the foote of an other tree, and most part at the
[foote of the] tree called1 Arecca, or some such like [tree], &
groweth upon2 the tree, like Bettele or Ive. The leaves of
pepper are like Orange leaves, but somewhat smaller, they
are green and sharp at the ends, in the chawing it biteth the
tong, and tasteth much Like to Bettele, it growes in bunshes
like grapes, but a great deale lesser and thynner, yet some
what thicker then Gooseberries : they are alwaies green til
they begin to drie and to. ripen, which is in December and
Ianuary, for at that time they are gathered. The long
pepper groweth in Bengala, and some in the Hand of lava,
and is an other kinde of tree: the long pepper is of the
length of a needle, or the tagge of a point,3 but somewhat
thicker, and all of a like thicknes : it is outwardly rugged,
and of an ashie colour, and within somewhat white, with
small seedes, but in taste and use it is like the other black
and white pepper. The white pepper (as I sayd) is like the
black, both in taste and forme, yet it is accounted for better
& stronger, and is not in so great quantitie as the black.
The Pepper called Canariins in the countrie of Goa and
Malabar, almost of the fashion of Panike :4 it is of an ashe
colour, and holow within, with some smal kernels which in
eating tasteth and heateth like other pepper, yet it is used
onely by the poore people, and therefore is called Canariin
pepper, that is to say Countrie mens pepper, or poore peoples
pepper : therefore it is never laden away, for it is verie
course and of little value, neither would it be able to rayse
the fraight, and therfore is it left in the countrie. The other
pepper is in India and all other Eastern countries, much
used and spent by the Indians themselves, and that in greater
quantitie than yearelie is carried [or laden from thence] for
1 Orig. Dutch : " tree on which grows the"-
2 Orig. Dutch : " climbs against".
3 Read : " the point of a tagge".
4 Orig. Dutch : " buck-wheat".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 75
other places, for they eate not any kinde of meate, but they
put therein handfuls of pepper, al unbeaten, so that they
waste the more.1 In the description of Malabar2 1 have set
downe in what places pepper doth grow, and is commonlie
laden, and the havens where the Portingall shippes doe come
and fetch it : therefore it needeth not here to be rehearsed :
pepper is likewise much [used], when it is green, [to be] put
in pots with vineger and salt, and so is kept a long time, and
[in the same manner]3 carryed into Portingal : but it is most
used in that sort [to be eaten] in India, and is called pepper
in Achar,4 in which manner they use to dresse all other sorts
of spices in India, and eate it commonlie to procure- [an]
appetite, as we doe Capars, Olives, and Lemons, being
pickled. Pepper is used in the kitchen, and in Apothecaries shoppes,
although in both places not as [a meate] or food, but for phy
sicke : it warmeth the mawe, and consumeth the cold slymenes
thereof ; to ease the payne in the mawe which proceedeth of
rawnesse and wind it is good to eate fyne pepper cornes everie
morning. He that hath a [bad or] thick sight, let him use
pepper cornes, with annis, fennel seed, and Cloves, for thereby
the mystinesse [of the eyes,] which darken the sight is eleered
and driven away. The Apothecaries make a confection of 3.
sorts of pepper, in this sort, of white, blacke and long Pepper of
each 25 drammes, wilde tyme, ginger, annis seed, of each an
ounce,6 with honnie as much as needeth to make a confection,
which is good for such as have a cold maw, the Nucken,6 the
paine in the liver, and the Dropsie?
1 Orig. Dutch: " so that they devour them in great quantities"
2 See chapter 11.
3 Orig. Dutch: "also".
4 Achar, see chapter 64.
5 Orig. Dutch : " loot" (half an ounce of old weight).
6 A Dutch word for freakishness.
7 Annotatio D. Paludani.

76 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN

The 63. Chapter.
Of Cinamoin.
Cinamon in Latin is called Cinamomum : by the Arabians,
Quirsa } by the Persians Darchina,2 by the men of Seylon,
(where it most groweth) Curdo :3 of the people of Malacca,
Caysman :4 and by the Malabares, Camea:6 the trees are as
great as Olive trees, and some lesser, with leaves of Colmi
like Baye leaves, but of fashion like Citron leaves, though
somewhat smaller. They have white blossomes, and a [cer
taine] fruite of the greatnes of black Portingall Olives, whereof
also Oyle is made, which is used for manie thinges. The
tree hath two barkes, [but] the second bark is the Cinamon,
it is cut off in [foure] square peeces, and so laid to dry, at
the first it is ashe colour, after as it beginneth to dry, it
roulleth together of it self, and looketh of the colour as it
commeth hether, which proceedeth of the heate of the Sunne.
The tree from whence the barke is taken they let it stand, &
within 3 yeres after it hath an other barke, as [it had] before.
These trees are in great abundance, for they grow [of them
selves] without planting, [in the open fields]6 like bushes :
the roote of this tree yeeldeth a water, which smelleth like
Camphora, it is forbidden to be drawn forth, for spoyling the
trees. The Cinamon that is not wel dried is of ashe colour,
& that which is over much dryed, blackish, but the best
dryed is reddish : there is much and excellent water dis
tilled out of Cinamon while it is half green, which is much
used in India, & manie7 times caryed into Portingal, and
1 Read : " Quirfa"
2 Darchlnl, i.e., Chinese wood.
3 Kurundu (Singhalese) = wood.
4 The Malay word is " Kayu mauis" (sweet wood).
6 Tarn. Karua?
c Orig. Dutch : " wild".
7 Orig. Dutch : " some".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 77
other places ; it is very pleasant; both to drinke and to smell,
but very hote and strong : it is used against the Colicke and
other diseases proceeding of cold, it is likewise good against
a stincking breath, and evill savor of the mouth. There
is likewise a water made1 of the blossomes of this tree, but
not so good, nor so well esteemed as that of Cinamon it self.
The places where Cinamon groweth, is most and best in the
Hand of Seylon, wherin there is whole woods full of [Cinamon
trees] : in the coast of Malabar there groweth likewise great
store and some woods of Cinamon, but not half so good and
lesser trees, the barke being grayer and thicker, and of smal
vertue. The Cinamon of the Hand of Seylon is the best and
finest, and is [at the least] three times dearer in the price.
The Cinamon of Malabar is called Canella de Mato or wilde
Cinamon, and is forbidden to be carried into Portingale : yet
there is great quantity shipped, but all under the name of
Cinamon of Seylon, whereby it passeth, and the King hath2
his full custome as well for the good as for the bad. When
the Cinamon of Seylon is worth in India 50 or 60 Pardawes.
the Quintale, the wilde Cinamon is worth but 10 or 12 Par
dawes : but it is all registred in India, for Seylons Cinamon,
and payeth custome in Lisbon, each Quintale 15 or 16 Mil-
reyes, as well the good as the bad, and all other spices after
the rate : and there may be nothing shipped in India, no not
so much as the slaves, but it must all be registred in Cochin :
and if there be any thing found, to be brought into Portingal,
and not registred [there] it is forfait to the King. There
groweth Cinamon also in the Hands of lava, and by Malacca,
but [very] little, and not so good as that of Seylon. The
trees which they burne in India, for wood, some of them are
like Cinamon in burning, and smell.
Cinamon healeth3 it openeth fy strengtheneth all the inward
1 Orig. Dutch : " distilled".
2 Orig. Dutch : " for that the king should have"
3 Orig. Dutch : " warms".

78 VOYAGE QF VAN LINSCHOTEN
parts, it is somewhat attractive1 stretcheth2 the mawe, and
digesteth the meate, it is also used against all kinde of poyson,
that may hurt the hart. Cinamon with Pennyroyall and
Bivoet3 water drunk driveth away the Volgher}' openeth the
matrice, and maketh women have their flowers : it is likewise
good against Fusten, and Catharres, that fall downe from the
head into the lower parts, also against the Dropsie, and breaking6
or stopping of the kidneyes, fyc. The water and Oyle of Cina
mon doe greatlie strengthen all the inward parts, as head, hart,
mawe and lyver, &c6

The 64. Ghapter.
Of Ginger.
Ginger groweth in manie places of India, yet the best, &
most caryed abroad, is that which groweth in the coast of
Malabar : it groweth like thin and young Netherland reedes
oi two or three spannes high, the roote [whereof] is the
Ginger, being greene, it is much .eaten in India, for sallets, as
also sodden in Vineger, which they call Achar,7 as I said of
pepper, and other fruites that are used in that manner
throughout [al] India : the time when they are most gathered
and begun to be dried, is in December and Ianuarie : they
drie it in this sort, [that is,] they cover it with potearth,
which they doe to stop and fill up the holes, and thereby to
make it continue the fresher, for the potearth preserveth it
from wormes, without the which it is presentlie consumed by
them : it is little esteemed in India, notwithstanding there is
1 Orig. Dutch : "astringent"
2 Orig. Dutch : " strengthens".
3 Orig. Dutch: "byvoet" (artemisia).
4 Dutch word for after-birth.
5 Orig. Dutch: "ghebreken" (diseases).
6 Annot. D. Paludani.
7 I.e., the Persian and Hindostani name. — [B.]

TO THE EAST INDIES. 79
much shipped as well to the red sea as to Ormus, Arabia and
Asia,1 but little for Portingale, because it will not save ye
fraught and custome : onlie the gunner of the Indian shippes
may lade and bring certaine Quintals without paying any
custome, which by the King of Portingale was of long tyme
granted unto them, and is yet observed : and this they may
sel to marchants, and so by this meanes there is some
brought, otherwise but very little, for that the most part of
Ginger brought into Spain, cometh from Cabo verde, the
Hands2 of S. Thomas, Brasilia, and the Hand of S. Domingo
in ye Spanish Indies, which is much trafficked [withall] in
Spaine: wherefore that of the Portingall Indies is little
brought [out of the country,] because of the long way &
great charges, & yet it is better then other Ginger :3 as also
all other spices, mettals, and stones, [that are brought out] of
the Orientall Indies,4 that is out of the Portingales Indies,
are for goodnesse and vertue better then any other, which the
continuall traffique6 hath sufficiently made knowne. There
is likewise much Ginger conserved in Suger [which commeth
out of the countrie] of6 Bengala, but the best commeth from
China, it is verie good to eate, and much .used in India,
& broght out of Portingal into these countries.7
Ginger by the Arabians, Persians, and Turkes is called Gen-
gibil8 in Gusurate, Decan, and Bengala, when it is freshe .and
greene, Adrac} and when it is dryed Sucte,10 in Malabar both
i Read : Persia. 2 Read : " island".
3 The contrary opinion now prevails. — [B.]
4 Orig. Dutch: "  stones that are called Oriental"
6 Orig. Dutch : " the daily experience". 6 Orig. Dutch : " in"
7 Orig. Dutch : " brought into Portugal and these countries".
8 Ar. Zendjabil, vulg. zendjibil.
9 I.e., Sanskrit, " ardraka".— [K.]
10 Probably the Mahratti " sukata", slightly dried, or some cognate
word.— [K.] These names are, as usual, borrowed from Garcia de
Orta. Adrak is the common Hind, for "green ginger"; sucte is
probably an error for sonth, the common Hind, for "dry ginger".— [Y.]

80 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
dryed 8c green Imgi1 in Malayo Aliaa? It groweth like water
Lillies, or Sword-hearbe, but somewhat blacker, with a stalke
aboute two or three handfuls high, and with a roote like a
Lillie,3 not spreading4, forth as Antonius Musa writeth, and is
not so sharpe, specially that which groweth in Bacaim, because
of the over great moysture. This roote is cut small and mixed
with other rootes, and so eaten for Sallets with oyle, salt and
Vineger, it is also sodden with flesh and fish. It groweth6 in all
places of India, and is sowed or planted, for that which com
meth up of it selfe, is not so good. The best and greatest store
commeth out of Malabar, and by the Arabians and Persians it
is much desired, next it 'is the Ginger of Bengala. The third is
that of Dabut6 and Bacaim and of all the coast along ; in the
wilde fields and inwardly within the land there is little found.
There is also some found in the Hands of S. Laurence and
Comaro.7 The vertue and properties of Ginger is that it maketh
a man to goe easily to the stoole, and restoreth a mans strength
that is decayed^ But it is found contrary in other Authors,
that Ginger stoppeih, for that it causeth good digestion, and so
laskements, proceeding of raw moystnesse, is stopped. It heateth
a cold maw, and is good against humors, that darken the eyes,
and is used in many8 medicines.9
1 Malayalam "inji", green ginger. — [K.]
2 Read : " aliya". The common Mai. and Jav. name is djahe\
3 Orig. Dutch : " lies" (iris).
4 Orig. Dutch : " not creeping forth".
6 Orig. Dutch : " it groweth almost".
6 Read: "Dabul".
7 I.e., Madagascar and the Comores.
8 Orig. Dutch : " great".
s Annotatio D. Paludani.

to the east indies. 81
The 65. Chapter.
Of Cloves.
Cloves are by the Turkes, Persians, Arabians, and most
part of the Indians called Calafur,1 and in the Hands of
Maluco, where they are only found and do grow Chamke.2
These Hands are five, lying under the Equinoctiall line, as in
the descriptions therof is declared.3 They have nothing else
but Cloves, which are caried from thence, throughout the
world, the trees whereon they grow, are like Bay trees, the
blossomes at the first white, then greene, and at the last red
and hard which are the Cloves, and when the blossomes are
greene, they have the pleasantest smell in all the world.
The Cloves grow verie thicke together and in great numbers
they are gathered and then dried, their right colour, when
they are drie, is a darke yelow, and to give them a blacke
colour, they are commonly smoked. The Cloves that stay on
the tree ungathered are4 thicke, and stay on till the next
yeare, which are those that are called the mother of the
Cloves. And in the place where the trees stand, there grow
eth not any grasse or greene Hearbe at all, but it is wholly
drie, for that those trees draw all the moysture unto them.
That which the Portingals call Baston,6 or with us the Stocke
of the Clove, (and is the stalke whereby they hang on the
trees) is gathered with the Cloves and so they are mingled
together : for that in Maluco they never garble their Cloves,
but in India they are many times parted, though [verie]
little : for they are most part sold and used with dust,6 and
1 Ar., Qaranfol.
2 Chenkeh (Mai. and Jav.).
3 See chapter 21.
4 Orig. Dutch : " become".
6 See p. 113 of vol. i, note 8.
8 Orig. Dutch : (add) "mother".

82 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
stalkes and all together, but such as are to bee sent to
Portingall are severed [and clensed]. The Cloves are so
hotte of nature, that whensoever1 they are made cleane, arid
seperated from their Garbish, if there chance to stand either
Tubbe or Payle of water in the Chamber where they dense
them, or any other vessell with wine or [any kind of] moys
ture, it will within two dayes [at the furthest] be wholly
soken out and dryed up, although it stand not neere them, by
reason of the great heate of the Cloves, that draw all moys
ture unto them, as by experience I have often seene. The
same nature is in the unspunne Silke of China, so that when
soever the Silke lyeth any where in a house upon the2
flowre, that is to say, uppon boordes, a foote or two above the
ground, and that the flowre is sprinkled and covered with
water, although it toucheth not the Silke, in the Morning all
that water will bee in the Silke, for that it draweth it all
unto it. And this tricke the Indians often times use to make
their Silke weigh heavie, when they sel it, for it can neither
be seen nor found in the Silke. But returning to our matter,
the Cloves grow about the length of a great shot from the
Sea side, and are neither planted nor set, and nothing else is
done [unto them,] but only when they plucke and gather
them, they make the place under the trees [verie] cleane.
The tree will not grow verie close to the Sea side, nor farre
from it, for these Hands are altogether compassed about with
the Sea.
When it is a fruitfull yeare, then the Cloves are in greater
abundance then the leaves. When they gather them, they
do not pluck them with their hands, but with ropes which
they fasten about the branches, and by force they shake
them off, and by that meanes the trees are so spoyled, that the
next yeare after they yeelde but little fruite : but the second
yeare then after ensuing, there grow up trees of the Cloves
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) "in India".
2 Orig. Dutch : " or upon a".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 83
that fell upon the ground, [when they gathered them the two
yeares before,] like Chesnut trees, and they growe verie
sound, because of the great rayne that falleth in those places :
for those Ilandes lye under the Equinoctiall line, and yeelde
fruite within eight yeares, and so continue above a hundreth
yeares. The time when they are gathered and dried, is from
September to Ianuarie. When the Cloves are greene, they
make good conserves in Sugar, and are likewise salted in
Vineger & so kept in pots, and made of Achar,1 in which
manner they are carried into Malacca and India. They
likewise distill water out of the green Cloves which is verie
cordiall, and used in many Medecines. The Indian women
use much to chawe Cloves, thereby to have a sweete breath,
which the Portingales wives that dwell there, doe now begin
to use ; the leaves of the Clove-trees, are altogether like Bay-
leaves. Cloves grow on trees like Bay-trees both in forme and quan
titie, save onely that their leaves are something lesser, like
Almonds or Willow-leaves. They are full of branches, and
have abundance of blossomes, which doe turne these fruites, [and
are] called Cloves because in forme [and shape] they doe resemble
[a Birdes] clawes. They growe like [the] Mirtle-tree2.upon the
uttermost branches. Cloves are much used both in meate and in
medicines. The people of lava desire the gray Cloves, that
hang a whole yere3 [and more] upon the trees, and are no Males,
as Ama} doth absurdly advise, and [as] we [of the common
sort doe, who] covet the thinnest. When they are greene, they
use to salt them with salt and Vineger in Maluco, and some
they put in Suger, which are verie pleasant to bee eaten. The
water of greene Cloves distilled is very pleasant of smel, and
strengthneth the hart, likewise they procure sweating in men
1 Orig. Dutch : " made achar of them".
2 Orig. Dutch : " mirtle-berries".
3 Orig. Dutch : "hung above » vear".
4 Aviceima (?)

84 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
that have the Pox, with Cloves, Nutmegges, Mace, long and black
Pepper ; some lay the poulder of Cloves upon a mans head,
that hath a paine in it, that proceedeth of colde. They strengthen
the Liver, the Maw, and the hart, they further digestion, they
procure evacuation of the Urine, and stop lascativenes, and
being put into the eyes, preserveth1 the sight, and foure
Drammes being drunke with Milke, doe procure lust.2

The 66. Chapter.
Of Mace, Folie, or flowers of Nutmegges, and [of] Nutmegges.
The Nutmegge tree is like a Peare tree or a Peach tree,
but that they are lesse, and it hath round leaves. These
trees growe in the Hand3 of Banda, not farre from Maluco,
and also in the Ilandes of lavas & Sunda, from whence
they are carried to China, and Malacca, and also4 into India
and other places. The fruite is altogether like great round
Peaches, the inward6 part whereof is the Nutmegge. This
hath about it a hard shell like wood, wherein the Nut lyeth
loose : and this wooden shel or huske is covered over .with
Nutmeg flower, which is called Mace, and over it is the
fruite, which without is like the fruite of a Peach. When it
is ripe it is a verie costly meate, and of a most pleasant savor.
This fruite or Apples are many times conserved in Sugar
being whole, and in that sort caried throughout India, and
much esteemed : for in truth it is the best conserve in all
India, and is many times brought over into Portingall, and
1 Orig. Dutch : " strengthen".
2 Annotatio D. Paludani.
3 On the map of Linschoten the greatest island of the Banda group
bears the name of Banda. So it is in Portuguese writers. They called
the archipelago " Ilhas de Bandam", or " I. de Banda".
' Orig. Dutch : " so further"
6 Orig. Dutch : " most inward".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 85
from thence hether. They are likewise salted and put in
Vineger, which is much used in India. When the Nuttes
begin to be ripe, then they swell, and the first shell or huske
bursteth in peeces, and the Nutmegge flowers doe continue
redde, as [any] Scarlet, which is a verie faire sight to behold,
[especially] if the trees bee full of fruite. Sometimes also
the Mace breaketh, which is the cause that the Nutmegges
come alltogether without the Mace, and when the Nutmegge
drieth,1 then the Mace falleth off, and the red changeth into
Orenge colour, as you see by the Mace that is brought
hether. The Hands where they grow, specially Banda, are
very unholesome countries,2 as also the Hands of Maluco,
many that traffique thether die [before they depart from
thence,] or [if they escape, they] are in great perill of their
lives, by sicknesse, notwithstanding great gaine maketh men
to travell thether. The Nutmegge (by the inhabitants of
Banda, where they are most growing) is called Palla,3 and
the Mace or Nutmegge flower, Buna Palla. The Decanijns
and Indians call it Iapatry, and the Mace Iayfol.4
The trees whereon Nutmegs and Mace do grow, are not
unlike to Peare trees, but shorter and rounder leaves, they are
good for paine in the head, for6 the mother and the Sinewes.
The Nut is compassed about with three kinds of Barkes. The
first & outermost is6 like the greene shell of an Acorne, and
when they are ripe that shel openeth : then you find a thin
shell or barke like a Nutte,7 which compasseth the fruite, and by
1 Orig. Dutch : " is dried".
2 Orig. Dutch: "is a  country"-
3 Read (Mai., and Jav.) : " Pala", and for the mace " Bunga pala".
— Pala is originally Sanskrit phala, " nutmeg".— [K.]
4 According to the Petersburg Diet., the Sanskrit jdtipatn, whence
the slightly corrupted japatry, is "mace", but jatiphala, "nutmeg". In
Amara-Kosha, however, both jdllkoga and jatiphala are explained to be
" mace". — [K.j (Mace in Rind., jaipatri and jawatri; nutmeg, jaiphal.)
— [Y.] 'Read: "of".
6 Orig. Dutch : (add) " in form".
7 Orig. Dutch : " like a little net".

86 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
us is called Mace, which both in meate and Medicine is verie
serviceable and wholesome. The third shell is harder and more
like unto wood then the first, and is like the Acorne, but that it
is blacker, which being opened, yon find the Nutmegge therein.
When the fruit is ripe, and that the first shell breaketh open,
then the Mace is of a most faire red colour, and when the fruit
is drie, the Mace likewise doth change} and becommeth a Golden
yellow. There are two sorts of Nutmegges, one long, which are called
Males, the other round, which are better & stronger.
The Nutmeg comforteth the braine, sharpneth the memorie,
warmeth and strengthneth the Maw, driveth winde out of the
body, maketh a svjeet breath, driveth downe Urine, stoppeth the
Laske,2 and to conclude, is good againut all colde diseases in the
heade, in the braine, the Mawe, the Liver and the Matrice.
The Oyle thereof is better then the rest, for all the aforesaid
named infirmities.
Mace is specially good for a colde and a weake maw, it pro -
cureth digestion of the meate, drieth up all evill humors and
breaketh wind?

The 67. Chapter.
Of Cardamomum.
Cardamomum is a kinde of spice which they use much in
India to dresse with their meates, and commonly they have
it in their mouthes to chaw upon. It is very good against a
stincking breath and evill humors in the head, and serveth
also for other things in medecines: it groweth like other
graynes, and is verie like to Panyke,4 but of a white colour
drawing somewhat towards yealow. The huskes are as grate
1 Orig. Dutch : " burst" 2 />., diarrhoea.
3 Annotatio D. Paludani. 4 Orig. Dutch : •' buck-wheat".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 87
as the huskes of the Panyke graines, but somewhat smal ¦}
within there is about 10 or 12 graines [of berryes], which is
the Cardamomum. There are two sorts of Cardamomum,
that is to say, great and small, and called by the Malabares,
Etremilly :2 the Gusurates, Decaniins & Bengalers cal it Hil,3
and the Mores inhabiting among them, call it Hilachij.4
This is much used in India, and is a marchandise which is
caryed into all places of India : most of it groweth in Calecut
and Cananor, places on the coast of Malabar : it is likewise
in other places of Malabar, and in the Hand of lava, and
from the countries aforesaid it is most caryed into other
places, but little brought into Portingal, because of the great
charges, and long way : yet many times the Saylers and
other travellers6 bring it. They sieth no flesh in India, but
commonly they put Cardomomum into the pot, it maketh the
meate to have as good a savor and a taste as any of the other
spices of India.
Avicenna sayth there are two kinds of it, the one he calleth
Saccolaa quebir6 that is great Cardamomum, and the other
Saccolaa Regnerf that is, smal Cardamomum : in Malabar it
is called Etremelly, in Seylan Encal, in Bengala Gusaratte, and
Decan sometimes Hil, & sometimes Elachi, but that is by the
Moores, for the Heathens throughout all fndia call it Dors8
Cardamomum : lo the auncient Grecians, as Galen, Dioscorides,
and others, [it] was [altogether] unknowne: 8f although- Galen
in his seventh booke of Simples saith, that Cardamomum is not
1 Orig. Dutch: "smaller".
2 This is a misprint for Elattari, the Malayalam name, lit. "rice
(ad)of £lam".— [B.]
3 From Sanskrit, " ela"=" amomum", and " elettaria".— [K.]
4 Orig. Dutch : "Helachij" (elachi, the Hindi name).
6 Orig. Dutch: "marineis".
6 Arabic : Qaqolla. Kabir is great.
7 Read : (Jaghir, little.
8 Orig. Dutch : " only Dore" (?). With the following word begins a
new sentence.

88 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
so hot, as Nasturcium or water Cresses, but pleasanter of savour,
and smell with some small bitternesse, yet those signes or proper
ties doe not agree with the Cardamomum of India. Dioscorides
in his first booke and fift Chapter commending the Cardamo
mum brought out of Comagens, Armenia, and Bosphoras
(although hee saith also that such doe growe1 in India and
Arabia) saith, that wee must choose that which is full, and
tough in breaking, sharpe & bitter of taste, and [with] the
smell thereof causeth a heavinesse in a mans head : yet is the
Indian Cardamomum caryed into those places, from whence
Dioscorides afformeth that his Cardamomum doeth come,
although it bee neyther tough in breaking, nor annoy eth the
head, neyther is bitter of taste, nor so sharpe as Cloves: the
great Cardamomum hath a shell [is] long and three cornered,
wherein are [certaine] pale red kernels with corners : the small
Cardamomum hath likewise a three cornered huske, yet shorter,
and with smaller kernels, parted in the middle with a thinne
skinne : & this Cardamomum is of three sorts, as minus,
medium, minim,um, that is small, smaller, and smallest of all.
It heateth the Mawe, digesteth the meat, and driveth away the
giddines of the head : it is also eaten with Bettele, to purge the
head & maw of slime [and filthinesse]?

The 68. Chapter.
Of Lacke [or hard Waxe],
Lacke3 by the Malabares, Bengalers, and Decaniins, is
called Assii,4 by the Moors Lac : the men of Pegu (where the
best is found, and most trafiqued withall) doe call it Treck,
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) " also".
2 Annotatio D. Paludani.
3 See, on the origin of this word, Dozy et Engelmann, Glossaire,-p, 295.
4 There is something wrong' in this statement. The name of "lac"
in Malayalam is "arakku". — [K.]

TO THE EAST INDIES. 89
and deale much therewith by carrying it unto the Island of
Sumatra (in time past called Taprobana)1 and there they
exchange it for Pepper, and from thence it is carried to the
redde sea, to Persia and Arabia, whereupon the Arabians,
Persians and Turkes call it Loc Sumutri, that is, Lac of
Sumatra, because it is brought from thence into their countries.
The manner how it is made is thus : in Pegu, and those places
from whence it commeth, there are certaine very great Pis-
myres with winges, which fly2 uppe into the trees, that are
[there] like Plum trees, and such3 [other Trees,] out of the
which trees comes a certaine gumme, which the Pismires
sucke up, and then they make the Lac rounde about the
branches of the trees, as Bees make Hony and Waxe, and
when it is ful, the owners of the trees come, and breaking off
the braunches lay them to drie, and being drie, the branches
shrinke out and the Lac remayneth behinde like a Beede,
sometimes the woode breaketh within them, but the lesse
woode it hath within it, the better it is : the peeces and
crummes that fall upon the ground, they melt them together,
but that is not so good, for it hath4 filth and earth within it :
it happeneth oftentimes that they finde the Pismires winges
within the raw Lac. When the Lac is raw, as it commeth
from the Tree, it is a darke red colour, but being refined and
cleansed, they make it of all colours in India.
They beat the Lac to powder, and melt it, and so mixe all
manner of colours upon it as they list, redde, blacke, greene,
yellow, or any other colour, & make peeces thereof, such as are
sold here to seale letters withall.6
Them they dresse their bedsteds withall, that is to say,
in turning of the woode, they take a peece of Lac of what
1 See note 2, on p. 107 of vol. i, as regards this error.
2 Orig. Dutch: "leap". ,
3 Orig. Dutch : " such like".
4 Orig. Dutch : (add) "always any".
5 Annotatio v, Paludani.

90 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
colour they will, and as they turne it when it commeth to his
fashion, they spread the Lac upon the whole peece of woode,
which presently with the heat of the turning [melteth the
Waxe, so that it entreth into the crestes &] cleaveth unto it,
about the thicknesse of a mans naile : then they burnish it
[over] with a broad straw or dry Rushes so [cunningly,] that
all the woode is covered withall, and it shineth like Glasse,1
most pleasant to behold, and continueth as long as the wood,
being well looked unto : in this sort they cover all kinde of
householde stuffe in India, as Bedsteddes, Chaires, stooles, &c.
and all their turned woodworke, which is wonderful common
and much used throughout all India : the fayrest workeman-
shippe thereof commeth from China, as it may be seene, by
all things that come from thence, as desks, Targets, Tables,
Cubbordes, Boxes, and a thousand such like thinges, that are
all covered and wrought with Lac of all colours and fashions ;
so that it maketh men to wonder at the beautie and brightnes
of the colour, which is altogether Lac : they likewise use
Lac to fill their Golde and Silver workes, that is to say, haftes
of knives, and other thinges, which they make very fayre
outwardly of Silver,. and inwardly full of Lac. The Indians
likewise are so cunning, that they make Ringes of Gold,
which [to mans sight] seem [very] fayre and bright, as though
they were all of massy Gold, inwardly they are hollow and
stopt with Lac, and cannot bee perceyved, unlesse a man bee
advertised thereof. There is Lac likewise in Ballagatte and
Malabar, but [very] little : the greatest quantitie which from
thence is carryed throughout India, and all other places,
commeth out of the kingdome of Pegu.
1 Orig. Dutch : " and as smooth as a mirror".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 91

The 69. Chapter.
Of Annil or Indigo.
Annil or Indigo by the Gusurates is called Gali, by others
Nil:1 it is a costly colour, and much caryed and trafiqued
into Portingall : it groweth in India in the kingdom of Cani-
baia : the hearbe is very like Kosemary, and is sowed like
other Hearbes, and when [time and] season serveth, pulled
and dryed, and then [it is] made wette and beaten, and so
certayne dayes after dryed againe, and then prepared. At
the first it is a fine greene, but after it is a fayre blew, as you
see it when it commeth hether, and the cleaner it is from
earth and dust, the better it is to prove if it be good : they
burne it with a candle, and if then it fall out like fine meale,
it is good : but if it be grosse like sande, it is not good : also
being throwne into the water if it swimmeth it is good, bui if
it sinke it is not good : this Annil was more accounted of,
and2 commonly more worth then Cloves, both in India and
in Portingall : the King not long since3 hath farmed it out,
so that no man may buy it in India, nor bring it into Portin
gall but onely the Farmers as they do with Pepper.
Annil or Nil, as the learned Doctor Camerarius witnesseth,
which hath had some of the plantes within his garden, hath sky
coloured leaves, being like to the leaves of the Hearbe which in
Latine is called Barba fovis, in Dutch Donder baert, but some
what broader}
1 Originally Sanskrit, " nlla", which properly means dark coloured,
blue.— [K.]
2 Orig. Dutch : (add) "is always or".
3 In 1588. See Couto, Da Asia, Dec. x, livro x, cap. vi.
1 Annotatio D. Paludani.

92 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN

The 70. Chapter.
Of Amber, Muske, Algallia or Civet.
Amber1 by some men is thought to be the fome of a
Whale fishe : others thinke it to bee the filth and dung of the
Whale, and others a certain kind of Betumen, which floweth
out of a well that standeth on the sea side,2 and casteth ye
Amber up, but it is to bee thought, that it is neyther of the
first two, for if it were, men shoulde continually finde Amber
in these Countries, specially on the coast of Biscay, where so
many Whales are taken, yet is there no Amber found in that
place : it were rather to bee believed that it is a Betumen or
pitch, proceeding out of some fountaine [or Well], or some
thing that floweth from the bottome of the Sea, & so driveth
upon the water, because it is found in some places, and in
some places not : where it is most found, and from whence it
dayly commeth, is from the coast of Soffala, Mosambique,
and on the coast of Melindfe or Abex : It is likewise some
times found by the Islandes of Maldiva, and the cape de
Comorijn, but not much, and not so commonly as by Soffala
and Mosambique. There are others that thinke it to be a
spungie earth, of some unknowne3 Island, drought or hidden
cliffes, and by force of the sea in time broken off by peeces,
and cast4 [upon the shore] like driftes or such like thinges,
for it is often times found floating and driving in peeces of
ten or twelve, and some of fifty or sixtie pannes6 broad.
1 From the Arabic "al-anbar", "qui etait a l'orig'ine le nom d'un
poisson, de la semence duquel on tirait l'ambre gris" (Dozy et Engel-
mann, Glossaire, p. 188).
Mahn (Etymol. Untersuch., pp. 61 ffg.) points out that the name
was transferred from Ambergris to yellow amber. — [B.]
2 Orig. Dutch : " on the bottom of the Bea".
3 Orig. Dutch : " covered".
4 Orig. Dutch : " cast up",
4 Read : " spaunes".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 93
They say that in India there hath bin found whole1 Islandes
of Amber, which being well marked by those that found and
discovered them, whereby to come thether againe and lade
thereof, when they came to the same place they could not
finde them. In Anno 1555. there was a peece found not far
from the cape de Comoriin that weighed 30 quintales, and he
that found it, thought it to be pitch, whereupon he sold it for
a small price, but afterwardes being knowne, it was greatly
esteemed : likewise oftentimes there commeth Amber that is
mingled with shels, and all spotted with the dung of Sea
foules, that sit theron. There is Amber of a gray colour,
with whitish vaines, that is the best : & it is called Amber
Griis. There is a kinde of Amber which is perfect blacke,
but not so much esteemed as the gray ; to proove if the
Amber be good they thrust pinnes into it and that which
yeeldeth most oyle is the best. It is much used among the
Indian Noble men, and kinges in their daylie meates, they
use it likewise much to provoke lust and [to increase nature,
thereby] to bee the more apt for the same, as also in many
faire workes with muske, Civet, Benioin, and other sweete
thinges mixed together, whereof they make fine apples and
peares wrought about with silver & gold, which they beare
[in their hands] to smell uppon, and in haftes of knives,
handles of poinyards, [and such like,] which they make2 of
silver, and Amber3 within [them,] which [in divers places]
shineth through [them.] These and such like workes are
very common in India among the rich and mightie men of
the country, as well Indians as Portingales.
Ambarium in Latine, Ambar in Arabia} is a kind of
pitch, as the Author very well affirmeih, cast up out of some
fountaine that standeth in the bottome of the sea, which being
i Orig. Dutch : (add) "little".
2 Orig. Dutch : (add) " very beautifully".
3 Orig. Dutch : " the foresaid materials".
4 Read : " Arabic".

94 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
set in the Sunne doth presently become hard like other thinges
that are also taken out of the sea, as Corall, &c. This Ambar
by reason of the sweet 8f pleasant smell, doth comfort the head
and the heart, and by the drynes thereof it [draweth away 8f]
consumeth all1 watery humors [out] of the stomacke, and2
good against all filthie and foulenesse [in a mans body]. It
cureth such as have the falling sicklies. It is good against the
rising of the Mother, being received in and thrust up [into the
body] : and conclude it is good for all old men, and for every
cold complection?
The Almiscar,4 Mosseliat, [or Muskcat] commeth from
China : They are beastes like Foxes, or little Dogs, which
being killed, and beaten and bruised,6 they let them lie and
rot, blood and flesh together : which done they cut them in
peeces both skinne, flesh and blood, all mixed togeather, and
therof make divers purses, which they sowe [in a round
forme,]6 and are in that sort caried abroad & sold [to divers
men]. Those purses are comonly of an ounce waight the
peece, and by the Portingales are called Papos,7 but the right
Fapos, and perfect Mosseliat is the ballockes8 or stones of that
beast : the others although they passe among them for Mos
seliat, are not so good as the stones : therefore the Chinars,9
who in all thinges are very subtill, [and fine workemen,]
make the purses cleane round, like the stones of the beaste,
1 Orig. Dutch; (add) "superfluous, bad".
2 Orig. Dutch : " it is".
3 AnnotatioD. Paludani.
4 I.e., Arabic, al-misk. — [B.]
6 Orig. Dutch : " brused by beating".
6 Orig. Dutch : " on all sides".
7 This is also stated (? copied) by Fr. Philippus a SSm». Trinitate,
in his Itinerarium Orientale (1649), p. 287 : "tunc carnes conscissae et
sanguis in bursis villosis ex ejus pelle confectis, quas Lusitani papos
vocant reclusi.et putrefacti odoriferam musci materiam praebent." — [B.]
8 Hence the name of musk, the original word being Sanskrit, "mush-
ka", testicles, scrotum. — [K.]
9 Orig. Dutch : " Chynen" (Chinese).

TO THE EAST INDIES. 95
therewith to deceive the people, and so the sooner to procure
them to buy it. This beast hath a [very] strange nature,
and [great] understanding, for when it is chased, and per-
ceiveth it selfe not able auie longer to continue in breath, it
taketh the stones betweene the teeth and biteth them off and
so casteth them away, as if it would say, if you come for
them there they are, & while the huntsman is busie to look
for them, shee oftentimes escapeth away and saveth her life.
The Chinaes are very deceitfull in selling of Mosseliat [or
Muske,] for they falsifie it verie much, sometimes with Oxen
and Cowes livers, dried and beaten to powder', and so mixed
with the Mosseliat, as it is dayly found by experience in
searching of it. When the Mosseliat beginneth to decay and
looseth the smel, they take it out of the purse and beate it
[verie] small in a morter, and that done being moistned with
the urine of a childe, and so put into an earthen pot that is
leaded1 and cloase stopped, it will presently be good againe,
if there were any goodnes or strength left within it.
Some are of opinion, that muske groweth at certaine times
of the yeare about the navell of a certaine beast, [as if it were
swolne]? The pale yellow is the best, it strengtheneth the tremb
ling cold hart, & all diseases of the same, beeing drunke or
swallowed. It cleanseth the white spots of the eyes, it dryeth moist
catharres, it comforteth the head, & healeth the old aches thereof,
proceeding of fleame?
Algalia4 or Civet5 is much found in India, that is to say
in Bengala, but because they cannot leave their villanie &
falsifying thereof, it is not so much esteemed, by reason they

] Orig. Dutch : " a little leaden pot".
2 Orig. Dutch: "in the manner of a tumour". Dr. Paludanus was
better informed on this point than Linschoten.
3 Annotatio D. Paludani.
4 From the Arabic, " al-gallyaA".— [B.]
5 " Civet" is also from the Arabic, zabad or zdbadah (see Dozy,
Oosterlingen, pp. 31-32). — [B.]

96 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
mixe it,1 but the best Civet commeth from Myna in the coast
of Guynea, which is very faire and good. It is the sweat
that proceedeth from the Cats called Civet Cats, which are
many times brought over alive, both into Spaine, and also to
these countries, but because it is so sufficiently knowne [unto
us,] I will leave to speake thereof, and proceede to other
spices, hearbes, and drugges of India.
Civet groweth in the outermost part of the coddes of a certaine
beast, which therof hath her name, [& is called] a Muscat? and
as Hughin3 very well saith, is the4 sweat that groweth [or
ingendreth] in the hinder part of the beast, [and is] hotte and
moist ;6 being laid upon a womans navill, it healelh the rising
of the mother, and maketh women apt to teacher ie6

The 71. Chapter.
Of Benioin.
Benioin7 is a [kinde of] stuffe, like Prankemsence & Mir,
but more esteemed, for it serveth for manie medicines and
other thinges.
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) "always with oil".
2 Orig. Dutch : " civet-cat".
3 Read : Huygen (Linschoten).
4 Orig. Dutch : " like".
6 Orig. Dutch : " of hot and moist power".
6 Annotatio D. Paludani.
7 Orig. Dutch: "Benjuin", i.e., the Port, "beijoim" or"beijuim"
(Sp. " benjui" and "menjui"; Ital. "belzuino" and "belgiuno"; Fr.
'benjoin"; English (by perverse attempt to give a meaning) "benjamin",
and more correctly, benzoin. " Ainsi que l'ont observe dernierement
M. van der Tuuk et M. Veth, la veritable 6tymologie de ce mot a deja
6t6 donnee par Valentijn (Beschrijving van groot Java, p. 17), qui le
derive de lubdn jdwi (Ar.), litteralement encens javanais, c'est-a-dire,
encens de Sumatra, car on sait que les Arabes donnaient a cette derniere
ile le nom de Java, et que c'est elle qui produit le benjoin le plus blanc
et le plus beau. Tel est en effet le nom que le benjoin porte chez Ibn-
Batouta (iv, 228). Selon Valentijn, les Portugais dans les Indes Orien-

TO THE EAST INDIES. 97
Benioin by reason of the siveet smell, comforteth the heart,
the head, and the braine, it clenseth the head from all super
fluous humors, sharpneth the wit ; beeing smelled unto, it is
good to be used when diseases begin to goe away}
As when they make balles or peeces of Amber, and Muske,
they must alwaies have Benioin with it to make it perfect,
it groweth much in the kingdome of Syan, in the Hand of
Sumatra, in the Islands of lavas, & the countrie of Malacca,
they are high trees full of branches, with leaves like lemmon
tree [leaves,] with a thicke & high stemme or stock [in the
middle,] from whence proceedeth the Gumme which is the
Benioin. When the tree is young, then it yeeldeth the best
Benioin, which is blackish of colour, and of a [very] sweet
smell, and is called Benioin, de Boninas,2 that is to say,
tale ont fait de lubanjawi, en supprimant la premiere syllable, benzawi,
et plus tard, benzoin", etc. (Dozy et Engelmann, Glossaire, p. 239).
The final -re is the usual Portuguese nasal, which they added to all
words they adopted which ended in a vowel, e.g., in Cochin, and similar
names, and in this case after 1563, as de Orta terms the gum benjuy.
Cfr. V. Reinhardstoettner's Port. Crammatik, p. 103, that this is a
peculiarity of the Portuguese language.
Valentijn must have got his information (indirectly ?) from Garcia de
Orta's Colloquios (1563), who speaks of this gum (f. 316), that r " The
the Moors call it louanjaoy, that is, Java incense, because the Arabs were
first acquainted with that country ; for the Arabs call incense louan",
and this is copied by V. Linschoten a little further down.
Varthema (1510) had long before stated that this gum was brought
from Sumatra, and so it is stated in the Historia of G. de Mendoca,
in the part containing the Itinerario (p. 364=ii, 320). The Spanish has :
"benxui in great quantity" Parke's translation has: "beniewyn of
Boninas, in great quantity." The little botanical dictionary of 1548 (De
Latinis et Grsecis nominibus arborum  liber) identifies it withZoa^r-
pitium, or al\0iov (p. 66), and adds: "Benioin. Hodie e Taprobana
mark Indici insula omnium maxima, ut ait Ludovicus Romanus
patricius (i.e., Varthema), convehitur prsestantiasimum." — [B.]
1 This passage is in different type in the original Dutch, the Latin of
1599, and the English, but only the last (in the margin) ascribes it to
Dr. Paludanus — [B.]
2 " Boninas", usually translated "daisy", but is the flower of quite a
different wild plant in Portugal. — [B.]

98 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Benioin of the Flowers, because of the perfect smell. The
second Benioin is called Benioin Amendoado, that is Benioin
of Almondes, because it is mixed with peeces of white
Benioin among the blacke, like to Almondes that are cut in
peeces. This Benioin is not so good, because the white
Benioin is of the old trees, and is not so strong nor of so good
a smell as the blacke, but is mixed with the blacke, because
it should be sold the better. These two sortes of Benioin are
the best, and much [used and] caried into Arabia, Persia, the
land of Ballagate, China, and other places, as also into Por
tingal. Most part of this Benioin groweth in the country of
Sion,1 and by Malacca, there is other Benioin which is worse
and groweth in the Ilandes of Sumatra, and lavas. The
inhabitants of the countries where it groweth call it Comin-
gion,2 the Mores, and Arabians call it Lovaniavy3 (which is
as much to say as frankensence of lava). The Decaniins
and Ballagaters call it Udo,4 they cut the tree and branches
full of slits, to make the Benioin the better to come foorth,6
it is much trafficqued withall throughout India, for it is one
of the costliest drugges in all the Orient, because it excelleth
all other in sweetnes 6
1 Pallegoix mentions benzoin as a product of Siam (Description de
Siam, i, p. 144), which is an article of trade. — [B.]
2 De Orta (u. s., f. 3b) says Cominham. This is the Malay name—
Kaminian. This name is given also by Eredia ; see below, note.
3 Lovaniavy. See above, p. 97, note.
4 This is also from de Orta (u. s., 36).— [B.] Udo is a Prakrit form
of Sanskrit " vrddha".— [K.]
6 Eredia (f. 156) has : " Eo Bej uim, chamado Caminham, he outra
arvore alta e grossa, e a goma ou lycor, que por las fendas e aberturas
da casca, arebenta e brota, chamamos Bejuim"; i.e., The Bejuim, called
Caminham, is another tall and big tree, and the gum or juice which
issues and drops by incisions and openings of the bark, we call (it)
Bejuim. — [B.]
6 Orig. Dutch : " for it surpasses all other incenses in odour". Ben
zoin is a gum exuded in drops from incisions in the bark of the Styrax
benzoin, and is used in medicine as a stimulant, expectorant, and styp
tic. See Fluckiger and Hanbury's Pharmacographia. It is now im
ported from Siam, Sumatra, Java, etc. — [B.]

to the east indies. 99
The 72. Chapter.
Of Frankensence and Mtrre.
Frankinsence groweth in Arabia, and is called Louan,1 and
by Avicenna Conder ? it is the gumme that floweth out of
the bodies of the trees, like Benioin : the best Frankinsence
growth upon the trees that stande on hilles [and] stony
rockes, and stony places : for those which growe in the fieldes
and in flat grounds yeeld not so good Frankinsence : they
have so great quantitie of it, that oftentimes they marke
their sheepe withall, as if it were Pitch, Tarre, or Bosin:
from thence it is carried into India, China, and other places
in great abundance, and very good cheape.
Frankinsence is of two sorts, one while, that is round and
like unto drops, which is the best, and called the masle: the
other blacke, which is not much worth but only in smell. In
India and with us they use Frankinsence against the loosenes of
the bellie, sicknesses of the head, Catarrhes, surfeits, and par-
braking, & [is good] for such as spit blood, it fUleth up hollow
swellings3 & healeth fresh and bloody wounds}
Mirre by the Indians is called Bola,6 it groweth in the
same6 that Benioin and frankinsence doth, and commeth
also out of Arabia Felix, but most out of the countrie of
Abexin from the inward parts of the countrie, [lying] be
tweene Mosambique, and the red sea, which is called Prester
Johns land, and from thence brought into India, and other
places. 1 Read: loban.
* Read : kondor.
3 Orig. Dutch : " it destroys hollow ulcerations".
4 Annotatio D. Paludani.
0 Also in 'Sanskrit, "bola".— [K.]
0 Orig. Dutch : "same manner".

100 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Mirrc is used in medicines, to drive doxone the Flowers and
the fruite of women, also for old covghesjor laskes, & for bloody
Flixes.1

Of Mannan and Rhubarbe.
Manna commeth out of Arabia, and Persia, but most out
of the Province of Usbeke,2 lying behind Persia in Tartaria :
the Manna yt is brought from thence in glasse Vialles, is in
peeces as bigge as preserved Almonds, but of another fashion,
and have no other speciall form, but like broken peeces : it is
whitish, and of taste almost like sugar, but somewhat ful
some sweetish like hony : the Persians cal it Xercast, and
Xerkest, that is to say, milke of trees, for it is the dew yt
falleth upon the trees, and remayneth hanging upon the
leaves, like water that is frozen and hangeth in drops at
gutters and pentises : It is also3 gathered and kept in glasse
Vials, and so brought into India, and other Countries, for in
India they use it much in all sorts of purgations. There is
another sorte of Manna called Tiriamiabiin or Trumgibiin,4
which they gather from other leaves and hearbes : that
commeth in small peeces as big as Hempeseed, and somewhat
bigger, which is red & of a reddish colour. Some thinke this
Manna groweth on the bodies of the trees as Gumme doth :
it is much used in Ormus and Persia for purgations, but not
in India so much as the first sort, there is yet another sorte,
which commeth in great peeces, with the leaves among it : it
is like the Manna of Calabria, this is brought out of Persia
unto Bassora, and so to Ormus and [from thence into] India,
1 Annotatio D. Paludani.
2 The [Jsbeks, a Turkish tribe, were, since the thirteenth century,
masters of the so-called " Tartary", or Turkestan,
3 Orig. Dutch: "then".
4 Shirkhisht and Taranjubln are Persian words for two different kinds
of manna.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 101
and is the dearest of all the rest. There commeth also a
Manna [that is brought] in leather bags, or flasks, which in
Turkey and Persia they use to ride1 withall & is melted like
Hony, but of a white colour, and in taste like the other sortes
of Manna, being altogether used for purgations, and other
medicines. Manna very gently purgeth the gall: it easeth and moyst-
neth? the harshnes of the throat, the breast[es] and the stomache :
it quencheth the thirst : but because it purgeth but weakely, it is
strengthened with Tyme or Isop mingled with some strong pur
gations, 8f maketh them to effect their operations with more per
fection and power, by meanes of the sweetnesse thereof, which
is apter3 [and more plyable] unto nature.4,
But because it is no special marchandise, I will speake no
more thereof, but that wee are nowe in hande with medicines
to purge, I wil say some thing of the roote called Bhubarbe,
although there is no certantie how, or in what sort it groweth,
yet it is most certaine, yt it is not to be found in any coun
try but in China, and in the farthest parts therof,6 it is most
brought by land through the Province of Usbeke, whereof I
spake before : which Province lyeth in Tartaria, and border-
eth on the one side upon China, and so reacheth behinde
India unto Persia. Out of this Province it cometh unto
Ormus, and from thence into India : yet it is likewise brought
by water, but because it is not so good, and doth sooner rot
and spoyle by water then by land, therefore most part of it
is brought by land[. That] which is most esteemed & best
sold, and greatliest desired, [cometh] in this manner, that is
[first] from China, through Usbeke, and so through Turkie,
[from whence] it is caryed to Venice, & from thence into all
i Orig. Dutch: "to travel".
' Orig. Dutch : " lenifies".
3 Orig. Dutch: " more agreeable".
' Annotatio D. Paludani.
5 Orig. Dutch: "in the inner country".

102 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
these countries, so that the Bhubarbe of Venice is better,
because it cometh over land, then that which is brought into
Portingall, [because it cometh] by water, as also all thinges
and herbes that belong to Physicke, because they are better
preserved by land then by water,1 they are little brought by
sea, but it is a marchandise that is most caryed by land unto
Venice, as also because the Portingales deale not much
therein,2 and are little given to curiosities,3 contenting them
selves to deale with such wares as are commonlie knowne to
all men, without seeking4 further, for they trouble not6 them
selves with other things.

The 74. Chapter.
Of the wood called Sanders.
There are 3 sorts of Sanders,6 that is, white, yelow, and
red : the white and the yealow, which is the best, come most
out of the Hand of Tymor,7 which lyeth by lava. This Hand
hath whole woods and wildernesses of Sanders, both of white
and yealow, and from thence it is caryed throughout all
India, and other countries, and trafficke much therewith:
the red Sanders groweth most in the coast of Choramandel
and Tanassariin, which is in the countrie of Pegu : the trees
of Sanders are like Nut trees, and have a certaine fruite
[upon them] like Cheries, at the first green, and after black,
but of no taste nor any thing worth, for it presently falleth
1 Orig. Dutch: (add) "for which reason".
2 Orig. Dutch : " are not much versed therein".
3 Orig. Dutch : " have not much curiosity (of mind)".
4 Orig. Dutch : "pretending".
5 Orig. Dutch : " little".
" I.e., Sandal.
7 Timor and surrounding islands, whereof one bears the name of
Chendana (Malay for Sandal) or Sumba.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 103
off, onlie ye wood of ye tree is accounted of, which is the
Sanders. It is called by the Inhabitants of the country
where it groweth Chandanacon,1 the Decaniins, Gusurates,
Canariins, and other Indians cal it Sercandaa :2 the Arabians
and Persians Sandal, whereupon the Portingalles likewise doe
call it Sandalo. The yellow and white Sanders is much used
and spent over all India, by all the inhabitantes, both [In
dians,] Moors, Heathens, and Iewes, whatsoever : they heate3
it or stampe it in water,, till it be as soft as pappe, that done
they besmere themselves therewith, and let it drie upon their
bodies, for it cooleth very much, & also because all the
Indians doe much delight in sweet smelling savours.
The white 8f yellow or bleakish Sanders is likewise used by us,
with Rosewater, against the hotte paines in the head, annointing
it therewith: all those woods as well the red as the white and
the yellow, are good against hotte feavers, being beaten and
drunken [into the body], they help the hot stomacke, as also laid
upon [the stomacke] with Rose water, in burning feavers. This
Sanders is not onely good for the purposes aforesaid} but also
for strengthening6 the hart, and therefore with great use6 it is
put into Cordiall medicines, fy such as are made against the
beating of the hart?
The. red Sanders is little spent in India, but they use
it onely against hot agues, annointing their pulses therewith,
as also the temples, & their foreheads, but it is much caryed
into other countries, as being very medicinable for many
thinges, and the Indians make their Pagodes and Idoles
thereof, because they should be the costlier.
1 This looks as if it were Malayalam, " cvandanakkunnu", which, how
ever, does not mean sandal, but a hill of sandal trees. — [K.]
2 The original Sanskrit word is " crikhand". — [K.]
3 Orig. Dutch : " grind". Probably the word was written "beate".
4 Orig. Dutch: " for strengthening"
s Orig. Dutch: " for rejoicing".
6 Orig. Dutch: "advantage".
7 Annotatio D. Paludani.

104 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN

The 75. Chaptee.
Of Palo de Cebra or Snakewood.
Snakewood is most in the Island of Seylon : it is a lowe
Tree : the roote thereof [being] the Snake-woode is of colour
white, shewing somewhat yellowe, very harde and bitter in
taste, it is much used in India : they [stampe and] bruse1 it
like Sanders, in water or Wine, and so drinke it, it is very
good & well proved against all burning feavers : one ounce
thereof bruised and mixed with water is good against all
poison and sicknes, as the collick, worms, and all filthie
humors and coldnes in the body, and specially against the
stinging of Snakes, whereof it hath the name : it was first
found by means of a little beast called Quil, or Quirpele,2
which is of bignesse very like a Ferret (wherewith in those
Countries they use to drive Cunnies out of their holes, and so
ketch them) whereof in India they have many in their houses
[which they play withall] to passe the time away, as also
to kill their Myce and Eattes, and to drive them away.
This beast by nature is a great enemie to the Snake, so that
wheresoever she findeth any, she fighteth with them ; and
because it is often bitten by the Snake, it knoweth how to
he ale it selfe with this Snake-woode (whereof there is much
in Seylon, where also are [many of] those beastes, and great
store of Snakes) so that if it be never so sore bitten, having
eaten of this wood, it is presently healed, as if it had never
beene hurt. By this means the inhabitants have found it
out, & begun to make account of it, & [since that time] it
is proved and found to be good for many diseases as afore
said : wherefore nowe it is much traffiqued withall, and
carryed into all countries as also into Portingall, & from
thence hether.
1 Orig. Dutch : " grind".
2 I.e., " kin, klnpjnlki", the Tamil name of the mongoose. — [K.]

TO THE EAST INDIES. 105
Garcius ab horto writeth of three sorts of the wood, whereof
you may there reade : two of these sortes of Snake-wood I have
in my house to be shewen, one is that which John Hughen
writeth to bee the root of a tree, white and bitter of taste, with
a rough Ash coloured barke: the other was sent me out of Sivill1
from the learned Doctor Simon van Tonar? which is as thicke
as a mans arme, with a barke, besprinckled fy spotted like a
Snake, [which] inwardlie [is] vfhite, and bitter of taste.

The 76. Chapter.
Of the wood Calamba or Lignum Aloes.
The Lignum Aloes, which in India is called Calamba,3
and Palo D'aguilla, is most in Malacca, in the Islaude of
Sumatra, Camboia, Sion, and the Countries bordering on the
same : the trees are like Olive trees, and somewhat greater :
when it is cut off, it smelleth not so well, because it is
greene, for the dryer it is, the better it smelleth : the best
and that which smelleth most, is the innermost part of the
wood : some of it is better then the rest, which the Indians
doe presently knowe howe to finde out : the best and finest is
called Calamba, and ye other Palo Daguilla.4 Now to know
1 Seville.
2 Read: Simon de Tovar. He wrote, among other works, De Com-
positorum Medkamentorum Examine Nova Methodus (Antverpiae Offic.
Plantin., 1586) ; Hispalensium Pharmacopoliorum Recognitio (Hispali,
1587). 3 I.e., a Malay name — Rulambak. a. Aquilaria Agallocha Rxb. ;
6. Aloexylon Agallochum Lour. (Filet, Plantkundig Woordenboek voor
Nederl. India, p. 145). "In Latin, Lignum Aloes is used in the Bible
and in many ancient writings to designate a substance totally distinct
from the modern Aloes, namely, the resinous wood of Aquilaria Agal
locha Rxb., a drug which was once generally valued for use in in
cense, but now esteemed only in the East" (Fliickiger and Haubury,
Pharmacograph'ia, note 1 on p. 616). — [B.]
' From Malayalam, "agil". -[K.]

106 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
which is the best, you must understand that the wood that
is [very] heavie with black and brown veynes, and which
yeeldeth much Oyle or moystnesse (which is founde by the
fire) is the best, and the greater and thicker that it is, the
better it is and hath the more vertue. Of this wood they
make many costly thinges, and it hath a speciall and precious
smell, [so that it] is greatly esteemed : specially the Calamba,
which if it be good, is1 solde by weight against silver and
gold. The Palo Daguilla next after the Calamba is much
accounted of. There is another kind of Palo Daguilla, which
is called Aguilla Braua, or wild Aquilla, and is also much
esteemed : for the Indians use it therewith to burne the
bodies of their Bramenes, and [other] men of account, when
they are dead : [and] because it is costly [therefore] it is a
great hononr to those that are burnt therewith, as it is to
those that with us are buried in Tombes of marble stones^
but it is not comparable to the other Palo Daguilla, nor the
Calamba. The wilde Aguilla groweth most in the Island of
Seylon, and on the c6ast of Choramandel, and the best Palo
Daguilla, and Calamba groweth in Malacca.2 These costly
woods are much used in India for Beades,3 and Crucifixes,
which are holden in great reverence, and in truth is [very
much] to be esteemed, for without all doubt it hath an ex
cellent smel, which surpasseth all other woods, and the like
can not bee founde but onely in the foresaide places [from
¦whence it commeth].
Lignum Aloes, Agallochum Xylo, alias Paradise-woode, by
the Arabians called Agalugen and Hand, by the inhabitantes of
Gusurate and Decan, Ud in Malacca, Garro} and the best
Calamba. Of this wood I have many sortes, all very plea-
1 Orig. Dutch: (add) "oftentimes".
2 Orig. Dutch : " by de landen van Malacca" (near the lands of M.).
3 Orig. Dutch: (add) "Vyftighen", i.e., "fifties", also a sort oi
beads. See Du Cange, in v. " quinquagenerium : series sacrorum globu-
lorum a quinquies denario numero sic dicta, Gall, chapelet".
4 Read: Garu (Malay).

TO THE EAST INDIES. 107
sant of smell, speckled with veines and full of moysture,1 and
withall close and [very] heavie : this wood being taken inwardly,
is good for a stinking breath : it is also very good against a
watrish2 and moyst stomacke, which can receyve no meate, but
casteth it forth : it is also good for one that hath a weake liver,
that is sick of the red Melison, or of the Plurisie?

The 77. Chapter.
Of the root China.
The root China came into India, and was there first
knowne in Anno 1535,4 for before that time they knewe it
not, for that as then they cured the Poxe, (which in India is
a common disease), with the woode called Guaiacum, that is
brought out of the Spanish Indies, and was at that time in a
manner6 weyghed against Gold : and as the land of China, is
much subiect to the disease of the Poxe,6 it seemeth that God
hath given them this roote to cure and help the same, and
since it was knowne [and found out] in India they would
never use any other remedy, because there is great store of it,
and7 the best in all the world, wherby men in those countries
doe not once make any account of the Poxe, [or feare the
healing therof,] for that it is more easilier healed then any
other disease : also it is no shame with them, although they
have had it at ye least 3. or 4. times : this root is now with
them8 in so great abundance, and common use, that it is very
1 Orig. Dutch: "fattiness".
2 Orig. Dutch: "lax".
3 Annotatio D. Paludani.
4 Brought by Chinese (G. de Orta, Coltoquios, f. 1776).— [B.]
6 Orig. Dutch : " almost".
6 It is now known to have existed in China long before it was known
in Europe, i.e., a little before 1500. — [B.]
7 Orig. Dutch : " because they thrive on it, as it is also".
8 Orig. Dutch : " brought unto them".

108 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
good cheape, for that it is not worth at the most above halfe a
Pardaw the pound, which in Portingall money is a Teston
and a halfe. The sicke persons doe use it in this manner
following, they take [of] the roote, & cut it in small peeces or
slyces, the wayght of an ounce, which they seeth in foure
pottes or quartes of water, letting it seeth till it be halfe con
sumed, whereof1 they seeth fresh every day : this water they
must drink alone, & eat bisket with nothing els but smal
rosted Chickens, without any Butter, suet, salt, or any [other]
sauce, but onely drie with the Bisket, and this must bee
their dinner, at night some Eeasons, and tosted breade with
Hony and nothing els : every day twice they must lie [on
their beddes] wel covered to make them2 sweat, every time
an hower, or an hower and a halfe, which they must continue
for the space of thirtie dayes, alwaies keeping themselves out
of the ayre, and from the wind, and lapping their heads and
their ears very close, staying continually within the house,
and above all things abstayning from the carnell company
of women. These pointes aforesaid being observed, without
[all] doubt they shall find [great] profite : and if the roote
doth worke within them, they shall know it by this meanes,
for that the paine in their lims, and specially in their ioynts
will grieve them more and more, which is a good signe that
it worketh in their bodies, and thoroughly searcheth the
same, and. this paine will still increase for the space of 15
or 20 dayes, yea and sometimes untill 25. dayes, and there
fore he that will use it must not despaire, for without faile it
wil be so as I have said, within a day, two, or three more
or lesse. The 25 dayes at the furthest being passed, then
their paine will begin to deminish, with so great a lightnes
[and ease], that within the other five dayes, whereby the 30
dayes will bee accomplished, the whole paine will be gone,
so that the body and all the members will be as fresh and
1 Orig. Dutch : " and this".
2 Orig. Dutch : " and do all things possible to"

TO THE EAST INDIES. 109
lively as if they never had beene sicke, having used this
rule aforesaid. And although the roote China being sodden
in the water,1 causeth a great appetite and a hungry stomacke,
neverthelesse they must in any sorte beware that tbey eate
but little, and with measure, & that according to the rule
prescribed : for if they break it but one day, nay but one
houre, all their labour were lost, and so they must be forced
to begin their diet again. It must likewise bee understood
that the older and longer of continuance the pockes are, so
much the sooner will the roote heale them, as also the older
the persons [to be healed] are [of yeares,] because that then
the humors are not so ripe2 [as in young yeares.] When the
30 dayes are expired, they must beware of drinking other
drinke, and to that end they must keepe the peeces and
slices that were cut and sodden as before, every ounce by it
selfe, and [therof] take every day a heape of the same roote
so sodden,3 and seeth them againe in a pot with as much
water as they shall4 need to drinke : but this seething need
not be done as the first [seething], with5 consumption [of the
water], but only let it seeth up once [and no more]. This
water must they drinke in this sorte for the space of 20. or
30. dayes more, and beware of fish, or any goose or heavie
meates, as Oxe, Cow, or Hogges flesh, and such like, as also
they must keepe themselves from [much] aire or winde,
whereby their bodies [beeing healed] may returne to their
perfect healthes againe, and after these twenty or thirty
dayes are [full] expired, then they must6 begin to use all
kinde of meates and drinkes, although when the first thirtie
dayes are out, they may well goe abroad, so they bee carefull
of themselves, and they shall not neede to sweate any more
1 Orig. Dutch : " and the water thereof being sodden".
2 Orig. Dutch : " are less".
3 Orig. Dutch : " one of the said heaps or ounces of sodden root".
4 Orig. Dutch: (add) "daily".
6 Orig. Dutch: "with any".
0 Orig. Dutch : " they may again by little and little".

110 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
after the said first thirty dayes : also it must bee remembred,
that such as meane to take this diet, for their healthes,1 it
will bee good before they use it,2 to take a good purgation, &
when the first fifteene dayes are out, [then take] a second,
and so at the end of the thirtie day another, whereby it will
worke with more effect, and with Gods help they shall be as
lustie and sound as ever they were, as it hath beene proved
by many thousandes in India. This roote is not onely good
for the Pockes and Piles, but also for cramps [and palsies,]3
and all cold diseases, as [for] limmes that are stiffe . and be-
nummed with cold, for the Gout : for the Emperor Charles
the fift himselfe did use the same, and found that it did
him good: But it must bee understood that it is not good
to use it at all times of the yeare, for in the dogge dayes, and
also in Summer, by reason of the heat it is not good, neyther
in winter because of the cold ; but it is best to4 be used in
Lent and Harvest time : for then it is most temperate
weather,6 yet alwaies with the councell of the learned Phisi-
tion, the better to know the disposition, complection, inclina
tion and age of the persons, [together with] the time of the
yeare, the situation and climate of the countrie. The manner
[of healing] aforesaid is as it is used in India : but in China
which is a colder countrey, and almost under the same
degrees that these Countries are under, they use to seeth the
water stronger, for there they put 2. ounces or an ounce and
a halfe of the wood into so much Water6, and let it seeth
untill the water be two partes7 consumed, which in India
1 Orig. Dutch: " as mean to make use of this remedy".'
2 Orig. Dutch : " before they make a beginning".
3 Orig. Dutch: "voor allegichten...ende 't Flerecijn." Now"gichte"
is gout, but as Linschoten mentions also the "flerecijn", another name
for the gout, it appears that he means rheumatisms.
4 Orig. Dutch: "it must"
5 Orig. Dutch: "it is the best time".
6 Orig. Dutch: " into four quarts of, water".
7 Orig. Dutch : " two-thirds".

TO THE EAST INDIES. Ill
will not bee borne because of the greate heate. It is like
wise to be understood, that the person and the disease of the
person must be well considered : for that if the sicknes bee
not very great, they must take lesse roote, and let lesse water
consume in the seething, the younger persons also must have
stronger drinke then old folkes, because they have more
humors [in their bodies] : And yee must consider, that hee
which will [take or] use this roote, or the water thereof not
beeing sicke, it will waste and consume his flesh and good
blood,1 and doe himselfe great hurt, wherfore good counsell
[and advise] must alwaies be taken before it be used, and
[also] if it bee taken too hotte, and too much, it burneth both
the liver and the lunges, and will fill the body full of pyles,2
scurffe, and mangies, with other such like diseases, whereby a
man shall3 have worke enough to drive those new diseases
out of the body, and fall out of one sicknes into another,
& rather [become] worse then [hee was at] the first. This I
thought good in briefe to shew you, thereby to teach such as
knowe it not, the true use of this roote if it bee done in time,
& [when neede requireth] :4 for that many doe spende their
wealthes, and which is more, are all their lives long out of
hope for ever to recover their healthes againe [upon a disease,]
which with so little cost, is so easilie to be cured. The
summe6 of the foresaid water is likewise good against all
scabbes and swellings of the said Morbo Neapolitano, or ye
French pockes, the best rootes are the blackest,6 with few
knots and white within : for the reddish are not so good ; the
wood or tree wherof it groweth is like a Haw-thorne,
straight, and about three or foure spannes high, & the roote
thereof is called the wood of China, or Pockewood ; when
1 Orig. Dutch : " good blood and flesh".
2 Orig. Dutch : " bloedzweeren" (furuncles).
3 Orig. Dutch: "should".
4 Orig. Dutch : " with intelligence".
6 Read: " scumme"-
0 Orig. Dutch : " heaviest".

112 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
they are greene they eate them raw, and being sodden they
taste almost like suger canes but not so sweet. The tree hath
but few leaves, but they are almost like the leaves of a young
Orange tree. These plantes or trees in China are called
Lampaton, as the Chinos themselves doe say. This shall
suffice for this root of China so called, because it is found in
no place but in China, what is more to be said of it, I leave
unto the learned Phisitions, & others that deale withall and
have better experience thereof.
The roote of China is commonlie used among the Egyptians,
not onelie for the pockes, but for many other diseases, specially
for a consumption, for the which they seeth the roote China in
broth of a henne or cocke,1 whereby they become whole2 and faire
of face. This roote drieth much and cooleth3 sweate, it resisteth evill
humors, and strengthneth the liver, it healeth watery* and
filthie Ulcers, and scurffes 8f Leprie. It is good for a man that
hath the pockes, and for those that are dried up, and medicinable
against a hard and a great milt6

The 78. Chapter.
Of Amfion, alias Opium.
Amfion,6 so called by the Portingales, is by the Arabians,
Mores, and Indians called Affion, in latine Opio or opium :
1 Orig. Dutch : " and give such decoctum many days"
2 Orig. Dutch : " wholly fat".
3 Orig. Dutch : " drives out".
4 Orig. Dutch : " het water" (dropsy).
6 Annotatio D. Paludani.
6 "Amfion" (properly "anfiao") is a corruption of the Arabic name
" afiyun", which the Portuguese picked up in India, and transmitted to
the Dutch— " amfioen" (Dozy). But the Arabic "afiyun" is again a
corruption of the Greek Smov, which is mentioned by Dioscorides (iv,
55). The Arabs got this word from the Greek writers on medicine
(e.g., Galen), as Garcia de Orta (Colloquios, f. 1546) has stated.— [B.]

TO THE EAST INDIES. 113
[It] commeth out of Cairo in Egypt, [and] out of Aden, upon
the coast of Arabia, which is the point of the [land, entring
into] the red Sea, sometimes belonging to the Portingales;
but most part out of Cambaia, & from Decan, that of Cairo is
whitish, and is called Mecerii,1 that of Aden1 and the places
bordering upon the mouth of the red sea, is blackish & hard.
That which commeth from Cambaia and Decan is softer and
reddish. Amfion is made of sleepe balles2 [or Poppie], and
is the gumme which commeth forth [of the same], to ye
which end it is cut up and opened. The Indians use much
to eat Amfion,3 specially the Malabares, and thether it is
brought by those of Cambaia and other places, in great
aboundance. Hee that useth to eate it, must eate it daylie,
otherwise he dieth and consumeth himselfe, [when] they
begin to eate it, and are used unto it,4 [they heate at the
least] twenty or thirty graines in waight [everie day], some
times more : but if for foure or five dayes hee chanceth to
leave it, he dieth without faile :6 likewise he that hath never
eaten it, and will venture at the first to eate as much as
those that dayly use it, it will surely kill him : for I certainly
beleeve it is a kinde of poyson. Such as use it goe alwaies
[as if they were] halfe a sleepe, they eate much of it because
1 I.e., Arabic, " misri'WEgyptian. — [B.]
2 Orig Dutch : " slaep-bollen", i.e., poppy-heads.
3 This is one of theearliest authentic accounts of the habit of "opium-
eating". Garcia de Orta (u. s., f. 1536) had already (1563) mentioned
it, but Linschoten gives many additional details from his own obser
vation. The practice was already known in Europe before the middle
of the sixteenth century, as Fallopius (f 1563) says of the Persians:
"Nunc etiam Persiani comedunt opium, a pueritia incipientes, cum
pauca quantitate ; et sensim ac sensim quantitatem augentes, doneo
assueverint multse opii quantitati ; idque faciunt, ut promptiores sint ad
coitum, quoniam opium maxime ad hoc conducit.'' (Frankfurt coll. ed.
of his works, 1606. p. 33.)- [B.]
4 Orig. Dutch : "they begin by little and little to eat it, and when
they are used to it they eat it daily"
5 Orig. Dutch : "if  he should' want it, then he would die".

114 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
they would not feele any [great] labour or unquietnes [when
they are at worke]; but they use it most for lecherie : for it
maketh a man to hold his seede long before he sheddeth it,
which the Indian women much desire, that they may shed
their nature likewise with the man: although such as eate
much thereof, are in time altogether unable to company with
a woman, & whollie dried up, for it drieth and wholly cool eth
mans nature that useth it, as the Indians themselves doe
witnes : wherefore it is not much used by the Nobilitie,1 but
onely for the cause aforesaid.
Opium is the iuice of blacke Poppie? and is of two sortes,
one sweet beeing pressed out of the leaves and heads together,
which the Greeks call Meconium : the other floweth [or commeth]
out of the heads being cut? which is the right Opium. That
which is heavy, dose, fast and bitter in taste, that which with
the smell of it provoketh sleepe, 8f that which easily melteth in
the water [and is] soft, white, and without grossenes or kernels,
is the best Opium., and is by the Turkes called Maslac. They
eate thereof daylie the . quantitie of a pease, not thereby to pro
voke sleepe, but to give them courage, specially when they goe to
war, thinking that thereby they are made more couragious, and
that when they sleepe [they dreame that] they see many pleasant
places, and are in company of [divers] goodly women: although
it is commonly seene, that such as dayly use Opium, are [very]
still4' and sleepie, and [very] slow6 both in wordes and workes, so
that men know not how6 to deale with them?
1 Orig. Dutch : "great gentlemen" 
2 Orig. Dutch : " swerte Heulbollen" i.e., black poppy-heads.
3 Orig. Dutch : " cut a little".
4 Orig. Dutch : " become stupid".
5 Orig. Dutch: "changeable"
6 Orig. Dutch : " so that it is difficult"
7 Note by Dr. Paludanus.

to the east indies. 115
The 79. Chapter.
Of Bangue.
Bangue1 is also a common meate in India, serving to the
same effect that Amfion doth. It is a seed like Hempe-seede,
but somewhat smaller and not so white.^ Also the thins
whereon it groweth is like Hempe, but it hath no substance2
whereof to make any thing. The Indians eate this seede or
the leaves thereof being stamped, saying, that it maketh a
good appetite, but useth most to provoke lust; as it is com
monly used and sold in the shops, it is mingled with some
poulder of the leaves and the seede together ¦? They likewise
put greene Arecca unto it, therewith to make a man drunke
or in a manner out of his wits : Sometimes also they mixe
it with Nutmegs and Mace, which doth also make a man
drunke : Others (that is to saye, the rich and welthy persons)
mix it with Cloves, Oamphora, Ambar, Muske, and Opium,4
which (as the Moores likewise affirme) maketh a man
pleasant, and forgetting [himselfe], performing all [kind of]
labour and toyle without once thinking of any paine : but
onely laughing, playing,6 and sleeping quietly. The common
women [or whores] use it when they meane to have a mans
companie, [thereby] to be [lively and] merrie, and to set all
care aside. It was first invented by6 Captaines and souldiers,
when they had layne long in the field, continually waking
1 " Bang" is the Persian form of the name, and the Europeans have
got it thence through the Portugese bango ; the Arabic form is banj.
— [B.] The Sanskrit form is " bhanga", already known in the time o|
Panini (V, 2, 4).— [K.]
2 Orig. Dutch : " schillen" (peels).
' Orig. Dutch : "it is mingled, namely ; the powder of the leaves and
any of the seed".
4 I.e., the conserve ma'jun. — [B.]
5 Orig. Dutch: "boerden" (yoking)
0 Orig. Dutch : (add) "the great"

116 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
and with great travell, [which] they desiring [to remedie and]
againe to comfort themselves, thereby to settle their braines1
doe use Bangue, in such manner as is aforesaid. It causeth
such as eate it, to reele2 and looke as if they were drunke,
and halfe foolish, doing nothing but laugh and bee merrie, as
long as it worketh in their bodies. It is verie much used by
the Indians, and likewise by some Portingales, but most by
the slaves thereby to forget their labour :3 to conclude it is a
[certaine] small comfort4 to [a] melancholy [person],
Bangue is likewise much used in Turkic and Mgypt, and is
made in three sorts, having also three sever all names. The first
by the ^Egyptians is called Assis} which is the poulder of Hemp,
or of Hemp leaves, which water made in paste or dough, wherof
they eate five6 peeces, [each] as bigge as a Chesnut [and some
more] ; such as eate it, for an Iwwer after, are as if they were
drunke, without sence, and as it were besides themselves, thinking
they see many strange sights, wherein they are much pleased.
This is used by the common people, because it is of a small price,
and it is no wonder, that such vertue proceedeth from the Hempe,
for that according to Galens opinion, Hem.pe excessively filleth
the head. The second they nam,e Bosa7 which is stronger than
Assis : It is made of the meale of Lolium, by us called Dron-
kardes weede or Hearbe,8 and of the Hempseede with water as
aforesaid : others presse out the iuice, and eat thai. The thirde
^is called Bernavi? which is the right Bangue, which they have
read.ie dressed out of India (as Hughen writeth) wherof they
take about an ounce, 6} at the first are merie, talking much fy
1 Orig. Dutch : " setting aside all fantasies".
2 Orig. Dutch: "schuyn.en" (scum).
3 Orig. Dutch: (add) "and slavery".
4 Orig. Dutch : (add) " and remedy against".
5 Hashish (Arab.).
6 Orig. Dutch: (add) "or more".
7 Boza (Turk.).
8 Orig. Dutch: " Oncruyt ofte Dronckaert" (weeds or drunkard).
9 Bernawi (Arab.).

TO THE EAST INDIES. 117
singing pleasant songs, laughing without measure, and using
many foolish toyes : which continueth [with them] almost an
hower. After that they are in a manner furious, given to
chiding and fighting, which continueth likewise a little space,
that done they are possessed with heavinesse, and [a certaine
kind of] feare, that many times they crie out.1 In the end
when they have played al these parts they fall in a sleepe, and
being awaked they are as they were at the first. This is much
used by foolish festers or Iuglers at feasts and banquets, to
delight them? The Egyptians use also another sorte called
Bers? that is to Say, health for an hower. It is made of white
Pepper, white Bilzen seede} of each five ounces, and of Opium,
two ounces and a halfe, Spica Nardi, Euphorbitim, Bertram, of
each one Mitchell,6 Saffran, fifteene Scruples, all beaten in a
Marble morter, and mixed with Honnie wherof they make a
confection.6

The 80. Chapter.
Of Camphora.

There are two sortes of Camphora,7 one of Borneo (which
is the best,) [the other] of China or Chinchew, which is
nothing so good : it groweth on trees as great as Nutte trees,
1 Orig. Dutch : " that they should be willing continually to crie".
2 Orig. Dutch : " the guests". 3 Bers or bersj (Arab.).
4 Orig. Dutch : " bilzen zaet" (hyoscyamus) .
6 Orig. Dutch: "mitchal," from Ptg., "mitical" (Arab., " metkal"),
properly a weight of gold. 6 Annotatio D. Paludani.
7 Camphor is a concretion found in cavities in the trunk of the Dryo-
balanops camphora, a tree which is found chiefly in Sumatra and
Borneo. This drug was long known and used, but the first real account
of its production was given by Marsden in his Sumatra (3rd ed., Lon
don, 1811, pp. 149-153). The account in the text is based on chapter
xii of the Colloquios of Dr. Garcia de Orta (Goa, 1563) The word, as
we have it, is the Portuguese form of the Arabic " Kafur", but this
eventually is from the Sanskrit " Karpura". — [B.]

118 VOYA'GE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
and is the gumme which is within the middle of the tree,
and by sweating and dropping commeth out [from the same].
This Camphora of Borneo, is likewise in the Hand of Sumatra,
and Sunda, as also in some other places there abouts. It is
of bignesse like a seede called in Portingall Milho, and with
us Barley, of colour whitish. It is of foure sorts, whereunto
the Indians use certaine Sives with holes purposely made in
them : the first having smal holes, and that which passeth
through them is the worst, the next following it is somewhat
greater, and so forth after that rate, as it is said [before] of
Pearles, and so it is prised accordingly. It commeth some
times [all] spotted, with some filth1 or foulenesse, which the
Banianers of Cambaia know well how to wash away with
water,2 Sope, and the iuice of Lemons : [which done], they
set it to drie in some shadow place, whereby it is whiter
then it was at the first, and keepeth the former waight. It
is likewise falsified with other Gum or poulder of other
rootes, as the Indians can well handle3 all their wares. This
is the right and true Camphora of Borneo, yet I believe there
commeth verie little of it into these countries : but the Cam
phora of Chyna, which commeth from Chincheu, is. in great
aboundance, and is brought in cakes or balles, and is much
carried into al places, and [verie] good cheape. For one
pound of Borneo is worth a hundred pound of Chincheu,
although the Champhora of Chincheu is mixed with Cham-
phora of Borneo, and they know how to give it a colour, in
such sorte that it is both taken and used for good, and
because it is so much used in medicines, I haye particularly
set it downe, [in this place,] as also because it is one of the
principallest wares in India.

1 Orig. Dutch
2 Orig. Dutch
3 Orig. Dutch

" nat" (liquid)
" hot water".
" which the Indians well know how to clean in.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 119
The SI. Chapter.
Of Tamarinio.
Tamarinio groweth in the most parts of all India, speciallie
in the land of Gusurate and the North parts beyond Goa ¦}
the Malabares call it Pulii :2 the Gusurates and other Indians
cal it Ambilii :3 the Arabians, Tamarindii,4 because Tamaras
in Arabia are the same that with us we cal Dates, and
because they know not what to liken Tamarinio unto, better
then unto Dates, therefore they call it Tamarindi, yt. is,
Tamaras or Dates of India, whereupon the Portingales cal
it also Tamarinio, and the Dates which are in great abund
ance brought out of Persia & Arabia into India, they name
them after the Arabians, Tamaras. The trees of Tamarinio
are almost like unto Chesnuts or other nut trees, the branches
being full of leaves, with a close & strong wood : the fruite of
the Tamarinio is about a finger long, [bowing or] crooked,
having greene shelles, or pilles without, and being drie are
grayish, having within certaine kernels of the greatnes of a
Beane, which are covered about with that which they call
Tamarinio : it sticketh to mens hands (for it is like lime) &
therewith they prepare all their compositions throughout
India, for it hath a sowrish and sharp5 taste, and is the best
sauce in all India, like vergis6 with us, and they never sieth
Eice but they put Tamarinio into it wherewith their com-
1 It is commonest in the dry and hot parts of India. — [B.]
2 I.e., "puli".— [B.]
3 I.e., Mahratti, etc., "amball, amll".— [K.]
4 I.e., Tamar Hindi, or Indian date (Dozy, Qosterlingen, p. 94 ; Dozy
et Engelmann, Glossaire, p. 347).
6 Orig. Dutch : " rinsch" (= Rijnseh, from Rhine-wine), not sharp,
but a little sourish.
6 Orig. Dutch: "verjuys" (verjuice).

120 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
position called Cariil1 is made,2 as in many places it is
[alreadie] declared : yet those that see it drest will have no
great desire to eate it, for they crush it through their fingers,
whereby it sheweth like rotten Medlers, yet it giveth the
Eice & the meate a fine sharp taste. Tamarinio is likewise
proved to be a very good purgation, for the poore that are of
smal habilitie, and are not able to be at charges of Ehabarbo,
Manna, and such like costlie Apothecaries ware, doe onelie
use Tamarinio pressed out into a little water, which water
being drunk fasting in a morning, is the best purgation in the
world, which is to be done when the Tamarinio is ripe, or
when it is greene : it is used likewise in dressing meate, to
put in among their flesh in steed of Vineger, for it is much
sowrer3 then Vineger, much like green gooseberries or grapes :
the Physitians use it in purgations & medecines compounded
with other herbes [and spices,] and it worketh well : it is
likewise salted to send for Portingal, Arabia, Persia, & other
places, yet the Indians keepe it in their houses, [in the
huskes,] as it commeth from the tree, and it hangeth on the
trees like sheathes of knives, but that they are somewhat
bowed, as I said before : there is likewise sugar conserves
made therof, which is verie good. The nature of this tree4
is to be wondered at, for that the Tamarinio, that is to say,
the long [crooked] huske wherein it is, in the night time
shrinketh it self up under the leaves, to cover it from the
cold of the night, and in the day time it uncovereth it self
again all naked and outright, as I have often seene and beheld
it : when it is caryed abroad or sold, it is out of the shelles
or huskes, and being put together they make balles thereof,
as bigge as a mans fist, but it is clammie and sticketh to-
1 I.e., the Canarese term Karil, the equivalent of the Tamil Kari,
whence our Curry. — [B.]
2 Orig. Dutch: "and prepare it with their composition called Carril".
3 Orig. Dutch: "it is a more pleasant sourishness",
4 Orig. Dutch: "the growing of these fruits",

TO THE EAST INDIES. 121
gether. It is not very pleasant1 to looke on, nor. yet2 to
handle, but verie good cheap throughout all India, by reason
of the great quantitie thereof.
Tamarinde, is by the ^Egyptians called Derelside? The tree
wheron it groweth, is as great as a Plumme tree, with thicke
branches, and leaves like a Mirtle : The flowers white like
Orange flowers, from the middle whereof do proceede fower white
thinne threeds, which growe out of the huske, wherein the seede
and the pith is, which wee call Tamarindi. The leaves of the
tree doe alwaies turne towards the Sunne, and when it goeth
downe, they shut together and cover the huske in the night time.
At Alcayro in their gardens I saw some of these trees, and one
by Saint Macarius Cloyster in the wildernesse} where no other
Hearbs nor trees doe grow. The Turkes and Egyptians use this
Tamarinde, much in hotte diseases and Feavers : they put it
into faire water, and so drinke it. I healed my selfe therewith
of a pestilent Fever,6 being in Siria. It is a common Medecine
among them, which as they travel through the drie [woods and]
wildernesse4 they doe use, and also against the Plague and other
hot diseases6 proceeding of Cholericke burning humors, and
against the heate of the Liver and Kidneyes, it is verie good.
I can shewe the whole huske or shell of the Tamarinde with the
leaves as they grow, and7 the Ganna Fistula, which I my selfe
gathered in Egypt. The leaves of Tamarinde trees, are used8
against Wormes in childrens bellies, and the young huskes, as
also the Cassia Fistula, are in Egypt used to be conserved in
1 Orig. Dutch : " seer ontijch" (very filthy).
2 Orig. Dutch: "and yet dirtier".
3 Probably a combination of the Persian "dar"= tree, and the Arabian
"al-sayida", vulgo "al-sida" = the woman, i.e., the Virgin Mary ; con
sequently, Our Lady's tree. I have not found the word elsewhere,
neither has Prof. Dozy. (Note of Prof. De Goeje.)
4 Orig. Dutch : " woestijne" (desert).
5 Orig. Dutch : "a bad fever".
6 Orig. Dutch : " against pestilential and other foul fevers".
7 Orig. Dutch : (add) " those of".
8 Orig. Dutch : (add) "in Egypt".

122 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Honnie of Saint Johns bread, or Suger, whereof I brought great
Pots full over.1
The Canna Fistula, which is likewise much used for Purga
tions, and other such like Medicines, is much found in India, as
also in Cambaia, Sion, Malacca, and the places bordering on
the same : but because there is the like in the Spanish Indies,
and many other places, and sufficiently knowne, I will speake
no more of it : but follow on with matters of lesse knowledge.
Of these trees I have seene in Egypt at the least thousands
together, specially about Damiata, a famous2 towne in Egypt,
lying on the [ryver] Nilus, even in like sort as the towne of
Campen [lyeth] uppon Issel about a mile from the Sea. The
Egyptians call it Cassia Chaiarx-Ambar? The trees whereon
Cassia groweth, are altogether like our Wallnut trees, both for
body, branches, and leaves, only the flowers are Golde-yellow,
and of a sweete savor, out of these groweth the great huskes
wherein the Cassia lyeth. The huskes being small and without
any woode are conserved likewise. The Egyptians use the huske
of Cassia with white Suger} & the iuice of Calissi-wood, against
gravell, and all diseases of the bladder and the Kidnies, also
against coughing, and stopping of the brest, with Agaricum,
also outwardly against hotte inflamations, laying the Cassia
upon them. Hee that desireth to know more hereof, let him
reade Mathiolus6 and other Physitions, that have written most
diligently upon the same.6
1 Note by Dr. Paludanus.
2 Orig. Dutch : " very pleasant".
3 Pers., Khiyar-shambar, Cassia fistula.
• Orig. Dutch: "slic-suycker"; literally, sugar for swallowing (medi
cines ?).
6 I.e., Pietro Andrea Mattioli, a learned Italian physician of the six-
t-enth century, who wrote Discordi, or Commentaries on Dioscorides.
6 Note by Dr. Paludanus.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 123

The 82. Chapter.
Of Mirabolanes.1
The Myrobalanes are found in many places of India, that
is, in Cambaia, in the land of Ballagate, in Goa, in Malabar,
and in Bengalen : whereof there are five sortes.2 The first
by Physitions called Citrinos,3 and by the Indians Arare,
those are round, and are used to purge choller. The second

1 All the information in this chapter is taken from Colloquio xxxvii
of Garcia de Orta's book. Mirobalans have long been obsolete as medi
cines, though astringent and laxative. They were produced by different
kinds of Terminalia or Myrobalanus (ord. Combretacex).
2 The names of nearly all these are from the Arabic. Mesue ("Mesue
Volgar" of 1521, Venice), i.e., Yuhanna Ibn MasuyaA (t 857 a.d.), has. a
chapter (lib. n, c. ii, f. 156) full of conjectures regarding these drugs,
but which is of interest as showing the corrupt forms of the Arabic
names, whence the European names (as in the text) are derived, as
Garcia de Orta stated (Colloquios, f. I486), and attributed them to the
Latin translators of Avicenna and Serapion, etc. It is evident that these
drugs were unknown to the "West before the Arabs got them, and (as
De Orta also said) the Greek name "Myrobalan" was arbitrarily applied
by the translators as an equivalent of an Arabic name (u. s., i. 1486).
Ch. ii of Book n of Mesue is called : " Capitulo de mirabolani, citrini,
keboli, et indi"; ch. iii refers to "emblici"; and ch. iv to "bel-
lerici". The earliest modern Herbal (BTerbolarium, 4to., Venice, 1499) has
a chapter (vi, Part ii) on Myrobalans : " Emblici sunt fructus crescentes
ultro mare et mirabolani citrini et kebuli, etc. Emblici purgant flegma
et melancoliam cum decoctione radicis esule minoris et sene... Omnes
mirabolani sunt frigidi et sicci in secundo gradu : et mirabolani citrini
purgant coleram : sed kebuli emblici bellerici purgant flegma : sed indi
purgant melancoliam. Autores dicunt q' omnes mirobolani purgant
coleram : sed quidam minus," etc.
The medical uses mentioned in the text, and the qualities attributed
to these drugs, are all given in Mesue and the Arabic writers, and also
by De Orta, who is copied here. — [B.]
3 " Citrinos", a laxative drug ; the fruit of the Terminalia citrina
(Roxb.).— [B.]

124 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
which are called Emblicos,1 and in India Amuale,2 are used
in India to tanne Leather withall, as [Tanners use] Sumach,
and when they are ripe and also greene, they eate them for
an appetite.3 The third sort in India called Eesonualle, and
by the Physitions Indius,4 are eight cornered. The fourth by
the Physitions called Bellericos,6 and by the Indians Gutij,
are also round. The first & last are in India called Aretean,
& by the Physitions Quebulus,6 those are somwhat long,
roundish with points. The trees are almost like Plumme
trees, but they have severall sorts of leaves, each tree by
himselfe. They are commonly one with the other in great-
nesse and fashion like Plummes, but that some of them are
squarer and rounder, as I said before. Three sorts are onely
used and esteemed of by the Physitions in India, that is
Quebulus, which grow in Cambaia, Bisnagar and Bengala,
which are likewise preserved & eaten in that sort, as also
carried into [divers places, as well to] Portingall as else
where, likewise the Cetrinos and Indius, which also are pre
served : [and they] grow in Malabar, Batecala7 and Bengala,
1 " Emblicos." Arabic : ahlilj. This is clearly a corruption of the
Sanskrit name dmlaka, i.e., sour (fruit). These are unripe Belleric
mirobalans. — [B . ]
2 Amuale, i.e., Hind, ahula, or diiwla (Emblica officinalis, Gaertn.). —
[B.] 3 For an instance of eating this drug as an article of food in India,
cfr. " Kathasaritsagara"; qr. De Orta (u. s., ff. 149, 151). — [B.]
4 " Indos." Arabic : Hindi, the name of the unripe fruit of the
Myrobalanus chebula (Sanguinetti, Quelques Chapitres de Medecine et de
Therapeutique Arabes, 1866, p. 131). — [B.]
5 "Bellericos.'' Arabic : balilj, the fruit of the Terminalia bellerica.
-[B-] 6 " Quebulus." Arabic : kabalh, the fruit of the Terminalia chebula
of Bengal. (Aretean, perhaps = haritaki, a Sanskrit name of this
fruit.) The five different kinds of Mirobalans are produced by dif
ferent trees, as De Orta said (u. s., f. 149). Mesue and the older
writers appear to have considered them all to be different stages of
maturity, or differently prepared fruits of the same tree. — [B.]
7 Baticala(= Batkul) to the south of Mangalore (South Canara), was
then a commercial port of some note.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 125
they are much used, esteemed and carried into other countries.
The Mirabolans when they are ripe are almost in taste like
unripe Plummes, but because this matter concerneth1 Physi
tions & Apoticaries, I will speake no more thereof, having
onely set it downe for a common thing2 in Iudia.
All these five sorts of Mir abolanes are brought us hether out
of fndia [ready] dried, and some conserved in pickle, others in
Suger. The first wee call Citrinas or Flauas, which are yellow
Mirabolans, and the yellower the better, shewing some thing
greene, close, and fast, and gummie with a thicke shell. They
purge the stomake from choller? and are good against Tertians,
and other hotte burning4 Feavers, and [verie] necessarie for a
hotte nature. , The second wee call Indus : these the blacker they
are, the better they purge choller? specially black choller? they
are good against shaking of the limmes, they cause a faire colour
and drive away sadnesse. The third is called Cepule or Che
bula;, the greater they are the better, blackish, and somewhat
reddish, heavie, and sinking in the water, they purge fleame
they sharpen mens wits, and cleare the sight. They are here
preserved6 in Suger and Honnie, they doe strengthen and purge
the stomak, they heale the dropsie, and are good against olde
Agues, they likewise give a man an appetite, and helpe digestion.
The fourth wee call Emblicas, and the fift Bellericas, they have
in a manner one kinde of operation like the other called Cebulus.6
They cleanse the body from fleagme, specially the braines, the
Kidnies, and the stomake, they strengthen the hart, give an
appetite, and ease belching. The Emblice, are also conserved &
eaten to the same ende. All these fruites purge, but in an other
kinde of manner then doth Cassia or Manna, or such like
drugges, but they do it by astriction or binding, thrusting that
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) " chiefly".
2 Or'g. Dutch : " as one of the common wares".
3 Orig. Dutch : " gal" (gall, bile).
4 Orig. Dutch: "bilious".
6 Orig. Dutch : " they are also brought to us preserved", etc.
« Orig. Dutch: " Chebulas". (See p. 124.)

126 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
out which is in the members. They that desire to knowe more
hereof, let. him reade Mathiolus, and Garcius ab Horto, and
others}

The 83. Chapter.
Of other Spices and Hearbes in India.
Spiconardus groweth in the countries of Sitor2 & Mandor,3
(which are places that border uppon the lands of Decan, Dely,
and Bengalen) it is sowed, and groweth on plants, about 2. or
3. spans high, (like come) with great veines, wherein the
Spiconardus groweth. They doe commonly come close [out]
of the earth by the roote, and by that- sort are brought into
Cambaia, and other places to sell, and from thence sent into
all places.
The Indian Spica comforteth the mawe, being taken inwardly
and also outwardly applyed, and consumeth cold humors.4,
Aloe, by the Arabians called Sebar,6 by the Decaners Area,
by the Canarijns Cate, Comer, and by the Portingales Azeure,
is made of the Iuyce of an Hearbe, when it is dried, the
Herbe is called by the Portingales Herba Baboza, that is
Quil herbe.6 There is much of it in Cambaia, Bengala, and
other places, but in the Hand called Sacotora (which lyeth
on the mouth of the redde Sea, or the strength7 of Mecca)
there is great quantitie, and the best. It is a marchandise
that is carried into Turkie, Persia, Arabia, and also into
1 Annotation of Dr. Paludanus.
2 Chitdr, the old Rajput capital.
3 Mandu, the old capital of Malwa.
4 Annotatio D. Paludani.
6 Arab. " aecibar", whence the Portug. " azevre" (Dozy etEngelmann,
Glossaire, p. 35).
6 Orig. Dutch : '• Quylcruyt". Quylen or Kwijlen (Ptg. "babar") is
to slaver, salivate.
7 Orig. Dutch : " Estrecho" (strait).

TO THE EAST INDIES. 127
Europe, whereby the Hand is much esteemed, and the Aloes
called after the name of the Hand, Aloes Socotriao, or Aloes
of Sacotora.
Aloes purgeth the stomacke from choler} and tough fleagme,
specially [a watrie and weake stomake :]2 it taketh away all
stopping, and eonsumeth rawe moystures, preserving [it] from
foulenesse : besides this, it strengtheneth the stomake, it is made
stronger [& of more force] by adding to it Cinamon, Mace, or
Nutmegges. Aloes is good specially against Kooren3 and raw-
nesse, and for such persons as have their stomakes ful of raw
moysture, it is also used outwardly against sores [that breake
forth of the body]4, and for the eyes?
The fruite called Anacardi, is in manye places of India, as
in Cananor, Calecut, and the countrie of Decan, and in divers
other places. The Arabians call it Balador, the Indians
Bibo, and the Portingall Faua de Malacca, that is Beanes of
Malacca, because it is like a beane, but somewhat greater
then the Beanes of these countries, they are used in India
With milke, against a short breath, for the Wormes, and for
many other things. When they are greene they make Achar6
thereof, that is to say, they salt them and lay -them in Vineger,
as they do with the most kind of fruites and Spices, as in
divers places I have shewed.
This fruite hath her name from the hart, because in colour and
likenesse, it resembleth the heart, specially beeing drie. When
the fruites are greens and hanging on the tree (as I have seene
them in Sicilia upon mount ^Ethna) they are like great Beanes:
and are salted like Olives, being verie good to eate, within them
they have a certaine iuyce, as thicke as Honnie, and as red

1 Orig. Dutch : "galle" (bile).
2 Orig. Dutch : '¦ that which is washed" (viz., the aloes).
3 " Kooren" (old Dutch) signifies to vomit.
4 Orig. Dutch : "running sores" (voortloopende sweren).
5 Annotatio D. Paludani.
7 " Achar," i.e., Persian, Hind. = pickles. — [B.]

128 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
as bloud, which is good against stains} The same operation
that is in prepared Mirabolanes, is also in them, they heate 8r drie,
they strengthen the memorie, the braines and sinewes, sharpen
the wits, and are good against cold affections of the head?
The Calamo Aromatico called in Gusurate Vaz, in Decan
Vache,3 in Malabar Vasabu,4 in Malacca6 Daringoo, in Persia
Heger,6 in Cuncan (which is the countrie of Goa and there
abouts Northwards) Vaycan, and in Arabia Cassab and
Aldirira,7 is sowed in many places of India, as in Goa, the
Countrie of Gusurate and Ballagate, where it is sowed and so
groweth, it hath no smell at all, untill it be gathered. The
women use it much in India, for the mother,8 also for paine
in the Sinewes, it is also much used for horses, for when it is
cold weather, they give it horses in the morning to eate,
being beaten and mixed with Garlike Cominseede, salte,
Suger, and Butter. This receipt they call Arata, which is
alwayes used in India, for horses, wherewith (as they saye)
they doe them great good. The Calamo Aromatico is the
stalke or Eeede of the Hearbe, but the inward and spungious
part is of yelowish colour, the roote of the tree is good for
nothing, but onely the stalke or Eeede therof, with [that
which is in] the middest of it.
What the right Calamus Aromaticus is, my verie good friend
Doctor Carolus Clusius writeth in his learned Annotations upon
Garcius ah Horto in his 127 leafe, whereof certaine peeces were
given me? which I brought out of Egypt, where it is found in
1 Orig. Dutch :" vlechten" (German, "Flechten"), cutaneous erup
tions, tetters.
2 Annotatio D. Paludani.
3 The form in Sanskrit is " vaca" — [K.]
4 Tamil, " vasambu".— [K.]
6 Orig. Dutch: "die Malayen" (the Malays). The Malay word is
"deringu". « Read: " eger" (Pers.).
7 Read: "Qacab al-dha'ira" (Arab.).
8 Orig. Dutch : " disease of the mother"
9 Orig. Dutch : "to whom (i.e., to Clusius) I gave any pieces of it".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 129
great aboundance, and much used. They call it Cassab Elderira}
it is a thinne Reede, being freshe [and unwithered] of a light
Gold yelow colour, with many knots and splinters2 in the break
ing, and within spungie like Cobwebbes, white 8c tough in chaw
ing, and astringent, with a little sharpe bitternesse, as I can
shew it, and much therof may be had out of Egypt, where they
put it in their Treakle, and use it many other waies, to drive
downe the Urine, and for the stone?
Costus which the Arabians call Cost or Cast,4 the Gusu
rates of Cambaia Ulpot, and they of Malacca Pucho,6 whether
it is much brought, and also into China and other places. It
commeth from Sitor and Mandor above named,6 where Spi-
conardi is found, and from thence it is brought into Cambaia
and India, and so into all other places. They are trees almost
like Elder trees with white blossomes, and very strong of
smell. The wood and the roote is the Costus, it is a great
marchandise in Persia, Arabia, and Turkie where[as] it is
very much used.7
I have many kindes of Costus, the Indian, described by Gar
cius, with all her tokens. The Arabian and Syrian with her
right markes, and also an other sorte, much like Ginger. The
Indian Costus is the best of them all, it healeth, driveth downe
the Urine and the stone? it cleanseth the Mother, [being received
into the bodie, or thrust up into it]? and maketh women apt to
conceive. It is good against the byting of Snakes, payne in the
brest, and the Wormes, &c}°
1 See p. 128. 2 Orig. Dutch : " Bplintery".
3 Orig. Dutch : " and the menses". — Annotatio D. Paludani.
4 Read : qost.
5 Paching (Javanese). See Filet, p. 244. Putchuk (the general trade
name in India) is alleged to be used in Tamil by Ainslie, Materia
Indica, ii, 165. e See p. 126.
7 This root was formerly held to be stimulative, carminative, etc. ;
and was used in the compound termed theriac. — [B.]
8 Orig. Dutch : "the menses".
9 Orig. Dutch : " by taking it or being warmed with it".
10 Annotatio D. Paludani.

130 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Cubebus so called by the Arabians, and also Quabes,1 by
all the other Indians Cubachini, or Cubabchini, because the
Chinars before the Portingales comming into India, used to
bring it out of the Ilandes of lava from Sunda, where they
grow, and in no other place. For as then2 the Chinars had
Navigation into all places of India, trafficking throughout all
the Orientall Countries, with all kinde of wares, as well on
the firme land as in the Ilandes. The Iavers which are the
inhabitants of [the place] where it growes call it Cumuc.3
It groweth like Pepper against a tree, as Ivie doth, the leaves
are verie like Pepper leaves, and it groweth in huskes like
Pepper but everie graine hath a stalke of it selfe, whereby it
hangeth. The Iavers hold it in so great estimation, that they
sell it not before it is sodden, because the strangers that buy
it should not plant it. It is much used specially among the
Moores, who put it into their Wine, therwith to make them
apter to accomplish their lustes, whereunto. they are much
given ¦} and the Iavers use it against the coldnesse of the
stomacke and other diseases.
Cubebus is a fruit like Pepper, about the same bignesse, the
best are such as are close, full, heavie and sharpe, although
[they be] lesse then Pepper, [but] somewhat bitter and smell
well, [being] in a manner sweete. They warme and comfort
the stomacke, vjhich is weake by reason of superfluous or windie
matter, they cleanse the breast from tough fleagme, they strengthen
the Milt, breake winde, and helpe colde diseases of the mother,
beeing chawed, with Masticke, they cleanse the braines from
fleagm, & strengthen them?
The leaves called Folium Indum, which the Indians call
Tamalapatra,6 are like Orange leaves, but somewhat sharper,
1 Orig. Dutch : " Quabeb". Arab. "Kababa".
2 That is, before the second half of the fifteenth century.
3 Kamukus is the Sundanese and Malay name. See Filet, p. 149.
4 Orig. Dutch : " wherefore they hold it very good".
6 Annotatio D. Paludani.
" I.e., Sanskrit, tamalapatra. — [K.]

TO THE EAST INDIES. 131
and of a dark green colour. They have 3 veynes [that reach]
unto the end [of the leafe] one in the middle, and two on the
sides, that is, on each side one. They have a sweet smell,
almost like Cloves. The tree whereon they grow, is of a
reasonable bignesse : they grow alwaies on the side of Lakes,
waters, [or ditches,] and are in manie places of India, but
most in Cambaia: the Indians use manie of these leaves,
and cause them to be caryed and sold by whole balles : they
say they are good to provoke urine, & against a stincking
breath : also they lay them betweene their apparell, cloathes
and Linnen, for it keepeth them from wormes, and say it
serveth in all things as Spiconardi doth.
The Latinists have derived the name thereof from the Indian
word, Tamalapatra, and call it Malabatrium : the Arabians,
Cadegi Indi} that is to say, the Indian leafe : it is likewise
much brought hither, speciallie to Venice, and is used to pro
voke urine, to strengthen the stomaek & to helpe a stinking
breath? Galanga by the Arabians called Galvegian,3 is of two
sortes, one that is small and smelleth well, which is brought
out of China into India, and from thence to Portingal and
other places : and this sort is in China called Lavaudon :4 the
other beeing greater is found in the Hand lava, and by them
called Lanquas,6 and this smelleth not so well, as that of
China: they grow on small plants, a spanne or 2 spannes
high from the earth, of themselves without setting : that of
lava is the greatest plant, about fyve spannes high : it hath
leaves like the point of a speare, with a white flower, which
bringeth forth seed : although they sowe it not, yet in India
1 Sddhaj, or Sadhaji hindi, is Arab, and Pers. for Folium Indicum or
Malabathrum. 2 Annotatio D. Paludani.
3 Arab. " Khalandjan". See Dozy et Engelmann, Glossaire, p. 271.
* Orig. Dutch : " Lavandou".
6 The true Malay name is Lahos. — [K.]

132 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
they have planted some in their Gardens for pleasure, and
use it for Sallets and other medicines, specially the midwyves,
(which in India are called Dayas :) it groweth not of the
seed, but of the roote which is planted in the earth, like
Ginger : they are great & long, and have knottes like reeds :
it is a thing used in India for many medicines, & caryed into
al places.Galanga is a roote with many knots, being red both inwardly
& outwardly [the knottes running about it,]1 smelling well, and
sharpe of taste, for savor and fashion like the Cyperus roote,
wherefore by some men it is esteemed for Cyperus of Babylon.
It heateth and dryeth in the third degree: therefore it com-
forteth the stomake, and driveth away the payne thereof pro
ceeding of cold and windynesse. It healeth a stincking breath :
it helpeth the beating of the hart, being drunk with the iuyce of
the leafe of Weghe :2 it healeth the Colicke proceeding from
wind : it is good also against the windines of the Mother, it
increaseth lust, heateth the kidneyes, and everie morning eating
a little therof, it healeth the head-ache which hath long indured?
Of these and such like herbes there are manie4 in India,
and in the Orientall parts, the names and properties whereof
are to mee unknowne, because they are not so common, nor
knowne among the meaner sort of people,6 but onlie by Phy-
sitians, Apothecaries, and Herbalistes : therefore I have onlie
spoken of such as are commonlie knowne, and daylie used.
And this shall suffice for Spices, Drugges, and medicinable
herbes. 1 Orig. Dutch: "crooked on the knots".
2 Orig. Dutch: " weghe-bladeren", i.e., the leaves of the plantain
(plantago). 3 Annotatio D. Paludani.
4 Orig. Dutch : " many others".
6 Orig. Dutch: "den ghemeenen man", i.e., ordinary people.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 133

The 84. Chapter.
Of all sorts of Pearles" [both great and small], and of precious stones,
as Diamantes, Rubies, Topaces, Saffires, and other [such like stones],
called Oriental stones, and of the Bezers stone, which is good against
poyson, and such like [diseases], and in what manner and place they
are found.
Pearles by the Portingales are called Perolas, that is, such
as are great, and the small Alioffar,2 in Latin, Margaritas : in
Arabia, Lulu : in Persia3 and India, Motii : and in Malabar,
Mutiu.4 The principall and the best that are found in all the
Orientall countries, and the right Orientall pearles are [some]
betweene Ormus and Bassora, in the straights, or Sinus Per-
sicus, in the places called Bareyn, Catiffa, Iulfar, Camaron, &
other places in the said Sinus Persicus, from whence they are
brought into Ormus. The King of Portingale also hath his
Factor in Bareyn, that stayeth there onlie for the fishing of
pearles. There is great trafficke used with them, as well in
Ormus as in Goa. There are also other fishings for pearle,
as betweene the Hand of Seylon, and the Cape de Comriin,
where great numbers are yearelie found, for that the King of
Portingale hath a captaine there with [certaine] soldiers that
looketh unto it : they have yearlie at the lest above 3 or 4
thousand duckers, yt live onlie by fishing for pearles, and so
maintaine themselves, whereof everie yeare many are drowned
or devoured by ye fishes called Tubarones or Hayen,6 whereof
I have alreadie made mention : these pearls are not so good, nor
so much esteemed as the pearles of Ormus, and are of a lower
price, which they know [likewise] how to discerne at the first
1 Orig. Dutch: " and Aljoffar", i.e., " seed-pearl" .
2 I.e., the Arabic name. See note 1, on p. 45 of vol. i.
3 The Persian name is "marwarid", from the Latin.
4 Orig. Dutch : " Mutu". Malayalam and Tamil, muttu.— [K.]
5 The Dutch word for sharks ; tubarao, the Portuguese.

134 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
sight. There are also pearles found by the Hand of Borneo,1
and the Hand of Aynon, on the coast of Cauchinchina, but
those of Ormus surpasse them all. They are fished for by
dukers that dive into the water, at the least 10. 12 or 20
fadome deepe. They grow in Oysters, [but] the great2 .pearls
are found in the Oysters that swimme aloft, and the smallest
called Alioffar, are commonly in the bottome of the sea. The
duckers are naked, having a basket bound at their backes,3
which being at the bottome (to make more hast) they rake
full [of Oysters and durt together], and then ryse up againe,
and throwe them into boates, that lie readie for the purpose,
with men in them, which presentlie take the Oysters and lay
them on land to drie, where with the heate of the Sunne they
open of themselves, and so they find the pearles of4 Alioffar
in the fish : and when they have made an end of fishing for
that day, all the fishers, with the Captaine, Soldiers, laborers5
and Watchmen for the King, goe together, and taking all the
pearles that are caught that day, they divide them into cer
taine heapes, that is, one part for the- King, an other part for
the Captaine and Soldiers, the third part for the Iesuites,
because they have their Cloyster in that place, and brought
the Countrie first into the Christian Faith, and the last part
for the Fishers, which is done with great Iustice and equalitie.6
This fishing is done in Summer tyme, and there passeth not
any yeare but that divers7 Fishers are drowned by the Cape
de Comoriin (which is called the Kings fishing) and manie
devoured by Fishes :8 so that when the fishing is done, there
is great and pitifull noyse and cry of women and Children
heard [upon the land, for the losse of their husbands and
1 I.e., near Palawan and the Sulu-archipelago.
2 Orig. Dutch : " the greatest".
3 Orig. Dutch : " their body".
4 Read: "or". t> Orig. Dutch: " assistants" -
6 Orig. Dutch : "direction"
7 Orig. Dutch : " a great many".
* Compare note 5 on p. 12.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 135
friends] : yet the next yeare they must to the same worke
againe, for that they have no other meanes to live, as also for
that they are partlie compelled thereunto by the Portingales,
but most part [are content to doe it,] because of the gaine
[they get thereby after all the danger is past].1 They finde
sometimes many and sometimes but a few Pearles in one
oyster, sometimes two hundred graines and more. The
Oysters that have the best Pearles in them are thinne2 and
white, which the Indians call Cheripo, wherof they make
spoones and cups to drink in. The Pearles are sold by sives
which are made of [mettell driven into thin plate]3 for that
purpose, whereof the holes are round. There are many sorts
of sives, the first hath small holes, and the Pearles that passe
through them are at one price : the next sive hath greater
holes, and the Pearles that fall through it are at higher price,
and so foorth [at the least] seaven or eight sives. The small
stuffe that serve for no Pearles, they call Alioffar, and are
sold by the ounce, and used by Potticaries and Physitions,
and to that end many of them are caried into Portingall, &
Venice, and are very good cheape. To give the Pearles a
faire colour, in India they use rice beaten a little with salt,
wherewith they rub them, and then they become as faire and
cleare as christall, and so continue.. There is yet an other
sort of oysters by the Indians called Chancha,4 & by the
Portingales Madre Perola, or mother of Pearle, & are of the
shell fishes that wee call inkehornes, which they know how
to prepare and make cleane. They bring many of them into
Portingale to serve for to drinke in, and to keepe for an
ornament, [& for- pleasure] specially those that come out of
China and Bengalen, some guilt and painted with colours
[very faire some] wrought with branches and other figures,
1 Orig. Dutch : " which makes them know no danger".
2 Orig. Dutch: "slecht" (of common size).
3 Orig. Dutch : " blik" (white iron).
4 Orig. Dutch: " Chanca". Sanskrit, gahkha. — [K.]

136 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
as we dayly see them brought thether.1 In India they make
divers thinges of them, as deskes, tables, cubbards, tables to
play on,2 boxes, staves for women to beare in their hands,
and a thousand such fine devises, which are all inlaid and
covered with this Chanco or Mother of Pearle, very faire to
beholde, & very workmanlike made, and are in India so
common that there is almost no place in those countries but
they have of them. It is likewise much caried abroad, both
into Portingale, and els where, but they are most used in
India, for there the women, speciallie those of Bengala use to
weare manillias, or bracelets of them about their armes, that
is to say, those of most account, and they must not take a
maidens maidenhead from her that is of any estate or degree,
but she must have some of these mother of Pearle bracelets
about her armes, which at this day is yet much used, [and
observed,] whereby it is verie much worne.
Torteanxes there are likewise in great numbers throughout
all India : of their shelles they make many curious devises,
as Combes, Cuppes, and Boles to drinke in, with tablemen3
and divers such like thinges, knowing howe to give it a faire
and shining colour most pleasant to behold, and is more
esteemed of in India, then the mother of pearle, by reason of
the beautifull colour they set uppon it.

The 85. Chapter
Of Diamonds.
Diamonds by the Arabians and Mores called Almas, and
by the Indians where they grow Iraa,4 and by the Malagans6
1 Orig. Dutch : " hither".
2 Orig. Dutch : " ticktac-berden" (backgammon boards).
3 Orig. Dutch : " schy ven om met te ticktacken " (men at back
gammon). 4 Sanskritj Mrd.—[K.~\
6 Read: Malayans (Malays).

TO THE EAST INDIES. 137
where they are likewise found, Itam.1 They grow in the
Countrie of Decam behinde Ballagate, by the Towne of Bis
nagar, wherein are two or three hilles from whence they are
digged, whereof the King of Bisnagar doth reape great pro-
fitte : for hee causeth them to be straightly watched, and
hath farmed them out with this condition, that all Diamonds
that are above twenty five Mangelyns in waight are for the
king himselfe : (every Mangelyn is foure graines in waight)
and if anie man bee found that hideth anie such, hee looseth
both life and goods.
There is yet another hill in the Countrie of Decam, which
is called Velha,2 that is the old Eocke : from thence come
the best Diamonds, and are sold for the greatest price, which
the Diamond grinders, Iewellers, and Indians can very well
discerne from the rest.
These Diamonds are much brought to sell in a Faire that
is holden in a Towne called Lispor,3 lying in the same countrie
of Decam betweene Goa, and Cambaia, whether the Banianes
and Gusurates of Cambaia doe goe and buy them up, bringing
them to Goa, and other places. They are very skilfull in
these matters, so that no Ieweller can goe beyond them, but
oftentimes they deceive the best Iewellers in all Christen-
dome. In this Eoca Velha, there are Diamonds founde that
are called Nayfes ready cut, which are naturall,4 and are
more esteemed then the rest, specially by the Indians them
selves. In the straight called Tania pura, a countrie on the one
side of Malacca6 there is likewise an old rocke,. which also is
1 Read: Intan (Mai.) from hinten (Jav.). This word is derived from
Sanskrit, hird, with change of the final syllable, according to the rules
observed in forming so-called Krama-words in Javanese. From Javanese
it has passed into Malay. — [K.]
2 Read: " Rocha velha".
3 Probably Elichpur, the old capital of Berar.
4 Orig. Dutch : " which in such manner are procreated by nature".
3 Tandjong Pura, the old capital of Matan on the west coast of

138 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
called Eoca Velha, where many Diamonds are found, that
are excellent: they are small, but verie good, and heavie,
which is good for the seller, but not for the buyer. Diamonds
are digged like gold out of Mynes, and where they digge one
yeare the length of a man into the ground, within three or
foure yeares after, there are Diamondes founde againe in the
same place which grow there. Sometimes they find Diamonds
of one hundred and two hundred Mangelyns, and more, but
verie few.
/ There is another stone called a Topace for colour which is
almost like the Diamond, but darker & of lesse estimation.
There are [many of them] founde, that are of great valew for
that kinde of stone, and are likewise digged [out of the earth]
like Diamonds in many places of India. There are also
white Saffires and Eubies, which can hardly bee knowne
from Diamonds unles [it be] by very good and experts Iew
ellers, and Diamond grinders. There is likewise founde in
India1 a kinde of thing much like to Eock-christall, but in-
deede it is none: for there is no Christall to be found in
India, nor in any of the oriental countries. It is called
berylo,2 and is little different from Christall. It is much
found in Cambaia, Pegu, and Seylon, and they make many
things thereof, as beades, seales, and divers other thinges,
which they sell unto the Christians, and use among them
selves.Borneo. It is mentioned by Castanheda and others as a town from
which came diamonds. On the map of Linschoten it is called Taiaopura.
1 Orig. Dutch : " in many places of India".
2 Originally Sanskrit, vaidurya. — [K.] Beryllo is Portuguese, from
the Latin beryllus (Greek, BjpvXXos).

TO THE EAST INDIES. 139

The 86. Chapter.
Of Rubies, Espinelles, Granades, Emeralds, and other precious
stones.
Eubies are of manie sorts, but the best are those that are
called Carbunckles, which are Eubies that waigh above 25.
quilates, wherof there are verie few and seldome to be found.
The best Eubies that are of the brat colour and water are in
India called Tockes, which are like Carbunckles, there are
others called Ballax, which are of a lower price then the first,
and they are red.1 There are others called Espinellas, that
are of colour like fire, and are lesse esteemed then the other
two sortes, because they have not the right water of Eubies.
There are Eubies also of manie other sorts, wherof some are
white like Diamonds as I said before : other of a Carnation
colour or much like white Cherries when they are ripe.
There are Eubies found halfe white, halfe red, some halfe
Eubies, halfe Safires, and a thousand such other sortes. The
cause thereof is because that in the rockes and hils where
they grow, their first colour is white, and by force of the
Sunne, are in time brought to their perfection and ripenesse,
and beeing perfect they are of colour red, like the Carbunckle
and Tockes aforesaid, but wanting somewhat of their per
fection, and being digged out before that time, they are of
divers colours as I said before, and how much paler they are,
and lesse red then the Tockes, so much are they less in valew :
for2 as they are in beautie and perfection, so are they es
teemed every one in their kinde. Those that are halfe Eubies,
and halfe Safires, which the Indians call Nilcandi, that is to
say, halfe Safier, and halfe Eubie, proceed of this that the
Eubies and Safiers grow alwaies in one rocke, whereby they
1 Orig. Dutch : " reddish".
2 Orig. Dutch: "however".

140 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
are oftentimes founde, halfe one, halfe other. The Eubies by
the Arabians and Persians are called lacut,1 by the Indians
Manica.2 The Safiers are of two sortes, one of a darke blew,
the other of a right3 blew, the Iacinth, Granades, and Eobasses
are likewise certaine kinds of Eubies, but little esteemed, the
Indians call them the yellow and carnation Eubies, and so
foorth, according to their colour. These Iacinthes, Granadoes,
and Eobasses, are in so great numbers in Cananor, Calecut,
and Cambaia, that they are to sell in everie Market, and
corner of the streets, by whole corgias, each corgia having
twentie peeces [at the least in it], they sell the corgia for one
stiver or two at the most, as many as you will desire, but you
must understand, they are of the smallest sort. The Safier
is not of so great estimation as the Eubie, and yet is one of
the most precious stones that are next the Diamond, and the
Eubie : the Eubies, Safiers, and other stones aforesaid, doe
grow and are found in rockes [and hilles] like Diamonds :
they come out of Calecut, Cananor, and from manie places in
the land of Bisnaga, but most out of the Island of Seylon,
which are the best : but those of the Countrie of Pegu are
esteemed the finest, whereof there is great store.
The Emerauldes which the Indians call Pache,4 and the
Arabians Samarrut,6 there are none throughout al India, yet
it is reported yt some have bin found there, but [verie] few
& not often : but they are much brought thether from Cairo
in Mgj-pt, and are likewise called Orientall : they are much
esteemed in India, because there are but few of them. There
are many also brought out of ye Spanish Indies, and carryed
into the lande of Pegu, where they are much worne,6 and
i Yaqut (Arab.).
2 Cfr. Sanskrit, mdnikya ; Tamil, manikkam. — [K.]
3 Read: "light".
4 Malayalam, "pacca", from the green colour (pacca).— [K.]
6 Zomorrad (Arab.), whence the European names — smaraude,
smaragd, emeraude, emerald.
8 Orig. Dutch : "ghesleten", i.e., sold.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 141
esteemed of, wherby many Venetians (that have travelled
thether with Emeraldes and bartered them for Eubies) are
become very rich, because among them men had rather have
Emeraldes than Eubies : All the said stones are likewise
used1 in medicines, and Apoticarie drugges. Turqueses are
found in great numbers in [the Countrey of] Persia, and2
brought into India from [beyond] Ormus, by hundreth pounds
at once, earth and altogether, which in India are little es
teemed, for that the Indians and Portingals do not weare
many of them, and make small account of them. The Iaspar3
is much found in the land of Cambaia, but not much re
garded : they make4 dishes and cups thereof : it is of colour
greene like the Emeralde. Chrisolites and Amatistes are
many in the Island of Seylon, Cambaia, and Ballagatte, [and]
the stone called Alakecca, [which] is also called Bloodstone,
because it quickly stancheth blood, and other stones called
Milke stones, which are good for women that give milke or
sucke. These and such like stones are in great numbers
found in Cambaia, and Ballagatte, and are brought to Goa, to
bee solde, whereof they make Beades, Seales, Einges, and a
thousand such like curiosities : they are much esteemed, for
that a seale of such a stone is worth two or three Pardaws
the peece : there is also in Cambaia much Alambre, or5 wherof
they make many rings, beades, and such like things, which
are much used : there are likewise stones, by the Portingalles
called Olhos de Gato, that is to say, Cattes eyes, because they
are like them (which is the Agat) and are of colour and
fashion like Cattes eyes : they come out of Cambaia, but the
best out of Seylon and Pegu : they are little brought into
Portingal, for there they are not . esteemed, and likewise
1 Orig. Dutch : "much used".
2 Orig. Dutch : (add) " some times"-
3 Orig. Dutch: "Jaspe"
4 Orig. Dutch : (add) " in Cambaia".
5 Orig. Dutch : " of barnsteen" (or amber).

142 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
because they are worth more in India then in Portingall, foi
the Indians esteeme much of them, specially the Chinos, and
thether they are caryed, better esteemed, and sold there then
any other stones : the Indians say that this stone hath a cer
taine propertie and vertue to preserve and keepe a man in
the riches which he hath, and that they shall not lessen, but
stil increase : the Loadstone, which the Portingalles call
Pedra de Cevar is found in great quantity, and in many
places of India, the Indians say, that if a man use dayly to
eate a little of that stone, it preserveth him and maketh him
look yong, and that he shall never looke olde : wherefore the
Kinges and great Lordes of India use it in1 pottes and ves-
selles, therein to [eate and] seeth their meate, thereby as they
beleeve to preserve their youthes.

The 87. Chapter.
Of the Bezar stones, and other [stones good] against poyson.
The Bezar stone commeth out of Persia, from the land or
Province called Carassone,2 and also out of other places in
India : they grow within the maw of a sheepe or Goat,
about a little straw, that lyeth in the middle [of the maw],
for by experience the straw is often found within them :3 the
stone is very slicke & smooth without, of a darke greene
colour. These Goats [or sheepe] are by the Persians called
Pazan, whereupon they call the stone Pazar,4 and the Portin-
1 Orig. Dutch : "use it for fabrication of".
2 I.e., Khorasan.
3 This is De Orta's account of the origin of this biliary concretion.
See f. 169J of his Colloquios.— [B.]
4 This is a mistake. The name is originally -Persian— padzahr — which
means " preservative from" (pad) or " expelling poison" (zohr or zahir).
The Arabs wrote this badizahr or bazahr, which is the source of the
Spanish-Portuguese bezar or bezoar, from which it has been adopted in

TO THE EAST INDIES. 143
galles by corruption [of speech call it] Bazar or Besar, and
the Indians Pedro do Bazar,1 which is as much to say, as
market stone: for Bezar in the Indian speech signifieth a
market or place where all victuailes are kept and solde, and
for the same cause they call the smallest money Bazarucos,2
as if they woulde say market money. This Bezars stone is
very costly, and is much used in India against all poyson,
and [other] diseases, and is more esteemed then TJnicornes
home in Europe, for it is much tryed and sold very deare :
the greater and heavier they are, the better and of more
vertue they are : the common sorte are of three foure or five
octaves weight, some more, some lesse : they are much
brought into Portingal, and greatly esteemed: the place
where they are most found, is (as I said before) in Persia and
also in the Island called Insula das Vacas, or the Island of
other languages under slightly different forms (see Dozy et Engelmann,
Glossaire, p. 239 ; and Dozy's Oosterlingen, pp. 25, 26) through the
Arab writers on medicine in the Middle Ages — e.g.. Averroes, Avicenna,
Mesue, etc. Thus N. Leonicenus (c. 1491) says : " ut (Avicenna) inquit
nomen theriacse dignius attribuitur medicinis artificialibus, id est, com-
positis ; et nomen bezaar singularibus cadentibus secundum naturam.
Licet alias idem Avicenna bezaar cum theriaca videatur confundere,
pcribens in hunc modum : Albezaar et theriaca sunt omnes medicinae,
quarum proprietas est, ut conservent sanitatem, et virtutem in spiritu,
ut expellant nocumentum veneni a se. Mihi vero videtur nomen bezaar
apud Arabes significare idem, quod apud Graecos alixipharmacum,"
etc. It had thus become a general term, before the Portuguese dis
coveries made known the particular matter intended by the Arabs'.
(Leoniceni, "De Dipsade et aliis serpentibus liber", in his Opuscula,
fo., Basle, 1532, f. 1036).
Bezoar stones were soon supplanted by the so-called snake-stones,
which were fully shown to be worthless by the great naturalist F. Redi
in the seventeenth century. (See his Esperienze intorno a diverse cose
naturali, and his Osservazioni intorno alle Vipere, of 1671 and 1664
respectively, where he relates the experiments by which he tried these
concretions.) 1 The author has confused Pazahr with Bazar. — [B.]
2 What the origin of this name of a small coin is, is obscure, but the
statement in the text is certainly wrong. — [B.]

144 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Cowes : It lyeth before the mouth of the river, entering into
Cambaia, hard by the coast where the Portingall navie often
putteth in to refresh themselves, and [being there], kill divers
of the sheepe or Goats, wherein they finde many of these
Bezars stones : likewise in the lande of Pan1 by Malacca, there
are many found : in the same countrey of Pan they find a
certaine stone within the gall of a Hogge, which they esteeme
more against poyson and [other] diseases2 then the Bezars
stone : the Portingalles call it Pedra do Porco, that is, Hogges
stone : it is much used in3 Malacca, it is of cleare redde
colour, and bitter in taste, and savoureth like French sope :
when they will use it and give it any man to drinke, they
throw it into a cuppe of water, and so let it stande a little,
[which done,] they take it out againe, and the water will be
bitter, and cleanse all the venime that a man hath in his
body, as by experience hath oftentimes been found. The
Bezars stone is as hard as [any] stone, but not very heavie:4
It is thought that these stones doe grow in the mawes of
sheepe, and galles of Hogges by vertue of the grasse [or
hearbes] whereon they pasture and feed, as we have declared
of the Ehinoceros,5 because they doe onely breede in those
places above named, and in no place els, where these kinds of
beastes are. In the towne of Ultabado6 in the Countrey
behind Goa in Ballagatte, there is a stone found by the
Arabians called Hagerarmini, and by the Portingals Pedra
Armenia,7 and because there are many of them found in
1 "Pan", i.e., Pahang.
2 Orig. Dutch : " all poisons and sicknesses".
3 Orig. Dutch : " traded in".
4 Orig. Dutch : " but light in weight".
6 Above, p. 10.
6 I.e., Daulatabad.
_ 7 This is stated by De Orta (f. 164). " Hagerarmini", i.e., Ar. Hajar
Armani. "Lapis Armeniacus. On I'employait jadis contre les affections
dites atrabilaires, ou de la bile noire" (Sanguinetti, Quelques Chapitres de
Medecine  Arabe, 1866, p. 102).
In the favourite mediaeval Italian treatise on medicine known as

TO THE EAST INDIES. 145
Armenia, they are commonly called so : it is blew & some
what light greene : the Moores use it much in purgations and
for other diseases : besides these stones aforesaid, there are
also many sortes of stones, as well precious stones, as against
poyson and other diseases, and of many properties & ver-
tues : but because they are but little knowne, or trafiqued
withall, I have onely made mention of those that are dayly
bought and sold, and commonly knowne.

The 88. Chapter.

A1 [briefe] instruction how to know [and find out] the right Diamantes,
Rubies, Emeralds, Pearls, & oth?r precious stones, and how to
value them [by waight] at their right prices and values, & first of
the Diamant.
First you must understand that the Diamant is the king of
al precious stones, because it is solde by weight, and hath [a
very] certain thickenes, whereby it is [ordinarily] wrought,
for when it is greater, it is nothing worth, and being lesse it
will soone be perceyved : by the which thicknesse although
it standeth in a ring, they can both see and gesse how much
it weigth, within a little more or lesse, and being out of the
ring it is weyghed, thereby to value it truely : there are olde
and ancient records found [in India], wherein are written the
Mesue Vulgar, ch. xiii of libro il, treats of the pietra armena. This
book is a translation of au Arabic treatise by Yuhanna Ibn MasuyaA,
who died in 857 a.d. Pietra armena (described much as here, but as
soft) was infused in water, which was used as a purgative for bilious
disorders (see Mesue Vulgar, Venetian ed. of 1521, f. 276). There
was much confusion between Lapis Armeniacus and Lapis lazuli (cfr.
Leoniceni, Opuscula, ed. 1532, f. 116). Dioscorides (v, 55) mentions
the former. Fallopius confounds it with Lapis lazuli, but says it was
not used (Opera, ed. 1606, p. 122).— [B.]
1 Orig. Dutch : " A short relation and",

146 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
prices of the stones, that is one Quilat1 for so much, two
Quilates for so much, and three Quilates for so much after
the rate &c. and so of all prices and weights accordingly :
and because they are dayly bought and solde, it is therefore
needefull2 for a man to have a memoriall about him, that is,
of the' prices of the perfect and fayre stones, without fault or
spot/ for that being uncleane, or having any fault or spot,
they are hardly to be valued. There are some Princes and
great Lordes that desire to know the cause why such precious
stones are holden at so great prices, whereunto no other
answere is made, but because men buy and sell them so
deare, for all thinges are esteemed no otherwise of, then
because they are bought and sold at such pryces, and [so is
their manner to sell for]3 if a Diamant of one Quilat alone,
bee worth fiftie Duckets, being perfect, their4 reason is, that
"[after the same rate] a great stone or Diamant may be worth
30. or 40. thousand Duckets, being in greatnesse and perfec
tion correspondent : and the stones as well great as little,
that untill this time have beene [bought and] solde, have not
been so light,5 that they were sold above or under their value
and estimation. Now to value the great Diamant as it ought
to be, it is necessarie to know and determine what a Diamant
of a Quilat is worth, and a Eubie to match therewith : the
like of an Emerald, [neyther] more nor lesse, & having well
considered6 what or how much' hinderance the falts and foule
nesse of the saide Diamant will be unto the sale thereof,
deducting the same out of the price of the. said Diamant,
1 "Quilate. Port, 'quirate', Ital. 'carato', French and English,
' carat' (nom d'un petit poids), de quirai, qui vient a son tour du Grec,
Kepariov" (Dozy etEngelmann, Glossaire, p. 327).
2 Orig. Dutch : " and because formerly they were not daily bought
and sold as now, it was always needful".
3 Orig. Dutch : " there is also a calculation and reason for it, viz."
4 Orig. Dutch: "this same".
5 Orig. Dutch: "never been so low'1.
6 Orig. Dutch : " determined".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 147
Eubie or Emerald oeing OrientL1!, of what greatnesse soever
they bee, [you may value them, and] I will first beginn^ with
the Diamant, for that other stone's are valued after the rate
thereof, and wil declare the perfection which it ought to
have. The diamant yt is perfect in all respects, must be of
that proportion, that the two squares on the sides must make
the breadth of the upper parte of the stone, and that the
under part of the stone be no broader, then that three of the
breadths thereof will make the breadth of the upper part,
and deepe according to the same proportion : and the squares
on the side must stande close with the edge of the ring or
thing wherin it is set,1 being of the whole depth, and some
what longer then square, and yet no more, then that it may
be gessed,2 which is the length and breadth thereof, also it
must bee without any falts both in corners and sides, and
every one of the foure corners sharpe and cleane cut, and of
good water, Christaline & shining cleare, so that it may not
[once] be perceived that it draweth neere any colour, and not
of a darke water, but cleare and cleane : the Diamant with
all these perfections is worth 50 duckets being of one
Quilat : but because these perfections are not often found,
and that few men understand them, therefore I will say that
a Diamant of goodnesse and perfection according to the com
mon estimation, being of the waight of one Quilat is worth
40 duckets, and after this rate wee will make our account,
and whether it bee a small or great Diamant of what wayght
goodnes or foulenesse soever it may bee : you must first con
sider & know what it waigheth, & if they cannot tell you,
then you must gesse by the sight thereof, and alwayes
esteeme it at lesse wayght then you think it weigheth, that
you may value it within the price, and having esteemed
1 Orig. Dutch : " and the squares of the side must incline to the table
(the upper part) as the pavilions and tents incline to the apple, being,"
etc. 2 Orig. Dutch: "hardly seen".

148 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
the waight, keepe that in your memorie, and say thus, if it
were a Diamant of a Quilat waight of this water, and so
perfect, or had the corners lesse then these, or any foulenesse
in respect of this, and all the qualities, or faultes which a
Diamant ought to have,1 consider what such a Diamant may
be worth, being of qualitie like that you will esteeme, &
weighing no more but one Quilat : which having wel thought
and considered upon, esteeme it rather lesse then more, &
hold yt price in your memory as aforesaid, and thinke uppon
the waight that it should weigh,2 be it much or little, &
double the same waight adding as much more unto it, as if it
bee two, take other two, and multiply them together, and say
2. times 2. is foure ; if it weygh 3 multiply it with three and
they make 9. and so according to the number you find, and so
you shall multiply all Diamonds, in waight, of what wayght
soever they be, and multiply them as I said before with as
much againe [as they bee esteemed], and the production of
your multiplication you shall multiply by the summe of
money you value the Diamant to bee worth, weighing one
Quilate, and the production of the last multiplication is the
value of the Diamant : & if in the waight there be any
halfes, as if it wayghed 2\. Quilate, then you shall redeeme
them into halfe Quilates, which is 5. halfe Quilates, and then
say 5. times 5. is 25. and that you shall multiply with the
price of the halfe Quilate, as you esteeme it, and the pro
duction thereof is the worth of such a Diamant, and if it
chance yt the Diamant were so smal, that the waight of a
graine should be therein esteemed : then you must reduce all
the waight into graines, and multiply as aforesaid, and that
which proceedeth thereof is the waight3 of such a Diamant,
as youseeke to value or esteeme. As for example, there is a
Diamant that waigheth 2. Quilates, which is of such'a qualitie,
1 Orig. Dutch: "as the diamond should have".
2 Orig. Dutch : " that the diamond weighs".
' Orig. Dutch : " worth".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 149
that being of one Quilate. it would be worth 40. Duckets,
and being of halfe a Quilate, 10. Duckets, and being of a
graine, 2. Duckets and a halfe. Now to know what this
Diamant of 2. Quilates is worth, you shall say that 2. times
2. is 4. This 4. you shall multiply with 40. Duckets, which
is the value thereof, being of one Quilate, it maketh 160.
Duckets, which is the price of that Diamant of two Quilates :
now that you have a Diamant of two Quilates and a halfe,
which is five halfes, you shall say five times five is 25. this
25. multiplied by 10. it maketh 250. duckets, because the
halfe Quilate cost 10. duckets, which is after the rate of 40.
duckets the Quilate, then the Diamant of 2. Quilates and a
halfe amounteth to 250. duckets. Now if a Diamant weighed
7. graines, you shall say 7. times 7. is 49. which 49. you
must multiply by the value of a graine, which is two duckets
and a halfe : so a Diamant of 7. graines is 127. duckets. In
this manner you may alwaies know what a Diamant is worth,
having rated the price of one Quilate : the waight of the
Diamant you will esteeme being thus knowne, as by example
is shewed, and so you may the easilier make your account.
There are some Diamants that are faultie and unperfect, and
are not worth 40. duckets, but of a lesse price according to
the faultes, and may be worth 36. 35. 34. & 30. duckets,
or any lower price, as the faultes are esteemed, & in that case
it is very troublesome to knowe what half a Quilat or grain
should" be worth : wherin you must do thus : when you have
esteemed what a Quilat of such a Diamant may be worth, &
that in ye weight thereof there falleth out a halfe Quilat or
grain, then you must first knowe what value it woulde bee
worth being of one Quilate, and then make your account yt
the fourth part of such a price is the value of halfe a Quilate,
so that when a Quilate is worth 40. duckets, a halfe Quilate
is ten duckets, and one grayne two duckets and a halfe : for
foure graines is a Quilate ; if the Quilate be 36. duckets, the
halfe Quilate is 9. duckets, and one graine two duckets and

150 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
one Teston, and so after that rate may you know ye price of
all Diamants, of what qualitie soever they bee. The like
reckening is made with thinne - Diamants, Eubies, and
Emeraldes, [that is made with those] which are of greater
price, as I shall hereafter shew you. You must understand
that a Eubie bee of such a quantitie, that it may accompany
a Diamant of one Quilate it is worth 70. duckets, or that
there be any which is weight doe accompany a Diamant of
halfe a Quilate or grayne, then you must make your account
by halfe Quilates, or graynes, and you must alwayes knowe
the price of one Quilate, and must understande that the
fourth parte of 70. duckettes is the value of one halfe
Quilate, and the fourth part of a halfe Quilate is the price of
a grain, and so you shall make your reckening of Emeraldes,
each one according to his waight and price. There are some
Diamants that are thinne, and yet shew very cleare, which
are more worth then they weygh, and lesse then their clearnes
showeth: for a Diamant having a very thinne table and
hollow,1 yet on ye upper side having ye perfection in square,
as I said, should be in a thick diamant, which is of so good
perfection both in sides & hookes : such a Diamant sheweth
to be of two Quilates, and weygheth but one : wherefore
when your Diamant is of what greatnes soever it may be,
being perfect in the upper parte, and thinne underneath, you
must alwaies make your account, that being thinne under
neath, it is of lesse2 wayght then it showeth for, and if it be
not altogether thinne underneath, then it weygheth more, yet
the waight profiteth it nothing at all : and having the upper
table smaller, and the sides greater, it will also weigh more,
but the wayght avayleth it not : but you must alwaies
esteeme it to weygh but the halfe of that it sheweth for : and
not being wholly thin underneath, it will weygh more, but to
no end.: and having the table smal, and the sides and corners
1 Orig. Dutch : " wat leech" (a little low).
2 Orig. Dutch : " half the".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 151
great, it weigheth more, but the weight avayleth not, but you
must esteeme it to weigh but halfe so much as it sheweth
for : for that before it bee made ready it will lose much of
the waight. Now if there bee a Diamant that hath a great
table outwardes, & the corners small, it shall not weigh halfe
so much as it sheweth for, yet is it not anything ye worse for
that, unlesse the corners were too small1 : nowe if there bee
a Diamant thinne underneath, and square above, with the
perfections2 that should belong unto it, it is worth being of
one Quilate 70. duckets, and having any faultes or spots,
every man may wel consider what hinderance they are unto
it, and after this manner a man may easily set the pryce &
value of them, and make his account after the rate of thicke
Diamantes, his account being made of halfe the weight they
seeme or she we to have : as if they shew to bee two Quilates,
make your reckening of one Quilate : and if it shew three
Quilates, make your account of sixe grains, which is the
half : and if there be any halfe Quilates, then see the price
what a Quilate is worth, and so what a halfe amounteth unto,
and so make your account as aforesaide by thicke Dyamantes,
and in graynes the like, for there is no other difference then
in the pryce,3 for that a perfect and cleare thinne Diamant of
one Quilate is worth 70. duckets, and so in more or lesse
waight accordingly &c.

The 89. Chapter.
Of Rubies.

When you have a Eubie to value [or esteeme] that is
squared table wise, [as it should bee,] and that such a Eubie
is to accompany a Dyamant of the same waight of Quilates
1 Orig. Dutch : " very much too small".
2 Orig. Dutch : " the other perfection".
3 Orig. Dutch : "as in the price".

152 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
and so many Quilates in colour, if it hath foure and twentie
Quilates in colour and perfection, like Golde of foure and
twentie Quilates, then it is certaine, it is [both] fine and
good. The Eubie is not solde by the waight, because it hath
no certaine thickenesse, for that many of them are made
thinne for pleasure to the sight, and the better to lay the
grounde or leaves under them, and it may very well bee
thinne, but not very much, for then it should bee a let [and
hinderance] unto it : if a Eubie be whole and perfect [both]
in colour, cleannesse, thickenesse, squarenesse, . and forme, it
is worth an hundred duckets : but there are very fewe that
are perfect in all pointes, specially being great, for they have
alwayes some faultes or spottes that are covered and hidden :
but right perfect there are [none, or] very few, and not many
men have any great1 knowledge therein : therefore I will say,
[thereby] to make our account, that a Eubie which in common
shew is accounted perfect and good, is worth seventie duckets :
so that when a Ieweller or stone cutter doeth aske another
for a Eubie, which hee hath not, and sayth onely there is a
Eubie of greatnesse to accompany a Diamant of so many
Quilates, and hath so many Quilates in colour, the other
thereby understandeth of what colour and greatnesse it is.
Now having a Eubie or Eubies with tables or unground, and
are to value them, or knowe what they be worth, you shall
consider with your selfe and say thus : if there were a Eubie
that were no greater then this, onely serving to accompany a
Dyamant of one Quilate, and were of such colour[s], cleare-
nesse, and qualitie[s], as this [in quantitie and] greatnes, &
had the faultes in all respects that this hath, what would it
bee worth : and having well considered the qualitie[s], good
nes or badnesse with the faults, how much they imbase [the
price thereof], and having [thereafter] esteemed your price,
beeing to accompany a Diamond of one Quilate, keep that
price in your memorie, and looke on the Eubie how bigge it
1 Orig. Dutch : " the right".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 153
is, and what waight the Diamond hath, with the depth which
it should be compared unto } and also if it bee still raw and
unground, consider how much it must be taken away in the
grinding, and how bigge it will be when it is squared [and
fashioned] : which having done and knowing the waight of
the Diamond it shall accompany, you shal then take as
much more waight & multiplie it with the waight you have
[alreadie] found, that it should be accompanying [a Diamond
of] one Quilate, and the production thereof, is the valew of
such a Eubie : to conclude, when you haye determined what
the waight of a Diamond is, that it may accompanie, you
shall make your account as if it were a Diamond, and that
which proceedeth of the waight, you shall multiplie with the
price which you finde it to be worth, to keep companie with
a Diamond of one Quilate : the Eubies that are unground
and can be no tables, it is to be understood that they are
better in that sorte then otherwise : Of these you must con
sider the price after the manner of the Diamond which hee
may accompanie, & the height or depth of the stone, after.
that the colour, goodnes and faults as it falleth out, and make
the account or reckoning thereof as of [Eubies with] tables,
and ground, and [also] of the Diamonds. There are also
Diamonds that are not [cut square] in tables, but have a
good fashion for [to set in] anie Iewell, as being pointed with
three corners, harts, and such like sorts, thereby to hide2
their faultes, and are made in that sort to holde the greatnes
and waight [thereof], and yet one of these being perfect in
that manner, are not so much worth as [those with] tables :
for that many times they have too much thicknes under
neath, which maketh the waight not3 to any profit, but rather
hurt : which if it were whole and thin4 underneath, having

1 Orig. Dutch
2 Orig. Dutch
3 Orig. Dutch
4 Orig. Dutch

" which it should accompany".
"to remove"
"but it is not".
"gheheel ende gants dun" (wholly thin).

154 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
outwardly all other perfections, it were as much worth1 with
his whole depth, which is 46. duckets being of one Quilate :
so that when you have any of these you shall deale with
them, as with the other, that is to consider, what they may be
worth, being of one Quilate, and make your reckoning as
with the others aforesaid.

The 90. Chapter.

Of the oriental & old Emeralds, for that those that are found in the
Islandes of the Spanish Indies, are not yet [tried nor] resolved upon
whether they be fine or not.
The old Iewellers say, that if a man can finde an Emerald
perfect in al points, as in colour, clearenes, fashion, and
thicknes, that such an Emerald is worth 3. Diamonds, which
according to our account shold be 120. duckets, and I beleeve
verily that it is most true, but as yet there was never any
found, eyther little or great that had all those perfections,
there are some found that are perfect in colour and fashion,
but of clearenes and cleanenes not one, for they have alwaies
some fattines within them like greene hearbs and such like,
wherefore to make our reckoning, wee will say, that an
Emerauld of common sort, estimation, and perfection, is worth
80. duckets, being of the bignes, as that hee may compare
with2 a Diamond of one Quilate : for although it have cer
taine greene hearbes within it, if they bee not too many it is
neverthelesse esteemed perfect, having all the other per
fections that it should have : therefore when you have an
Emerald to value whether it be unground or a table, first you
must consider the greatnes, and what waight a Diamond
should bee that must compare with2 it, then looke uppon the
1 Here is omitted : " as a table that is thick".
2 Orig. Dutch : " accompany".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 155
faults or goodnes that it hath, and considering well what
such an Emerald shold be worth, being no greater than a
Diamond of one Quilate, you must make your account as
with Eubies : which is, take the waight of the Diamond,
whereunto you compare it, and multiplie that with as much
more, and the production thereof, multiplie by the price that
you have esteemed the one Quilate to be worth, and the pro
duction is the valew of such an Emerauld, and in the same
sort shall you doe with all the Emerauldes you have to valew,
whether they be great or small, good or bad, alwaies con
sidering the faults or goodnesse it may have, and after that
esteeme it, and set the price, and if there be half a Quilate or
graines in the waight of the Diamond you compare it unto,
then you must make your account by halves and graines, a's
I saide before of Diamondes and Eubies. "When yon will
valew any stones, you must looke well upon them, and con
sider if it be a Diamond, of what water and fashion it is, if it
hath all the depth and more, if it be foule or have anie other
fault in the corners or in the squares, & what hurt or disad
vantage it bringeth to the stone, that you deceive not your
selfe in valuing the price it may be worth, beeing of one
Quilate, thereby to make your reckoning as before : If it be a
Eubie, marke well of what bignes it is, and what Diamond in
waight it may be compared unto,1 & rate it alwaies at lesse
greatnes, rather then at more, that you deceive not your selfe
and consider well what colour it hath : If there be any
Cassedonia,2 or uncleanesse, if it be thinne or have any other
fault therein, or any want in the squarenes, & what hinder
ance those faultes may bee unto the stone, in the price, per
fection, and greatnes of the Diamond wherunto you compare
it, and looke you faile not herein, for if you do, you will
cleane over shoote your selfe : likewise in setting the price
1 Orig. Dutch : " accompany".
2 Orig. Dutch :" if it has any Cassidonie", probably because of
resemblance with the casslJony-stone (Carbunculus carchedonius).

156 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
what it may bee worth being so great, as to compare with a
Diamond of one Quilate, thereby to make your reckoning of
the waight, that it maie weigh more or lesse. What I have
saide of Eubies, you must likewise understand of Emeraulds
that are Orientale, all after one sort1 [and manner of reckon
ing]. There are other red stones called Espinelles, and [of]
divers other sortes, whereof some are so perfect in their
kinds, that they are like to Eubies, and this is to bee under
stood of the good and the best. There are others called
Espinelles da Eouca Nova, or new Eocket: some of them
have the colour of Eubies, others draw neere the colour of
Iacinthes, and it is not knowne whether they be right Espi
nelles or not : for the good Iewellers esteeme them for no
Espinelles, but for Eubasses, and Iacinthes, and so good that
they are like to Espinelles : wherfore the stone grinders and
Iewellers say, that they are Espinelles, because they would
bee better paid for the fashion, and therefore they doe polish
them with Espinell dust or polishing. These Espiuelles in
their polish are Espinelles, but in c6lour Eubasses, and
Iacinthes, and there are manye Eubies, which to polish well,
and grinde well, you had neede polish with the polish of
Espinelles. If there be an Espinell of the old rocke, which
in kind and qualitie is good, being perfect in all parts with a
very good table,2 and were to bee compared3 with a Diamond
of one Quilate, it would bee worth 40. duckets, but having
any imperfections, every man may well consider what hurt
and abate they may doe in the price, and after the same rate
make his account as hee doth in Eubies ; the Ballayeses4 are
likewise sold by waight, but not in that sort as Diamonds and

1 Orig. Dutch : " more or less in the same manner".
2 Orig. Dutch : " being a good polished table and in all parts perfect"
3 Orig. Dutch: "accompanied".
4 "Balaja (Sp.), Fr. rubis-balais, sorte de rubis de couleur de vin
paillet, de l'arabe-persan balakhch" (Dozy et Engelmann, Glossaire, p.
231).

TO THE EAST INDIES. 157
Eubies, but they are esteemed according to the waight, that
is the best Balayes that may be found being of one Quilate,
may be worth ten duckets, and having any faults eyther in
colour or other perfections, is of lesse valew, but beeing per
fect as I said alreadie, it is worth ten duckets, and two
Quilates twentie duckets, of three Quilates thirtie duckets,
and so after the rate as it is, small or great, being of the
waight it should bee, and beeing imperfect, every man of
skill may well consider what it is worth, being of one Quilate,
& esteeme it thereafter.

The 91. Chapter.
Of Orientale Pearles.

The Orientale Pearles are better then those of the Spanish
Indies, and have great difference in the price : for they are
worth more, and have a better glasse,1 being clearer, and
fairer. Those of the Spanish Indies commonly beeing darker
& deader of colour : yet there are some found in the Portin
gall Indies, that are nothing inferiour2 [to the Orientale
Pearles] but they are very few : Now to valew them [as they
shuld be,] I wil only set the good Pearles at a price. A
Pearle that in all partes is perfect, both of water, glasse1 and
beautie without knobs,3 of forme very round or proportioned
like a pearle4 without dents,6 being of one Quilate is worth a
ducket, and after this rate I will make my reckoning, as I doe
with Diamonds, Eubies, and Emeraulds, and if there be any
1 Orig. Dutch : " glans" (brightness).
2 Orig. Dutch : " that give no advantage in fairness" (soil, above those
of the Spanish Indies).
3 Orig. Dutch : " putgiens" (little holes).
* Read : " pear".
J Orig. Dutch " rompelen" (wrinkles, rumples).

158 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
faults in the water, clearenes and fashion, or that it hath any
knobs1 or other defaults, it may well be considered what hurt
it may bee unto the sale thereof, and according to the good
nes, or badnes valew the price therof : which having valewed,
we must see what it weigheth, and then make the reckoning
thereof, as with Diamonds, Eubies, & Emeraulds, & if there
be a [whole] string or a chaine [full] of Fearles, you must
looke well upon them, for where there are many, they are2
not all alike : the greatest beeing the best, & the other after
the rate, for the goodnes of the great wil beare the badnes of
the smal : but if it be contrary, then the bargen is not [very]
good. This shall suffice [for instruction] to such as desire to
deale therewith, to have alwaies in their memorie,3 and what
herein is wanting for the better understanding and knowledge
hereof, it may be supplied by true Iewellers and stone cutters
that are skilfull in this point, and with these instructions can-
easily help,4 [so that a man shall] not [need] wholly to put
his trust in those, that for their owne profit will give them
but bad counsell therein.

The 92. Chapter.

Of certaine memorable thinges6 [passed] in India during my residence
there.
In6 the month of December, Anno, 1583. there arived in
the towne and Island of Ormus foure Englishmen, which
1 Orig. Dutch : "putgiens" (little holes).
2 Orig. Dutch : " may be".
3 Orig. Dutch : " to serve always for a memorial".
4 Orig. Dutch : "one may easily help himself, in order" 
6 Orig. Dutch : " histories".
6 All the first part of this chapter, down to "going and comming that
way", is, with a few corrections of orthography, reprinted in vol. ii, pp.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 159
came from Aleppo in the countrie of Suria, having sayled out
of England, and passed through the straightes of Gibraltar,
to Tripoli a towne and Haven, lying on the sea coast of Suria,
where all the shippes discharge their [wares, and] marchand-
ises, and from thence are caryed by land unto Aleppo, which
is nyne dayes iourney. In Aleppo there are resident [divers]
marchants [and Factors] of all Nations, as Italians, Frenche-
men, Englishmen, Armenians, Turkes, & Mores, everie man
having his Eeligion apart,1 paying tribute unto the great
Turke. In that towne there is great trafficke, for that from
thence, everie yeare [twyse,] there travelleth two Caffylen,2
that is, companies3 of people and Camelles, which travell
unto India, Persia, Arabia, and all the countries bordering on
the same, and deale in all sorts of marchandise, both to and
from those Countries, as I in an other place have alreadie
declared. Three of the said Englishmen aforesaide were sent
by the Companie of Englishmen, [that are resident] in Aleppo,
to see if in Ormus they might keepe any Factors, and so
trafficke in that place, like as also the Italians doe, that is to
say, the Venetians, which in Ormus, Goa and Malacca have
their Factors, and trafficke there,4 as well for stones and
pearles, as for other wares and spices of those countries, which
[from thence] are caryed over land into Venice. One of
these Englishmen had beene once before in [the said towne
of] Ormus, and there had taken good information of the
265-68, of Hakluyt's collection (1598) as, "The report of IohnHuigiwn
van Linschoten concerning M. Newberries and M. Fitches imprisonment,
and of their escape, which happened while he was in Goa.'' It is an
Appendix to Fitch's Voyage (pp. 250-65), which lasted from 1583 to
1591, or much about the same time as Linschoten's residence in
India.— [B.]
1 Orig. Dutch : " every body in his creed and law".
2 Caffylen, i.e., Cafilas, from the Arabic " qafilaA"= " une troupe de
voyageurs, une caravane" (Dozy et Engelmann, Glossaire, p. 244).
3 Orig. Dutch : " an armada".
4 Orig. Dutch : " and a traffic of much importance".

160 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
trade, and upon his advise [and advertisement,] the other
were [as then] .come thether [with him], bringing great store
of marchaudises with them, as Clothes, Saffron, all kindes of
[drinking] glasses,1 knives, and such like stuffe, [and] to con
clude, [brought with them] all kinde of small wares that may
be devised. , And although those wares amounted unto great
summes of money, notwithstanding it was but onlie a shadow
or colour,2 thereby to give no occasion to be mistrusted, [of
seen into] : for that their principall intent was to buy great
quantities of precious Stones, as Diamantes, Pearles, Eubies,
&c. to the which ende they brought with them a great summe
of money and Gold, and that verie secretly, [not to be de-
ceyved or robbed thereof],3 or to runne into anie danger for
the same. They being thus [aryved] in Ormus, hyred a Shop,
and began to sell their wares : which the Italians percey ving,
whose Factors continue there (as I sayd before) and fearing
that those Englishmen, finding good vent for their commo
dities in that place wold be resident therein, and so daylie
increase, which would be no small losse and hinderance unto
them, did presently invent all the subtile meanes they could,
to hinder them : and to that end they went unto the Captaine
of Ormus, as then called Don Gonsalo de Meneses, telling
him that there were certaine Englishmen come into Ormus,
that were sent only to spy the Country, and said further, that
they were Heretickes : and therefore they sayd it was conve
nient they should not be suffered [so] to depart, without
beeing examined, and punished [as enemies,] to the example
of others. The Captaine being a friend unto the English
men, by reason that one of them which had bene there
before, had given him certaine presents, would not be per
swaded to trouble them, but shipped them with all their
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) " and little wares, as looking-glasses"
2 Orig. Dutch : "bedecksel" (pretext).
3 Orig. Dutch: « not to suffer any damage".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 161
wares1 in a Shippe that was to sayle for Goa, and sent them
to the Viceroy, that he might examine and trye them, as hee
thought good : where when they were aryved, they were cast
into prison, and first examined whether they were good
Christians [or no] : and because they could speake but bad
Portugale, onlie two of them spake good Dutche, as having
bene certaine yeares in the lowe Countries, and there traffiqued,
there was a Dutch Iesuite borne in the towne of Brigges2 in
Flaunders, that had bin resident in the Indies for the space
of thirty yeares,3 sent unto them, to [undermine and] examine4
them : wherein they have behaved themselves so wel, that
they were holden5 [& esteemed] for good and Catholick
Eomish Christians : yet still suspected, because they were
strangers, specially Englishmen. The Iesuites stil told them
that they shuld be sent prisoners into Portingal, wishing
them [to leave off their trade of marchandise &] to become
Iesuites, promising them thereby to defend them from all
trouble : the cause why they [said so, and] perswaded "them
in that earnest manner was, for that the Dutch Iesuite had
secretlie bene advertised of great summes of money which
they had about them, and sought to get the same into their
fingers, for that the first vowe and promise [they make at
their entrance into]6 their order, is, to procure the welfare of
their said order, by what means soever it be, but although
the Englishmen denyed them, and refused the order, saying,
that they were unfit for such places, neverthelesse they pro
ceed so farre that one of them, being a painter, (that came
with the other three for company to see the countries, and to
seeke his fortune, and was not sent thether by the English
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) "in custody and good preservation".
2 Brugge (Bruges).
3 Newbery (Hakluyt, ii, p. 243) calls him " Padre Marke".
4 Orig. Dutch : "  and confess" 
6 Orig. Dutch : "absolved"-
6 Orig. Dutch : " of".

162 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
marchants1) partly for feare, and nartlie for want of meanes
[to relieve himselfe], promised them to become a Iesuite: and
although they knew [and well perceived] he was not any of
those that had the treasure, yet because he was a Painter,
whereof they are but few in India, and that they had great
need of him to paint their church, which otherwise would
cost them great charges, to bring one from Portingal, they
were [very] glad [thereof], hoping in time to get the rest of
them with all their money [into their fellowship] : so yt. to
conclude, they made this Painter a Iesuite, where he con
tinued certain daies giving him good store of worke to doe,
and entertayning him with all the favour and friendship they
could devise, and all to win the rest, to be a pray for them :
but the other three continued stil in prison, being in great
feare, because they understood no man that came to them,
nor anie man almost knew what they said : till in the end it
was told them that certaine Dutch men dwelt in the Arch
bishops house,' & counsell given them to send unto them,
whereat they much reioiced, and sent to me and an other
Dutch man,2 desiring us once to come and speake with them,
which we presentlie did, and they with teares in their eyes
made complaint unto us of their hard usage,3 [shewing us]
from point to point (as it- is said before) [why they were come
into the countrie withall] desiring us [for Gods cause], if we
might [by any means,] to helpe them, that they might be set
at liberty upon Sureties, being readie4 to indure what Iustice
should ordaine for them,6 saying that if it were found con
trarie, and that they were other then travelling marchants,
and6 sought to find out [further] beuefite by their wares, they
1 Orig. Dutch: "by the company".
1 His name was Bternardt Burcherts, born at Hamburg. See p. 175.
3 Orig. Dutch : " of all the matter".
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) "  if they were in anything to blame".
5 Orig. Dutch: (add) "  and justify themselves"
6 Orig. Dutch: "that".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 163
would be content to be punished. With that wee departed
from them promising them to do our best : and in the ende
we obtained so much of the Archbishoppe, that he went unto
the Vice-roy to delyver our petition, and perswaded him so
well, that hee was content to set them at libertie, and that
their goods shuld be delivered unto them again, upon con
dition they should put in sureties for 2000. Pardawes, not to
depart the countrie before other order should bee taken with
them. Therupon they presently found a Citizen1 of the towne,
yt. was their suretie for 2000. Pardawes, where they paide him
in hand 1300. Pardawes, and because they say they had no
more ready monie, he gave them credite, seeing what store of
marchandise they had, whereby at all times if neede were,
hee might bee satisfied : and by that meanes they were deli
vered out of prison, and hyred [themselves] a house, and
began to set open shoppe : So that they uttered much ware,
and were presently well knowne [among all the Marchants,]
because they alwaies respected Gentlemen, specially such as
brought2 their wares, shewing great curtesie and honor unto
them, whereby they wonne much credite, and were beloved
of all men, so that everie man favoured them, and was willing
to doe them pleasure. To us they shewed great friendship,
for whose sake, the Archbishop favoured them much, and
shewed them verie good countenance, which they knew wel
how to increase,3 by offering him many presents, although hee
would not receive them, neither would ever take gift or pre
sent at any mans hands. Likewise they behaved themselves
verie Catholikely and [verie] devoute, everie day hearing
Masse with Beades in their hands, so that they fel into so
great favour, that no man caried an evill eye, no nor an evill
thought towards them. Which liked not the Iesuites, because
it hindered them from that they hoped for, so that they ceased
1 Orig. Dutch: "one of the prinoipal citizens".
2 Read: "bought"-
3 Orig. Dutch : " to requite".

164 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
not still by this Dutch Iesuite to put them in feare, that they
should bee sent into Portingall to the King, counselling them
to yeeld them selves [lesuits], into their Cloyster, which if
they did, he said ' they would defend them from all [in
troubles,] saying further, that he counselled them therein as
friend, and one that knew for certaine that it was determined
by the Viceroyes privie Counsell : which to effect he saide
they stayed but for shipping that should sayle for Portingall,
with divers other perswasions, to put them in some feare, &
so to effect their purpose. The English men [to the con
trarie,] durst not say any thing to them,1 but answered, that
as yet they would stay a while,' and consider thereof, thereby
putting the Iesuites in good comfort,2 as one among them,
being the principal of -them (called John Nuberye) com
plained unto me often times, saying hee knew not [what to
say or thinke therein, or] which way he might be rid of those
troubles : but in the ende they determined with themselves,
to' depart from thence, and secretly by means of contrarie3
friends, they imployed their money in precious stones, which
the better to effect, one of them was a Ieweller,4 and for the
same purpose5 came with them. Which being concluded
among them, they durst not make knowne to - any man,
neither did they credite us so much, [as to shewe us their
minds therein,] although they tolde us all whatsoever they
knew.6 But on a Whitsunday they went abroad to sport
themselves about three miles from Goa, in the mouth of the
ryver in a countrie called Bardes,7 having with them good
store of meate and drinke. And because they should not be
suspected, they left their house and shop, with some wares
1 Orig. Dutch : " durst not wholly refuse them".
2 Orig. Dutch : " hope"
3 Orig. Dutch : " good".
4 Orig. Dutch : " steen-slyper" (polisher of precious stones).
6 Orig. Dutch : " who only for this purpose".
6 Orig. Dutch : " all their other secrets and purposes".
7 See p. 176 of vol. i.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 165
therein unsolde, in custodie of a Dutch Boy, by us provided
for them, that looked unto it. This Boye was in the house
not knowing their intent, and being in Bardes, they had with
them a Patamar,1 which is one of the Indian postes, which in
winter times caryeth letters from one place to the other,
whom they had hyred to guide them : & because that betweene
Bardes and the Firm land there is but a little ryver, [in
manner] halfe drie, they passed over it on foote, and so tra
velled by land, being never heard of againe : but it is thought
they arrived in Aleppo, as some say, but they knew not cer-
tainely.2 Their greatest hope3 was, that John Newbery could
speake4 the Arabian tongue, which is used in al those coun-
tiies, or at the least miderstoode, for it is very common in all
places there abouts, as French with us. Newes being come
to Goa, there was a great stirre and murmuring among the
people, and "we much wondered at it : for many were of
opinion, that wee had given them counsel so to doe, and pre
sently their suertie seased upon the goods remaining, which
might amount unto above5 200. Pardawes, and with that and
the money he had received of the English men, he went unto
the Viceroye, and delivered it unto him, which the Viceroy
having received, forgave him the rest. This flight of the
English men grieved the Iesuites most, because they had lost
such a pray, which they made sure account of, whereupon the
Dutch Iesuite came to us to aske us if we knew thereof,
saying, that if he had suspected so much, he would have
dealt, otherwise, for that he said, hee once had in his hands of
1 Patamar or Pattimar in modern usage is a kind of vessel on the W.
coast. But in all the writers of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries
it is a foot-runner or courier, from Konkani, pathmar, a courier. — [Y.]
2 They fled to Bijapur, and travelled from thence to Fattehpur, near
Agra, where they stayed any time. In September 1585, Newbery re
turned by Lahore, Persia, etc. ; but Fitch continued his travels through
India, and returned by Basra and Aleppo in 1591.
3 Orig. Dutch: "betrouwen" (trust, confidence).
4 Orig. Dutch : " was a little acquainted with".
6 Orig. Dutch: "in all".

166 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
theirs a bagge wherein was fortie thousand Veneseanders1
(each Veneseander being two Pardawes2) which was when
they were in prison. And that they had alwayes put him in
comfort, to accomplish his desire, upon the which promise hee
gave them their money againe, which otherwise they shoulde
not so lightly have come by, or peradventure never, as hee
openly said : and in the ende he called them hereticks, and
spies, with a thousand other rayling speeches, which he uttered
against them. The Englishman that was become a Iesuite,
hearing that his companions were gone, and perceiving that
the Iesuites shewed him not so great favour, [neither used
him so well,] as they did at the first, repented himselfe, and
seeing3 he had not as then made any solemne promise, &
being counselled to leave the house [& told] that he could not
want a living in the towne, as also that the Iesuites could not
keepe him there without he were willing to stay, for they
could not accuse him of any thing : he told them flatly, that
he had no desire to stay within the Cloyster, and although
they used all the meanes they could to keepe him there, yet
hee would not stay, but hyred a house without the Cloyster,
and opened shop, where he had good store of worke, and in
the end married a Mesticos daughter of the towne,4 so that
hee made his account, to stay there while he lived. By this
Englishman I was instructed of al the waies, trades, and
viages of the countrie, betweene Aleppo and Ormus, and of
all the ordinances and common customes, winch they usually
hold during their Viage over land, as also of the places and
1 Orig. Dutch: " Venetseanders", i.e., ducats of Venice.
2 I.e., pardaos. See vol. i, p. 241. The partab (pratdp) was a gold
coin found current in India, and adopted by the Portuguese ; but the
latter coined silver pardaos of much smaller value, and the determination
of a parddo at different periods is difficult. If the Venetseander was a
zecchin, those here in question must have been gold pardaos, which
were worth about half a gold pagoda  [Y.l
3 Orig. Dutch: "as"
4 Orig. Dutch: "a mestice or daughter born there".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 167
townes wher they passed. And since those Englishmens
departures from Goa, there never arrived any strangers either
English or others by land in the sayde countries, but onely
Italyans which daylye traffique over land, and use continuall
trade going and comming that way.
About the same time there came into Goa from the Hand
of Iapan, certaine Iesuites and with them, three Princes,1
[being the] children of [certaine] Kings [of that country,
wholly] apparelled like Iesuites, not one of them, above the
age of sixteene yeares, being minded (by perswasions of the
Iesuites), to travel into Portingall, and from thence to Eome
to see the Pope, therby to procure great profit, priveledges,
and liberties for the Jesuites, which was onely their intent :
they continued in Goa, till the yeare 1584, and then set sayle
for Portingall, and from thence travelled into Spaine, whereby
the King and all the Spanish Nobilitie, they were with great
honour received, and presented with [many] gifts, which the
lesuits kept for themselves. Out of Spaine they roade to
[see] the Pope, where they obtained great priveledges and
liberties, as in the description of the Hand of Iapen, I have
in part declared. That done, they travelled throughout Italy,
as to Venice, Mantua, Florence, and all other places and
dominions2 of Italy, wher they were presented with many
rich presents, and much honoured, by meanes of the great
report the Iesuites made of them. To conclude they Veturned
againe unto Madril, where with great honor3 they took their
leave of the King, with letters of commendation in their
behalfes unto the Viceroye, and all the Captaines and Gover-
nours of India, and so they went to Lisbone, and there tooke
shipping in Anno. 1586, and came in the ship called Saint
Philip (which in her returne to Portingall was taken by
Captaine Drake) : and after a long and troublesome Viage,
1 See also above, p. 161 of vol. i.
1 Orig. Dutch: " heerlyckheyden" (" lordships" or principalities).
3 Orig. Dutch : ¦' reverence".

168 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
arrived at Mosambique, where the ship received in her lading:
out of an other shippe called the Saint Laurence, that had
put in there, having lost her Mastes, being laden in India,
and bound for Portingall, where the shippe was spoyled:
and because the time was farre spent, to get into India, the
said Saint Philip, tooke in the lading of Saint Laurence, and
was taken in her way returning home, by the other English
men, as I saide before, and was the first ship that had beene
taken comming out of the East Indies : which the Portingales
tooke for an evill signe, because the ship bare the Kings
owne name.1 But returning to our matter, the Princes and
Iesuites of Iapan, the next yeare after arrived at Goa with
great reioycing and gladnesse, for that it was verily thought,
they had all beene dead : when they came thether, they were
all three apparelled in cloth of Golde and Silver, after the
Italian manner, which was the apparel! that the Italian
Princes and Noblemen2 had given them : they came thether
very lively,3 and the lesuits verie proudly,4 for that by them,
their Viage had beene performed. In Goa they stayed till
the Monson; or time of the wind'es came in to sayle for China,
at which time, they went' [from] thence and so to [China, &
thence unto] lapon, where (with great triumph and wondering
of all the people) they were received [and welcomed home,]
to the furtherance and credite of the Iesuites, as the Booke6
declareth, which they have written and set foorth, in the
Spanish tongue concerning their Viage, as well by water &
1 Orig. Dutch : " was named after the King of Spain".
2 Orig. Dutch: "the Italian Lords".
» Orig. Dutch: "proud".
4 Orig. Dutch : " with great presumption".
8 First published in Italian: "Relazioni della venuta de gli ambas-
ciatori Giaponesi a Roma, sino alia partita di Lisbona, etc. ... raccol.e
da Guido Gualtieri" (Roma. 1585). The Spanish translation (« Breve
relacion del recibimiento que en Espana i en toda Italia se hico a tres
embajadores", etc.) was published at Seville in 1586. See Leon Pages,
Bibhographie Japonaise, p. 5.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 169
by land, as also of the intertainment that they had in everie
place. In the yeare 1584, in the month of Iune, there arrived in
Goa many Ambassadours, as of Persia, Cambaia, and from
Samorijn, which is called the Emperour, of the Malabares,
and also from the King of Cochin : and among other thinges
there was a peace concluded by the Samorijn & the Mala
bares, with the Portingall,1 upon condition2 that the Portin
gales should have a Fort, upon a certaine Haven lying in the
coast of Malabare, called Panane, ten miles from Calecut,
which was presently begun to bee built, and there with great
costs [and charges] they [raysed and] erected a Fort, but
because the ground is all Sandie, they could make no sure
foundation, for it sunk continually, wherby they found it
best to leave it, after they had spent in making [and keeping]
thereof at the least foure tunnes of Gold, and reaped no profit
thereof, onely thinking thereby if the Samorijn should breake
his word [and come foorth] (as oftentimes hee had done)
that by meanes of that Haven, they would keep hini in
where he should have no place to come abroad, to doe them
anymore mischiefe. But seeing that the Samorijn. had many
other havens and places, from whence they might put foorth
to worke them mischiefe, and as much as ever they did,
although the Samorijn protesteth not to know of it, as also
that he could not let it, saying that they were Sea rovers,
and were neither subiect unto him, nor any man else, they
left their Fort,8 and put no great trust in the Malabares, as
being one of the most rebellious and trayterous4 nations in
all the Indies, and make many a "traveling Marchant poore,
by reason the Sea coast is made by them so dangerous and
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) " which always had been their mortal ene
mies". 2 The conditions are mentioned by Couto, Da Asia, Dec. X, Livro iv,
cap. xi.
3 Orig. Dutch: "Panane". 4 Orig. Dutch: "cruellest".

170 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
perilous to sayle by: for the which cause the Portingales
armie by Sea is yearely sent foorth out of Goa, onely to cleare
the coast of them, yet are there1 many Malabares in divers
places, which by roving and stealing doe much mischiefe [in
the Countrie], both by water and by land, which keepe them
selves on the Sea side, where they have their creekes to come
forth, and to carie their prises in to hide them [in the
countrie]. They dwell in straw houses upon stonie hilles,
and rocks not inhabited,2 so that (to conclude) they can not
be overcome, neither doe they care for Samorijns, nor any
man else. There is a Haven belonging to these ryvers,3
distant from Goa about twelve miles, and is called Sanguiseo,4
where many of those Eovers dwell, and doe so much mis
chiefe that no man can passe by, but they receive some
wrong by them, so that there came dayly complaints unto
the Viceroye, who &s then was named Don Francisco Mas-
charenhas, Earle of Villa Dorta,6 who to remedie the same
sent unto the Samorijn, to will him to punish them : who
returned the messenger againe with answere, that he had no
power over them, neither yet could commaund them, as being
subiect to no man, and gave the Viceroy free libertie to
punish them at his pleasure, promising that he should have
his aide therein.
Which the Viceroy understanding, prepared an armie of
fifteen Foists, over whom he made chiefe Captaine a Gentle
man, his nephew called Don Iulianes Mascharenhas,6 giving
him expresse commandement first to goe unto the Haven of
Sanguiseu, & utterly to raze the same downe to the ground,
1 Orig. Dutch: (add) "without that". The meaning is: "without
those Malabares that act in the service of the Samorijn or in connivency
with him".
1 Orig. Dutch : " near stony rocks and mountains which are inhabit-
able"- 3 Read: "rovers".
4 To the south of Dabul. Couto calls it " Sanguicer".
6 He became viceroy in 1581.
6 See on this expedition : Couto, Dec. X, Livro v, cap. vii.

TO THE EART INDIES. 171
which to effect, this fleete being at Sea, and comming to the
said Haven, the Admirall of the fleete asked counsel what
was best to be done, because Sanguiseu is an Hand lying
within the coast, the ryver running about it, with many
Cliffes & shallowes in the entrance, so that at a low water
men can hardly enter in. At the last they appointed that
the Admirall with halfe the fleete should put in on the one
side, and the Vice Admirall called loan Barriga, with the
other halfe should enter on the other side, which being con
cluded among them, the Admiral entred first, commaunding
the rest to follow, and rowed even to the Firme land, think
ing they had come after : but the other Captaines that were
all young Gentlemen and unexperienced, began to quarell
among themselves, who should be first or last, [whereby the
fleete was seperated &]1 some [lay] in one place, some in an
other, upon the droughts and shalowes, [and could not stirre],
so that they coulde not come to helpe the Admirall, neither
yet stirre backward "nor forwards. And when the Vice
Admirall should have put in on the other side, the Captains
that were with him would not obay him, saying he was no
Gentleman, and that they were his betters, uppon these and
such like points, most of the Portingals enterprises doe stand,
and2 are taken in hand [whereby most commonly they receive
the overthrow and by the same meanes this fleete was like
wise spoyled, and could not helpe themselves] :s which those
of Sangueseu perceiving, having forsaken their houses, and
being on the toppes of the hilles, and seeing that the Foistes
lay without, one seperated from the other upon the Cliffes and
shallowes not being able to put off, and that the Admirall
lay alone uppon the Strand, and coulde not stirre, they tooke
1 Orig. Dutch: "in which time the tide turned, so that they
stranded". 2 Orig. Dutch : " which everywhere".
3 Orig. Dutch : " and so these remained also at difference, and could
bring about nothing".

172 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
courage, and in great number set uppon the Admirals Foiste,
and put them all to the sword, except such as saved them
selves by swimming. And although the Admirall might well
have saved himselfe, for that a slave profered to beare him on
his back, yet he would not, saying, that he had rather die
honourably fighting against his enemie, then to save his. life
with dishonour, so that he defended himselfe most valiantly.
But when they came so many upon him, that hee coulde no
longer resist them, they slew him, & being dead, cut off his
head, in presence of all ye other Foistes : which done they
stucke the head upon' a Pike, crying in mocking unto the
other Portingales, come and fetch your Captaine againe, to
their no little shame and dishonour, that in the meane time
looked one upon an other like Owles. In the ende they
departed from thence [with the fleete]1 everie man severally
by themselves, like sheep without a shepheard, and so re
turned againe into Goa, with that great victorie. The Cap
taines were presently committed to prison, but each man
excusing himselfe,2 were all discharged againe, great sorrowe
being made for the Admirall, specially by the Viceroy, because
hee was his brothers sonne, and much lamented by every
man, as being a man verie well beloved, for his courteous
and gentle behaviour :3 the other Captaines to the contrarie
being much blamed, as they well deserved. Presently there
upon they made ready an other armie with other Captaines,
whereof Don Ieronimo Mascharenhas was Admirall,4 being
cousin to the foresaid Admirall deceased, to revenge his
death. This fleete set foote on land, [and] withall their power
[entred among the houses] but the Sangueseahs perceiving
them to come, that purposely watched for them, fled into the
mountaines, leaving their strawe houses emptie : whether
1 Orig. Dutch: "met de vloet" (the tide returning).
2 Orig. Dutch: " but they alleged their innocence, and in the end"...
3 Orig. Dutch: "for his virtuous character".
4 See Couto, Dec. X, Livro vi, cap. iv, v.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 173
they could not be followed, by reason of the wildnesse of the
place, whereupon the Portingales burnt their houses, and cut
down their trees, rasing al things to the ground, with the
which distruction they departed thence no man resisting
them.1 At the same time the rulers of Cochijn by commande-
ment of the Viceroy began to set up a custome house in the
towne, which till that time had never beene there : for the
which cause the inhabitants rose up, & would have slaine
them, that went about it.2- Whereupon they left it off, till
such time as the new Viceroy came out of Portingall, called
Don Duarede Meneses,3 and with the old Viceroy assembled
a counsell in Cochijn, where the government was delivered
unto him : and there he used such meanes, that by fair words
[and intreatie] they erected their custome house, and got the
townes mens good will, but more by compulsion then other
wise. Which custome is a great profit to the King, by meanes
of the traffique there[in] used, because there the Portingall
ships doe make themselves ready, with their full lading to
sayle from thence to Portingall.
The same yeare in the month of September there arrived
in Goa, a Portingal ship, called ye Dom4 Iesus de Carania,
that broght newes of foure ships more, that were on the way,
with a new Viceroy called Don Duarte de Meneses : which
caused great ioye throughout the Cittie, and al the Bels
being rung as the manner is, when the first ship of everie
fleete arriveth [in Goa] out of Portingall. In that ship came
certaine Canoniers being Netherlanders, that brought me
letters out of Holland, which was no small comfort unto me.
Not long after in the same month there arrived an other ship
called Boa Viagen, wherein were many Gentlemen, and
1 Orig. Dutch : " without damaging anybody".
2 See Couto, Dec. X, Livro iv, cap. xiii.
3 Dom Duarte de Menezes came to Cochin in ^November 1584. See
p. 174. 4 Read : Bom.

174 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Knights of the Crosse; that came to serve the King in
India : among which was one of my Lord Archbishops
brethren, called Eoque da Fonseca, the other Lords1 were
Don Iorgie Tubal de Meneses, chiefe standerd bearer to the
King of Portingal, new chosen Captaine of Soffala, and Mos
ambique, in regard of certain service that he had in times
past done for the king in India. Iohn Gomes da Silva newe
Captaine of Ormus : Don Francesco Mascharenhas brother
of Don Iulianes Mascharenhas, that was slaine in Sanguiseu,
as I said before, hee was to have had the Captaines place of
Ormus, but by meanes of his death, it was given unto his
brother Don Francesco, for the tearme of three yeares, after
he that is in it2 had served his3 full time.
In November after, the other three ships arrived in Cochin,
and had sayled on the out side of Saint Laurence Hand, not
putting into Mosambique. The ships names were Santa
Maria, Arreliquias, and the Admiral, As Chagas, or the five
wounds. In her came the Viceroy Don Duarte de Meneses
that had been Captaine of Tanger in Africa, or Barbarie :
and in this ship there were 900. Souldiers and Gentlemen,
that came to safe conduct the Viceroy, besides the saylers
that were above 100. and had beene above seven months
upon the way, without taking land before they arrived at
Cochin, wher they received the Viceroy with great solem-
nitie : and being landed he sent presently unto the olde Vice-
roye [to certifie him of his arrivall, and] that hee should
commit the government [of the countrie] unto the Arch
bishoppe, to governe it in his absence, specially because the
Archbishop & hee were verie good friends, and old acquaint
ance, having beene prisoners together in Barbarie when Don
Sebastian King of Portingall was slaine :4 which the old
1 Orig. Dutch : "principal Lords".
2 Orig. Dutch : " after those that were provided with it before him".
3 Orig. Dutch : " their".
4 See p. 8 of vol. i.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 175
Viceroy presently did, and went by Sea unto Cochijn, that
he might returne into Portingall with the same ships, as the
Viceroyes use to do, for that after their time of Government
is out, they may not stay any longer in India.
The 10. of November Anno 1584, the ship called Carania
went from Goa to Cochijn, there to take in Pepper, and other
wares : and then doe all the Factors goe into Cochijn, to lade
their wares, and when the ships are laden and readie to
depart, they returne againe to Goa, wher they stil remaine.
In that shippe the olde Viceroye with many Gentlemen
sayled to Cochijn. The fifth of Februarie Anno 1585, the
Viceroy Don Duarte de Meneses, arrived in Goa, where with
great triumph and feasting hee was received.
In the month of Aprill the same yeare my fellow (and
servant to the Archbishop) called Barnard Burcherts, borne
in Hamborough1 travelled from Goa unto Ormus : and from
thence to Bassora, and from thence by lande through Babilon,2
Ierusalem, Damasco, and Aleppo : from whence he sent me
two leters, by an Armenian, wherein hee certified me of all
his Viage which he performed with small charges, and lesse
danger, in good fellowship, and verie merrie3 in the companie
of the Caffyles. From Aleppo he went to Tripoli in Suria,
and there hee found certaine ships for England, wherein he
sayled to London, and from thence to Hamborough, which
by letters from him written out of Hamborough I under-
stoode. In the month of August, there came letters from Venice
by land, that brought newes of the death and murther of the
Prince of Orange, [a man] of honourable memorie,4 as also
of the death of Mons. the Duke of Alenson, or Aniou,6 with
1 Hamburg. 2 Orig. Dutch : " Babylonia".
3 Orig. Dutch : " freely".
4 This took place the 10th of July 1584.
6 The 10th of June 1584. He had been a short time sovereign of the
revolted Dutch provinces.

176' VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
the mariage of the Duke of Savoy to the King of Spaines
daughter.1 The 20. of October, there arrived in Goa the ship called
the S. Francis, that came out of Portingal, & with it came
also some Dutch Canoniers, that brought mee letters out of
my countrie, with newes of my father Hugh loosten 'of
Harlems death. The first of November after, arrived at
Cochijn, the Saint Alberto [that came from Portingal]. And
the first of December [that yeare] there arrived in Cananor
upon the coast of Malabar the ship called the Saint Laurence,
and from thence came to Goa, most of her men being sicke
& above 90. of them dead, having ihdured great miserie,2 and
not once put into land. At that rime ther wanted two of the
fleete that came from Lisbone in companie with her, & they
were the S. Salvator, and the Admirall S. Iago, whereof they
could heare no newes.
At the same time there came certaine Italians by land
into Goa, and brought newes of the death of Pope Gregorie
the 13.3 and of the election of the new Pope called Sixtus.
At that time also the ships that came from Portingall sayled
to Cochijn4 to take in their lading : which done, in the
month of Ianuarie Anno 1586 they sayled for Portingall.
In the month of May Anno 1586, letters were brought
into Goa, from the Captaine of Soffala and Mosambique
unto the Viceroy and the Archbishop, to certifie them of the
casting away of the Admiral Saint Iago, that set out of Por
tingall the yeare before being Anno 1585, whereof I spake
before, she was cast away in this manner. The ship being
come with a good speedy winde and wether, from the Cape
de Bona Speranza, neere to Mosambique, they had passed
1 Charles Emmanuel, Duke of Savoy, married Catherine of Austria,
daughter of Philip II, King of Spain, the 11th of March 1585.
2 Cfr. note 1, on p. 23 of vol. i.
3 This took place the 10th of April 1585.
4 Orig. Dutch : " and along the coast of Malabar".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 177
(as they thought) all dangers, so that they needed not to feare
any thing : yet it is good for the Master & others to be
careful and keepe good watch, and not to stand too much
upon their owne cunning & conceites,1 as these did, which
was the principal cause of their casting away, [and] so they
sayled betweene the Hand Saint Laurence and the Firme land,
that runneth by the coast to Mosambique, which lyeth on
the left hand, betweene the which Hand and the fast land,
there are certain shallowes called the India,2 fiftie Spanish
miles distant from the Hand of S. Laurence, and seventie
miles from the Firme land, right against the countrie of
Soffala, under 22. degrees | on the South side of the Equi-
noctiall, and from thence to Mosambique is 90. miles. Those
shallowes are most of cleare Corale, verie sharpe, both of
blacke, white, and greene colour, which is verie dangerous :
therefore it is good reason they should shunne them, and
surely the Pilots ought to have great care, specially such as
are in the Indian ships, for that the whole ship [and safetie
thereof] lyeth in their hands, and is onely ruled by them,
and that by expresse commaundement from the King, so that
no man may contrary them. Theybeing thus betweene the
lands, and by all ye Saylors iudgements hard by the drowthes
of India,2 the Pilot tooke the height of the Sunne, and made
his account that they were past the shallowes, commaunding
the Master to make all the sayle hee could, and freely to
sayle to Mosambique, without any let or stay. And although
there were divers Saylors in the shippe, that likewise had
their Cardes,3 some to learne, other for their pleasures,4 as
divers Officers,6 the Master, and the chiefe Boatwayne, [that]

1 Orig. Dutch : " their own knowledge".
2 Read; " Judia" (now; Europa shoals).
3 Orig. Dutch : " charts and instruments".
4 Orig. Dutch : "from curiosity".
6 Orig. Dutch : " and also the other officers as".

178 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
said it was better to keepe alooffe,1 specially by night, and
[that it would be good] to hold good watch, for yt. they found
they had not as .then past the shallowes : yet the Pilot saide
the contrary, and would needes shew that he only had skill,
and power to commaunde ¦ (as commonly the Portingales
by pride do cast themselves away, because they wil Mow no
mans counsell, and be under no mans subiection, specially
when they have authoritie) as2 it happened to this Pilot, that
would heare no man speake, nor take any counsell but his
owne, & therefore commaunded that they should doe as he
appointed them, whereupon they hoysted all their sayles, &
sayled in that sort till it was midnight, both with good wind
& faire wether, but the Moone not shining, they fell full upon
the Shallowes, being of cleare white Corall, and so sharpe,
that with the force of wynd and water that drave the shippe
upon them, it cut the shippe in two peeces, as if it had been
sawed in sunder : so that the keele and two Oarlops lay still
upon the ground, and the upper part being driven somewhat
further, at the last stuck fast, the maste being also broken,
wherewith you might have heard so great a crie, that all the
aire did sound therewith,3 for that in the shippe, (being
Admiral) there was at the least fyve hundreth persons, among
the wich were 30. women, with manie Iesuites and Fryers,
so that as then there was nothing else to bee done, but [every
man] to shrifte,4 bidding each other farewel, and asking al
men forgiveness with weeping and crying, as it may well be
thought.. The Admirall called Fernando de Mendosa, the
Maister, the Pylot, and ten or twelve more, presentlie entred
into the small boate, keeping it with naked Eapiers, that no
more should enter, saying they would goe see, if there were
1 Orig. Dutch : " said altogether it should be better to keep in the
sails a little"-
2 Orig. Dutch: "so".
3 Orig. Dutch : " that the Heaven seemed to split asunder".
' Orig. Dutch : " to confess".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 179
anie drie place in the shallowes, whereon they might worke,
to make a Boate of the peeces of the broken shippe, therein
to sayle unto the shore, and so to save their lives, wherewith
they put them that were behind in some [small] comfort,
but not much. But when they had rowed about, and finding
no drie place, they durst not returne againe unto the shippe,
least the boate would have beene overladen, and so drowned,
and in the Shippe they looked for no helpe, wherefore in
fyne they concluded to row to land, having about 12. boxes1
of Marmalade, with a pipe of wine, and some Bisket, which
in hast they had thrown into the boat, which they dealt
among them, as need required, and so commending them
selves to God, they rowed forwardes towards the coast, and
after they had beene 17. daies upon the sea, they fell with
great hunger, thirst and labor on the land, [where they saved
themselves]. The rest that stayed in the ship, seeing the
boate came not againe, it may wel be thought what case
they were in. At the last one side of the upper part of the
ship, between both the upper Oarlops, where the great boat
lay, burst out, and the Boate being halfe burst, began to come
forth : but because there was small hope [to be had] and
[fewe of them had] little will2 [to prove masteryes,] no man
layd hand thereon, but everie man sate looking one upon an
other. At the last an Italian, called Cyprian Grimoaldo,
rose up, and taking courage unto him, sayd, why are we thus
abashed. Let us seeke to helpe our selves, and see if there
be any remedie to save our lives : wherewith presentlie he
leapt into the boat, with an instrument3 [in his hand], and
began to make it cleane, whereat some [others] began to take
courage, and to helpe him as well as they could, with such
things as first came to their handes : so that in the end there
leaped at the least foure score and ten persons into it, and
1 Orig. Dutch : " some boxes".
2 Orig. Dutch : " courage".
3 Orig. Dutch : " with his arms"

180 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
many hung by the handes uppon the boat swimming after
it : among the which were some women : but because they
would not sinke the boate, they were forced to cut off the
[fingers,] handes, and armes of such as1 held thereon, [and
let them fall into the sea,] and manie they threw over bord,
being such as had not wherewith to defend themselves.1
Which done they set forwards, committing themselves to
God, with the greatest cry and pitifullest noyse [that ever
was heard,] as though, heaven and earth had gone together,2
when they tooke their leave of such as stayed in the shippe.
In which manner having rowed3 certaine dayes, [and having
but small store of victuals,]4 for that they were so manie in
the boate, that it was readie to sinke, it being likewise verie
leake, and not able to hold out :6 in the ende they agreed
among themselves to chuse a Captaine, [to whome they would
obey, and doe as he commanded : and among • the rest they
chose] a gentleman, [a] Mestico of India, and swore to obey
him : hee presentlie commanded to throwe some of them over
bord, such as at that tyme had least meanes [or strength]
to helpe themselves : among the which there was a Carpenter,
that had not long before, holpen to dresse the boate, whoe
seeing that the Lot fell upon him, desired them to give him
a peece of Marmalade and a Cuppe of wine, which when thej
had done, he willingly suffered himselfe to bee throwne over
bord into the Sea, and so was drowned. There was an other
of those, that in Portingale are called New Christians :6 he
being allotted to be cast over bord into the Sea, had a younger
Brother in the same Boate, that [sodainelie] rose up and
desired the Captaine that hee would pardon and make free
1 Orig. Dutch : " as had no arms".
2 Orig. Dutch : " got down".
3 Orig. Dutch : '.' sailed".
4 Orig. Dutch: "  with sharp partition of meat and drink, they
advanced little" 
5 Orig. Dutch : " and badly repaired".
8 "New Christian", i.e., a converted Jew or Muhammadan.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 181
his Brother, and let him supplie his place, saying, My Brother
is older and of better knowledge1 in the world then I, [and
therefore more fit to live in the world, and] to helpe my
sisters [and friendes] in their need : so that I had rather die
for him, then to live without him. At. which request they
let the elder Brother loose, and threwe the younger at his
owne request into the sea, that swomme at. the least sixe
howers after the boate. And although they held up their
hands2 with naked rapiers [willing him] that hee shuld not
[once] come to [touch] the Boate, yet laying hold thereon,3
and having his hand half cut in two, he would not let go : so,
tfeat in the end they were constrained to take him in againe :
both the which brethren I knew,4 and have bene in company
with them : in this miserie and paine they were 20. daies at
sea, & in the end got to land, where they found the Admiral
and those that were in the other boate. Such as stayed in
the ship, some tooke bords, deals, and other peeces of wood,
& bound them together (which ye Portingals cal Iangadas)5
every man what they could catch, all hoping to save their
lives, but of all those there came but two men safe to
shore. They that before had taken land out of the boates
having escaped that danger, fell into an other, for [they
had no sooner set foote on shore, but] they were by the
Mores6 called Caffares, Inhabitants of that country, spoiled of
al their cloathes, for yt. they left not so much upon their
bodies as would hide their privie members": whereby they
indured great hunger and miserie wt. manie other mischieffes,
which would be over tedious to rehearse. In the end they
came unto a place, where they found a factor of the Captain[s]
of Soffala & Mosambique, & he holp them as he might, and
1 Orig. Dutch ; (add) " and more useful".
2 Orig. Dutch : " they hew at his hands".
3 Orig. Dutch : " yet he grasped a rapier".
4 Orig. Dutch : (add) " in Goa".
5 " Jangadas", i.e., the Malayalam word iiangdda = raft. — [B.]
6 Orig. Dutch : " black".

182 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
made means to send them unto Mosambique, and from thence
they went into India, where I knew manie of them, and have
[often] spoken with them. Of those that were come safe to
shore, some of them died before they got to Mosambique, so
that in all, they were about 60. persons that saved them
selves : all the rest were drowned & smothered in the ship,
& there was never other newes of ye ship [then as you have
heard]. Hereby you may consider the pride of this Pilot
who because he would be counselled by no man, cast away
that ship with so many men : wherefore a Pilot ought not
to have so great authority, that in time of need he should
reiect [and not heare] the counsell of such as are most skil-
full.1 The Pilote, when he came into Portingale, was com
mitted to prison, but by gifts and presents he was let loose
and an other shippe, beeing the best of the Fleet, that went
for India, in Anno 1588, committed unto him, not without
great curses [and evill wordes] of the Mothers, Sisters, wives
and Children of those that perished in the ship, which all
cryed vengeance on him : and comming with the ship wherein
he then was placed, called the S. Thomas, he had almost laid
her on ye same place, where the other was cast away : but
day comming on, they rowde themselves off, and so escaped :
yet in their voiage homeward to Portingal, the same shippe
was cast away by the Cape de Bona Speranza, with the Pilot
and all her men, whereby much speech arose, saying it was
a iust iudgement of God against him for making so many
widdowes and fatherles children, wherof I will speake in
another place. This I thought good to set downe at large,
because men might see that many a shippe is cast away by
the headinesse of the governours, and unskilfulnesse of the
pilotes : wherefore it were good to examine the persons before
a shippe be committed unto them, [specially a shippe] of
such a charge, and wherein consisteth the welfare [or undo-
1 Orig. Dutch: "that in time of need the counsel of the majority
should be rejected".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 183
ing] of so many men, together with their lives, and impo
verishing of so many a poore wife and child: this losse
happened in the month of August An. 1585.
In May An. 1586 two ships laden with ware set saile out
of the haven of Chaul, in India, that belonged unto certaine
Portingalles inhabitantes of Chaul", the owners being in them :
those shippes should have sayled to the straites of Mecca, or
the redde sea, where the said marchantes used to traffique :
but they were taken on the sea by [two] Turkish Galleyes,
that had beene made in the innermost partes of the straites
of Mecca, by Cairo, on the corner of the redde sea, in a towne
called Sues : the sayde Galleyes began to doe great mischiefe,
& put all the Indian merchants in great feare.
The same month there was a great army prepared in Goa,
both of Fustes and gallies, such as in many yeares had not
beene seene, and was appointed to saile to the red sea,1 to
drive the Turkish Galleyes away, or els to fight with them,2
if they could : they were [also] commanded by the Viceroy
to winter3 [their shippes] in Ormus, and then to enter into
the straights of Persia, lying behind Ormus, and to offer
their service to Xatamas4 K. of Persia -against the Turke their
common enemy, thereby to trouble him on all sides, if they
had brought their purpose to effect : but it fel out otherwise,
as bereafter you shall heare : for Chiefe of this army, there
was appointed a Gentleman, named Eioy Gonsalves da
Camara, who once had beene Captaine of Ormus, being a
very fatte and grosse man, which was one of the chiefe
occasions of their evill fortune, and with him went the prin-
cipallest soldiers and gentlemen of [all] India ; thinking to
1 See on this expedition : Couto, Dec. X, Livro vn, cap. vii, xv-xviii.
2 Orig. Dutch : " to defeat them".
3 Orig. Dutch : (add) " after that".
4 Le., Shah Tamasp. He died, however, in 1574, and his successor,
Mohammed Khodabendeh, in 1585. The youngest, son of this emperor,
after having killed his two elder brothers, ascended the throne in 1586.
He b$came famous as Abbas the Great.

184 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
winne great honor thereby : this army being ready & mind
ing to sayle to the redde sea, they found many calrnes upon
the way, so that they indured much miserie, and begunne to
die like dogges, as well for want of drinke as other neces
saries : for they had not made their account to stay so long
upon the way, which is alwaies their excuse if any thing
falleth out contrary to their mindes: this was their good
beginning, and [as it is thought] a preparative to further
mischiefe : for comming to the redde sea, at the mouth
thereof they met the Turkish Gallies, where they had a long
fight, but in the end the Portingals had the overthrow, &
escaped as well as they might, with great dishonour,1 and
[no little] losse : and the Turkes being victorious, sayled to
the coast of Abex or Melinde, where they tooke certaine
townes, as Pate2 and Braua,3 that as then were in league with
the Portingalles, there to strengthen themselves, and thereby
to reape a greater benefit, by indamaging4 the Portingall, and
lying under their noses. The Portingall armie having spedde
in this manner went unto Ormus, there to winter [them
selves,] and [in the meane time] to repaire their armie, and
to heale their sicke soldiers, whereof they had many: and
so when time, served to fulfill the Viceroyes commandment
in helping Xatamas, thinking by that meanes to recover their
losses : being arived in Ormus, and having repaired their
Fustes,5 & the time com mk .* on, the General by reason of
his fatnes and corpulent bodie stayed in Ormus, appointing
Lieuetenant in his place, one called Pedro Homen Pereira,
(who although he was but a meane gentleman, yet was hee a
very good soldier, and of great experience) commanding them
to obey him in all things, as if he were there in person him
selfe : giving them in charge, [as they sailed along the coast]
to land upon the coast of Arabia, there to punish certain
1 Orig. Dutch : " damage". * Patta. 3 Barawa.
4 Orig. Dutch : " and so to have better commodity for damaging".
6 Orig. Dutch: "having taken provisions".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 185
pirates, that held in a place called Nicola,1 and spoiled'such
as passed to and fro upon the seas, and did great hurt to the
ships and marchants of Bassora, that traffiqued in Ormus,
whereby the trafique [to the saide towne of Ormus] was
much hindered, to the great losse and undoing of many a
marchant.2 With this commission they set forwarde with
their Lieuetenant, and being come to Nicola, where they ran
their fustes on shore, so that they lay halfe dry upon the
sand: every man in generall leaped on land, without any
order of battaile, as in all their actions they use to doe :
which the Lieuetenant perceiving, would have used his
authoritie, and have placed them in order, as in warlike
affaires is requisite to be done : but they [to the contrarie]
would not obay him, saying hee was but a Bore,3 & that they
were better Gentlemen & soldiers then he : and with these
and such like presumptuous speeches, they went on their
course scattering here & there in all disorders like sheepe
without a shepheard, thinking all the world not sufficient
tocontaine them, and every Portingall to bee a Hercules and
so strong, that they could beare the whole world upon their
shoulders, which the Arahians (being within the land and
most on horsebacke) perceyving and seeing their great dis
order, and knowing most of their Fustes to lie drie upon the
strand, and that without great payne, and much labour they
coulde not hastily set them on floate, presently compassed
them about, and being ringed in manner of a halfe Moone,
they fell upon them," and in that sorte drave them away,
killing them as they list, till they came unto their Fustes :
and because they could not presently get their Fustes into
the water, through fear4 and shame they were compelled to
1 Orig. Dutch: "Nicolu". Couto and Faria have " Niquilu".
Probably the Benu Khalid, " the most prominent tribe on the Arabian
shore of the Persian Gulf, until subjugated by the Wahhabis" (Badger,
on " Salil ibn Razik"). 2 Orig. Dutch : " of those of Ormus".
¦ Orig. Dutch : " boer" (peasant). ¦ 4 Orig. Dutch : " need".

186 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
fi<rht, where likewise many of them were slaine, and not
above fiftie of them escaped that had set- foote on land : and
so being gotten into the Fustes, they rowed away. In this
overthrow there were slayne above 800. Portingalles, of the
oldest & best soldiers in all India, and among them was a
Trumpetter, being a Netherlander, who being in the thickest
of the fight, not farre from the Portingalles ensigne, and
seeing the Ensigne -bearer throw downe his Ensigne, the
easier to escape and save his life, and that one of the Ara
bians had taken it up, casting his Trumpet at his backe, he
ranne in great furie, and with his rapier killed the Arabian
that held it, and brought it againe among the Portingals,
saying it was a great shame for them to suffer it so to bee
carried away, and in that manner he held it at the least a
whole hower, and spoyled "many, of the Arabians that sought
to take it from him, in' such manner, that he stood compassed
about with deade men : and although hee might have saved
himselfe, if hee woulde have left the Ensigne, yet he would
not doe it, till in the ende there came so many upon him,
that they killed him, where he yeelded up the Ghost, with
the ensigne in his armes, and so ended his dayes [with
honour] : which the Portingalles themselves did confesse,
and often acknowledged it, commending his valour, which I
thought good to set downe in this place for a perpetuall
memorie of his valiant mind.1 - The Lieuetenant perceyving
their disorder, and how it would fall out, wisely saved him
selfe, and got into the Fustes, where hee behelde the over
throw, and in the ende with the emptie vessels he turned
againe to Ormus, without doing any thing else, to the great
griefe and shame of all the Indian soldiers, being the greatest
overthrow that ever the Portingals had in those countries, or
wherein they lost so many Portingalles together : among
the which was the Archbishoppes brother-, and many other
1 Orig. Dutch : " as a thing worthy to take a note of".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 187
young and lustie Gentlemen, of the principallest in all Por
tingall. At the same time the Queene of Ormus came to Goa, being
of Mahomets religion, as all her auncesters had beene before
her, and as then were contributarie to the PortingalL She
caused her selfe to be christened, and was with great solem-
nitie brought into the Towne, where the Viceroy was her
Godfather, and named her Donna Phillippa, after the King
of Spaines name, being a faire white woman, very tall [and
comely,] and with her likewise a brother of hers, being [verie]
young, was also christened, and then with [one] Mathias
Dalburquerck that had beene Captain of Ormus, she sailed
to Portingall, to present her selfe to the king. She had
married with a Portingall Gentleman called Anton. Dazeuedo
Coutinho, to whome the king in regarde of his mariage gave
the Captaineshippe of Ormus, which is worth above two
hundred thousande duckets, as I said before. This Gentle
man after hee had beene maried to the Queene about halfe a
yeare, living very friendly and lovingly with her, hee caused
a shippe to bee made, therewith to saile to Ormus, there to
take order for the rentes and revenewes belonging to the
Queene his wife : but his departure was so grievous unto her,
that she desired him to take her with him, saying, that
without him she could not live : but because he thought it
not as then convenient, hee desired her to be .content, pro
mising to returne againe with all the speede he might.
Whereuppon hee went to Bardes, (which is the uttermost
parte of the Eiver entering into Goa), about three myles off :
and while hee continued there, staying for winde and
weather, the Queene (as it is saide) tooke so great greefe
for his departure, that she dyed, the same day that her hus-
bande set saile and put to sea, to the great admiration of all
the Countrey, and no lesse sorrowe, because shee was the
first Queene in those countries that had beene christened,
forsaking her kingdome and high estate, rather to die a

188 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Christian, and married with a meane Gentleman, then to
live like a Queene under the lawe of Mahomet, and so wa3
buried with great honor according to her estate.
In the month of August 1586 there arived a man of
Mosambique in Goa yt. came from Portingal in ye ship yt.
shold saile to Malacca, that brought newes unto the Viceroy,
how the ship called the Boa Viagen, that in the yeare before
sailed from India towards Portingall, was cast away by the
cape de Bona Speranza, where it burst in peeces beeing over
laden : (for they do commonly overlade most of their ships,)
& affirmed that the ship had at the least 9. handfull high of
water within it before it departed from Cochiin, & although
before their ships set sayle, they put the Master and other
Officers to their othes, [thereby to make them confesse] if
the ship be strong and sufficient to performe the voyage, or
to let them know the faults, (which upon their said oathes is
certefied, by a protestation made, wherunto the Officers set
their handes :) yet though the ship have never so many
faultes, they will never confesse them, because they will not
loose their places, and profit of the Voyage : yea, although
they do assuredly knowe the ship is not able to continue the
Voyage : for that covetousnes overthrowing wisdome [&
pollicie], maketh them reiect all feare: but when they fall
into the danger, then they can speake faire, and promise
many thinges.. In that sort most of the ships depart from
Cochiin so that if any of them come safelie into Portingall,
it is only by the will1 of God : for otherwise it were impos
sible to escape, because they overlade them, and are so badly
provided otherwise, with little order among their men, so that
not one ship commeth oyer, but can shew of their great
dangers by overlading, want of necessaries and reparations of
the ship, together with unskilfull Saylers, yet for all these
dayly & continuall dangers, there is no amendment, but they
daily grow worse and worse.
1 Orig. Dutch: "only a miracle".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 189
In this ship called the Boa Viagen were many Gentlemen,
of the best and principallest that had served a long time in
India, travelling as then unto Portingall with their certifi
cates, to get some reward for their service, as the manner is :
and because it was one of the best and greatest ships of that
fleet, the Ambassador of Xatamas King of Persia went
therein to procure a League with the King of Spaine, & to
ioyne with him against the Turke their common enemie, but
he. being drowned, the Persian would send no more Ambas
sadors, and yet hee is still in League and good friendshippe
with the Portingalles. The worst ship that sayleth from
Cochin to Portingall is worth at the least a million of gold,
& this was one of the best ships, wherby may be considered,
what great losse commeth by the casting away of one of
their ships, besides the men : for there passeth never a yere,
but one or two of them are cast away eyther1 in going or
comming. In the month of September the same yere 1586. there
arived foure ships out of Portingall in Goa, called the Saint
Thomas, S. Salvador, the Arrelickias,2 and Bon Iesus de
Carania, but of their Admirall S. Phillip they had no newes,
since their departure from Lisbone.3
On the last of November, the same ships departed from
Goa: some along the coast of Malabar to take in their
lading of Pepper, and from thence to Cochiin, where com
monly one or two of them are laden with pepper, but other
wares are only laden from Cochiin. At the same time there
was a ship called the Ascention that lay in Goa, & had made
certaine voiages to China and Iapan : which ship was brought4
by the Factors5 [for pepper,] because the ship Carania by
1 Orig. Dutch : "as well  as".
2 Read : " As Reliquias".
3 This ship arrived later at Mopambique, took there its cargo, and
returned thence to Lisbon. 4 Read: "bought"
6 Orig. Dutch : " by de pachters vande schepen" (by the farmers of
the ship).

190 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
reason of her oldnes, was broken in Cochiin, and1 set upon
ye stockes [to be new made,] but not finished by reason of
certaine controversie that fell among the Factors.2
In this shippe called Nossa Senhora da Sancao, my Lord
the Archbishop sayled unto Portingall, by reason of certaine
quarels newly begun betweene the Viceroy and other Coun-
cellors, and the Archbishop. And although by the Viceroy,
all the Councell, and Gentlemen, and communaltie of Goa,
he was intreated not to leave them, yet hee would not be
disswaded from his purpose, but went to ride unto the King,
of whom he was well beloved, which the Viceroy and others
liked not very well of, fearing hee should give some informa
tion to the King, which would be smally to their profit, and
in that minde he undertooke his Voyage, discharging all his
servants, saving some that he kept about him for his service,
leaving no man in his house, but only his Steward, and my
selfe to receive his rents and keepe his house, and because
as then the golden Iubileo or pardon of Eoome was newly
brought into ' the Indies, (called La Santa Crusada) being
granted to the end, that with the mony [that should bee
gathered by vertue] therof, the Captives [and Prisoners] in
Africa or Barbary, that had beene taken Prisoners in the
battaille, wherein Don Sebastian King of Portingall was
slaine, should be redeemed, which was sent unto the Arch
bishop, being apointed the Eomane Apostolicke Commissarie,
&c. for the same : made me the general Clarke3 throughout
al India, [to keepe account of the said receitsj and gave me
one of the keyes of the chest, wherein the monie lay, with a
good stipend, and other profits belonging to the same, during
the time of his absence : thereby the rather to binde mee,
that I should remaine in his house, and keep the same till
1 Orig. Dutch : " and a new of the same name"
2 Orig. Dutch: "farmers".
3 Orig. Dutch : " Clerk of the Cobranca" (i. e., the raising of the
tax).

TO THE EAST INDIES. 191
his returne againe, as I [had] promised unto him : And so
he set sayle from Cochiin in the month of lanuary, Anno
1587. his Pilot being the same man that cast the Saint Iago
away upon the flats of India, as it is said before.
The ships at that time being ready to set sayle, one some
foure or five dayes after the other, as they were laden, because
they observe a certaine order therein, the better to register al
their wares and merchandises, it so fel out, yt. all the other
ships being dispatched, the Arrelikias only was the last that
laded : which having taken in her whole lading, the Officers
and some of the Factors1 being bribed, suffered some of the
ballast to be taken out, & in place thereof laded Cinamon,
because [at that time] Cinamon was risen2 in Portingall, and
at a very high price, and therefore the officers and Factors
by giftes aforesaid3 suffered it to be laden in that maner, as
having no other place to lade it in. You must understand
that when the time commeth to set saile, the ships ly[ing]
at anker about a mile within the sea, where they receive[d]
their lading, (the reason why they lie so farre, is because it
is summer time, and [there] the sea is as calme and still, as
if it were within the land). A trumpet is sounded through
out, all the towne of Cochiin [to call them all on bord,]
wherewith all that will saile, doe presently come downe
accompanied with their friendes, which in smal boates called
Tones and Pallenges4 bring them abord, with great store of
bread5 and such like victuals : so that you shall manie times
see the shippes hang round about with boats, [at the least]
1 Orig. Dutch : " and also the farmers".
2 Orig. Dutch: " much in demand".
3 Orig. Dutch : "farmers and officers of the ship, being bribed by the
merchants". 4 " Tones and Pallenges" Malayalam and Tamil, toni, a boat, a
dhoney; from Sanskrit, aWoni, a trough, a kind of boat. — [,K.] For
" pallenges" Couto has " palegas". (I can find nothing nearer than
Malayal. palaya, " a plank"; Canarese, palage and palange, the same.
— Y.) 6 Orig. Dutch: "bread-fruits".

192 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
three or foure hundred with such a noise and reioycing,1 [as
it is wonderfull to heare,] and sometimes the ships are so
laden, that the Cables touch the water, and besides that the
hatches covered with divers chestes, seaven or eight one
above another, having no other place to set them in, for yt.
under the hatches they are so stuffed, that there is not an
emptie roome : so that when they set saile, they know not
where to begin, nor how to rule the ship, neyther can they
well for a month after [tell how to] place all things in order,
and so was it with this ship, which being thus prepared, the
Viador2 da Fazenda, or the Kinges officer[s]3 came abord,
asking them if the shippe were' readie to set sayle and depart,
they say it was ready, and he having made a protestation or
certificate thereof, the officers set to their hands, as some say,
but others denie it, & presently he commanded them to wind
up4 their cables, [and hoyse anker], as the manner is, and [so]
let their sailes fall, with a great crie of Boa Voyage,6 or [God
send them good fortune, and] a merry6 Voyage : all the boates
being still abord, which commonly doe hang at her [at the
least] a mile, or halfe a mile within the sea, because it is
calme. This ship (called the Arrelikias) beginning in this manner
to sayle, among other romage that stood upon the hatches,
there were certaine hennes cages, from whence certaine hennes
flew out, whereupon7 every man claimed them for his owne :
and [upon a Sunday] (as in such cases it is commonly seene)
they ranne all on a heape upon the one side : whereby the
ship being light of Balast, and laden with many chestes
above the hatches (as I said before) it swaied so much on the
1 Orig. Dutch : " with the greatest bustle of the world".
2 Read : " Veador".
3 Orig. Dutch : " the king's overseer and officer",
4 Orig. Dutch : " to cut off".
5 Read: " Viagem".
" Orig. Dutch : " safe"
7 Orig. Dutch: (add) "they began to fight as" 

TO THE EAST INDIES. 193
one side, that by little and little it suncke cleane under the
water : so that not above a handfull of the maste could be
seene above the water. The people leaped into the boats,
that as yet were hanging about the ship, which was good
Fortune for them, otherwise there had not one escaped alive :
but by that meanes they were all saved, the slaves onely
excepted that were bound with iron chaines and could not
stirre, and so they were drowned. God knoweth what riches
was lost in her, for nothing was saved but some few chestes
that stood above the hatches, which the Duckers got up," and
yet the goods in them was [in a manner] spoyled, and the
rest utterly lost : by this it may be considered what manner
the Portingales use in lading of their ships, and that it is to
bee thought, that as many ships as are cast away, whereof
there hath bin heard no newes or tydinges, are onely lost by
meanes of evill order and government.1 [This being so un
luckily fallen out, the Marchants] 2 used all the [speed and]
meanes they could, by witnesses to make protestation against
the Officers and the Factors3 [of the pepper, that they might
be punished] for taking out the Ballast, but they kept them
selves out of the way, and by prolonging of time it was
forgotten, and nothing done therein : so that the Marchants4
that had received all the losse, were glad to put it up.5
In the same raoneth there came newes out of Malacca,
that it was in great danger,8 & that many died there for
hunger, as also that the ship that went from Portingall
thether, was forced to stay there, because they had no victuals
to dispatch it away : and likewise that the straight of Sumatra
was kept by the enemy, so that there could no shippes passe
that way to China or lapan. This was done by the Kinges
1 Orig. Dutch: "by such misrule".
2 Orig. Dutch : " Afterwards they used", etc.
3 Orig. Dutch : " Farmers".
4 Orig. Dutch : "those".
6 Orig. Dutch : " might complain to God of it".
0 See Couto, Dec. X, Livro vm, cap. xvii.

194 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
of Sumatra, that is to say, the Kinges of Achem and lor1
lying by Malacca upon the Firme land, which rebelled against
the Portingales in "Malacca uppon a certaine iniurie done
unto them by the Captaine there. These newes put Goa in
a great alteration, for that their principall traffique is to
China, Malacca, and lapan, and the Islandes bordering on
the same, which by meanes of those warres was wholly
hindered: whereupon great numbers of fustes, gallies, and
ships were prepared [in Goa,] to relieve Malacca, and all the
townes men tasked [every one at a certaine summe of mony,]
besides the money that was brought from other places,2 and
men taken up3 to serve in the ships : for by means of their
late overthrowes and losse of ships, India was at that time
very weake of men.
In the month of May, Anno 1587, there came a [ship or]
galley4 of Mosambique unto Goa, bringing newes that the
ship S. Phillip had bin there, and taken in the lading of5
pepper that was in the ship called S. Laurenzo, that had
arived there, in her Voyage towards Portingall, and was all
open above the hatches, and without mastes, most of her
goods being throwne into the sea: whereby miraculouslie
they saved their lives, and by fortune put into Mosambique.
In this ship called S. Phillip were the young Princes, the5
kings children of lapan, as is before declared.6 [From
Mosambique] came7 the same Galley4 that brought the
newes to Goa, the same Galley likewise brought newes of
the Army that was sent out of Goa in December' 1586,8
1 I.e., Johor.
2 Orig. Dutch : "that was borrowed from the merchants".
3 Orig. Dutch : " raised".
4 Orig. Dutch : "galliotte", from Ptg. "galeota" or "galiota", which
was as well a rowing as a sailing vessel.
6 Orig. Dutch : " and".
6 See ante, p. 167.
7 Orig. Dutch: "They (the princes) came in".
8 See Couto, Dec. X, Livro ix, cap. i, ii.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 195
[being the yeare before,] unto the coast of Melinde or Abex,
to revenge the iniurie which they had received in the Fleete :
whereof Euy Gonsalves da Camara was Captaine, as I saide
before, as also to punish the townes that at the same time1
had united themselves with the Turke, and broken league
with the Portingales. Of this armie was Generall, a gentle
man called Martin Alfonso de Mello : [wherewith] comming
upon the coast of Abex, or Melinde, which lyeth betweene
Mosambique and the red sea, they went on land, and because
the Turks whome they sought for, were gone honie through
the read sea, they determined to punish [and plague] the
townes that had favoured the Turkes, and broken their aliance
with them, and to the same end entred into the countrie, as
farre2 as the townes of Pate and Braua,3 that little thought of
them, and easily overran them, because most part of the
people fled to save themselves & left the townes : whereby
the Portingales did what pleased them, burning the townes,
and razing them to the ground, [with others that lay about
them]4 and among those that fled to save themselves, they
tooke the King of Pate, whose head in great furie they
caused to bee striken off and brought it unto Goa, where for
eertaine daies it stood upon a maste in the middle of the
towne for an example to all others, as also in signe of victorie :
wherewith the Portingales began to be somewhat incouraged,
and so they went from thence to Ormus, and from Ormus
they were to goe help the King of Persia, as the Viceroy had
commanded them; but being at Ormus, many of their men
fell sick and died, among the which their Generall Martin
Alfonso da Metto,6 was one, whereupon they returned againe
unto Goa, without doing any other thing.
1 Orig. Dutch • " on the same coast",
2 Orig. Dutch ; " came on land to".
3 See ante, p. 184.
4 Orig. Dutch : " as much as they could".
6 Read; " Martim Affonso de Mello".

196 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
The same armie sayling to the coast of Abex, and falling
on the Island of Zamzibar, which lieth under sixe degrees
on the south side, about 70. miles from Pate, towards Mosam
bique, about 18. miles from the Firme land, there they found
the Saint Salvador that came from Cochiin, sayling towards
Portingall being all open, having throwne all her goods over
board, saving only some pepper which they could not come
at, and were in great danger, holding themselves by force of
pumping above the water, & uppon the point to leave, being
all wearie and readie to sink, which they certainly had done,
if by great good fortune they had not met with the armie,1
which they little thought to finde in those parts. The Armie1
tooke the shippe with them to Ormus, where the rest of the
pepper and goods remaining in her, were unladen, and the
ship broken in peeces, and of the bordes they made a lesser
ship, wherein the men that were in the great ship with the
rest of the goods that were saved in her, sailed to Portingall,
& after a long and wearisome voiage, arived there in
safetie. The 17. of September, 1587, a Galliot of Mosambique
arrived at Goa, bringing newes of the arival of foure ships
[in Mosambique that came] out of Portingall : Their names
were S. Antony, S. Francisco, our Lady of Nazareth, and S.
Alberto : but of the S. Mary, that came in company wt.
them from Portingall, they had no newes, but afterwards
they heard that shee put backe againe to Portingal, by reason
of some defaults in her, and also of the foule weathei.
Eight dayes after the said 4. ships arived in Goa, where with
great ioy they were received.
At the same time the Fort called Columbo, which the
Portingales hold in the Island of Seylon, was besieged by
the King of Seylon, called Eaiu,2 and in great danger to be
lost: which to deliver, there was an -armie of fustes and
1 Orig. Dutch : " this armada".
2 Raja Singha ("the Lion King").

TO THE EAST INDIES. 197
gallies sent from Goa : whereof was Generall Barnaldin de
Carvalho. And at the same time departed another armie of many
ships, fustes, and gallies, with great numbers of souldiers,
munition, victuals, and other warlike provisions, therewith to
deliver Malacca, which as then was besieged and in great
misery, as I saide before : thereof was generall Don Paulo de
Lyma Pereira, a valiant Gentleman, and an olde souldier,
who not long before had bin Captaine of Chaul, and being
very fortunate1 in all his enterprises; was therefore chosen to
bee Generall of that fleet. The last of November, the foure
ships afore said departed from Goa to lade at Cochiin, and
from thence to saile for Portingale.2
In December after, while the Fort of Columbo in the
Island of Seylon, was still besieged, the towne3 of Goa made
out another great fleete of ships and gallies, for the which
they tooke up many men within the Citie, and compelled
them to goe in the ships because they wanted men, with a
great contribution of mony raysed upon the Marchants and
other inhabitants [to furnish the same] : of the which armie
was appointed general, one Manuel de Sousa Courinho,4 a
brave gentleman, and souldier, who in times past had bin
Captaine of the said Fort of Columbo, and had withstood
another besieging : whereuppon the king put him in great
credit, and advanced him much, and after the Viceroyes
death, he was Viceroy6 of India, as in time & place we shall
declare. He with his armie arived in the Isle of Seylon,
where hee ioyned with the other armie that went before, and
placed themselves in order to give battaile to Eaiiu, who per-
1 Orig. Dutch : " respected and victorious".
2 See on his expedition: Couto, Dec. X, Livro vm, cap. xvii; Livro
ix, cap. vi-^xii.
3 Orig. Dutch: "those".
4 Read: Coutinho.
6 Orig. Dutch > " Governor".

198 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
ceiving the great number of his enemies, brake up his siege
and forsooke the Fort, to the great reioycing of the Portin
gales, and having strengthned the Forte with men and
victuals, they returned againe to Goa, where in the month of
March, Anno 1588, they were received with great ioy.
In the month of Aprill the same yeare, the armie of Don
Paulo de Lyma, that went to Malacca, arived in Goa with
victorie, having fired1 Malacca, and opened the passage againe
to China and other places, the maner whereof was this : [In
their way] as they passed2 the straight of Malacca, they met
with a ship belonging to the king of Achein in Samatra, who
was a deadly enemie to the Portingales, and the principal
cause of the besieging of Malacca. In the same ship was
the Daughter of the said king of Achein, which he sent to
be maried to the king of Ioor, thereby to make a new aliance
with him against the Portingales, and for a present sent him
a goodly peece of Ordinance, wherof the like was not to be
found in all India, and therefore it was afterwards sent into
Portingale as a present to the king of Spaine in a ship of
Malacca, which after was cast away in the Island of Tercera,
one of the Flemmish Ilandes, where the same peece with
much labor was weighed up, and laid within the fortresse of
the same Isle, because it is so heavie that it can hardly be
caried into Portingale. But to the matter, they tooke the
ship with the kings daughter, and made it al good prize, and
by it they were advertised what had passed [betweene the
kings of Achein, and Ioor] : so that presently they sent
certaine souldiers on land, and marching in order of battaile,
they set uppon the towne of Ioor, that was sconsed and com
passed about with woodden stakes, most of the houses being
of straw: which when the people of the towne perceived,
and saw the great number of men and also their resolution,
they were in great feare, and as many as could, fledde and
1 Read " freed"; orig. Dutch : " delivered".
2 Orig. Dutch : "approached".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 199
saved themselves in the countrie : to conclude the Portingales
entred the towne, and set it on fire, utterly spoyling and
destroying it, [razing it even with the ground,] & slaying al
they found, and taking some prisoners, which they led away
Captives, and found within the towne at the least 2500.
brasse peeces great & small, which were al brought into
India You must understand that some of them were no
greater than Muskets, some greater, and some very great,
being very cunningly wrought with figures and flowers,
which the Italians and Portingales that have denyed their
faith, and become Mahometistes, have taught them : whereof
there are many in India, and [are those indeede that] doe
most hurt: when they have done any murther or other
villanie, fearing to be punished for the same, [to save their
lives] they runne over by the firme land among the Heathens
and Mores, and there they have great stipendes [and wages]
of the Indian kinges and Captaines of the land. Seaven or
eight yeares before my comming into India, there were in
Goa certain Trumpeters and Cannonyers being, Dutchmen,
& Netherlander,1 and because they were reiected and
scorned by the Portingales in India, (as they scorn all other
nations in the world) as also for that they could get no pay,
& when they asked it, they were presently abused and cast
into the gallies, and there compelled to serve. In the end
they tooke counsell together, and seeing they could not get
out of the countrie, they secretly got into the firme land of
Balagate and went unto Hidalcan,2 where they were gladly
received, and very well entertained with great payes, living
like Lords : & there being in dispaire denide their faithes,
although it is thought by some that they remaine still in
1 Orig. Dutch: "duytschen ende Nederlanders", i.e., Dutchmen
and inhabitants of Low Germany, who still in this time" spoke nearly
the same tongue. The name "Nederlanders" is now assumed by the
first, who call the Germans, " Duitschers".
2 I.e., Adil Khan, the title of one of the chief Muhammedan princes
of Dekhan, who had his residence in Bijapur. See ante, p. 168 of vol. i.

200 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
their owne religion, but it is most sure that they are maried
in those countries with Heathen women, and were living
when I came from thence •} by this meanes are the Portin
gales the causes of their owne mischiefes, onely through their
pride, & hardines,2 and make rods to scourge themselves
withall, wt. I have onely shewed in respect of those cast
peeces, & other martiall weapons, which the Indians have
learned of the Portingals, and Christians, whereof in times
past they had no understanding: and although they had
placed all those peeces in very good order, yet it should
seeme they knew not howe to shoote them off, or to use them
as they should, as it appeared hereby, for that they presently
forsooke them, and left them for the Portingals. With this
victory the Portingals were very proude, and with great
glorie3 entred into Malacca, wherein they were receyved with
great triumph, as it may well bee thought, being by them
delivered from great miserie, wherein they had long con
tinued. Which ye king of Achein hearing, and that his
daughter was taken prisoner, he sent his ambassadour to Don
Panto de Lyma with great presentes, desiring to make peace
with him, which was presently granted, and all the waies to
Malacca were opened, and al kinds of marchandises and
victuailes brought thether, which before had beene kept from
them, whereat was much -reioycing. This done, & order being
taken for all things in Malacca, they returned againe to Goa,
where they arived [in safetie] (as I said before) in the month
of April, and there were receyved with great triumph, the
people singing Te Deum laudamus, many of the soldiers
bringing good prises with them.
In the month of May following, uppon the 15. [of the
same month] the Viceroy Don Duarte de Meneses died in
Goa, having been sicke but foure daies of a burning feaver,
1 Orig. Dutch : " when I left India".
2 Orig. Dutch : " arrogance".
3 Orig. Dutch: "presumption".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 201
which is the common sicknes of India, and is very daun-
gerous : but it is thought it was for greefe, because hee had
receyved letters from the Captaine of Ormus, wherein hee
was advertised, that they had receyved news over land from
Venice, that the Archbishop was [safely] arived at Lisbone,
and wel1 received by the king : and because they were not
friends at his departure (as I said before) they said he was
so much grieved thereat, that fearing to fall into the dis
pleasure of the king, by information from the Bishoppe, hee
dyed of griefe : but that was contrarie, as hereafter by the
shippes we understood, for that the Bishop dyed in the
shippe eight dayes before it arived in Portingal, and so they
kept companie together : for they lived not long one after the
other, whereby their quarrell was ended with their lives.
The Viceroyes funerals were with great solemnity observed
in this manner. The place appointed for the Viceroyes
buriall, is a Cloister called Eeys Magos, or the three kings
[of Cullen], - being of the order of Saint Francis, which
standeth in ye land of Bardes, at the mouth of the Eiver of
Goa, and thether his bodie was conveyed, being set in the
galley Eoyall, all hanged over with blacke pennons, and
covered with blacke cloth, being accompanied with all the
nobilitie [and gentlemen of the countrey] . And approaching
neere the cloister of Eeys Magos, being three miles from Goa
downe the Eiver towards the sea, the Friers came out to
receyve him, and brought his bodie into the church, where
they placed it upon a herse, and so with great solemnity
sung Masse : which done there were certaine letters brought
forth, called Vias, which are alwaies sealed, and kept by the
Iesuites. by the kinges appointment, and are never opened
but in ye absence or at the death of the Viceroy. These
Vias are yearely sent by the King, and are marked with
figures, 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. and so forth, and when there wanteth a
1 Orig. Dutch : " with much honour".

202 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Viceroy,1 then the first number or Via is opened, wherein is
written that in the absence or after the death of the Viceroy
such a man shal be Viceroy,1 and if the man that is named in
the first Via, bee not there, then they open the second Via, &
looke whose name is therein : being in place, he is presently
receyved and obeyed as Governour, and if he be likewise
absent, they open the rest orderly as they are numbred,
untill the Governour bee found, which being knowne, they
neede open no more. The rest of the Vias that are re-
mayning are presently shut up, & kept in the Cloyster by the
Iesuites, but before the Vias are opened there is no man that
knoweth [who it shal be, or] whose name is written therein.
These Vias are with great solemnitie opened by the Iesuites,
and read [in open audience] before all the nobles, Captaines,
Governors,2 and others that are present : and if the man that
is named in. the V=ias bee in any place of India, or the East
countries, as3 Soffala, Mosambique, Ormus, Malacca, or any
other place [of those countries], as sometimes it happeneth,
he is presently sent for, and must leave all other offices to
receyve that place untill the king sendeth another out of
Portingall -. but if the man named in ye Vias be in Portingal,
China, or lapan, or at4 the cape de bona Speranza, then they
open other Vias, as I said before. The Masse being finished,
the Iesuites came with the kings packets of Vias, which are
sealed with the Kings' owne signet, and are [alwaies] opened
before the other Viceroyes body is laide in the earth, and
there they opened the first Via, and with great devotion
staying to know who it should be, [at the last] was named
for Viceroy one Mathias Dalburkerke, that had beene Captaine
of Ormus, and the yeare before was gone in company of the
Archbishoppe to Portingall, because he had broken one of his
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) " or Governor".
2 Orig. Dutch : " Regierders" (members of Government).
3 Orig. Dutch : "as Captain of".
' Orig. Dutch: "past".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 203
legges, thinking1 to heale it : but if he had knowne so much
he would have stayed in India. He being absent the seconde
Via was opened with the like solemnitie, therein they found
named for Viceroy, Manuel de Souta Coutinho, (of whom I
made mention before, and who was the man that raysed the
siege in the Island of Seylon) to the great admiration2 of
every man, because he was but a meane gentleman, yet very
well esteemed, as he had [wel] observed3 by his long service :
& although there were many rich gentlemen in place,4 whome
they rather thought should have been preferred thereto, yet
they must content themselves and shew no dislike : and
thereupon they presently saluted him, kissing his hand, and .
honoured him6 as Viceroy, presently they left the deade bodie
of the olde Viceroy, and departed in the Galley with the
new Viceroy,6 taking away all the mourning clothes, and
standerds, and covering it with others of divers colours and
silkes : and so entred into Goa, sounding (both) Shalmes and
Trumpettes, wherein he was receyved with great triumph,
and ledde into the great Church, where they sung Te Deum
laudamus &c. and there gave him his oath7 to hold and
observe all priviledges and customes according to the order
in that case provided, and from thence ledde him to the
Viceroyes pallace, which was presently by the dead Viceroyes
servantes all unfurnished,8 and by the newe Viceroye fur
nished againe,9 [both with householde stuffe] and servantes,
as the manner is in all such chaunges [and alterations]. The
1 Orig. Dutch : " the better".
2 Orig. Dutch : " surprise".
3 Orig. Dutch: "obtained".
4 Orig. Dutch: "many other excellent gentlemen".
6 Orig. Dutch: "hefeben hem menagie ofte beloften gedaan". " Me-
nagie" is probably a misprint for " homagie". So it should be rendered,
" rendering him homage or promises", i.e., of fidelity.
6 Orig. Dutch : " Governpr".
7 Orig. Dutch : " the oath was taken".
8 Orig. Dutch : " left and almost ravaged".
9 Orig. Dutch : "instantly cleaned and filled up with his people".

204 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
bodie of the deade Viceroy being left in the Church, was
buried by his servantes without any more memorie of him,
[saving onely touching his owne particular affaires].1
In the Monthes of Iune, Iulie, and August, of the same
yeare, Anno 1588, there happened the greatest winter that
had of long time beene seene in those Countries, although it
rayneth everie winter, never holding uppe all winter long :
but not in such [great quantitie and] aboundance, as it did in
those three Monthes, for that it rayned continually [and in
so great aboundance], from the tenth of Iune till the first
day of September, yt. it could not be iudged that it ever held
uppe [from rayning] one halfe hower [together], neyther night
nor day, whereby many houses by reason of the [great]
moysture fell downe to the grounde, as also because the stone
wherewith they are built, is verie soft, and their morter [the
more] half earth.
In the same month of August there happened a foule and
wonderfull murther within [the towne of] Goa, and because
it was done upon a Netherlander, I thought good to set it
downe at large, that hereby men may the better perceyve the
boldnesse and [filthie] lecherous mindes of the Indian women,
which are commonly all of one nature and disposition. The
thing was thus, a young man borne in Antwarpe called
Frauncis King,2 by his trade a stone cutter,8 was desirous (as
many young men are) to see strange countries, & [for the same
cause] travelled unto Venice, where he had an uncle dwelling,
who being desirous to preferre his cosin, sent him in the
company of other Marchantes to Aleppo in Suria, where the
Venetians have great trafficke, as I saide before, there to
learne the trade of marchandise, and specially to deale in
stones, to the which ende he delivered him a [great] summe of
money. This [young] youth being in Aleppo, fell into coni-
1 Orig. Dutch : " unless by those whom it particularly regarded".
2 Orig. Dutch : " Frans Coniugh".
3 Orig. Dutch: "diamond-polisher".

TO Thii EAST INDIES. 205
pany in such sort, that insteede of increasing his stocke, as
his uncle meant he should doe, he made it lesse by the one
halfe, so that when the other Marchants had dispatched their
businesse, and were readie to depart for Venice, Frauncis
King perceyving that hee had dealt in such sorte,1 that halfe
his stocke was consumed, and spent in good fellowshippe,
knew not what to doe, as fearing his uncles displeasure, not
daring to returne againe [to Venice unlesse hee caried as
much with him as hee brought from thence] :2 in the end hee
tooke counsell of some Venetians, with whome hee was ac
quainted, that willed him to goe with the Caffila or Carvana,
that as then was ready to go unto Bassora, and from thence
to Ormus in India, assuring him seeing hee had knowledge in
stones, that hee might [doe great good and] winne much
profite [in those Countries], and thereby easily recover the
losse that by his folly hee had receyved : which would turne
to his great benefite, and likewise no hurt unto his uncle.
Which counsell hee followed, determining not to returne backe
againe before hee had recovered his losse, and [to the same
end and purpose hee] ioyned himselfe with certain Venetians,
who [at the same instant] travelled thether, and so went with
the Caffila till they came unto Bassora, the best Towne in all
those Countries,3 lying uppon the utter parte of Sinus Per-
sicus, that goeth towardes Ormus, and from thence by water
till they arrived in Ormus, where everie man set uppe his
shoppe, [and began to sell his wares] : but Francis King being
young and without government, seeing himselfe so far dis
tant from his uncle, made his account, that the money he had
in his hands was then his owne, and began againe without
anie foresight, to leade his accustomed life, taking no other
care, but onlie to [be merrie and] make good cheare so long,
till in the end the whole stock was almost clean [spent and]

1 Orig. Dutch : " that the time was past and"....
2 Orig. Dutch : "without settling his accounts".
3 Orig. Dutch : " of the country".

206 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
consumed, and beginning to remember himself [and to call
to mind his follies past,] hee knewe not what course to take :
for that to goe home again, he thought it not the best way,
as wanting the meanes, and again he durst not shew himself
in the sight of his Uncle. At the last he determined 'to tra
vell unto Goa, where he understood he might well get his
living, by setting up his trade, til it pleased God, to work
otherwise for him, and so he came to Goa, and being there,
presently set up shoppe to use his occupation. But because
he found there good company, that is to say, Netherlanders
and [other] Dutchmen, that served there ordinarily for Trum-
petters and Gunners to the Viceroy, who did daylie resort
unto him : he could not so well ply his worke, but that he
fell into his wonted course : which he perceiving, in the end
determined to make his continuall residence in Goa, and [for
the same purpose] set downe his rest, [to seeke some meanes]
there to abide as long as he lived, seeing all other hope was
cleane lost for ever, returning againe unto his [Uncle, or into
his] owne countrie. [At the same time],1 among other
strangers, there was one Iohn de Xena,2 a French man, borne
in Deepe,3 that in former times was come into India, for drum
unto one of the Viceroyes, and having beene long in the
countrie, was maryed to a woman of Ballagate, a Christian,
but by birth a More. This French man kept a shoppe in
Goa, where he made Drummes and other Ioyners worke, and
withall was the Kings Oare maker for the Galleyes, whereby
he lived in reasonable good sort. He had by his foresaid
wyfe two sonnes and a daughter : and as strangers, [of what
nation soever they be], use to take acquaintance one of the
other, being out of their owne countries (speciallie in India,
where there are very few) and do hold together as brethren,
which to them is a great comfort : so this Frauncis King
1 Orig. Dutch: " So he began to seek a partner. Now among", etc.
2 Orig. Dutch : " du Xena", probably "du Chesne".
3 Read : Dieppe.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 207
used much to this French mans house, by whom he was verie
much made of, and very welcome, as thinking thereby to
bring him to match with his daughter, because of his occu
pation, which is of great account in India : because of the
great number of [Diamants & other] stones that are sold in
those countries : and to conclude, as the manner of India is,
that when they have gotten a man in once, they will never
leave him : he ceassed not with many promises and other
wonderfull matters to draw Frauneis so farre,. that he gave
his consent thereunto, which afterwardes cost him his lyfe, as
in the historie following you shall heare the true discourse.
To make short, they were maried according to their manner,
the Bryde being but 11. yeares old, [very] fair and comelie of
bodie and limine, but in villanie, the worst that walked uppon
the earth: yet did her husband account himselfe a [most]
hap pie man that had found such a wyfe, as he often times
said unto me : although he was so ielous of her, that he
trusted not any man, were they never so neere friends unto
him } but he in whome he put his greatest trust & least sus
pected, was the [onelie] worker of his woe. When he was
betroathed to his wife,2 the father promised him a certain
peece of money, and untill it were payde, he and his wyfe
should continue at meat and meale in his father in lawes
house, and should have a shop adioyning to the same, and
whatsoever he earned should be for himself. [When all] this
was done, and the matter [had] remained thus a long while,
by reason that the father in law could not performe the pro
mised summe, because3 their houshold increased, [it came to
passe that] the old man fell into a sicknesse and died, [and
then] Frauneis King must of force pay his part towards the
housekeeping, which he liked not of : & thereupon fel out
1 Orig. Dutch: "neither of his own nation nor of his particular
friends". 2 Orig. Dutch : " By his marriage-contract".
3 Orig. Dutch: "and while  and".

208 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
with his mother in law ; and on a certaine time made his
complaint to me, asking my counsel therein, I answered him
and said, I would be loath to make debate betweene Parents
& Children, but if it were my case, seeing I could not obteyne
my dowrie, I would stay no longer there, but rather hyre a
house by my self, and keep better house alone with my wife,
then continue among so manie, wher I could not be master.
In the end he resolved so to doe, & with much adoe tooke
his wife & Child wt. his slaves, and parted houshold, hyred
himselfe a house, set up his shoppe, and used his trade so hand
somely, that having good store of worke, he became reasonable
wealthie. But his mother in law, that could not conceale
her Morish nature, after ye death of her husband : whether
it were for spight she1 to her sonne in law, or for a pleasure
she tooke therein, counselled her daughter to fall in love2 with
a young Portingal Soldier, whom the daughter did not much
mislike:3 which soldier was verie great in the house, and
ordinarilie came thether to meat and drinke, and Frauneis
trusted him [as well as if he had bene]4 his brother, in so
much that he would doe nothing without his counsell. This
Soldier called Antho'nio Fragoso continued this beastlie course
with Frauneis his wyfe, with the helpe of her mother, all the
while that they dwelt with the mother : and it is sayd, that
he used her company before shee was maried, although shee
was but young, which is no wonder in India : for it is their
common custome in those countries to doe it, when they are
but eight yeres old, and have the flight to hide it so well,
that when they are maried, their husbands take them for very
good maides. This [order of life] they continued [in that
sorte] for the space of foure yeares, and also after that they
had taken a house, and dwelled alone by themselves (for
1 Read : " she tooke".
2 Orig. Dutch : " to take foi paramour".
3 Orig. Dutch: "to which the daughter seemed also inclined".
4 Orig. Dutch : "more as".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 209
Antonio Fragoso kept his old haunt) and although Francis
used continually to shut his chamber dore,1 yet was this
Portingall oftentimes hidden therein, he not knowing thereof,
where hee tooke his pleasure of his wife.
At the last, one Diricke Gerritson of Enchuson in Holland,
being Godfather unto Francis Kinges wife, comming newly
from China,2 desired the said Francis and his wife to come
and dine with him at his house without the towne, [where as
then he dwelt,] and among the rest had mee,3 [minding to
bee merrie and made us good cheare] •} but because the
honest Damsell Francis Kinges wife, made her excuse, that
she might not with her credit come where Batchelers were,
for that they had no such use in India, he desired mee to
hold him excused till another time. They being there at
this feast, with the mother in law, and her sonne, & their
houshold of slaves that waited uppon them, as the maner of
India is. After dinner was ended, and they well in drinke,
they went to walke in the fieldes, where not far from thence
there stood a house of pleasure, that had neyther dore nor
window, but almost fallen downe for want of reparations,
having on the backe side therof a faire garden full of Indian
trees and fruites: the house and garden Francis Kinges
father in law had bought in his life time for a small peece of
mony, for as I say, it was not much worth: thether; they
went, and caused their pots and their pans with meat and
drinke to be brought with them, being minded all that day
to make merrie therein, as indeede they did. In the meane
time it was my fortune5 with a, friend of mine [to walke] in
1 Orig. Dutch: " always bolted the door when he did go abroad".
2 This Dirck Gerritsz, surnamed China, has furnished to Linschoten
a log-book of his voyage from Macao to Nagasaki in 1585, and from
Nagasaki to Macao in 1586, which are found in the third part of Lin
schoten's work (Reys-gheschrift), ch. !56 and 41.
3 Orig. Dutch : " had invited me".
4 Orig. Dutch : " to give there a merry welcome".
5 Orig. Dutch : " Now it ohanced that I made a walk".

210 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
the fieldes, and to passe by1 the house, wherein they were,
not thinking any company had bin there, & going by,
Francis King being all drunken, came forth and' saw me,
wherewith he ranne and caught me by the cloke, & perforce
would have me in, & made me leave my companion, & so
brought rne into the garden, where their wives2 and his
mother in law, with their slaves sate, [playing upon certaine]3
Indian Instruments, being verie merrie : but I was no sooner
espied by them, but the young woman presently went away
to hide herselfe for her credits sake, according to their manner,
as their manner is when any stranger commeth into the
house. Not long after supper was made ready of such as
they had brought with them, although the day was not so
far spent, and the table cloth was laid uppon a matte lying
on the ground : for that (as I said before) there was neyther
table, bench, window, nor dore within the house. The meate
being brought in, every man sate downe, only Francis Kinges
wife excused her selfe, that I had shamed her, and desired
that she might not come in, saying for that time shee would
eate there with the slaves, and' although her husband would
gladly have had her come in among us, thereby to shew that
he was not iealous of her, [yet shee would not, so that]
seeing her excuse he let her rest, saying [it were best to let
her stay there, because] shee is ashamed. While we sate at
supper where the slaves served us, going and comming to
and fro, [and bringing suoh thinges as we wanted] out of the
place where this honest woman was, her husband thinking
shee had taken pains to make it ready, it was nothing so, for
that while we were merry together, not thinking any hurt, in
came Antonio Fragoso with a naked Eapier under his cloake ;4
it being yet daylight, and in presence of all the slaves, both
1 Orig. Dutch : " in the neighbourhood of".
2 Read: "his wife".
3 Orig. Dutch : " with their".
4 Orig. Dutch : (add) "in the old house".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 211
theirs and mine,1 without anie feare of us2 led her away by
the hand into one of the chambers of the house, having
neyther doore, flore nor window, and there putting off the
cloth that she had about her middle, (which he laid uppon
the ground to keepe her from fowling of her body) not being
once ashamed before the slaves, neyther fearing any danger,
he tooke his pleasure of her : but if any mischance had
happened, that any of the slaves had marked it and bewraied
it, the said Anthonie had tenne or twelve souldiers his
companions and friendes not farre from thence, which with
a whistle or any other token would have slaine us all, and
taken the woman with him, which is their dayly proffit3 in
India, but we had better fortune : for that hee dispatched
his affaires so well with her, that wee knew it not, and had
leysure to depart as he came, without any trouble, and she
well pleased therewith : and when the slaves asked her how
shee durst bee so bold to doe such a thing, considering what
danger of life shee then was in, shee answered them that
shee cared, not for her life, so shee might have her pleasure,
and saying that her husband was but a drunkard, and not
worthie of her, and that she had used the company of that
fine lustie youth for the space of foure yeres together, and
for his sake she said shee would not refuse to die : yet had
she not then b^ene married to Francis King full foure yeares,
neyther was shee at that time above fifteene or sixteene
yeares of aga Not long after shee had done, shee came into
the garden, and as it should seeme, had cleane forgotten her
former shame, where she began both to sing and dance,
shewing herselfe very merry: wherewith all the companie
was [very well] pleased, specially her husband [that com
mended her for it]. When evening was cbme, every man
tooke his leave, and departed to his lodging, and [when wee
1 Orig. Dutch- "of Dirck Gerritz and me and her own husband".
2 Orig. Dutch : (add) " that sat in the garden, not four paces distant".
3 Orig. Dutch : " neeringhe" (profession).

212 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
were gone] wee chanced by our slaves to understand the
truth of the fact [before rehearsed], and what danger we had
escaped: whereat we wondred much, and Francis King
himselfe began to be somewhat suspicious of the matter,
being secretlie advertised of his wives behaviour, but hee
knew not with whome she had to doe, nor once mistrusted
this Anthonie Fragoso, thinking him to be the best friend
hee had in. all the world : yea, and that more is, hee durst
not breake his minde to any but onely unto him, of whome
in great secret he asked counsell, saying, that he understood,
and had well found that his wife behaved her selfe dis-
honestlie, asking him what he were best to doe, and told him
further, that he meant to dissemble the matter for a time, to
see if hee could take them together, thereby to kill them
both, which the other counselled' him to doe, promising him
his help and furtherance, and to bee secret therein, and so
they departed. Anthonio Fragoso went presently unto his
wife, and shewed her what had past betweene her husband
and him, where they concluded uppon that which after they
brought to passe, thinking it the best course to prevent him.
Now so ithapn.ed, that in an.eveninginthe month of August,
1588, Francis King had provided a rosted Pig for supper in
his own house : whereunto he invited this Anthonio Fragoso,
and his mother in law, who as it seemeth, was of counsell
with them in this conspiracie, and the principall cause of the
Tragedy, although [very stoutly and] boldly shee denied it
afterwards. They being at supper and very merrie, at the
same time it was my chance to suppe in a certaine "place
with a Dutch painter, whether Francis King sent us a quarter
of the Pigge, praying us to eate it for his sake, [and to be
merrie :] he that brought it being one of our owne house.
They had caused him to drinke of a certaine wine that was
mingled with the Hearbe Deutroa,1 thereby to bereave poore
Francis of his wittes, and so to effect their accursed device :
1 Read : " Dutroa" (datura). See p. 68.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 213
for as it appeared, hee that brought the Pigge came halfe
drunke,1 and out of his wittes, whereby we perceaved that
all was not well.
To conclude, the Hearbe beganne to worke, so that of
force hee2 must needs sleep, and the companie beeing de
parted, shee3 shutte his trappe doore, as ordinarily he used
to doe, and laid the key under his pillow, and went to Bedde
with his loving wife : where presently hee fell on sleepe like
a dead man, partly by meanes of the Deutroa, and partly
because hee had drunke well About eleaven of the Clocke
in the night, Anthonie Fragoso all armed, and another good
friend of his, not knowing (as hee confessed) what Anthonio
meant to doe, [and] came to the doore of Francis Kinges
house, and knocked softly,, and willed the slaves that slept
below to open the dore : but they answered him their master
was a bedde, and that the trappe doore was shut on the in
side. Francis his wife that slept not, when she heard it, ran
to the window and willed him to bring a ladder and clime
up, which he presently did, and she holp him in, where shee
tooke him about the necke kissing him, and bad him wel
come, leading him in by the hand, where her husband slept,
little thinking on the villanie pretended by his wife, and
such as he hold to bee his best friend[s], and to be briefe.shee
said unto him : There lieth the drunkard and the Hereticke,
that thought to bring us to our endes, thereby to seperate us
from our love and pleasures, now revenge your selfe on him
if you love me, and presently hee thrust him into the body
with his Eapier, cleane through the breast, so that it came
out behind at his backe, and -[being nob content therwith,]
gave him another thrust, that went in at the one side, and
out at the other side, and so [at the least] 4. or 5. thrusts
more after he was dead : whereby the [poore] innocent man
1 Orig. Dutch : "doting".
2 Viz., Frans Coningh.
» Read: "he".-

214 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
ended his dayes : which done, they took all the stones &
Diamonds that hee had of divers men to worke, as also to
sell : which amounted at the least to the value of 40. thou
sand Pardawes, and tooke Francis his own Eapier [that hung
by him] & put it into his hand, as if they would make men
beleeve that hee would have killed them, & that in their
owne defence they had slaine him, but it was well knowne to
the contrarie : for that the slaves being below, heard all that
had past. They tooke with them also the childe, being of two
yeares old, and went out of the house, but they had not gone
farre, but they left the childe lying at a doore in the street,
where in the morning it was found, & althogh the slaves
made a great noise at their mistrisses flight, & went to fetch
the officers, yet they could not find them, for that night the
murtherers went & knocked at ye lesuits cloister, desiring
them to take them in, & gave them the most part of the
stones, saying they had slain the man in their owne defence,
but the Iesuites would not receive them, although they tooke
the stones, of purpose to give them. againe to the owners. In
the morning it was knowne through all the towne not with
out great admiration,1 and although they sought diligently in
all places [where they thought or suspected them to lodge],2
yet they could not find them : but not long after they were
seene in the towne of Chaul, which is about thirty miles
Northwarde from Goa, where they walked freely in the
streetes, without any trouble : for there all was covered, and
few there are that look after such matters, [though they bee
as cleare as the Sunne].3 The dead bodie lay in that sort till
the next morning, & we Dutch men were forced to see him
buried, for the mother in lawe woulde not give one peny
towards it, making as though she had not any thing to doe
with him, but holpe the murtherer both with money and vie?

1 Orig. Dutch
2 Orig. Dutch
3 Orig. Dutch

" amazement".
" with great penalty of those that lodged them".
"then it happens on more days as Sunday"

TO THE EAST INDIES. 215
tuailes, therewith to travell unto Portingal, and so he sayled
in the fleete with us: for I saw him in the Island of S.
Helena, as bold and lusty1 as if no such matter had beene
committed by him, and so arived in Portingall, not any man
speaking against him : having also promised both the mother,
and wife of Francis King, that hee woulde come againe with
the Kinges pardon, and marrie her : which I doubt not of, if
hee once went about it. And thus Francis King ended his
travell : which I thought good to set downe at large, that
thereby you may perceyve the. boldnes and inclination of the
Indian women : for there passeth not one yeare [over their
heades], but that in India there are [at the least] twentie or
thirtie men poysoned, and murthered by their wives, onely to
accomplish their filthie desires. Likewise there are yearely
many women killed by their husbands being taken in adulterie,
but they care not a haire for it, saying with great boldnes,
that there is no pleasanter death then to die in that manner :
for thereby (they say) they do shew that they die for pure
love. And to shew that this honest woman was not of this
badde inclination alone, you shall understande that a brother
of hers, being but fourteene or fifteene yeares of age, was
openly burnt in Goa for sodome or buggery, which was done
when Francis King and his father in lawe were living : yet
could not Francis thereby bee warned to take heede of his
wife and that kindred : for as it seemeth [it was Gods will]2
he should end his dayes in that manner.
The 10. of September 1588. there arived in Goa a shippe of
Portingall, called the S. Thomas, bringing newes of 4. shippes
more, that were in Mosambique, all come from Portingall,
which not long after came likewise to Goa : their names were,
Saint Christopher being Admirall, S. Marie, S. Anthony, and
our Lady of Conseprao.3 By those shippes we receyved newes
1 Orig. Dutch : " presumptuous".
2 Orig. Dutch : "hie fate and planet had ordained".
3 Read : Conceicao.

216 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
of the death of my Lord the Archbishoppe, called Don Frey
Vincente da Fonseca, who died in his voyage to Portingall,
upon the 4. day of August, An. 1587, betweene the Flemish
Islandes, and Portingall, eight daies before the ship came to
land. It was thought that he dyed of [some] poyson, that he
brought out of India, or els of some impostume that sodainely
brake within him, for that an houre before his death he
seemed to be as well as ever he was in all his life, and
sodainly he was taken so sick yt. he had not the leasure to
make his will, but dyed presently, and voyded at the least a,
quart of poyson out of his body. To be short, he was cloathed
in his Bishops apparell, with his Myter on his heade, and
rings upon his fingers, and put into a coffin, and so throwne
into the sea. These newes made many sorrowfull hartes in
India, of such as were his welwillers and frindes : and to the
contrarie such as hated him, were glad [and reioyced,] because
he had beene earnest to reprehend and correct them for their
faultes : but none lost more by it then wee that were his ser
vantes, which looked for great preferment by him, as without
doubt hee ment to have obtained it of the King, as being one
of the principallest occasions of his going into Portingal, but
death altred all. And although at that time my meaning
and intent was, to stay the comming of my Lord Archbishop,
& to continue longer there, 'yea' possible while I lived : yet
upon those newes I was wholly altered in my purpose, [and a
horrible feare came upon me, when I called to mind what
I had passed touching the things I was desirous to bring to
passe].1 And although I had means enough there to get my
living in good sort, being2 as it were one of those countrimen,3
and so [in all places] well esteemed and accounted of, yet
those perswasions were not of force inough once to disswade
1 Orig. Dutch : " and I began to loathe what was formerly agreeable
to me".
2 Orig. Dutch : " being skilful".
3 Orig. Dutch : " as if 1 were a native".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 217
mee from the pretence and desire I had to see my native
countrey : so that it seemed [my] God had opened mine eies,
and by my Lords death made me more cleare of sight, & to
call my native soile unto remembrance, which before was so
darkened, that I [had almost forgotten it, and] stood in haz-
arde never to see it more, if my Lord had lived and returned
home again. But to avoide-all occasions and inconveniences1
that might happen, & dayly offred themselves unto me, I
resolutely determined to depart, where unto I sought al the
meanes & necessary occasions I could find to bring it to passe:
and that which perswaded me most thereunto, was the losse of
my brother William Tin, that had beene with me in India,
who sailing from Setubal in Portingal towards Hamborough,
taking their course on the back side of England, was cast
away, and never could be heard of, neyther ship nor men.
Being in this resolution, it chaunced that a shippe by authoritie
of the Viceroy, and at the request of the Farmers of Pepper
was appointed to saile for Portingall, because there was so
great quantitie of Pepper to be laden, that the Portingall
ships at that time being there could n^t take it in : and al
though the ships are purposely sent to lade Pepper, with
licence from the King that there may no more but five ships
lade everie yeare, whereunto the Factors2 do bind themselves,
yet if there bee any goods in India, as Pepper & other wares,
which the other ships can not take in, then the Farmers of
Pepper and the kinges officers may buy3 one or two4 ships,
[and make them ready for the purpose to. take it in,] so • that
there be [ships] found- that bee sufficient : which if the Fac
tors5 refuse, then the Viceroy and the kings officers may
fraight as many ships as they thinke good, and as they find
fit to take it in, and lade them with the Farmers pepper, or any
1 Orig. Dutch: "obstacles".
2 Orig. Dutch : " they".
3 Orig. Dutch : " buy or dispose of".
4 Orig. Dutch: "more".
6 Orig. Dutch) "they"

218 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
other goods that are there to be laden, so it bee after the five
shippes are laden by the farmers: and all this for the profit of
the King, without let or hinderance of the said farmers. In this
sorte [as I said before,] there was a shippe called the Santa Crus,
that was built in Cochijn by the King of the Malabares, and
called after the name of the towne of Cochijn, that was like
wise by ye Portingals called Santa Crus, which the King of
Malabares made in honor of the Portingalles, because he hath
brotherly allyance with them, and is by the King of Portin
gall called our brother in armes. The same ship he had sold
unto a Portingal, that therwith had made a voiage into China
and lapan, being of 1600. tunnes : and because it was strong
and good, & so fit to make a voiage into Portingall, and be
cause (as I said before) there was more pepper then the
Portingall ships could take in, the farmers of pepper were
desirous to buy it, & besought the Viceroy to let them have
it, according to the contentes of their composition, [and the
Kings ordinance]. Whereupon the Viceroy caused the farmers
of the ships to be called together, & signified unto them, what
the request of the farmers of pepper was, that is to say, that
the shippe should be bought according to the Kings ordinance,
for as much as necessity did so require it, & they [had]
refused [to use] it,'& said, that it was not fit for them,1 & so
desired yt.2 in respect of the Kings interest in3 the pepper,
[the shippe might be bought accordingly].4 Alwaies provided,
yt. the kings ordinance [(who granted them their Priviledge)]
might be kept & observed, viz. that their ships might first
have their lading, and bee first dispatched.6 [And although
1 Orig. Dutch : " that it was unconvenient to them".
2 Orig. Dutch : " and when he desired to buy it".
3 Orig. Dutch : " and" (that of).
4 Orig. Dutch : " they gave him permission".
6 Orig. Dutch: (add) "although they afterwards repented of it, for
they supposed they should not find wares enough to load them, but they
had little less as the other ships. So the ship was bought (whereunto
the farmers of the pepper lend the money from the kings treasure)"....

TO THE EAST INDIES. 219
they that had bought it of the owners] for ten thousand
duckets readie money1 [were in doubt that they should not
finde wares enough to lade it withall, yet in the end it was in
a manner laden as well as the other ships were. Nowe it
was agreed by the owners that sold it, that the] Maister
Gunner and chiefe Botes waine shoulde keepe their places stil
within the shippe as they had when it sailed to China and
Iapen. The Gunners name was Diricke Garitson of Enchusen,2
who after he had beene 20. yeares in India, was minded as
then to saile in that shippe to Portingall, with whome because
of olde acquaintance, and for his company, I minded to see
if I could get any place within the shippe. And because the
farmers of pepper had their factors in India, that were Dutch
men, which lay there in the behalfe of the Foukers and Vel-
fares3 of Ausburg, who at that time had a part of the pepper
[laden in that ship] and use to send in each ship a Factor, to
whome the King alloweth a Cabine and victuails for the
voyage : This place of Factor in the said shippe called Santa
Crus, I did obtaine of the Farmers,4 because they were of my
acquaintance. Whereupon I prepared my selfe to depart,
and got a Pasporte of the Viceroy, without which no man
may passe out of India, as also a Certificat out of the Kinges
chamber of accountes, and out of the Matricola generall,
wherein all such as come into India are Tegistred, with a
note of my paye,6 which by the Kings commandement is
[appointed to bee] paide [uppon certificate from thence],6 and
1 Orig. Dutch: (add) "on condition that the same officers as the
Master", etc.
2 See respecting him, p. 209, ante.
3 Orig. Dutch: "die Fuckaren ende Velsares"; i.e., the famous firms
of Fugger and Welser at Augsburg, that from 'the beginning of the
sixteenth century had lent their funds to the Portuguese Government,
and Bent their factors to India.
4 Orig. Dutch : (add) " or their clerks".
6 Orig. Dutch : " with their pay".
6 Orig. Dutch; "with certification of the sum for which the King
remains indebted".

220 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
[withall] the time of [my] residence in India, and what place
[I was] imployed in there, [that when I came into Portingall,
I might have recompence if I would aske it, or]1 minded to
returne againe into India. But although I had no such in
tent, yet I must of force observe this order, to make2 them
thinke I would returne againe, [and] the easier to obtaine my
Pasport, which was easily graunted mee by the Governour, as
also the other Certificates : and having obtayned them I tooke
my leave of all my friends and acquaintance, not without
great griefe, as hee that was to depart out of his second
naturall dwelling place,3 by reason of the great and long con
tinuance that I had made in those countries, so that I was in
a manner halfe disswaded from my pretended voyage. But
in the end the remembrance and affection of my true natural
countrie, got the upper hand, and over ruled me,4 snaking me
wholy to forget my conceipt unto the contrarie : and so com
mitting my selfe & my affaires unto God, who onely can
direct and helpe us, and give good successe to all endevours,
I entred into my new pretended course.
In the Month of November 1588, the ships sayled againe
from Goa, to the coast of Malabar & Cochijn, to take in their
lading : [And] the 23. of the same month, the Santa Crus set
sayle to begin our Viage. The 28. day we arrived in Honor,
a Fort belonging to the . Portingals, and the first they have
uppon the coast of Malabar, which lyeth Southward from
Goa eighteene miles, in which place we were assigned to
take in our lading of Pepper. They used not before to lade
any Pepper in that place, so that we were the first that ever
laded there : but from thence forwards, they minded yearely
to lade one ship there, because the Queene of Batticola5
1 Orig. Dutch: "for the case that in Portugal any recompense is
required by those that are" 

2 Orig. Dutch
3 Orig. Dutch
4 Orig. Dutch

making".
second fatherland".
" overruled the last affections".

Baikul, or Baitkul, called by the Portuguese ' Baticala"

TO THE EAST INDIES. 221
(that lay not farre from thence) and Honor, being within
her Iurisdiction or kingdom, had bound her selfe, yearely to
deliver seaven or eight thousand Quintales of Pepper, so that
the Farmers paied her halfe ye mony for the same, sixe
Months- before shee delivered it, and then shee would deliver
it at times. For the which cause the Farmers have their
Factor in Honor to receive it of her by waight, and lay it up
till the time of lading commeth. The like have they in all
the other Fortes uppon the coast of Malabar, as at Mangalors
Barselor, Cananor, Cochijn, Coulan, &c. Nowe to know the
right manner of farming of the Pepper, you must understand
that the Farmers take the same to Farme for five yeres, and
bind themselves every yeare to send their stocke of readie
money, for thirtie thousand Quintales of Pepper, so that the
King will send ships to lade it in. The King on the other
side bindeth himselfe to [performe, and to] send everie yeare
five ships, the Farmers bearing the adventure of the Sea
both of their mony sending thether and of the Pepper
brought from thence, & must lade it in India, into the ships
at their owne costs and charges : which being brought into
Portingall, they deliver al the Pepper to the King at the
price of twelve Ducats the Quintall : & if any bee cast away
or taken upon the Sea, it is at the Farmers charge,1 for the
King dealeth not but onely with that which is delivered him
[in Portingall, being] drie and [faire laide up]- in the Kings
store house2 in Lisbone : for the which he payeth not any
money unto the Farmers, untill the said Pepper be sold,
with the mony wherof he payeth them : so that the King
without any hazard or disbursing any thing of his owne,
hath alwaies his money for his Pepper, without the losse of3
any one pennie. And in that respect the Farmers have great-
and strong priviledges : first that no man of what estate or
1 Orig. Dutch: "damage".
2 Orig. Dutch: "in the house of India".
3 Orig. Dutch; "without advancing".

222 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
condition so ever he bee, either Portingall, or of any place in
India, may deale or trade in Peper, but they, upon paine of
death, which is verie sharply looked unto. Likewise they
may not for any occasion or necessitie, whatsoever, diminish1
or lessen the ordinarie stocke of money for the Pepper,
neither hinder [or let] them in any sorte concerning the
lading thereoff, [which is also verie strictly observed].2 [For
although the Pepper were for the Kings owne person, yet
must]3 the [Farmers] Pepper be first laden, to whome the
Viceroy and other Officers and Captaines of India, must
give al assistance, helpe and favour, with watching [the
same] and al other things whatsoever shall by the said
Farmers bee required for the safetie and benefite of the saide
Pepper. ¦ For the lading and providing wherof, the said
Farmers are to send their Factors, servants, and assistants, of
what nation so ever they bee, (except Englishmen, French
men, and Spaniards) [unto every place, to see it laden and
dispatched away,] for other strangers may not goe into India
without the speciall licence of the King, or his counsell of
India. The Pepper commonly costeth in India 28. Pagodes
the Bhar, (everie Bhar is three Quintales and a halfe Portingall
waight) so that every Quintall standeth them in twelve
Pardawes, Xeraffins, and foure Tangoes. Everie Quintall is
128. pounds, and everie Pardawe three Testones or thirtie
Stivers "heavie money, and every Tanga, sixtie Eeijs, or sixe
Stivers, which is twelve Dollers4 of sixtie pence5 Flemish
the peece, after the rate of Portingall money, and twentie
foure Stivers of the like money, besides all charges &
adventure of the Seas. But the great quantitie maketh
1 Orig. Dutch: "touch".
2 Orig. Dutch: " with all possible survey and diligence".
3 Orig. Dutch: "For all affairs, even those which touch the countrie
or the kings person, must be set aside and"....
4 Orig. Dutch: "Daelders".
6 Orig. Dutch: "grooten". A " groote" was one-third part of a penny
or stiver. (See " Kiliani Dictionarrum" .)

TO THE EAST INDIES. 223
them gaine the more,1 specially if it come safe home. The
ships & their frayghting, with condition to builde them,
and the provision of all necessaries for them, are also farmed
by themselves, and all at the adventure of the Farmers : and
if the ship come safe home, they give the King a certaine
sitmme of money for every ship, and every yeare furnish2
five shippes, [likewise] at their owne charges: [but such
Souldiers as are appointed to goe in them, are bound to sayle
for ye King, and have but onely meate and drinke at the
Farmers charge],3 the Officers and Saylers being placed therein
by the Kings Admiraltie ; which the Farmers may not once
denie or refuse : so that the King adventureth nothing,
neither in Pepper nor in ships, but only if the ships be cast
away, he looseth the money that hee should have had for the
farme of every ship, if it had returned safe, & the gaine of
the Pepper that should have beene delivered him, at a certaine
price. Whereupon4 the Admiraltie of Portingall are now
waxen verie carelesse to see them well conveied, as they
used to be during the times of the Kings of Portingall,
when all the Pepper5 came for the Kings own accounts. And
although the king hath promised continually to send his
Navie by Sea, as far as the Flemish Hands, there to stay for
the comming of the Indian ships, and from thence to conveye
them unto Lisbone, yet since they were Farmed out there
are few fleetes sent forth, so that they are but little thought
upon, but howsoever it is in the payment- [of the fee Farme,
for Pepper] the King will not loose aqpennie of his due, nor
race abate, them any thing.
The sixth of Decembti wee had taken in our lading of

1 Orig. Dutch : " makes the profit"
2 Orig. Dutch: "they must prepare and despatch".
3 Orig. Dutch: "moreover they must carry the soldiers for nothing,
and give them food". •
4 Orig. Dutch : " For which reason".
6 Orig. Dutch: " all the ships and pepper".

224 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Pepper, which was 6700. Quintales of the best that is in all
Malabar, and verie ful. The same day we set sayle from
thence, keeping close under the coast, because that ordinarily
in that countrie, every day from twelve of the clocke of the
night, till twelve at noone there bloweth an Easterly winde,
which commeth out of the land : and then commeth a West
wind out of the Sea, to the landward, and with those two
windes we performe our Viage : but the East winde is alwaies
mightier and stronger then the West, and therefore the
shippes keepe themselves close under the ehore, for when
they put further into the Sea, they can hardly get the coast
againe, because the West wind is not of so great force: as it
chanced unto us, for that having put somewhat from the
coast, we had much to doe before wee could get the coast
againe, by the which meanes often times they loose1 their
Viages into Portingal, as by experience it hath beene found.
All the-coast of Malabar is verie pleasant to behold : for that
they sayle so close unto it that a man may tell everie hill,
valley and tree that is therein, being verie greene and faire
land. The eleaventh of December wee came to Cananor, another
fortresse of the Portingales, as we have told you in the de
scription of this coast. There we lay a day and a halfe, to
take in certaine Mastes, with other provision yt. we were
to use, which is there in great abundance : & so wee set sayle
againe, keeping along the coast, and passed by Calecut,
Panane, and certaine other places untill the twentie foure of
December, when wee arrived at Cochijn, where we lay till
the twentie of Ianuarie after in Anno 1589. In the meane
time our shippe was provided of all things necessarie, and
then we stayed till our turne came to set sayle, because the
other shippes according to the contract were to set sayle
before us, one after the other, which custome I will here
1 Orig. Dutch : " they should loose".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 225
[partly] set down in briefe. You shall understand, that as
soone as the shippe hath taken in her lading of Pepper, which
is done with great care and diligent watch, as well in the
Kings behalfe, as of the Farmers, and is laden in the two
nether Oorlopes, that is upon the Balast, and in the Oorlop
next over it, laying Deale boords upon the Balast, and making
certaine places and devisions for the purpose, with a hole
over each place, to shutte in the Pepper, leaving roome by the
maine Mast to passe by it, so that there is [at the least]1
thirtie severall places, which they call Payoos, and all under
the two lower Oorlopes as I said before. Which beeing all
filled with Pepper, they shut the holes of those places verie
close, with Ocam and Pitch, and so are marked with numbers
how many there are, and upon ech place his waight of
Peper. These two Oorloppes being thus laden, there is left
a place aboute the maine Mast to bestow water, wine, woode,
and other necessaries for the shippe, which are dayly used.
In the thirde2 Oorlop, and on both sides therof, there are
divers places severally made that belong unto the Officers of
the shippe, as the Captaine, Master, Pilot, Factor; Purser, &c.
and of all the rest of the Saylors that are allowed places :
which they sell or let out unto the Marchants, to lade goods
therein, whereof they make good profite. Upon the same
Oorlop from the Mast unto the sterne, are the places wher
they put their Poulder, Bisket, Sayles, clothes and other pro
visions for the ship. The other Oorlopes3 [above these] are
laden by the Marchants, with all sorts of wares, which are in
Chestes, Fattes, Balles, and Packes, and are placed in this
sort, that is to say. As soone as the Pepper is laden, there-
is presently sent into the shippe two waiters, and one that
stoweth the goodes [(as a Porter)] on the Kings behalfe : and
he hath ten or twelve Porters under him, that must "only lade
1 Orig. Dutch : " nearly".
2 Orig. Dutch : " Above the second".
3 Orig. Dutch : (add) " and places of the ship".

226 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
and stow the goodes in the shippe, the Master nor any other
[not once] having any thing to doe' with it, saving onely the
chiefe Boteswaine, who is to looke unto it, and yet com-
maundeth nothing. No goods may bee laden whatsoever, or
how small so ever they bee, but they must bee Eegistred
in the Kinges bookes, and they must bring a Billet from the
Veador da Fasenda, that is to saye, the Surveighor of the
businesse, being chief Officer for the King,1 wherein must be
certified everie kind of ware by peecemeale, which they lade,
together with ye name of the ship, wherein it is to be laden,
for without that Certificat, the stowers and Porters2 will not
take it in : and although you have your Billet, yet must you
bribe the waiters, before you can get it abord the shippe, and
some thing must be given likewise to the porters besides
their duties, if you desire to stow your goods well, otherwise
they will let it stand, and he that giveth most hath the best
place in the shippe : yea and they stow the ship so miserablie
full, that there is not a hole [or an emptie place to be found]
but it is full stuffed : and for all3 their profit ; it is often
times seene, that the chief Porter, that doth onlie command
and looke over the rest, getteth for his part in bribes for
stowage of a ship, sometimes seven or 800. Dukats, and the
waiters as much, and all this onlie by gifts. Those offices are
given by favour of the Viceroy and the Veador de Fasenda,
which is the cause that the ships are often times laden so ful,
that they are [in manner] ready to sinke : so that a man
would think it were impossible for them either to row or
stirre : because ye sailers & officers of the ships have nothing
to doe therewith untill the last hour that it setteth sayl, &
then it is delivered into their handes, and the waiters and
porters goe their waies, leaving the ship ful in every place
even to. the uppermost Oar lop, where there standeth com-
1 Orig. Dutch : " that is, the upper surveyor of the king's goods".
2 Orig. Dutch : " the waiters and stowers".
3 Read: "all for".

TO THE EAST INDTFR. 227
monlie 7. or 8. chestes, one above the other, both in the sterne
and foreshippe, upon the cables, [in] the forecastell, in the
stirrige,1 and in every place, [which are all] ful of great pots,
fattes, chests, hennes cages, and such like, so that it seemeth
[rather] a Labyrinth [or a Maze then a ship] : and so they
commit themselves to the grace of God and set sayle : and
often times it falleth out, that of 50. saylers [which are above
the ship (as it did in our ship)] not above 10. of them could
tell how to steere or handle the Euther : & besides that,
most of them were never at sea before, but by favor get their
places, [as all the rest doe,]2 so that when occasion serveth,
being at sea, they stand looking one upon an other, doing
nothing but cry Misericordia, and our Lady helpe us.
In Cochijn there are a great number of botes called Tones,3
that are cut out of one peece of wood, and yet some of them
are so great, that a man may lade 20. pipes of water in them.
These they carrie abord the ships, that lie at the least a mile
within the sea, and there they make price with them for a
small summe of money, and then they goe and fill the pipes
themselves, with pots which they have for the purpose, and
it is a great commoditie [unto them]. This water is brought
out of the river of Cochijn called Mangate, & it is verie good.
Touching the towne and country of Cochin, I have already
declared in the description of the coast of Malabar, so that
this shall suffice [to^ shew you what]4 the countrie of India
[is] : and now I will shew unto you the manner that is used
in the ships when they sayle home againe : which in part I
have alreadie touched, as also our departure and voyage from
India to Lisbon.
1 Orig. Dutch : "behind where the pilot has his seat".
2_Orig. Dutch: " insghelijcks vande Putgers ende Busschieters" (also
the shipboys and gunner's mates). " Putger" is, p. 486 of vol. i, trans
lated by " swabber", as both words designate the office to clean the ship.
3 See p. 191, ante.
Orig. Dutch : " about".

228 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN

The 93. Chaptee.
Of my voyage and departure from India to Portingale.
The first of Ian. 1589. the Santa Maria set sayle, and
because it was one of the oldest shippes, it was first dis
patched away, by reason that the sooner the depart from
Cochin, they came in better time to the Cape de Bona Spe
ranza, and the later they come thether, the more storms &
foule wether they have, because as then the Sunne goeth
further into the North, and leaveth the South parts. There
fore commonly they let the best and strongest shippes goe
last, because they are best able to hold out : and in the Hand
of S. Helena they stay one tor the other untill the 25. day of
May, & no longer,. which is the time appointed by the king,
and so goe in company together unto Portingale, for from
India unto the Hand of S. Helena they need not keepe com
pany, because all that way they feare no Eovers, and [from
thence] they have all their Cannon shot pulled in, the better
to passe the foule wether at the cape de bona Speranza. The
6. of lanuary, the ship called our Ladie de Consepcao set
sayle, the 10. of the same, the Admirall called S. Christopher :
the 12. the S. Anthony : the 15. the S. Thomas, which was
the greatest and the best shippe in all the Fleet, and richest
of lading : and the 20. of the same Moneth, wee set sayle, in
our ship called the Santa Crus, being the last, wherein was
about 200. men [of all sorts] as saylers, soldiers, and slaves :
for from India there goe but few soldiers without the Vice
royes passeport,1 [by vertue whereof they goe] to present
their services, and to fetch [their payes and duties for the
same].2 And this they doe after they have served in India
some yeares, &¦ also when they have abilitie to passe over :
1 Orig. Dutch : " with permission of the Viceroy".
2 Orig. Dutch: "any remuneration".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 229
for when they are poore, and have no helpe, they must stay
in India, [even] for necessities sake, because they have no
means to procure their passage, so that manie of them are
constrayned to tarrie there, and to marrie with Mores1 and
Indian worn en, the bettej to maintain themselves, although it
be with miserie enough. For the charges of a mans voiage
out of India into Portingal, is at the least 200 or 300 Par
dawes, and that onlie for meate and drinke, which a poore
soldier can hardly compasse, unlesse2 [he can procure] some
gentleman, Captaine, or some wealthy man in office, [to be
favorable unto him,] in helping him to performe his iourney.
For in the voyages homewards the king giveth nothing to the
soldiers and passingers, but free passage, for him self and a
chest of 4. spannes high and broad, and 7. in' length : and that
after they have bene 3. yeares in India, & for that Chest they
pay neither fraught nor custome : they likewise have a Chest
in the roomage, fr'eerof fraight, for which they pay custome :3
and this4 they may sell in India to any Marchant, as they
commonlie doe, and is worth [unto them at the least] 40 or
50 Pardawes. These places they call liberties, and hee that
buyeth them, registreth them in the name of him that he
buyeth them of, to the end that in Portingale they may enioy
the same libertie and priviledge : all the saylers and Officers
also of the shippes that [sayl in them from Portingal,]5 have
likewise besides their places in the ships, the forage of such
a chest allowed them, full6 of custome and fraight. All these
thinges are very sharply looked unto : for although the ships
and goods are farmed, yet when they arive at Lisbon, all the
1 Orig. Dutch : " Swartinnen" (black women).
2 Orig. Dutch : (add) "he has any kindred that helps him, or the
favour of" 
3 Orig. Dutch: "ende sommige tol van dien" (and some free of cus
tom?). 4 I.e., "this place".
6 Orig. Dutch: " that are registered from the voyage in Portugal",
6 Read: "free".

230 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
chests are brought into the Indian house, and there visited,
to see if any goods be in them, that is forbidden to be brought
out of India, as pepper, Anill, or Indigo, and other such
wares as are farmed of the king : & if any be found, it is
presently forfaited, and all the wares that are in such chests,
are likewise valued, so that if they amount unto more then
the value of 10001 Milreyes, they must pay custome for the
overplus, which in the tyme of the kings of Portingale was
not used : for then they were accustomed to carrie their
chestes home, and to shew them only to the waiters : and
although the [poore] saylers [and Officers] doe much com-
playne for the losse & breaking of their liberties, yet can they
not be heard2 : and thus there come but few Soldiers out of
India, for the causes aforesayd : for I certainlie beleeve that
of 1500 Soldiers»and more yt. yearelie are sent thether out of
Portingal, there returneth not a hundreth again, some dying
there in the countrie, others beeing cast away [and slayne by
divers occasions,] and the rest by povertie not able to returne
againe : and so against their willes are forced to stay in the
Countrie. If anie of them doe chance to come, it is with
some Viceroy, Captaine, or other Gentleman, or person, that
hath borne office or authoritie : and when such men come
over, they alwaies take some Soldiers with them, to whome
they give meate and drinke, and yet are such as are of their
acquaintance, and that long before had bene at their com-
mandements : which they doe for the most part upon a cer
taine pryde and vaine glorie :3 and in this sort there may
yearelie come 20 or 30 Soldiers over in each Shippe, which
have their Slaves and Blacke [Mores] with them : so that
they come cleane and sweet4 home, both for Linnen and other
thinges, because Linnen in India is verie good cheap : and
' Read : " 100"
2 Orig. Dutch : " they are little heard".
3 Orig. Dutch : (add) " and to obtain authority"
4 Orig. Dutch : " well served and clean".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 231
the Shippes when they returne home, are cleaner then when
they set out of Portingale, because they have fewer men in
them, and such as come out of India, bring all their neces
saries with them, besides that the shippe is [verie] sweete, by
reason of the spice that is laden in it.
The partition of the ship is in this manner, the Pilot hath
his Cabbin above in the hinder part of the shippe, on the
right side, where he hath two or three roomes, and never
commeth [under hatches, nor] downe [into the foreship,] but
standeth only and commaundeth the Master of the ship to
hoise or let fall the sailes, and to looke unto his course, how
they shall steere to take the height of the sunne, & every day
to write and marke what passeth, and how they saile, with
what tokens, winde and weather they have everie day : the
Master hath his Cabin in the same place, behind the Pilotes
Cabins, on the left hand, with as manie places and roomes as
the Pylot hath, where he standeth and commandeth, with a
silver whistle, & looketh onlie to the Mayne Maste and her
Sayles, and so backwards : yet he hath the care of all the
Shippe, and whatsoever belongeth to it ; and commandeth all
thinges, as to make & mend the say Is, which he cutteth out,
& the saylers sow them : he looketh also if there be any fault
in the shippe, and causeth it to be mended, & as* need re-
quireth, to draw their Cannon in, and againe to put it out.
If hee wanteth any thing, as cloth for sailes, nailes, ropes, or
any such like thinges, as are needful, he must aske them of
the Factor and purser of the shippe, which presently are
delivered unto him, with a note of his hand in the booke to
be accountable for' it. The Chiefe Boteson hath his Cabbin
in the forecastle, and hath commandement and governement
over the Fouke mast and the fore sayles : hee hath also a
silver whistle like the master, and taketh care for all thinges
belonging to the Fouke maste, and for the fast binding of the
ankers. The Guardian or quartermaster hath his Cabbin
close by the great mast outward on the left hand, for on the

232 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
right hand standeth the scullerie and kitchin [where they
dresse their meat], he weareth a silver whistle and hath
charge to see the swabers pumpe1 to make the ship cleane, to
looke to the ropes & cause them to bee mended, and to the
boate which he commonly ruleth :2 the Gunner hath his
Cabbin inward from the mast, hard by the Euther under the
first Oorlope, and must alwaies sit by the maine mast looking
uppon the master both night and day, that as the Master
whistleth to will the Gunners to draw in their peeces, or to
thrust them out, he may bee readie so to doe : he likewise
taketh care for the peeces and the thinges belonging to them :
when they have cause to use them, the under Pilot doth
nothing but helpe the chiefe Pilot & watch3 his quarter:
they have likewise two or three of the best saylers, that doe
nothing els but command in the Pilots roome when he sleep-
eth. The saylers have most of their Cabins in the forecastle,
and there abouts, & the Gunners behinde by the master
Gunner, under the upper decke, and doe nothing els but with
their instruments put the great peeces forth, or draw them in
as they are commanded, the swabers must doe all whatsoever
they are bidden4 to doe by the officers, but never touch the
Euther: for the saylers doe only steere and rule the ship
when need requireth, but not the pumpe, neyther doe they
hoyse up the maine Sayle, for the souldiers and slaves use to
doe that, the swabers pumpe, & the Carpenter doth such
worke as is to bee done, the Cooper in like sort and the
Calker, so that if the shippe were sincking, not any of them
will doe more than belongeth to his charge, and what fur
ther is to bee done, they will stande still & looke uppon it :
1 Orig. Dutch : " heeft het bevel over die putgers, en te doen pompen",
etc. (has the commandment of the boys, to let them pump, etc.). See
p. 227, ante.
2 Orig. Dutch : " to see to the boat and rule it", etc..
3 Orig. Dutch: " relieve".
4 Orig. Dutch: "ordered".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 233
the Captaine hath the Gallerie and the Cabbin behind, he
commandeth onely over the souldiers, & such as watch by
night, the Pilot, Master, and the Boteson, are served in very
good sorte with their silver lampes,1 beakers,2 eups, & bowles,
every man by himselfe, [and are waited on] by their slaves
and servants, and have enough of every thing, but the- -other
saylers & swabers have not such store, but indure more
hardnes, for every man must provide for himselfe, as we told
you before. Now you must understand that in their3 ships
there is no averidge : for that when there happeneth any
losse, or that any goods are throwne over board, hee standeth
to the losse that oweth the goods, without any more accounts,
and that commonly falleth out upon the poore swabers, for
they usually have their chestes standing uppon the hatches
because they have nothing to give unto the Porters that they
might have a good place for them, as the others of greater
abilitie use to doe, and when any storme or hurt chanceth,
then they throw the thinges overboard, that first comes to
hand, without respect of persons or anye averidge to bee
made. In this sort setting saile, we held our course south south
East for the space of 150 miles, till we came to the Equi-
noctiall line, & from thence till we were under seaven degrees
in the same course, and from thence south West [and} by
West, unto the cape de Bona Speranza, which way was never
used before that time, for they used to saile from Cochiin
south west, and south west [and] by South, betweene the
Islands of Maldiva, and a thousand other Islands and sands,
unto the Hand of Saint Laurence, and so to the cape : but
after that the Pilot had lost the Saint lames4 upon the
shallowes of India, and escaped alive (and was now Pilot in
1 Orig. Dutch : " Lampetten" (Iavers _;.
2 Orig. Dutch : " Beckens" (basins).
3 Orig. Dutch : " these".
4 Santiago.

234 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
the Saint Thomas, beeing the best shippe in all our Fleete)
hee had the fore Voiage,1 and kept aloofe two or three hun
dred miles out into the Sea, cleane from all Islandes, sandes
or cliffes : saying that2 the casting away of so many ships
(whereof no newes or tidinges could ever be heard) was, that
they were cast away upon the sands, even as it chanced' unto
him, and to avoide the dangers thereof, as also to winne the
favour of the King and the officers of the Admiraltie, he was
the first that tooke upon him to discover that way, with the
ship wherein my Lord the Archbishop sayled, and is almost
the same way that the shippes that come from Malacca do
hold when they saile to Portingall, where they see neither
Hands nor Sandes, nor any other thing but onelie the plaine
sea, & so hee came- into Portingale, certifying [the Admiraltie
of] that new way, and although he was cast in prison [for the
same cause,] yet by favor he was presently released, and the
Admiraltie perceaving it to be so great a danger for the ships
to saile amongst the [Islands and] Sands, (which they thought
to bee the chiefe cause of the losse of so manie ships) have
expresly commanded that the Pilots should use that new dis
covered way, according to the saide Pilots information, therby
to avoide all danger : but that is not the cause of their cast
ing away,3 although many- times they are the means of much
mischiefe : but the chiefe reason is the unreasonable lading,
and charging of the ships, the unskilfull seamen, and the
slacke visiting or searching of the ships, to see if they bee fit
to sayle, and have all thinges that they want.
By these and such like meanes the ships are dayly lost, as
in other places by examples and true witnesses4 I have
already declared, and as the same Pilot that first founde this
1 Orig. Dutch : " this same (pilot) had begun in the foregoing voyage
the outward course".
2 Orig. Dutch: "presuming that the reason of".
3 Orig. Dutch : " but the faults lie not therein".
4 Orig. Dutch : " histories".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 235
new way, did well approve and verifie to bee true, in the
Saint Thomas, that the Sands or Islands did him no hurt, but
onely the overlading of her, wherewith the ship was by the
Cape burst in peeces, as hereafter I will shew. Notwith
standing this way is not therefore to be disliked, although it
bee somewhat further about, but it is a very good way and
wholly out of all danger of Sandes and Islandes, whereby
they doe avoid the Island1 of Maldiva, with other droughtes
and sands about2 the same.
The 30. day of Ianuarie in the night, we passed the Equi-
noctiall line, and the next day after We discried a shippe
which we thought to bee the Saint Thomas, and the same day
one of our Boyes fell overboard, whome to save wee made all
the haste wee could to get out our small boate, but because it
stood full of thinges,3 we could not so soone get it forth, but
that in the meane time the boy was [cast] at the least two
miles behind us, and so was drowned.
'The third of Februarie the ship (we saw) came close by us,4
and then wee knew it to be the Saint Thomas, wherewith
wee made towards it5 to speake [with them] : but when they
began to know our shippe by the ropes, that were all white,
made of Indian Cairo, [and] knowing that we were left
behind them at Cochiin, and thinking® when they descried us,
wee had beene one of the shippes that first set saile, [as also
that]7 their ship was accounted one of the best for sayle in
all the fleete : for very pride and high stomacke they would
not stay to speake with us, but made from us againe : which
our officers perceiving, did likewise winde from them, every
one doing his best to get before the other.
1 Read: "Islands".
2 Orig. Dutch: " about and past".
3 Orig. Dutch : " of goods and lumber of the master".
4 Orig. Dutch: " we came close by the ship".
6 Orig. Dutch: " we approached one another"
6 Orig. Dutch: "while at first they thought".
' Orig. Dutch: "now, because".

236 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
By this arid such like signes of pride, the Portingales do
often cast themselves away, and as it may bee coniectured, it
was one of the chiefe causes of the losse of the Saint Thomas :
for that they used all the meanes they could to sayle well,
and that they might passe the Cape before us, wherof they
use to brag, when they meete at the Island of Saint Helena,
as if it were done by their wisdome : for so it fell out with
the Saint Thomas, that comming to the cape de Bona Spe
ranza, it had a contrarie winde, whereby they strucke all
their sailes, and so lay driving against the waves of the sea,
which doe there fall against a shippe, as if it stroke against a
Hill:1 so that if the Shippes were of hard stones, yet in the
end they would breake in pieces, much more such Shippes as
are made of wood; and this is commonly their manner,
thereby the sooner to passe the Cape : which our shippe
could not beare, so that we put backe againe with the winde,
yet as little as we might, thereby to avoide the force of the
sea as much as we could : but because the Pilot of the Saint
Thomas trusted overmuch in her strength, & did purposely
meane to be before us all, thereby as hee thought to win the
praise, the ship did (as it well appeared) lie still and drive
without any sailes, which they call Payrar, and so by the
great force [and strength] of the seas, together with the over-
lading, was striken in peeces, & swallowed in the sea, both
men and all that was within her, as wee might well perceive
comming unto the Cape, by the swimming of whole chests,
fats, balles, peeces of masts, & dead men tied unto bords, and
such like fearefull tokens : the other ships also that arived in
the Hand of Saint Helena, told us likewise that they had
seene the like, most pittifull sights, which was no small losse
of so great treasure, and so many men : so that we which
beheld it, thought our selves not free from the like danger.
It was one of the richest ships, that in many yeares had
sayled out of India, & only by reason of the good report it
1 Orig. Dutch : " as if it were mountains".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 237
had to be so good of sayle, being but new, for as then it was
but her second voyage : so that everie man desired to goe,
and to lode their wares in her. In the same ship went Don
Paulo de Lyma Periera,1 that raised the siege before Malacca,
& had served the king 30. yeares in India, & had obtained
many brave victories, thinking as then to be in the top of his
honor, and to be much advanced by the king. He [also]
carried with him a great treasure in Iewels and other riches,
as also his wife, children, and one of his brethren, with many
other gentlemen and souldiers that bare him company, think
ing to have good fortune in their Voiage : there were likewise
10. or 12. gentlewomen, some of them having their husbands
in the ship, others whose husbandes were in Portingall, so
that to conclude it was full of people, and most of the Gen-
tilitie of India,2 [& in all our ships] there were many that
seeing us in daunger would say they might have gone safely
in the Saint Thomas, thinking it unpossible that it should bee
cast awaie. Therefore it is manifestly seene, that all the
works [and navigations] of men are but meer vanities, and
that wee must onely put our trust in God, for that if God be
not with us [in our actions], all our labour is in vaine.3 But
returning to our matter, each shippe did their best to be first,
untill the seventeenth, of Februarie that we got before the S.
Thomas, being in the South under seven degrees, and from
that time forwards we saw her no more, but onely the tokens
of the casting of her away about the Cape de bona Speranza,
which after being at the Island of S. Helena, was tolde us
more at large. The same day we had a great storme of wind
and raine, so that the Euther of our great maste4 by force of
the Sea was broken. And from the line we had a North
and northwest wind with continuall raynes, stormes and
1 Read : " Pereira".
2 Orig. Dutch : " and the very choice of India and the whole fleet".
3 Orig. Dutch : " strength is lost and science nothing".
4 Orig. Dutch : " yard of the top-mast".

238 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
fowle weather, never ceasing untill wee came under 20.
degrees, which was upon the 2'5. of Februarie, and then wee
had a Southeast wind, with fayrer weather (called by the
Portingalles the generall wind) which they commonly finde
and looke for under 12. degrees } the cause whereof wee
thought to be, for that we had put so farre into the sea, out
of the common way. This wind commonly holdeth unto 27.
or 28. degrees little more or lesse, and then they must looke
for all kindes of windes and weathers, untill they come to2
the Cape de Bona Speranza, without any certainty of winds.
The 5. of March being under 25. degrees, we had an East
winde, with a most great storme, and [exceeding] raine, so
that our Euther-staffe brake, and two more that we had in
the shippe, one after the other being put unto it broke like
wise, with the pinne and ye ioynt wherein the ende of the
Euther hung : and we were forced to lie and drive without
steering, having stricken all our sayles, and the shippe so
tossed by. the waves on all sides, that wee had not one drie
place in all the ship. In this sort wee lay driving for the
space of two dayes and two nights together, with a continuall
storme and fowle weather with rayne. The same night we
saw uppon the maine yarde, and in many other places a cer
taine signe, which the Portingalles call Corpo Santo, or the
holy body of brother Peter Gonsalves, but the Spaniards call
it S. Elmo, and the Greekes (as ancient writers rehearse, and
Ovid among the rest) used to call it Helle and Phryxus.
Whensoever that signe sheweth upon the Maste or maine
yarde,3 or in any other place, it is commonly thought, that it
is a signe of better weather : when they first perceive it, the
maister or the chiefe boteswaine whistleth, and commaundeth
every man to salute it with a Salve corpo Santo, and a miseri-
cordia, and with a very great cry [and exclamation]. This

1 Orig. Dutch
2 Orig. Dutch
3 Orig. Dutch

(add) " but we did not get it but in 20 degrees".
" until beyond".
" mars ofte groote ra" (topsail or main yard).

TO THE EAST INDIES. 239
constellation (as Astronomers doe write) is ingendred of great
moysture and vapors, and sheweth like a candle that burneth
dimly, and skippeth from one place to another, never lying
still. We saw five of them together, all like the light of a
candle which made mee wonder, and I should have hardly
beleeved it, but that I saw it, and looked verie earnestly upon
it : and although it was fowle weather, whereby I had no
great leasure to think uppon such curious thinges, notwith
standing I came purposely from under the hatches to note it.
Those five lights the Portingals cal Coroa de nossa Senhora,
that is, d^ere1 Ladies Crowne, and have great hope therein
when they see it. And therewithall our men being all in
great feare and heavines, [and almost out of hope], began
again to revive and to be glad, as if thereby they had beene
fully assured of better comfort.
The seventh of March wee had better weather, and then
we tooke counsell2 how to mend our Euther : some were of
opinion we shoulde saile to Mosambique, and rule the Euther
with a rope : others were of contrary opinion, and said we
might mend it abord, and so performe our voyage : so that at
the last we pulled certaine peeces out of the ships side, (for
we had not brought one with us, as neede required) but being
pulled forth, they were all too little, and woulde not serve.
In the ende wee found it convenient to take one of the bosses3
in our shippe, and thereof to make an Anvile, and of two
Oxe hydes a payre of bellowes, wherewith wee went to
worke : and of a peece of an olde hooke or dragge, wee tooke
two or three ends, wherof but one woulde serve, and that
halfe broken, and the splinters wee bounde with an Iron
hoope : and so being fitted to the Euther, wee set forwards in
the name of God. This asked us two dayes worke before
1 Read " Oure".
2 Orig. Dutch: "and then came the difficulty".
3 Orig. Dutch: "basse -earner" (the movable chamber that was placed
in the piece of ordnance to receive the charge).

240 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
wee could dispatch it, & then we hoysed sayle again with
great ioy, & gave divers almes to our Lady and the Saintes,
with many promises of better life,1 as being in misery men
commonly do. The day after we tooke the height of the
Sunne, and found orTr selves to be under 28. degrees and two
thirdes, being in the height of the land called Terra Danatal.2
although wee were at the least 400. miles to seaward from
the lande, and there wee had good weather with a Southeast
winde. In this countrey called Terra Donatal2 (which reach-
eth to 32. degrees) and at the Cape de bona Speranza, [and]
is the hardest passage that is in all the voyage, and often
times they feare the land of Natal more then the Cape : for
there commonly is stormy and fowle weather, and many
shippes have beene spoyled and cast away, as the Portingalles
recordes caif* verie well shew. In the same countrey also wee
founde the signes of the casting away of the S. Thomas, so
that to conclude, commonly the shippes doe there pay tribute
[by casting some lading over bord], or else leave [body and]
all behind : and therefore it is called Terra Danatal ; that is
to say, the lande .of Christmasse :3 and for this cause they
never passe it without great feare but with good watch, and
great foresight : all their ropes being stiffe, [and well looked
unto,] the peeces drawne in, and all chestes, pottes, fattes and
other roomage that are not stowed under hatches, being
throwne over borde into, the sea, and every thing setled and
made ready in his place : for that in this coast they have one
houre fayre weather, and another houre stormie weather, in
such manner as if heaven and earth should waste and be
consumed. In that place [likewise] with a cleare and fayre
weather there commeth a [certayne] cloude, which [in shew]
seemeth no bigger then a mans fist, and therefore by the
Portingals it is called Olho do Boy, (or Oxe eye) and although
as then it is [cleare, and] calme weather, and that the sailes
1 Orig. Dutch : "promises of pilgrimages and Detter life".
2 Read : " d° Natal". 3 See vol. i, p. 19.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 241
[for want of wind] do beate against the mastes, yet as soone
as they perceyve that cloude, they must presently strike all
their sayles : for that [commonly] it is upon the ships before
they perceyve it, and with such a storme and noyse, that
without al doubt it would strike a shippe into the water, if
there be not great care had to looke unto it : as it chaunced
to the second fleete, after the Portingalles had discovered the
Indies,1 there being ten or twelve shippes in company, which
in such a calme and fayre weather let all their sailes hang,
and regarded them not, [and this]2 custome [they observed]
in this our navigation, for sodainely the cloud came with a
most horrible storme, and fell uppon them before they coulde
prevent it, whereby seven or eight of them3 were sunke into
the seas, and never heard of againe, and the rest with great
hurt and much daunger escaped. But from that time for
wards they looked better to themselves, and have learned to
know it, so that at this present they watch for it, and yet it
giveth them worke enough to doe. This storme falling over
their heads in this sorte, continueth through the whole
Countrey of Terra Donatal, until you passe the Cape de bona
Speranza. The 12. of March being under 31. degrees, wee were right
in the winde, and4 had a calme, whereupon we stroke all our
sayles, and so lay driving 4. dayes together (which the Por
tingalles call Payraes5) having a verie high sea, which tossed
our shippes in such sort, that the Saylers esteemed it to be
worse then a storme : for that there the waves of the Sea
mette in such sorte on all sides, and clasped the shippe in
such manner betwixt them, that they made all her ribbes to
1 This fleet sailed from Lisbon the 9th of March 1500, under the
commandment of Pedro Alvares Cabral.
2 Orig. Dutch : " as is the".
3 Read: " four of them".
4 Orig. Dutch : " and after that".
6 Read: " pairar"

242 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
cracke, and in a manner to open,1 so that it is very dangerous
for the shippes. We were in very great care for our Fouke-
maste, and therefore we bound our Mastes and all the shippes
about with Cables, as2 [harde as possible] wee might. This
continued till the 17. of March, and then we had a little
wind, so that we hoysed saile againe : but it continued no
longer then to the next day, and then we fell againe into the
wind,, and had a storme: wherewith our maine yard brake,
and then againe wee stroke al our sails, and so lay driving or
Payraering, as the Portingalles call it. In the meane time we
mended our maine yard, and so wee continued driving with
out our sailes till the 20. of March, with great risings of the
waves of the sea, which much tormented us, as in that place
they commonly doe : all the which time we were under 31.
degrees, and could not passe forward. In that time we saw
many birdes, which the Portingals call Antenalen,3 and are as
bigge as Duckes.
The 20. of March wee had a little wind, but [very] sharpe,
yet we hoysed our sailes, and sayled by the wind. The next
night after, we had a calme, which continued to the 22. [day],
and then we fell againe 'into the winde, with so great a
storme, that wee were compelled to strike all our sayles,
which wee coulde hardly pull in, and could not stay the
shippe in any sort, [it drave so fast :] whereby wee were in
great daunger; so that wee were compelled to binde the
bonnet about the Fore-castle, Which was our sayle, (for other
sayle we might not beare) and so sayled backwarde, whether
the winde would drive us, thereby to have some ease, and yet
we had enough to doe, for wee were compelled to throwe our
great Boate over bord, with all the chests, pots, and vesselles,
that stoode upon the Hatches, with other wares, such as came
first to hand. This storme continued for the space of two
dayes & three nights without ceasing.
1 Orig. Dutch : " ende gants ontstellen" (and wholly to derange).
2 Orig Dutch : « as good". 3 Read . „ antennaes".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 243
The 25. of March (being the day before Palme Sunday) we
had a better wind and weather, after we had given great
almes to our blessed Ladie of the Annuntiation, whose Feast
was uppon that day, and again hoysed up our sayles, keeping
our course towards the Cape. At the same time we had a
disease in our ship, that tooke us in ye mouth, lippes, throate,
and tongue, which tooke off the skin and made them swell,
whereby they could not eate, but with great paine, and not
one in the ship but had it.1
The eight of Aprill in the Morning, after we had sayled
fifteene daies before the winde, towards the Cape, we per
ceived some signes of the land, which is greene water : but
wee found no ground, yet was it not above fortie miles from
the land, according to the Pilots iudgement. We saw there
also divers of the Birds called Mangas de Velludo, that is to
say, Velvet sieves, for they have upon the ends of their
wings, blacke points like Velvet, all the rest beeing white
and somewhat gray, which they hold for a certaine signe of
land that lyeth within the Cape de Bona Speranza called
Baya de la Goa,2 or the Bay of the Lake, and lyeth under
thirtie three degrees & a halfe from the coast that reacheth
towards Mosambique.
The ninth of Aprill at night, we were againe right in the
winde, being under thirtie five degrees and a halfe, with a
great storme, and foule wether, that continued till the 14. of
the same Month, so that we were compelled, (not being able
to endure the force of the Sea, with the continuall storme
and foule wether) to sayle back againe before the winde,
with the halfe of our Fouke sayle up, for that wee found our
selves not strong enough to drive without sayles, as the
shippes commonly use to doe, which oftentimes is the cause
of their casting away, as it may well be iudged, by reason of
1 Orig. Dutch : " and was common among all that were in the ship".
2 Read : " Lagoa" (the well-known Delagoa Bay).

244 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
the great force and strength of the waves that runne there :
so that it seemeth almost impossible for a ship to beare out
so great a force, though it were of Iron. And although we
sayled before the winde, yet wee had danger inough, for that
the Sea came behinde and over our shippe, and filled all the
Hatches, whereby we were compelled to binde our Mastes,
Cables, and all the shippe round about with Eopes, that with
ye great force of the Sea it might not' stirre, and flye in
peeces. And forced we were to Pumpe night and day, having
at each ende of the Fouke-yarde a rope that reached to the
Pilot, and at each rope there stoode fifteene or sixteene men,
the Pilot sitting in his seate, and the under Pilot behinde
upon the sterne of the shippe, to marke the course of the Sea,
and so to advertise the other Pilot. At the ruther there
stoode ten or twelve men, and the other Saylers upon the
Hatches to rule the sayle[s,] & as the waves came and covered
the shippe, the under Pilot called, and then the chiefe Pilot
spake to them at the Euther to hold stiffe, and commaunded1
the ropes that were at the Fouke-yarde to bee pulled stiffe :
the Saylers likewise and the chiefe Boteswaine standing on
the Hatches, to keepe the ship right in the waves, for if the
waves had once gotten us about, that they had entred on the
sides of the shippe, it had certainly beene said of us, Eequies-
cant in pace. And it was there almost as cold as it is here
with -jis in winter, when it freeseth not : whereby wee were
all sore tbyled, and [in a manner] out of hart, [so that wee
esteemed our selves cleane cast away :] for we were forced
by turnes to go to the ruther, & from thence to the pumpe,
(not one excepted) so that we had no time to sleepe, rest,
eate; nor cloath our selves : and to help us the better the
staffe of our Euther brake in peeces, and had almost slaine
two or three of our men. But God had pittie on us, so that
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) " on the one or other side".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 245
there happened no other hurt,1 but that some of them were
[a little] amazed.2 This continued to the fourteenth of Aprill,
without any change, whereupon all the Officers of the shippe
assembled together with others of the companie, taking coun
sell what was best to be done, and perceiving the shippe not
to bee strong enough to passe the Cape, they concluded, by
protestation (whereunto they subscribed their hands), to sayle3
with the ship to Mosambique, and there to winter and to
repaire the shippe, and provide all necessaries for it,, which
greatly greeved the common sort because they did find as
great danger in turning backe againe to Mosambique, as to
passe the Cape, for that they were to sayle againe by the
land Donatal, which they feared as much as the Cape : and
also though they did arrive at Mosambique, yet they accounted
it as much as a lost Viage. For that they must stay there
till the next yeare, and there spend all they have, fot that all
things that come thether are brought out of India : so that
everie thing is there as deare as gold, which would bee hard
for the poore Saylers and Swabbers, as having but little
meanes to relieve themselves, and therby they should be
constrained to sel that litle they had broght with them, for
halfe the value : and besides that they were as then about
500. miles from Mosambique. Wherefore there grew great
[noyse and] murmuring in the ship, among the Saylers, that
cursed the Captaine and the Officers, because the ship was>
badly provided, for it had not one rope more then hung
about the ship, nor any thing wherof to make them, if those
that we had should have chanced to breake. The Captaine
laide the faulte on the Master, because hee asked them not
when hee was at land: and the Master saide that he had
spoken for them, and that the Cairo, or Hemp (wherof in
India the ropes are made) was delivered unto the Captaine,
1 Orig. -Dutch: "damage".
2 Orig, Dutch: "qualijck ghetracteert" (badly nurt).
3 Orig. Dutch : "return".

246 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
and that he had sold ye best part1 thereof to put the money
in his purse: & that was the cause why we wanted: with
this disorder they bring their matters to passe, not once
remembring what may after fall out : but when they are in
danger, then ther is nothing els but crying Misericordia, and
calling to our lady for helpe: the Captaine could not tell
what to answere,2 seeing us in that trouble, [but said] that he
marvelled at nothing so much, as why our Lord God suffered
them (beeing so good Christians and Catholiques, as they
were) to passe the Cape, with so great torments and dangerous
weather, having so great and strong shippes, and that the
Englishmen, beeing (as he said) Heretickes, and blasphemers
of God, with so smal & weake vessels, & passed ye Cape
so easilie : for they had receaved news in India that an
English Shippe had passed the Cape with verie great ease.
And so wee made backe againe towards Mosambique, being
in great dispaire, for that no man cared for laying his hand to
worke, and hardlie would any man obay the Officers of the
Shippe. In this manner sayling, wee perceived divers
vesselles, and bordes with3 dead men [bound upon them]
driving in the Sea, which comforted us a little, thinking that
some other of the shippes were in the same taking, and had
throwne some of their goods over bord, and so made towardes
Mosambique before us : whereby we thought to have company,
and that we alone were not unfortunate, for that is commonlie
said, that companions in miserie are a comfort one to an
other, and so it was to us : but I would to God it had bene
so as we imagined, but it was farre worse then turning 'backe
againe, for those were the signes of the casting away of the
S. Thomas, as being in the Hand of S. Helena, as we were
afterwards advertised.
The 15. of April we had an other great calme, which con-

1 Orig. Dutch
2 Orig. Dutch
3 Orig. Dutch

" the half".
" was not ashamed to say".
"and".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 247
tinued till the 17. day, and taking the hight of the Sunne,
we found our selves to be under 37. degrees, to the great
admiration of al the company, for that being (as I said) under
35. degrees, and having sayled for the space of 5. dayes, with
so great a wind and stormy weather towards Mosambique,
we should rather by al mens reason, have lessened [our
degrees,] & by estimation wee made account to have bene
under 30. or 32. degrees [at the highest :] but the cause why
our shippe went backward in that sort against wind and
weather,1 towards the Cape, thinking wee made towards
Mosambique, was by the water, which in those countries
carieth with a verie strong streame towards the cape, as the
Pylot tould us he had proved at other times : yet he thought
not that the water had runne with so great a streame, as now
by experience he found it did : so as it seemed that God
miraculouslie against all mans reason and iudgement, and all
the force of wind and stormes would have us passe the Cape,
when we were least in hope thereof: whereby we may
plainelie perceive that all mens actions without the hand of
God, are of no moment. The same day againe we saw
greene water, and the birdes called Mangas de Velludo, [or
velvet sleeves,] which are certain signes of the cape de bona
Speranza, which put us once againe in' hope to passe it : and
about evening a swallow flew into our shippe, wherat they
much reioiced, saying that it was a sign and foreshowing,
that Our Lady had sent the Swallow on bord to comfort us ;
and that we should passe the Cape : wherewith they agreed
once againe to prove if we could passe it, seeing we had such
signes and tokens to put us in good comfort, that God would
help us. This being concluded, we sung the Letany, with
Ora pro nobis, and gave many almes, with promises of pilgrim
ages [and visitations,] and such like things, which was our
1 Orig. Dutch : " against our course".

248 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
dayly worke.1 With that the saylers & others2 began to
take courage [and to be lustie] every man willinglie doing his
office, offering rather to lose life and welfare in adventuring
to passe the Cape, then with full assurance of their safetie to
returne unto Mosambique : we had as then great waves, and
very bigge water in the sea, which left us not till wee came
to the other side of the Cape.
The 18. of Aprill we fell againe into the wind, with as great
storm es and foule weather as ever we had before, so that we
thought verily we should have been cast away : for that at
everie minute the sea covered our ship with water, & to
lighten her, we cast divers chestes, and much Cinamon, with
other thinges, that came first to hand, over bord, wherewith
everie man made account to die, and began to confess them
selves, and to aske eacK* other forgivenes, thinking without
more hope, that our last day was come. This storme con
tinued in this sort, at the least, for the space of 24. houres :
in the mean time great almes were given in our shippe to
many Virgin Maries, and [other] Saints, with great devotion
& promise of [other] wonderfull things when they came
to land : at the last God comforted us, and sent us better
weather; for that the 19. of Aprill the wether began to cleere
up, and therewith we were in better comfort.
The 20. of Aprill we took the hight of the Sunne, and
found it to be 36. degrees : and againe we saw greene water,
and some birds which they call Alcatraces,3 and many Sea-
wolves, which they for certain signes of the cape de Bona
Speranza, & as we thought were hard by the land, but yet saw
none : the same day we had the wind somewhat fuller, and
were in great hope to passe the Cape, so that the men began
to be in better romfort, by reason of the signes we have
seene. All that day we saw greene water, till the 22. of Apr.
1 Orig. Dutch: "traffic"
2 Orig. Dutch : " With that the people was comforted and" 
3 Le., the albatross (Diomedea exulans).

TO THE EAST INDIES. 249
upon which day twice, and in the night following, we cast
out the Lead, and found no ground, which is a good signe
that wee had passed the Cape called das Agulhas, or the cape
of needles, which lieth under 34. degrees & a half. And
because that about this cape Das Agulhas, there is ground
found, at the least 30. or 40. miles from the land, we knew
wee were past it : as also by the colour of the water, and
the birds, which are alwaies found in those countries : and
the better to assure us thereof, the great & high sea left us,
and then we found a smoother water, much differing from the
former : so that as then we seemed to come out of hell into
Paradice, with so great ioy, that we thought we were [within
the sight of some haven],1 and withall had a good winde
though somewhat cold.
The 23. of Aprill we passed the Cape de Bona Speranza,
with a great and generall gladnes, it being as then 3. months
and three dayes after we set sayle from Cochiin, not once
seeing any land or sand at all, but onelie these assured tokens
of the said Cape, which happened [very] seldome : for that
the pilots doe alwaies use what meanes they can to see the
cape, and to know the land, thereby to know certainlie that
they are past it : for then their degrees must lessen, and [there
they] may'2 as soone make towards Mosambique, as to the
Hand of S. Helena : for although they can well perceive it
by ye- water, yet it is necessary for them to see the land, the
better to set their course unto S. Helena, wherein3 they must
alwaies keepe on the left hand : otherwise it were impossible
for them to come at it, if they leave that course : for if they
once passe it, they can not come to it again, because there
bloweth continually but one kind of wind, which is South
east: and thus having passed the Cape, we got before the
wind.

1 Orig. Dutch
2 Orig. Dutch
3 Orig. Dutch

" herboren" (born anew).
"might". "which".

250 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
The 24. of Aprill the Pilot willed us to give the Bona
viagen unto the Cape de Bona Speranza, according to the cus
tome, with great ioy and gladnes of all that were in the shippe :
for that as they then assure themselves that they sayle to
Portingal, and not to turne againe into India (for so long as
they are not past the Cape,' they are alwaies in doubt) and as
then we were about 50. miles beyond the Cape. The signes
and tokens whereby they know themselves certainly to have
passed the Cape, are great heapes and peeces of thicke reedes,
that alwaies thereabouts drive uppon the water, at least 15. or
20. miles from the land : as also certaine birds by the Portin
gals called Feysoins,1 somewhat greater then sea mewes,
being white & full of blacke spots over al their bo'dies & very
easie to be known from al other birds. These are certain
signes whereby the Pilots doe certainly persuade themselves
that they are past the' Cape, and having passed it, they set
their course for S. Helena Northwest & Northwest & by
west. The 27. of Apr. we were right in the wind, and so
continued till the next day, and then we had a calm, being
under 30. degrees on Portingal side. The 29. of Apr. we got
before the wind, which is the generall wind yt. alwaies bloweth
in those countries al the whole yere, untill yu. come to the
Equinoctial line, and is a Southeast wind : so yt. they may
wel let their sayles. stand, & lay them down to sleep, for in ye
greatest wind yt. bloweth there, they need not strike their
maine yard above half the mast.
The 12. of May, in the morning betimes, we discovered the
Hand of S. Helena, whereat there was so great ioy in the
ship, as if we had bene in heaven : & as then we were about
2. miles from ye land, the Hand lying from us West, south
west : whereunto we sayled so close, that with a caliver shot
we might reach unto the shore : being hard by it, we sayled
about a corner of the land, that from us lay Northwest,
1 Moraes Silva mentions the Feijao (plur.r Feijoes) as a seabird.
Fais&o (plur., Faisaes and Faisoes) is pheasant.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 251
which having compassed wee sayled close by the land, West,
North west: the land on that side beeing so high and still,1
that it seemed to be a wall that reached unto the skyes.
And in that sort we sayled about a mile and a half, and
compassed about ye other corner that lay westward from us,
which corner beeing compassed, we presentlie perceived the
shippes that lay in the road, which were those ships that set
sayle before us out of India, lying about a small half mile
from the foresaid corner, close under the land, so that the
land as then lieth South east from them : and by reason of
the high land the shippes lie there as safe as if they were in
a haven : for they may well heare the wind whistle on the
top of their maine yards, but lower it can not come : and
they lie so close under the land, that they may almost cast a
stone upon the shore. There is good ground there, at 25.
and 30. fadomes deep, but if they chance to put further out,
or to passe beyond it, they must goe forward, for they can
get no more unto ye land :2 and for this cause we kept so
close to the shore, that the height of the land took the wind
from us, & the ship would not steer without wind, so that it
drave upon the land, wherby our boresprit touched ye shore,
& therwith we thought that shippe & goods had all beene
cast away : but by reason of the great depth, being 10.
fadomes water, and with the help of the Boats, and men off
the other ships that came unto us, we put off from the land,
without any hurt, and by those Boates wee were brought to a
a place wher the other ships lay at Anker, which is right
against a valley, that lyeth betweene two high hilles, wherein
there standeth a little Church called Saint Helena. There
we found five shippes, which were, the ship that came from
Malacca, and the S. Mary that had beene there about 15.
daies, which came both together to the Cape de Bona Spe
ranza, the S. Anthonie, and the S. Christopher being Admiral
1 Read: "steep".
2 Orig. Dutch: (add) "because the wind is right contrary".

252 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
that had arrived there 10. daies before, and the Conception,
which came thether but the day before us, so that ther
wanted none of the Fleet but the S. Thomas, and by the
signes and tokens, that we and the other ships had seene at
Sea, we presumed it to be lost, as after we understoode, (for
it was never seene after) for the other shippes had seene
Mastes, Deales, Fattes, Chestes, & many dead men that had .
bound themselves upon boards, with a thousand other such
like signs. Our Admiral likewise bad beene in great danger
of casting away : for although it was a new ship, & this the
first Viage it had made, yet it was so eaten with Wormes,
that it had at the least 20. handfuls deepe of water within it,
and at the Cape was forced to throw halfe the goods [over
bord,] into the Sea, and were constrained continually to
Pumpe with two Pumpes, both night and day, . and never
holde still: and being before the Hand of S. Helena, had
ther also sunke to the ground, if the other ships had not
holpen her. The rest of the shippes coulde likewise tell
what dangers and miseries they had indured. About three
Monthes before our arrivall at S. Helena, there had beene1 a
ship which the yere before set out of Ormus, with the goods
& men that remained in the S. Salvador, that had beene
saved by the Portingal armie,2 upon the coast of Abex,3 and
brought unto Ormus, as in an other place I have declared.4
That ship had wintered in Mozambique, and had passed
[verie] soone by the Cape, & so sayled without any companie
unto Portingall, having left some of her sicke men in the
Hand, (as the maner is) which the next ships that came
thether must take into them. These gave us intelligence,
that about foure monthes before our arrivall, there had beene
an English ship5 at the Hand of Saint Helena, which had
1 Orig. Dutch: "sailed from the island". 2 Read: "armada"
3 I.e., Abyssinia. < See p. 184, ante.
6 It was Thomas Cavendish, who sailed from Plymouth July 21st,
1586, and returned there Sept. 9th, 1588.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 253
sayled through the Straights of Magellanaes, and through the
south seas, & from thence to the Hands of Phillippinas, and
had passed through the Straights of Sunda, that lyeth beyond
Malacca, betweene the Hands of Sumatra and lava : in the
which- way she had taken a shippe of China (such as they
call lunckos) laden with Silver and Golde, and all kind of
Silkes, and that shee sent a letter with a small present to
the Bishop of Malacca, telling him, that shee sent him that
of friendship, meaning to come her selfe and visite him.
Out of that ship of China, they tooke a Portingall Pilot, &
so passed the Cape de Bona Speranza, and came to the Hand
of Saint Helena ; where they tooke in fresh water, and other
necessaries, and beate downe the Alter and the Crosse that
stoode in the Church,1 and left behind them a Ketle and a
Sword, which the Portingales at our arrival found there, yet
could they not conceive [or thinke] what they might meane.
Some thought it was left there for a signe to some other
ships of his companie, but everie man may thinke what he
will thereof. In the ship of Malacca came for Factor of the
Pepper, one Gerrit van Afhuysen, borne in Antwarpe, and
dwelling in Lisbone, who had sayled in the same ship from
Lisbone [about] two yeares before, for that they staied in
Malacca at the least fourteene Monthes, by reason of the
warres, and troubles that were in that countrie, untill Malacca
was relieved, as I saide before: whereby they had passed
great miserie, and beene at great charges. And because it is
a very unwholesome countrie, together with ye constraint of
lying there so long, of 200. men, that at first sayled from
Lisbone in the ship, there were but 18. or 20. left alive, and
all the rest dyed, so that they were enforced to take in other
unskilfull men [in Malacca], to bring the shippe home. This
Gerrard van Afhuysen, being of mine acquaintance and my
good friend, before my departure out of Portingall for India,
marvelled and ioyed much to find me there, little thinking
1 Orig. Dutch : " the altar of the little church and the crosses".

254 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
that we should meete in so strange a place, and there we dis
coursed of our travels past. And of him among divers other
things, I learned many true instructions as well of Malacca,
as of the countries and Hands lying about it, both for their
manner1 [of dealing in] trade of2 Marchandise, as in other
memorable things. By the pictures following, you may see
the true description of the Hand of Saint Helena, and of the
three sides therof as we passed by it, and as we sayled about
it to the road, as also N of the Hand of Ascention. The
description of which two Hands you may here perceive and
learne, as I my selfe could marke the same.

The 94. Chapter.
A briefe description of the Hand Saint Helena.
The Hand of Saint Helena is so named, because the Portin
gales discovered it uppon Saint Helens day, which is the
twentie one of May.3 It is in compasse sixe miles,4 little
more or lesse, and lyeth under sixteene degrees and a quarter,
on the South side of the Equinoctall 550. Spanish miles from
the Cape de Bona Speranza, and from the coast called Angola
or Ethiopia 350: miles, & from Brasilia 510. miles. These are
the two neerest lands adioyning to it. It is a verie high and
hillie countrie, so that it commonly reacheth unto5 the cloudes:
the countrie of it selfe is [verie] ashie and6 drie : also all the
trees that are therein, whereof there are great store, & grow
1 Orig. Dutch : "manners". 2 Orig. Dutch: "and".
3 It was discovered by Joao de Nova the 22nd May 1502, on his
return from India to Portugal.
4 I.e., Dutch miles. The island is twenty-eight English miles in circuit.
6 Orig. Dutch : " is covered with".
6 Orig. Dutch : " and very".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 255
of themselves in the woodes, are little worth but only to
burne : for it hath no special substance, but sheweth as if it
were halfe consumed,' so that it should seeme that some mines
of Brimstone,1 hath in times past beene in that Hand, as
commonly all the Hands are [all] much subiect to the same :
for that in some places thereof they find Sulphur and Brim
stone. When the Portingales first discovered it, there was
not any beasts, nor fruite, [at all within the Hand,] but onely
great store of fresh water, which is excellent good, and
falleth downe from the mountaines, and so runneth in great
abundance into the Valley, where the Church standeth, and
from thence by small chanels,2 into the Sea, where the
Portingales fill their vessels full of fresh water, and wash
their clothes : so that it is a great benefit [for them,] and a
pleasant sight to behold, how cleare & in how many streames
the water runneth downe into the valley, which may bee
thought a myracle, considering the drinesse of the country
together with the stonie Eockes and hilles therein. The
Portingales have by little and little brought many beastes
into it, and in the valleyes planted al sorts of fruites: which
have growne there in so great abundance, that it is almost
incredible. For it is so full of Goates, Buckes, wild Hogges,
Hennes, Partridges, and Doves, by thousands, so that any
man that will, may hunt and take them : & ther is alwaies
[plentie and] sufficient, although there came as many shippes
more into the Hand as there doe : and they may kill them
with stones and staves, by reason of the gret numbers of
them. Now for fruites, as Portingall Figges, Pomgranets,
Oranges, Lemons, Citrons,3 and such like fruites, there are so
many, that growe without planting or setting, that all the
valleyes are full of them, which is a great pleasure to beholde,
for that it seemeth to bee an earthly Paradise. It hath
1 Orig. Dutch : " some volcano".
2 Orig. Dutch: "brooks".
3 Orig. Dutch : " lymen" (little lemons). See ch. 54, ante.

256 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
fruite all the yeare long, because it raineth there by showers
at the least five or sixe times everie day, and then againe
the Sunne shineth, so that whatsoever is planted, there it
groweth verie well : but because the Portingales are not over
curious of new things, there groweth not of al sorts of fruites
of Portingall and India in that Hand : for [assuredly] with
out any doubt they would growe well in that land, because of
the good temperature of .the ayre, besides this they have so
great abundance of Fish, round about the Hand, th%t it seem
eth a wonder wrought of God : for with crooked nayles, they
may take as much Fish as they will, so that all the shippes
doe provide themselves of Fish of all sorts in that place,
which is hanged up and dried, and is of as good a taste [and
savor], as any Fish that ever I eate : and this every man that
hath beene there, affirmeth to be true. And the better to
serve their turnes, upon the Eockes3 they find salt, which
serveth them for their necessarie provisions, so that to con
clude it is an earthly Paradise for ye Portingall shippes, and
seemeth to have been miraculously discovered for the re
freshing and service of the same, considering the smalnesse
and highnesse of the laiid, lying in the middle of the Ocean
sea[s], and so far from the firme land or any other Hands,
that' it seemeth to be a Boye, placed in the midle of the
Spanish Sea[s] : for if this Hand were not, it were impossible
for the shippes to make any good or prosperous Viage : for it
hath often fallen out, that some shippes which have missed
thereof, have indured the greatest miserie in ye world, and
were forced to put into the coast of Guinea, and there to stay
the falling of the raine, and so to get fresh water, and after-
wardes came halfe dead and spoyled into Portingall It is
the fashion, that all the sicke persons, that are in the shippes,
and can not wel sayle in them, are left there in the Hand,
with some provision of Eice, Bisket, Oyle, and some Spices,
for Fish and flesh they may have enough, for when the ships
1 Orig. Dutch : " upon the cliffs on the seaside".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 257
are gone, then all the beastes (which by reason of the great
number of people fly into the mountaines) come downe againe
into the valleyes, where they may take them with their
handes' and kill them [as they list], those sicke men stay
there till the next yeare, till other ships come thether, which
take them with them, they are commonly soone healed in
that Hand ; as being a verie sound and pleasant countrie :
and it is verie seldome seene, that any of them dyeth there,
because they have alwaies a temperate ayre, and coole
winde, and alwayes fruite throughout the whole yeare.1 The
king will not suffer any man to dwell in it, because they
should not destroye & spoyle the countrie, and holde it as
their owne, but will have it common for everie man to take
what he hath neede of. In time past there dwelt an Hermet
in the Ile, [who continued there for] certaine yeares, under
pretence of doing penance, and to uphold the Church, hee
killed many of the Goates and Buckes, so that everie yeare
hee sold at the least five or sixe hundred skinnes, and made
great profit therof : which the King hearing, caused him pre
sently to be brought from thence into Portingall. Likewise
upon a certaine time two Caffares or blacke people of Mosam
bique, and one Iaver,2 with two women slaves stoale- out of
the shippes, and hid themselves in the Eockes of this Hand,
which are verie high and wilde, whereby men can hardly
passe them. They lived there together, and begot children,
so that in the ende they were at the least twentie persons,
who when the ships were gone, ran throughout the Hand
and did much hurt, making their houses & dweling places
betweene some of the hilles, where not any of the Portingales
had beene, nor yet could easily come at them : and therein
they hid themselves untill the shippes were gone,3 but in the
end they were perceived, and the Portingales used all the
meanes they could to take them : but they knew so well how
1 Orig. Dutch : " without much change". 2 I.e., Javan,
3 Orig. Dutch: " when the ships did lie there".

258 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
to hide and defend themselves, that in many yeares they could
not be taken : in the end, fearing that they might in time be
hurtfull unto them, and hinder them much, by expresse com-
mandement of the King, after long and great labour, they
tooke them all and brought them prisoners into Portingall :
so that at this present no man dwelleth therein, but only
the sicke men, as I told you before. When the ships come
thether, everie man maketh his lodging under a tree, setting
a Tent about it : for that the trees are there so thicke, that it
presently seemeth a little towne or an armie lying in the
fielde. Everie man provideth for himself, both flesh, fish,
fruite, and woode, for there is enough for them all : and everie
one washeth Linnen. There they hold a generall fasting
and prayer,1 with Masse everie daye, which is done with
great devotion, with procession, and thankesgiving and other
Himnes, thanking God that hee hath preserved them from
the danger of the Cape de Bona Speranza, and brought
them to that Hand in safetie. There they use [sometimes]
to Carve their names, and markes in trees & plants2 for a
perpetuall memorie : whereof many hundreth are there to be
found, which letters with the growing of the trees, doe also
grow bigger and bigger, we found names that had been there
since the yeare of the Lord 1510 & 1515, and everie yeare
[orderly] following, which names stoode upon Figge trees,
every letter being of the bignesse of a spanne, by reason of
the age and growing of the trees. This shal suffice for the
description of the Hand of Saint Helena.
The 21. of May, being Saint Helenas day, and Whitsunday,
after we had taken in all our fresh water, and other neces
saries, we set sayle altogether in companie, and directed our
course towardes Portingall, leaving about fifteene sicke men
in the Ilande, & some slaves that ranne out of the ships.
The 26. of May in the Evening, wee spake with the Saint
1 Orig. Dutch: "confession and communion".
2 Orig. Dutch: " in the trunks and branches of the trees".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 259
Mary, and the next day with the Gallion of Malacca : the
same Morning and in the afternoone with the Admirall, who
willed us to follow him unto the Hand of the Ascention.
The same day one of our slaves fell over bord, and although
we used all the meanes we could to save him, yet we could
not doe it, by reason we sayled before the winde. The
same day at night wee saw the Hand of Ascention, and
lauered1 all that night, because we would not passe the Hand.
In the Morning the 28. of May, we sayled about the Hand
to see if there were any ground to Anker on, because the
Admirall was so leake, that shee could no longer- holde out :
and the men desired the Officers of the shippe, that they
would lay the goods on land, in the Hand of Ascention, and
there leave it with good watch and necessaries [for them
that keepe it,] and so sayle with the emptie ship to Portingall :
and there procure some other shippe to fetch the goods,
thinking it was sufficient to have it well watched and kept
there, for that there commeth not a ship in twentie yeares
into that Hand, because there is nothing in it to be had. We
went close unto it, by a verie white and faire Sand, where the
Admirall and all the shippes2 cast out the Lead, and found
from eightie to fiftie, and 40. Fadomes water : and although
they might have gone closer to the land, yet the Officers
excused themselves, saying, that they coulde not goe neerer,
and that it was too deepe and verie dangerous for them to
Anker there. Which they said to pacifie the men, desiring
that they might borow two Pumpes more of the other shippes,
and so without doubt they woulde bring the shippe safe unto
Portingall, and although it would bee great paine and labour
for them3 [to doe it,] yet they must [of force] content them
selves: for that the Admirall and all the Gentlemen that
were in the shippe pumped both day and night, as their
1 Better, "laveered", i.e., beat about.
2 Orig. Dutch: "and we also".
3 Orig. Dutch : "although it was difficult to them".

2G0 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
turnes came about, as well as the meanest [in the shippe]
onely to encourage the people. They borowed one Pumpe
of the Saint Mary, and sent to desire us to lend them another,
and. although our ship was none of the best [among the
Fleet,] we1 were of opinion not to lend him any, as not
knowing what neede wee should have ourselves, having so
long a way to sayle, yet in the end seeing the great necessitie
they were in, we lent them one, the rather because they sayd
that the Admirals meaning was, if it were calme wether, to
discharge some of their wares into other shippes, thereby to
lighten themselves, but it fell not out as they thought, so
that with great miserie and labor the> overcame their
iournie.

The 95. Chapter.
Of the Hand called the Ascention.
This Hand was discovered upon Ascention daye,2 and in
shew seemeth as great as the Hand of Saint Hellena, but not
so high. It is ful of hilles and dales, lying under eight
degrees and a halfe, on the South side of the Equinoctiall
line, and lyeth Northwest distant from Saint Helena, 190.
Spanish miles, and from the Equinoctiall line 140. miles.
There is not any fresh water in the Hand, nor one greene
leafe or branch. It hath many hilles of a reddish colour,
which shew like a certaine Earth in Spaine called Almagro,8
and is full of stonie hilles, and dryed land, [it is] like Saint
Helena. There hath beene some shippes there, that missed
Saint Helena, and sought for fresh water in that Hand, but
1 Orig, Dutch : " and many"
2 The island was discovered by Joao de Nova on his voyage to India
in 1501, and called " Ilha da Concepcao" (Isle of the Conception), but
Affonso d'Albuquerque, who two years later touched it on Ascension
Day, called it, perhaps without knowing of Nova's discovery, after that
day, " Ilha da Asoensao". 3 Read : " almagre", = " red ochre".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 261
could find none. It hath certaine faire and white Sandes
about it. and great store of Fish, wherein it surpasseth S.
Helena, but in it there are no beastes at all, onely by reason
of the great quantitie of Fishes ther are so many Birds in it
yt. it is strange, and they are of the bignesse of young Geese,
& came by thousands flying about our ships, crying and
making great noyse, and ranne up and downe in the shippe,
some leaping and sitting on our shoulders and armes, not
once fearing us, so that wee tooke many of them, and wrung
of their neckes, but they are not good to eate, because they
taste- morish.1 I thinke the cause they are so tame is, because
they see but few men[, and some desire to goe to -them].
About that Hand and the Hand of Saint Helena, unto the
Equinoctiall line, there are flying Fishes, as great as Herings,
which flie by great . flockes together, two or three Fadome
above the water, and flie in that manner at the least a
quarter of a mile, untill their wings or finnes be drie,- and
then they can flie no longer, but fall into the water, and
there wet themselves, and then flie againe above the water.
The cause why they flie in that sort is, because they are
chased by the great fishes, that eate them, and to escape from
them, they flie above the water, and some times into the
shippes : for many of them fell into our ship, which flew too
high, for when their wings are dri& they must needes fall.
From that Island of Ascention the shippes held their
course Northwest and by West, til they be a degree past
the Equinoctiall line on the North side, where there lyeth a
cliffe called Penedo de Sam Pedro, which many times they
see, and to it from the Islande of Ascention are 300; miles.
The 5. of Iune we passed againe the Equinoctiall line, and
then again began we to see the North starre, which we had
lost under, ten degrees, on this side Cochijn, and now began
to lose the sight of the South starre, and there we had the
sun in the South at twelve of the clocke at noone,.in which
1 Orig. Dutch: "fishy". Moorish, Old Engl.=" strong-tasted".

262 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
on the other side of the line at the same time is in the North.
The 8. of June, being 4. degrees in the North, we lost our
generall South east winde, that had served us from the Cape
de bona Speranza thether, & then began the raines and
calmes: for as then we began to come neare the coast of
Guinea, which continueth to 9. degrees. These calmes and
raines helde us till 11. degrees, being the 20. of Iune, whereby
the ships seperated themselves, by reason of the calmes which
made them not able to steerre : and in the 11. degrees they
met againe, and there we had a North east wind, which is
called the generall winde, because it floweth continually in
those Countries, and holdeth to 30. and 32. degrees, beginning
many times at 6. and 7. degrees : but wee had it not till wee
were under 11. degrees. This wind is somewhat scant, for
wee must of force saile in the wind, because our chiefe course
is Northwest and by North.
The 23. of Iune we passed the point of Capo Verde, which
is under 15. degrees, and the 26. of the same month we
passed the Islands of Capo Verde, which are ten in number.
They beginne under 15. degrees, and end in 19. degrees, and
are distant from the firme land of Capo Verde, from 70. to
160. miles inwards to the sea. Then wee entred into the sea:
called Sergasso, which is all covered with hearbes, so that it
seemeth to be like a greene fielde, & so thicke that a man
can not see the water, neyther can the ships passe through
them, but with great labour, unlesse they have a strong wind.
The hearbe is like Samper,1 but yellow of colour, & hath
berries like Goose berries, but nothing in them. The Portin
galles call it Sargasso, because it is like the herbes that
groweth in their welles [in Portingall,] called Sargasso:
whereupon that sea is called Sargasso. It is not knowne
from whence it commeth : for there is no land nor Island
that is knowne to bee neare that sea, but the coast of Africa,
1 Orig. Dutch: "peterselye" (parsley). Santper==" samphire", and
is believed to be herbe de " Saint Pierre".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 263
which is at the least more then 400. miles from thence. It
is thought it commeth from the ground, and yet there is no
ground in that place to bee fou«de : and in sayling to India
the shippes come not into that sea, (for then they" keepe closer
to the shore, so that it is not once seene) and it is not found
in any place but there, beginning at 20. degrees, & continuing^
to 34 degrees, so thicke, and so full as if they were whole
Islandes, most strange to beholde. In the countrey it is as
cold in winter, as it is here with us when it freezeth hot,
which the Portingalles esteeme a great cold, and cloath them
selves against it [as we doe in a mightie great frost]. The
last of Iune wee were under 23. degrees, being right under
the sunne: for yt. the sun was then in the same height, and
we also under ye Tropike of Cancer, which is the furthest
part that the Sunne goeth Northwarde, and then it turneth
againe unto the Equinoctial line, and from thence into the
South. Wee passed ye line of Tropicus Capricorni twice,
once on the South side, by the ende of the Island of S.
Lawrence, and then againe under 23. degrees, after we had
passed the Cape de bona Speranza. The 2. of Iuly wee were
under the height of the Islands of Canarie, which lie under
28. and 29. degrees, and are distant from the coast of Barbarie
and Africa from 30. to 80. miles, which Islandes lay on our
right hande : and because in those Islandes there are many
things that are worthie the noting, therefore I thought it
convenient to make a briefe description of them.

The 96. Chapter.
A briefe description of the Islands of Canaria.
The Islandes of Canaria are seven, which in times past
were called the Fortunadas, and at this day by the, Spaniards
are called the Canaries, by reason of the great numbers of
dogges which they founde in them, when they were first

264 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
discovered.1 The names of the Islands are, Great Canarie,
Teneriffe, La Palma, La Gomera, El' Hierro, Lansarotte, and
Fuente Ventura.2 In the Island of Teneriffe there is ai hill
called Pico de Terraira,3 which is thought to bee the highest
hill that ever was found, for it may easily bee seene at the
least threescore miles into the sea, before they come at it.4
It cannot be climed but in the monthes of Iuly and August :
for all the other monthes it lyeth full of snowe, although
below in the Island, and in other Hands thereabouts, they
see no snow. It is three dayes iourney to clime up into it,
and on the toppe thereof it is flat, and when it is clear and
faire weather, a ma'n may from thence see all the Islandes
round about it, although some of them are at the least 50.
miles distant, and as much in compasse. The two monthes
in which they use to clime up upon the hill, they bring
downe certaine peeces of brimstone, from whence it is much
caried into Spaine : and at my being in the Island of Tercera,
a shipper [one of my acquaintance] that came from Teneriffe,
gave me a peece thereof, for a remembrance of him. In
one of those Islandes called Hierro, or of Iron, there is a
wonderfull and strange thing to be seene, and I verely thinke
it is one of ye strangest things in the world. This Island is
one of the greatest of all the seven : but it is an unfruitful
and barren land, and so drie, that in all the Island there is
not one droppe of fresh water to bee found, but onely in some
places uppon the sea side, which is farre from hand, so that
it profiteth the inhabitants but very little. But God of his
1 This is a fable. The name Canaria, and its derivation a multitudine
canum ingentis magnitudinis, really came from King Juba, in Pliny
(vi, 37). The Spaniards were not the discoverers (or, properly, re-dis
coverers) of these islands, but Genoese mariners, about the end of the
thirteenth, or the beginning of the fourteenth, century,
2 These islands are inhabited. Besides, there are six little uninhabited
islands. 3 Read: " Pico de Teyde"
4 This is the very reason why it was thought much more elevated
than it actually is.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 265
mercie hath provided for the want of water both for men and
beastes, in this maner : for there is a great tree, which no
man knoweth, (for the like is not found in any other place)
the leaves whereof are small and long, and alwaies greene
without chaunging [colour]: this tree is covered and com
passed about with a small cloud, which alwaies continueth
in one forme, and never altereth nor diminisheth : and this
cloud casteth dew upon the leaves of the tree, which hang
down, and drop continually (without ceasing) a most cleare,
thinne, and fine water, which falleth into [certaine] Cesternes,
that by the inhabitants of the Island are made round
about & under the tree, therein to keepe and preserve the
water.1 [The Island of Ascention, so called, because it was dis
covered upon the day of Christs ascention into heaven, is
not inhabited because of the unfruitfulness thereof, & because
it wanteth fresh water : which is also the cause that it is not
visited by the ships, for that they hope for no refreshing in
the same. The Hilles of this Hand are redde like Bolus.
About this Hand are many birds, because of the great num
bers of fishes that are about it, specially small flying fishes,
which in Portingall are called Pisce Bolodor. Eeade more
hereof in the booke, in Folio, 175. ]2
And this water is in so great abundance, that it serveth
[all the Island] for their necessarie uses, not onely for the
people, but also for their cattle throughout all the Isle, and
no man can. remember when that wonder first began.
On the right side of this Island3 about a hundred miles
distant, there is yet an other wonder to be noted, which is,
1 It appears from credible sources that this tree, a til-tree (Laurus
foetens), standing not far from the little town of Valverde, indeed distils
water in great abundance from its leaves. It held this power to the
end of the seventeenth century, but then, by age, it lost its dense
f oliage, and with it this peculiarity.
2 This passage is an interpolation, not occurring in the original Dutch
text. 3 ()rig. Dutch : " these islands".

266 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
that often times there is an Islande seene thereaboutes,
called San Borondon,1 where divers men have been on lande,
[being onely such] as fell upon it on the sodaine, and not
looking for it : who affirme it to bee a very fayre, pleasant,
and greene countrey full of trees, and all kinds of victuaile,
and that it is inhabited by people that are Christians : but no
man knowes of what nation they are, neyther what language
they speake. The Spaniards- of the Islandes of Canaria have
many times sayled towardes it to view it, but they could
never find it : whereupon there goeth divers opinions of it,
for some think it to be inchanted, and that it may not bee
seene but upon certaine dayes : some thinke it to bee very
small, and alwaies covered with cloudes, and that therefore
it can not bee seene nor founde out : and also the great
stormes and strength of the water driveth the shippes from
it : but to conclude, it is holden for a truth, that the Ilande
lyeth thereaboutes, as all those that come from thence doe
certainly affirme. The Ilandes of Canaria are very fruitfull,
and plentiful! 'of all thinges, both victuailes and other neces
saries. They have of all kinds of come, specially excellent
good Wine, which from thence is caried into all places. There
is likewise great store of Sugar, which is much esteemed, and
also caryed into all countries of Christendome, which eauseth
great trafficke unto those Hands, as well by Spaniardes and
Portingalles, as other nations, and is the common staple for
the shippes that sayle out of Spayne into the West Indies,
and refreshe themselves there, and also take in such Wyne as
they commonly use to carry with them to the West Indies.
They have also great abundance of Cattle arid Cammelles,
and are now inhabited by Spanyardes, having yet therein
many of the naturall borne inhabitantes, which they doe call
Guanchas, who by reason of their long conversation with the
Spaniardes, doe wholly use their customes, [and manner of
1 A fabulous island, called after Saint Brandan, an Irish monk of the
sixth century, whose legendary voyage is described in an old poem.

TO THE EAST IKDIES. 267
apparell]. The chiefe of these Islands is great Canaria, where
there is a Bishop, and the inquisition with the tribunal
Eoyal, and it hath the government over all the other Islandes,
that are called the Canaries.
The 6. of Iulie wee were under 32. degrees, where wee
lost the generall North-East wind, and had a calme, and saw
much of the hearbe called Sargasso, which covered all the
sea. The 10. of the same month, we got againe before the
wind, being under 34. degrees, and then we saw no more of
the hearbe Sargasso, but a faire cleare sea.
The eighteenth of Iulie wee were under 39. degrees, under
which height lieth the Hand called de Coruo, and the Island
of Tercera, and also, the river of Lisbone, all these dayes we
had many calmes. The next day wee had a West wind being
a right forewinde, and saw many flying fishes, almost as
great as Haddockes, that flew three or foure fadomes high
above the water.
The 22. of Iuly, the winde continuing, about noone we saw
the Islands called Flores, and de Coruo, which lie one close
to the other: from thence to the Island of Tercera East
ward are 70. miles. At that time wee began to have many
sick men, that is to say, some sicke in their eyes, and some
in their breaste and bellies,1 by reason of the long voiage,
and because their victuals began to loose the taste, and
savour, and many wanted meat, whereby divers of them
through want were compelled to seeth rice with salt water, so
that some of them died, which many times were found under
the fore deck that had laine dead two or three dayes no man
knowing it, which was a pittifull sight to behold, considering
the miserie they indure[d] aboard those ships. There died
in our ship from India unto that place, of slaves and others,
to the number of2 24. persons.
The same day about Evening, being by the Islandes of
1 Orig. Dutch : " en schuerbuyck" (and of scurvy).
2 Orig. Dutch :'" more then".

268 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Flores and Coruo, wee perceived three shippes that made
towards us, which came from under the land, which put us in
great feare : for they came close by our Admirals, & shot
divers times at him, & at another ship of our companie,
whereby wee perceived them to be English men, for they
bare an English flagge upon their maine tops, but none of
them shewed to be above 60. tunnes in greatnes. About
Evening they followed after us, and all night [bore lanternes
with Candles burning in them at their sternes, although the
Mo'one shined. The same night passing]1 hard by the Island
of Fayarl,2 the next day being betweene the Island of S.
George that lay on our right hand, and the small Island
called Gratioso3 on our left hand, we espied the three English
ships still following us that tooke counsell together, whereof
one sayled backwards, thinking that some other ship had
come after us without company, & for a small time was out
of sight, but it was not long before it came againe to the other
two, wherewith they tooke counsell, & came all three together
against our shippe, because we lay in the lee of all our ships,
and had the Island of S. George [on the one side in steede of
a sconce,]4 thinking to deale so with us, that in the end we
should be constrained to runne uppon the shore, whereof wee
wanted not much, and in that manner with their flagges
openly displayed, came lustily towardes us, sounding their
Trumpets, and sayled at the least three times about us,
beating us with Musket and Caliver, and some great peeces,
and did us hurt5 in the body of our shippe, but spoyled all
our sayles and ropes, and to conclude, we were so plagued by
them, that no man durst put forth his head, and when wee
shot off a peece, we had at the least an houres worke to lade
it againe, whereby wee had so great a noise and crie in the
1 Orig. Dutch : " all night gave each other signals from the top. The
same night, the moon shining, we passed". . . .
2 Read: " Fayal". 3 Read: "Graciosa".
4 Orig. Dutch : " tot een legher wal" (as a lee-shore).
6 Orig. Dutch : "little hurt".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 269
ship, as if we had all bin cast away, wliereat the English men
themselves beganne to mocke us, and with a thousand iesting
words called unto us. In the meane time the other shippes
hoised all their sailes, & did the best they could to saile to
the Island of Tercera, not looking once behinde them to help
us, doubting they should come too late thether, not caring for
us, but thinking themselves to have done sufficiently : so
they saved their own stakes, whereby it may easily be seene
what company they keepe one with the other, & what order
is among them. In the end the English men perceiving
small advantage against us, (little knowing in what case and
feare we were, as also because we were not far from Tercera)
left us, which made us not a litle to reioyce, as thinking our
selves to be risen from death to life, although we were not
well assured, neither yet voide of feare till we lay in the road
before Tercera, & under the safetie of the Portingales fort, &
that we might get thether in good time we made all the
sailes we could : on the other side we were in great doubt,
because wee knew not what they did in the Island, nor
whether they were our friendes or enemies, and wee doubted
so much the more, because wee found no men of war nor any
Carvels of advise from Portingal, as we made our accounts to
doe, that might convay us from thence, or give us advise, as
in that countrie ordinarilie they use to do,1 & because the
Englishmen had bin so victorious in those parts, it made us
suspect that it went not well with Spaine : they of the
Hand of Tercera, were in no lesse feare then we, for that
seeing our fleet, they thought us to be Englishmen, & that we
came to overrun the Hand because the 3. English men had
bound up their flags & came in company with us : for the
which cause the Hand sent out 2. Carvels that lay there with
advise from the King, for the Indian ships that should come
thither. Those Carvels came to view us, and perceiving
what wee were, made after us, where uppon the English ships
1 Orig. Dutch: "to find".

270 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
left us, & made towarde's them, because the Carvels thought
them to be friends, and shunned them not, as supposing
them to be of our company, but we shot foure or five times
and made signes unto them that they should make towards
the' Island, which they presently did. The English men per
ceiving that did put forwards into the sea, and so the Carvels
borded us, telling us that the men of the Island were all in
armes, as having received advise from Portingall, that Sir
Francis Drake was in a readines, and would come unto those
Islands. They likewise brought us newes of the overthrow
of the Spanish Fleet before England, and that the English
men had beene before the gates of Lisbone : wherupon the
king gave us commandement that we should put into the
Island of Tercera, and there lie under the safetie of the
Castle untill we received further -advise what wee should doe,
or whether we should saile: for that they thought it too
dangerous for us to goe to Lisbone. Those newes put our
fleet in greate feare, and made us looke uppon each other not
knowing what to say, as being dangerous for them to put
into the road, because it lieth open to the sea : so that the
Indian ships, although they had expresse commandement
from the king, yet they durst not anker there, but only used
to come thether, and to lavere1 to and fro, sending their boates
on land to fetch such necessaries as they wanted, without
ankering : but being by necessity compelled thereunto, as
also by the kinges commandement, and for, that wee under
stood the Earle of Cumberland not to bee farre from those
Islands with certaine ships of war, we made necessitie a
vertue, and entring the rode, ankered close under the Castle,
staying for advise, and order from the king to performe our
voyage, it being then the 24. of Iuly & S. James day. We
were in al 6. ships, that is 5. from East Indies, & one from
Malacca, & lay in the rode before the Towne of Angra, from
whence we presently sent three or foure Carvels into Portin-
1 See p. 259, note 1.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 271
«all, with advise unto the king of our arivall. There we lay
in great daunger, and much feare, for that when the month of
August commeth it is very dangerous lying before that Hand,
for as then it beginneth to storme. The shippes are there
safe from all windes, saving onely from the South and South
east windes: for when they blow, they lie in a thousand
dangers, specially the east Indian ships, which are very heavily
laden, and so full, that they are almost readie to sinke, so
that they can hardly be steered.
The fourth of August in the night we had a South winde
out of the sea, wherewith it began so to storme, that, all the
ships were in great danger to be cast away, and to run upon
the shore : so that they were in great feare and shot off
their peeces, to call for help. The officers and most of the
sailers were on land, none but pugs1 and slaves being in the
ships : for it is a common custome with the Portingales, that
wheresoever they anker, presently they goe all on land, and
let the shippe lie with a boy or two in it. All the bels
in the Towne were hereupon rung, and there was such a
noyse and crie in everie place,2 that one could not heare the
other speak : for those that were on land by reason of the
foule weather, could not get aboard, and they in the Shippe
could not come to land. Our Shippe the Santa Crus was
in great danger, thinking verily that it shuld have run upon
the sands, but God holp them. The ship that came from
Malacca brake her Cables, and had not men enough aboard
the shippe, nor any that could tell how to cast forth another
anker: so that in the end they cut their mastes, & drove
upon the Cliffes, where it stayed, and brake in peeces, and
presently sunke under the water to the upper Oorlope, and
with that the winde came North West, wherewith the storme
ceased, and the water became calme. If that had not beene,
al the ships had followed the same course : for that some of
1 Orig. Dutch : " putgers". See p. 227.
2 Orig. Dutch- "in the whole town".

272 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
them were at the point to cut their Masts and Cables to save
their lives, but God would not have it so. In that ship of
Malacca were lost many rich and costly Marchandises : for
these ships are ordinarily as rich1 as anie ships that come
from India, as being full of all the rich wares of China,
Malupo, lava, and all those countries, so that it was great
pittie to see what costly thinges, (as Silkes, Damaskes, clothes
of gold and silver,2 & such like wares) fleeted upon the sea,3
and [were] tome in peeces. There was much goods saved,
that lay in the upper part of the ship, and also4 by duckers,
as pepper, Nutmegs, and Cloves, but most of it was lost, and
that which was saved, was [in a manner]5 spoyled, and little
worth : which presently by the kinges officers in the Island
was seased upon, and to the Farmers uses, shut up in the
Alsandega,6 or Custome house, for the Kinges custome, not
once regarding the poore men, nor their long and dangerous
Voiage that had continued the space of three yeares, with so
great miserie and trouble by them indured in Malacca, (as in
another place I have alreadie shewed) so that they could not
obtaine so much [favour] of the king nor of his officers, that
of the goods that were saved and brought to land, they might
have some part, although they offered to put in suerties for so
much as the custome might amount unto, or els to leave as
much goods in the officers hands as would satisfie them, and
although they made daily, and pittifull complaintes, that
they had not where with to live, and that they desired uppon
their owne adventures to fraight [certaine] shippes or Carvels
at their owne charge, and to put in good suerties to deliver
the goods in the Custome house of Lisbone, yet could they
not obtaine their requests : but were answered that the king,
1 Orig. Dutch : " always richer".
2 Orig. Dutch : (add) " costly porcelain".
3 Orig. Dutch : (add) " and were cast on shore".
4 Orig. Dutch : (add) "in the long run".
6 Orig. Dutch : " for the most part".
8 Read: "Alfandega".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 273
for the assurance of his custome, and of all the goods, would
send an Armado by sea to fetch the goods : which fetching
continued for the space of two yeares and a halfe, and yet
nothing was done, for there came no Armado.
In the meane time the poore saylers consumed all that
they had, and desperately cursed both themselves, the king,
and all his officers : yet in the end by great and importunate
sute of the Farmers of the pepper, every man had licence to
lade his goods in what ship hee would, after it had laine
there for the space of two yeares and a halfe, putting in
suerties to deliver the goods in the custome house of Lisbone,
where they must pay the halfe & more of the same goods for
custome to the King, without any respect of their hard for
tune and great miserie, [during their long and dangerous
Voyage], and he that will be dispatched in the Custome
house there, must see the officers,1 otherwise it is most com
monly three or foure monthes before the goods are delivered
unto the owners, and the best thinges, or any fine devise that
the Marchants for their own uses2 bring out of India, if the
officers like them they must have them, yet they will promise
to pay for them, [but they set no day when : so that the
poore Marchants are forced to give them rest, and wel con
tented that the officers are so pleased, and use no more
delaies].3 The eight of August, the officers of the ships tooke counsell
together with the Governour of the Island what they were
best to doe, thinking it not good to follow the kinges advise,
considering their long staying, and fearing some other hard
fortune if they should stay, and because a great Gallion,
being a man of warre, and very strong, lay as then before
1 Orig. Dutch: " must continually fill up the hands of the custom-
officers with presents".
2 Orig. Dutch: "that any man for his own pleasure".
3 Orig. Dutch: "but nothing comes of it, and they must remain
silent and' feign contentment".

274 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
the Island, wherein was the Governour of Brasilia, who by
foule weather had put in there : they concluded that this
Gallion being well appointed should sayle with them to Lis
bone, and although they did it without the advise and com
mandement of the king, yet had they rather so to adventure
their lives upon the seas, then againe to stay the danger of
the Haven, -for that the winter did day lie more and more
increase, so that they were not to looke for any better
weather, and in that sort appointing themselves as well as
they could, and taking in all necessarie provisions, the same
day they all set saile with no small fear to fall into some
misfortune by the way : but because many that were of the
ship of Malacca, stayed at Tercera to save such goods as by
any meanes might be saved, and [by that meanes to help
themselves],1 (among the which was the Factor of the pepper,
beeing one of my acquaintance,2 at whose request, as also
because the Pepper of that ship, and of all the other ships
belonged all to one Farmer, by whom I was appointed Factor,
[and] seeing the necessitie he had, and that he alone could
hardly dispatch so great a matter,) I tooke order for mine
owne affaires, and liaving dispatched it by other shippes, I
stayed there to help him, till wee had further advise, and
order from the Farmers3 of the Pepper and other spices and
wares, of the which goods we saved a great quantitie by
meanes of Duckers and other Instruments [that we used],
having advise from the Farmers & the King that it shuld
not be long before they sent for us, willing us to stay there,
and to looke unto the goods. This staying and fetching us
away continued (as I said before) for the space of two yeares
and a halfe, whereby you may consider the good order, and
pollicie of the Admiraltie of Portingall, and with what dili
gence and care they seeke for the common profit of the land,
1 Orig. Dutch : " ende te beneficieren" (and to benefit them).
2 See p. 219.
3 Orig. Dutch : (add) " and owners".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 275
and the poore Marchantes of the Countrie,1 whome they ought
to favor and help, as much as possiblie they may, but they
do cleane contrarie, as those which deale in Portingall doe
well finde.
The 13.2 of August the ships came back againe unto the
Island of Tercera, because they had a contrarie wind, as also
for want of fresh water, but they ankered not. The day
before the Earle of Cumberland,3 with 6. or 7. ships of warre,
sayled by the 'Hand of Tercera, & to their great good fortune
passed out of sight, so that they dispatched themselves in all
haste, and for the more securitie, tooke with them 4. hundred
Spaniards, of those that lay in Garrison in the Island, & with
them they sayled towards Lisbon, having a good wind : so that
within 11. dayes after they arrived in the river of Lisbone
with great gladnes, & triumph : for if they had stayed but
one day longer before they had entred the river, they had
all beene taken by Captaine Drake, who with 40. ships came
before Cascalis,4 at the same time that the Indian ships cast
anker in the river of Lisbone, being garded thither by divers
Gallies. Now by the discourse of this long and perilous
voiage, you may sufficiently perceive, how that onely by the
grace and speciall favour of God, the Indian ships doe per-
forme their voiages, yet with great miserie, paine, labour,
losse, and hinderance : wherby men may likewise consider
the manner of their Navigation, ordinances, customes, and
governments of their ships, so that [in comparison of many
other Voyages,] this present Voyage may be esteemed a happy
& prosperous voyage : for oftentimes it chanceth, that but
one or two ships (of the five) that yearely saile to India

1 Orig. Dutch : " and the assistance of their subjects".
2 Read : " 30th".
3 See Edward Wright's Journal of Cumberland's Voyage to the
kqoTea.—Hakluyt, ii, p. 156.
4 Cascaes, near the mouth of the Tagus, which Linschoten calls " river
of Lisbon".

276 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
come safe home, as of late it hath bin seene, some being
taken, and some lost, altogether1 by their owne follies, & bad
order, as herin at large you may perceive, &c.

The 97. Chapter.

[Of the] description of the Islands of Acores or the Flemmish
Islands.
The Isles of Acores, or the Flemmish Islands, are 7. that
is, Tercera, Saint Michael, S. Mary, S. George, Gratiosa, Pico,
& Fayael. There are yet two Islands called Flores and Coruo,
which are not contained under the name of Acores, but yet
at this day are under the government of the same Islands,
so that they are in all accounted 9. Islands. They are called
Acorest that is to say, Sparhaukes or Haukes, because that in
their first discoverie, they found many Sparhaukes in them,
whereof they hold the name, although at this day there is
not any there to be found.2 They are also called the Flem
mish Islands, that is of the Neatherlanders, because the first
that inhabited the same3 were Neatherlanders, whereof till
this time there is a great number and offspring remaining,
that in manner and behaviour are altogether like Neather
landers, and there is yet in the same Island a running water,
that issueth out of a hill, & so runneth into the sea, where
as yet those issues or ofspringes of Neatherlanders inhabite,
& is called Aribera4 dos Framengos, that is the Flemmish
river. The principall Hand of them all, is that of Tercera,
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) " mostly".
2 Probably the Portuguese took the kites, which are indigenous in
the Acores, for hawks, which are not found there. Hawk is in Portug.
agor. 3 Orig. Dutch : " the island of Fayal".
4 Read : " a ribeira".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 277
called Insula de Iesus Christus of Tercera. It is betweene
15. or 16. miles in compasse, and is altogether a great Cliffe
of land, [whereby in it there is little roome]:1 for it is as it
were walled round about with Cliffes : but where any strand
or sand is, there standeth a fort. It hath no Havens nor
entrance of waters, for the securitie and safetie of the ships,
but only before the chiefe towne called Angra, where it hath
an open Haven, which in forme is like a halfe Moone, by the
Portingales called Angra, whereof the towne hath her name.2
It hath on the one side in manner of an elbow sticking forth,
two high hilles, called Bresyle, which stretch into the sea, so
yt. a far off they seeme to bee devided from the Hand. Those
hils are very high, so that being upon them, a man may see
at the least 10. 12. and sometimes 15. miles into the sea,
being cleare weather. Upon these hils there stand two small
stone pillers, where there is a Centinel placed, that [con
tinually] watcheth to see what ships are at sea, and so to
advertise those of the Island : for that as many ships as hee
seeth comming out of the west, that is from the Spanish
Indies, or Brasilia, Cabo Verde, Guinea, and the Portingall
Indies, and [all] other waies lying south or west, for everie
ship he setteth a flagge upon the piller in the west, and when
the ships which he descrieth are more then 5. then hee
setleth up a great auncient, betokening a whole fleet of ships,
the like he doth upon the other piller, which standeth in the
East, for such shippes as come from Portingall, or other
places out of the East or North partes, these pillers may bee
easily seene in all places of the towne, by reason of the
highness of the hils, so that there is not one ship or sayle
that [is at sea, or] maketh towards the Island, but it is pre
sently knowne throughout all the towne, and over all the
whole Hand : for the watch is not holden onely upon those
two hils iutting into the sea, but also upon all corners, hilles
1 Orig. Dutch : " which makes it unconquerable"
2 Angra means a cove or small bay,

278 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
and cliffes through out the Hand,1 and as ooon as they per
ceive any ships, the Governer and Eulers are presently
advertised therof, that they may take such order therein as
need requireth. Upon the furthest corner into the sea2
standeth a fort, right against another fort that answereth it :
so that those two forts doe shut and defend the mouth or
open haven of the towne, where the ships lie in the road, and
so no ship can either goe in or come forth, without the
licence or permission of those two forts. This towne of
Angra is not only the chiefe towne of Tercera, but also of al
other townes within ye Islands thereabouts. Therein is
resident, the Bishop, the Governour for the King,3 and the
[chiefe place of iudgement, or] tribunall seate of all the
Islands of Acores.
Three miles from this towne lieth another towne towards
the North, called Villa de Praya (for Praya is as much to say,
as strand) because it lieth hard by a great strand, and for
that cause there is little traffique thether, as not having any
convenient place for ships to come at it : yet some times
there commeth some one, that by reason of contrarie wind
cannot get before the towne of Angra, and so by constraint
discharge their goods in that Towne, which from thence are
carried by land to Angra, and yet some part thereof is spent
[and used] there. It is walled and well housed, but not
many people in it, and such as are in it, doe get their livings
most by husbandrie : for there are very faire corne lands.
The Island is likewise very fruitful and pleasant, it hath
much corne and wine, but the Wine is not verie good to
carrie into other Countries [there abouts], because it is small,
and will not long continue, so that it is used in the Countrey
1 Orig. Dutch: (add) " which have a prospect to the sea".
2 Orig. Dutch: (add) "at the foot of the foresaid high mountain
named Bresyl".
3 Orig. Dutch : " Here is the cathedral of the bishopric, the govern
ment" 

TO THE EAST INDIES. 279
by the common people : but such as are of wealth, for the
most part drinke wine of Madera and Canaria. It aboundeth
in flesh, fish, & all other necessaries and meats for mans body
wherewith in time of neede they might helpe themselves.
Oyle there is none, but it commeth out of Portingall. Also
Salt, pottes, pannes, and all kinde of earthen vesselles, Chalke,
and such like are brought thether out of other places, [for
there they are not to bee founde :] for fruites they have
(besides Peaches of divers kindes, and in so great abundance
that it is strange) Cherries, Plummes, Walnuttes, Hasle-
nuttes, Chesnuttes, but those not very good:1 of Apples,
Peares, Oranges and Lemons, with all such like fruites there
are sufficient. Of all sorts of Hearbs and plants, as Coleworts,
Eadishes, and such like they have at their certayne times of
the yeare. They have likewise in that Island a certaine
fruite that groweth under the earth, like Eadishes or other
roots, but the leaves or plants are trees like Vines, but dif
ferent in leaves, and groweth longwise upon the grounde : it
beareth a fruite called Batatas, that is very good, and is so
great that it weigheth a pound, some more, some lesse, but
little esteemed : and yet it is a great sustenance and foode
for the common sort of people. It is of good account in
Portingall, for thether they use to bring it for a present, and
those of the Ilande by reason of the great abundance doe
little esteeme it. There is also another kinde of stuffe that is
sowed like corne, and is a fruite : it groweth uppon the roote
of the grasse or leaves, and is round and as bigge as a great
Pease, but not so rounde : in eating it tasteth like Eardnuttes,
but harder to bite : it is likewise a good meate and much
esteemed in other places, but by reason of the great quantitie
thereof, it is most used2 to fatten their Hogges, and is called
Iunssa. There is also in the Hand a certaine plant, which is
found in all places therof in the open fields : it groweth as
1 Orig. Dutch : "not much".
2 Orig. Dutch : (add) " on the island".

280 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
high as a man, and beareth no fruite, onely the roote thereof
is a substance, of the thicknesse of a mans two fistes, and in
shew as if it were natural golden hair, and in handling like
soft silke, which is used there to stuffe and fill their beddes
in steede of wooll and feathers : and I do certainly beleeve,
if any man of understanding woulde take it in hand, it would
well be woven. The principallest traffique of this Hand is
their woad,1 such as wee use for dying (wherof much is made
in that Hand, and is fetched from thence by Englishmen,
Scottes, and French men, in barter for cloathes and other
wares, who continually traffique into that Hand : and al
though by reason of the warres, the Englishmen are forbidden
to traffique thether, yet under the names of Scots and French
men, they have continuall trade there. The Hand hath not
any wilde beastes or fowles, but very fewe saving onely
Canarie birdes, which are there by thousands, wher many
birders take them, and thereof make a dayly living, by
carying them into divers places. It hath also wonderfull
many Quailes, which they call Codornisen : of tame fowles,
as Hennes & Gynny hens,2 are there likewise great store.
Hunting is there little used, but only for Cunnies, which are
very great :3 Hares, Harts, Partridges, Venison, and such like
are not there to be found, because of the little respect or
care4 the inhabitantes have to breede any such thinges.
Fish is [very] plentifull, and of divers kindes and very good :
in Summer there is great store taken, for in Winter they can
hardly brooke the seas. The chiefe monthes of winter
weather for raine and stormes are, Ianuarie, Februarie, March
and Aprill, and also the month of September is commonly
[very] stormie : all the other monthes it is commonly good
weather. The .Countrey is verie hillie, and in some places

1 Orig. Dutch
2 Orig. Dutch
3 Orig. Dutch
4 Orig. Dutch

" pastel".
" turkeys".
" which are much increased there"
" the little interest".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 281
wooddy, full of bushes and trees : it is hard to* travel, because
their waies for the most parte are stony, so that for a mile, or
a mile and a halfe together, men can see no ground, but only
stones,1 which for sharpenesse and fashion2 shew like pointed
Diamantes, whereby one can hardly tread upon it, least it
should cut through both shooes and feet : and yet it is all
planted with Vines, so full [and thick,] that in summer time
you can hardly see through it, for that the rootes thereof doe
grow betweene the stones : so that a man would think it im
possible that any thing should grow therein : and which is
more, in some places it seemeth impossible for a man to
tread upon it, being so wilde and desert as it sheweth, and
nothing but harde stones and rockes. On good ground their
Vines will not grow, but onely in the wild & stoney places :
& for that cause they are much esteemed. The good groundes
and plaine fieldes, which in some places are verie manie,
specially by villa da Praya, are sowed with corne and woad,
& they have so much corne that they neede not bring any
from other places : although that besides their inhabitants &
natural borne Islanders, they have continually with them 14.
companies of Spaniards, which are all fed and nourished by
the corne that groweth in the countrey, unlesse there chance
to come a [hard &] unfruitful! yeare, as oftentimes it doth,
for then they are forced to helpe themselves with forraine
corne, and that specially because of the soldiers that lie in
the Hand : & yet it is strange, that the corne and all other
things in the Hand continue not above one yeare, and that
which is kept above a yeare is nought and nothing worth.
And therefore to keepe their corne longer then a yeare, they
are forced to bury it in the earth, for the space of foure or
five monthes together, to the which end every townseman
hath his pit at one ende of the towne in3 the common high

Orig. Dutch
Orig. Dutch
Orig. Dutch

' rocks and cliffy hills"
'unevenness" ' beneath"

282 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
way, which is appointed for the purpose, and every man
setteth his marke upon his pitte [stone] : the Corne is but
lightly buried in the earth : the holes within are rounde, and
the toppes thereof so wide that a man may1 creep in, wher-
unto there is a stone purposely made to cover it, which shut
teth it uppe very close. Some of the pittes are so great, as
that they may holde two or three lastes of corne, some
greater, & some smaller, as every man hath his provision :
and as soone as the corne is reaped and fanned (which is in
Inly,) every man putteth his corne into those pittes, laying
straw under and round about it, & then they fill it ful or but
half ful according as their quantitie is, and so stoppe it uppe
with the stone, which they cover with earth, & so let it
stande untill Christmas, when every man that will fetch home
his corne : some let it ly longer, and fetch it by little and
little, as they use it ;, but the corne is as good when they take
it out, as it was at the first houre that they put it in : and
although that Cartes, horses, and men do commonly passe
over it, and also that the rayne rayneth uppon it, yet there
entreth not any droppe of rayne or moysture into it : and if
the, corne . were not buried in that manner, it woulde not
continue good above foure monthes together, but would bee
spoyled :• and when it hath beene thus [for a long time]
buried in the earth, it will continue the whole yeare through,
and then they keep it in chestes, or make a thing of mattes,
like a coope to preserve it in, not once stirring or moving it,
and so it continueth very good.
The greatest commoditie they have in the land, and that
serveth their turnes best, is the oxen : & I believe they are
the greatest and fayrest y t. are to be found in al Christendom,
wt. unmeasurable great and long horns. Everie Oxe hath his
severall name like men, and although there bee a thousande
of them in a hearde, and that one of them be called by his
name, hee presently commeth forth unto his mayster that
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) "hardly".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 283
calleth him. The land is verie high,1 and as it seemeth
hollow: for that as they passe over a hill of stone,2 the
grounde soundeth under them as if it were a Seller, so that it
seemeth in divers places to have holes under the earth,
whereby it is much subiect to earthquakes, as also all the
other Ilandes are : for there it is a common thing, and all
those Ilandes for the most part have had mynes of brimstone,3
for that in many places of Tercera, and Saint Michael, the
smoke and savour of Brimstone4 doeth still issue forth of the
ground, and the Countrey rounde about is all sindged and
burnt. Also there are places wherein there are fountaines
and welles, the water whereof is so hotte that it will boyle an
egge, as well as if it hung over a fire. In the Hand of Ter
cera, about three miles from Angra, there is a fountayne in a
place called Gualua, which hath a propertie, that 'all the
woode which falleth into it, by length of time converteth
into stone, as I my selfe by experience have tryed. [In the
same fountayne] by the roote of a tree, whereof the one halfe
runneth under that water, and is turned into as harde stone as
if it were Steele : and the other parte of the roote (which the
water toucheth not) is still woode and roote, as it should bee.
The Hand hath great store and excellent kindes of woode,
specially Cedar trees, which grow there in so great numbers,
that they make scutes, Cartes, and other grosse workes
thereof, and is the commonest woode that they use to burne
in those Countries, whereby it is the wood that with them is
least esteemed, by reason of the great quantitie thereof.
There is another kinde of wood called Sangumho, and is very
fayre of a redde colour, and another sorte that they call
white woode, being of it selfe as whyte as Chalke : other that
is perfecte yellow, and all natural! without any dying : and
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) " and hilly".
2 Orig. Dutch : " the mountains which are pure rocks' .
3 Orig. Dutch : " volcanoes".
4 Orig. Dutch : ' "smoke and vapour".

284 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
therefore there are divers good workemen in Tercera, that are
skilfuU in loyners ocupation, & make many fine peeces of
worke, as Deskes, Cubbordes, Chestes, and other such like
thinges, whereof many are caried into Portingall, and much
esteemed there, as well for the beautie of the woode, as for
the workemanshippe, and specially the Spanish Fleete, which
ordinarily refresh themselves in the Hand, do carry much of
it from thence, for it is the1 best and finest that is made in
all Spayne and Portingall, although it be not comparable to
the Deskes, and fine workemanshippe of Nurenbergh, and
those countries : but for wood it excelleth all other countries,
for that they have in2 the Spanish Fleete, besides their owne
kindes of woodes, [at the least] a thousande sortes of Woode
of all colours that man can imagine or devise, and so fayre
that more fayrer can not be paynted. There is a certaine
kinde of Woode in the Islande Pico, situate and lying twelve
miles from Tercera, called Teixo, a most excellent and princely
wood, and therfore it is forbidden to be cut, but only for the
Kings owne use, or for his Officers^ The wood is as hard as
Iron, and hath a colour within, as if it were wrought, like
red Chamlet, with the same water, and the older it is and the
more used, the fairer it is of colour, so that it is worthie to be
esteemed, as in trueth it is.
All those Hands are inhabited by Portingals, but since the
troubles in Portingall, there have bene divers Spanish soldiers
sent thether, and a Spanish Governor, that keep all the Forts
and Castles in their possessions, although the Portingales are
put to no charges, nor yet hardly used by them, but are
rather kept short, so that not one soldier dareth goe out of
the towne, without licence : and therefore men may quyetlie
travell throughout the Hand, both day and night, without
any trouble. Likewise they will not suffer any stranger to
travel to see the Country : and this order was not brought up
1 Orig. Dutch . " among the".
2 Orig. Dutch : "obtain through".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 285
by the Spaniards, but by the Portingals themselves, before
their troubles, (for they would never permit it) : which is
more, all strangers that came thether were usually appointed
a certain street, wherin they should sel their wares, and
might not goe out of that street. Now it is not so straightlie
looked unto, but they may goe in all places of the towne, &
within the Hand, but not about it, to view the coast : which
notwithstanding was graunted unto us, by the Governor him
self, who lent us his horses, to ryde about, and gave us leave
to see all the fortes, which at this time is not permitted to
the naturall borne Ilanders; neyther are they so much cre
dited. We road twice about the Hand, which he granted us
leave to doe, by meanes of certaine particular friendship we
had with him : neyther could the Portingales hinder us
therein, because wee were in the Kinges service, as Factors
for the Kinges Pepper, and for that, they held and accounted
us as naturall borne Portingalles : for the Governor would
willinglie have had mee, to have drawne a plot of the whole
Hand, that he might have sent it to the King : wherein I
excused my self : yet I made him the town with the Haven
coming in, and Fortes of Angra, which he sent unto the
King, the like whereof you may in this Booke behold : for
the which the Governor was greatlie affected unto mee, and
shewed mee much friendshippe. Wee had in our lodging a
French Marchant and a Scot, that willinglie would have gone
with us to see the Hand, but could not be suffered : for the
Portingalles thinke that they would take the proportion
thereof, and so seeke to defeate them of their right.
But returning to our matter, the Ilandes are verie good,
and holesome ayre, and the diseases that are most common in
those Countries, though not verie plentiful, but only here &
there one, are one sicknes called 0 Ax,1 that is a kind of [bad

1 Read : " axe", or properly " ache", which Moraes Silva derives from
the English " ache". O is the Portuguese article " the".

286 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
ayre yt. taketh them, &]1 maketh them altogether lame, or
half lame of [their limmes, or of] some one limme : and an
other sicknes, that is called 0 Sange,2 that is, a certaine
blood, that hastelie cometh upp6n a man, as a swelling in the
eyes, or other places of the face, or of the bodie, & is as red as
blood, for (as they say) it is nothing els but meere blood :
there are two diseases like the plague,3 and are commonest
sicknesses in those Countries, which grow by reason of the
great windines of the Ilandes, that are subiect to all stormes
and foule weathers, and are unreasonable moyst, which is one
of the principall causes of these diseases : for the windes are
there so strong and dangerous, that they consume both the
Iron and the Steele4 of their houses, and bring them into
powder : for I have seene Iron grates in the Kings Custome
house, as thicke as a mans arme, [and the windowes of hard
free stone],6 which were so consumed by the wind, that the Iron
in some places was become as thynne as a straw, and the
stone in like sort : and therefore in those Countries they use
to make [their Booties and painthouses]6 of stones, which
they digge in the water, out of sandes nppon the Sea coast of
those Ilandes, Whereon the wind hath not so great a power to
consume it : and yet that Custome house had not bene made
above 6. or 7. yeares before, at the most.
In this Hand besides the two townes, there are divers great
villages, as S. Sebastians, S Barboran, Altares, Gualua, Villa
noua, with manie other parishes and hamlets : so that for the
most part it is built and inhabited, saving onely the places
that are wild and full of woods,7 which can hardlie bee
1 Orig. Dutch: "paralysis by bad air, which" 
5 Sangue signifies "blood".
3 Orig. Dutch : " gelijk plagen". The Dutcn plage is not the Eng
lish " plague", but is used for disease in general.

Orig. Dutch
6 Orig. Dutch
6 Orig. Dutch
' Orig. Dutch

" stone". and the stones of hewed rocks".
the gables of their houses".
wild and desert".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 287
travelled, much lesse inhabited. Their most traffique is (as
I said before) the wood1 that groweth in those countries, I
meane for such as deale in marchandise, and the workemen2
that make it: but the rest waight for the fleets that come
and goe to and from the Spanish and Portingall Indies, from
Brasilia, Cabo Verde and Guinea : all which countries3 doe
commonly come unto Tercera to refresh themselves, as lying-
very fitly for that purpose : so that all the inhabitants doe
thereby richlie maintaine themselves, and sell al their wares,
as well handie works as victuals unto those shippes : and all
the Ilandes round about doe as then come unto Tercera with
their wares, to sell it there. For the which cause the Eng
lishmen and other strangers4 keepe continually about those
Ilandes, beeing assured that all shippes for want of refreshing
must of force put into those Ilandes, although at this time
manie shippes doe avoid those Ilandes, to the great discom-
moditie of the Hands and the shippes.
From Tercera Southeast, about 27. or 28. miles, lyeth the
Hand of S. Michael, which is about 20. myles long, and is
likewise full of Townes and Villages inhabited by Portin
galles, for ayre and all other thinges like unto Tercera. The
chief Towne is called Punta del Gada, where there is great
traffique of English, Scots, and French men, onlie6 (as in
Tercera) because of the woad, which is more abundant in
that Ilande, then in all the rest of them : for that 'everie
yeare there is made above two hundreth thousand Quintalles
of Woad. It hath likewise great abundance of corne, so that
they helpe to victuall all the Ilandes that are round about
them. It hath neither Havens nor Eivers, but onlie the
broad sea, and have lesse safegard and defence then those
[which are] of Tercera: but [there they] ly not under the
1 Read : " woad" (pastel).
2 Orig. Dutch : " husbandmen".
3 Orig. Dutch : " and all those countries, (soil, whose fleets)."
4 Orig. Dutch: "pirates"
3 Orig. Dutch : " more".

288 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
commandement of any Fort : se that many set sayle with all
the windes, and put to sea, which in the road of Tercera they
may not doe": and therefore the strangers shippes had rather
sayle to S. Michaels, for there they cannot be constrayned to
doe anie thing, but what they will themselves to doe. There
is also a company of Spaniards in a Castle that standeth
by the Towne of Punta del Gada, [which is made by the
Spaniards] for the [defence and] maintenance of the same
towne. From the Hand of S. Michaels Southwardes twelve myles
lyeth the Island Santa Maria, which is about ten or twelve
myles compasse, and hath no traffique but onlie of pot earth,
which the other Hands fetch from thence. It hath no Woad,
but is full of all victualles like Tercera, and inhabited by the
Portingales. There are no Spaniards in it : because it is a
stonie Countrie, like Tercera, and hard to bord : whereby
the inhabitantes themselves are sufficient [and] able to defend
it. While I remained in Tercera, the Earle of Comberland
came thether,1 to take in fresh water, and some other victuals :
but the inhabitants would not suffer him to have it, but
wounded both himself and divers of his men, whereby they
were forced to depart without having any thing there.
From Tercera North north west about seven or eight myles
lyeth the little Hand called Gratiosa, & is but 5. or 6. miles
in compasse, a very pleasaunt and fyne Island, full of all
fruites and [all other] victualles, so that it not onley feedeth
it self, but also Tercera and the other Islandes about it, and
hath no other kinde of merchandise: it is well built2 and3
inhabited by Portingales, and hath no soldiers in it, because
it is not able to beare the charge. The Earle of Comberland,
while I lay in Tercera, came unto that Hand,4 where himself
1 See Edw. Wright's "Journal" in Hakluyt, ii, p. 161.
2 Orig. Dutch; "cultivated".
3 Orig. Dutch: "and much".
4 See Edw. Wright, p. 159.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 289
in person, with seven or eight in his company went on land,
asking certaine beastes, Hennes, and other Victuals, with
wyne and fresh water, which they willinglie gave him, and
therewith hee departed from thence, without doing them
anie hurt : for the which the inhabitantes thanked him,
and commended him for his curtesie, and keeping of his
promise.1 From Tercera West North West, eight or nyne miles, lyeth
the Hand of S. George. It is about twelve myles long, but
not above 2. or 3. myles at the furthest in breadth : it is
wooddie and full of hilles : it hath no speciall traffique, but
onelie some Woad, and yet verie little of it. The inhabitants
live most by Cattell and tilling of the land, and bring [much]
victuals to sell in Tercera : it hath likewise many Cedar
trees, and other kindes of wood, that from thence are brought
unto Tercera, and sold unto the loyners, which for that
occasion dwell onlie in Tercera.
From S. George West South west 7. miles, lyeth the Hand
called Fayael, which is 17. or 18. miles in compasse : it is
one of the best Hands next unto Tercera, and S. Michaels :
it aboundeth in all sorts of victuailes, both flesh and fish, so
that from this Hand the most part of victuailes and neces
saries commeth by whole Carvels unto Tercera : it hath like
wise much Woad, so that many English shippes doe traffique
thether. The principall road and place is the towne called
Vitta dorta :2 there the ships likewise doe lie in the open sea
under the land, as they do before al ye other Hands : by
this town there lieth a fortresse, but of small importance : &
because the inhabitants of themselves do offer to defend the
Hand against all enemies, the soldiers were discharged from
thence, which before that time lay in the fort complayning
that they were not able to maintaine nor lodge them. The
same time that the Earle of Cumberland was in the Hand
1 Orig. Dutch : " civility".
2 Read : " Villa d'Horta".

290 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
of .Gratiosa, he came- likewise to Fayael,1 where at the first
time that he came, they beganne to resist him, but by reason
of some controversie among them, they let him land, where
he rased the Castle to the ground, and sunke all their Ordi
nance in the Sea, taking with him certaine Carvels and ships
that lay in the road, with provision of all things that he
wanted : and therewith departed againe to Sea. Whereupon
the King caused the principall actors therein to bee punished,
and sent a companie of Soldiers thether againe, which went
out of Tercera, with all kind of warlike munition, and great
shotte, making the fortresse up againe, the better to defend
the Hand, trusting no more in the Portingales. In that
Hand are the most part of the Netherlanders ofspring, yet
they use the Portingales language, by reason they have -beene
so long conversant among them, and those . that used the
Dutch tongue are all dead : they are greatly affected to the
Netherlanders and strangers.
From Fayael Southeast three miles, and from Saint George
Southwest foure miles, and from Tercera Southwest and by
West twelve miles, lyeth the Hand called Pico, which is
more then tifteene miles in length. It is so named of a high
mountain that standeth therein called Pico, which is so high,
that some thinke it is higher then the Pico of Canaria.2
When it is cleare weather, it may as perfectly be seene in
Tercera, as if it were not halfe a mile from thence, and yet
it lyeth about twentie-five miles from it : for it is at the
furthest end of the Hand towards Fayael. The toppe of it
is seene cleare and bright, but the nether part is covered with
cloudes, and with the Horizon, whereby the Hand is much
spoken of. It is verie fruitfull of all kinds of victuals, like
Fayael, and hath great store of woode, as Cedars and all other
kinds, and also the costly wood Teixo. There they build many
Carvels and small ships : [& from thence] by reason of the
1 See Edw. Wright, p. 158.
2 It is 7,143 feet high ; the "Pico de Teyde" of Tenerifa, 11,420 feet.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 291
abundance of woode, they serve1 the other Hands with woode.
It is [also] inhabited as the rest are, their chiefe traffique
being Cattle and husbandrie. It hath much wine, and the
best in all those Hands, and it hath the savorest [and plea-
santest] Oranges that are throughout all Portingal : so that
they are brought into Tercera for a present, as being ther verie
much esteemed, and in my iudgement they are the best that
ever I tasted in any place. And because the towne of Angra,
in the Hand of Tercera, is the chiefe towne and ruler over al
the Flemish Hands, I thought good to set it downe in this
place, in the full proportion, with all the streetes, Fortes,
and Eoad or open Haven, together with the hilles called
Bresil, where the sentinell is holden, for all shippes that
come into those Hands : al lively described as in my simple
skill I could comprehend and devise it.

The 98. Chaptek.
Of the Hands of Coruo and Flores.
From Tercera westwarde to the Hand named Flores are
seventie miles : it is aboute seaven miles compasse, it is also
inhabited by Portingales, and hath no speciall marchandise,
but onely some wood,2 it is full of Cattle, and other necessarie
provisions, and lyeth open to [all the world, and to] whosoever
will come thether, as well Englishmen as others : for that the
inhabitants have not the power to resist them. A myle from
thence Northward, lyeth a little Hand of two or three miles in
compasse called De Coruo. The inhabitants are of the same
people that dwel in Flores. Betweene those two Hands and
round about them, the Englishmen doe commonly stay, to
watch the ships that come out of the West: for those are
x Orig. Dutch : " and they serve also" 
2 Read; "woad" (pastel).

292 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
the first Hands, that tne shippes looke out for and descrie,
when they sayle unto Tercera, wherby the inhabitants doe
but little prosper, because they are at the pleasure [and com-
maundement] of all that will come unto them, and take
their goods from them, as oftentimes it happeneth. Yet for
all their povertie, not to loose [both] landes and goods, they
must content themselves, and sayle with everie winde.
The Isle of Tercera lyeth under thirtie nine degrees, in
the same height that Lisbone lyeth : and is distant from
Lisbone [lying right] East and West two hundred and fiftie
Spanish miles. This shall suffice for the description of the
Flemmish Hands, called the Azores, which by dayly traveling
unto them are sufficiently knowne : for that at this time many
of our nation doe sayle thether,, so that everie Marchant
knoweth them. This briefe description therfore is by me
set down for the instruction of such as deale not in the trade
of Marchandise, and know them not, whereby they may see
what maimer of Countries they are, &c.

The 99. Chapter.

Of certaine notable [and memorable] accidents that happened during
my continuance in Tercera.
The second of October An. 1589. at the towne of Villa
dan1 Praya, in the Hand of Tercera, two men being in a field
hard without the towne were killed with lightning.
The ninth of the same month there arrived in Tercera
fourteen shippes, that came from the Spanish Indies, laden
with Cochenile, Hides, Golde, Silver, Pearles, and other [rich]
wares. They were fiftie in companie, when they departed
out of the Hand of Havana, whereof, in their comming out
of the Channell, eleaven sunke [in the same Channell] by
1 Read: "da",

TO THE EAST INDIES. 293
foule weather, the rest by a storme were scattered and sepe
rated one from the other. The next day there came an other
ship of the same companie, [that sayled] close under the
Hand, [so] to get into the Eoade : [where] she met with an
English shippe, that had not above three cast peeces, and
the Spaniyard twelve: They fought a long time together,
which we being in the Hand might [stand and] behold:
whereupon the Governour of Tercera sent two Boates of
Musketiers to help the shippe : but before they could come
at her, the English shippe had shot her under water, and wee.
saw her sinke into the Sea, with all her sayles up, and not
anything seene of her above the water. The Englishmen
with their Boate saved the Captaine and about thirtie others
with him, but not one penie worth of the goods, and yet in
the shippe there was at the least to the value of two hundred
thousand Ducats in Golde, Silver, and Pearles, the rest of
the men were drowned, which might bee about fiftie persons,
among the which were some Fryers and women, which the
Englishmen would not save. Those that they had saved
they set on land : and then they sayled away. The twentie
seaventh of the same month, the saide fourteene ships having
refreshed themselves in the Hand, departed from Tercera
towards Sivil,1 and comming upon the coast of Spaine, they
were taken by the English ships, that laye there to watch
for them, two onely excepted which escaped away, & the
rest were wholly carried into England.
About the same time the Earle of Cumberland, with one
of- the Queenes shippes, and five or sixe more, kept about
those Hands and came often times so close under the Hand,
and to the Eoad of Angra, that the people on land might
easily tell all his men that hee had a bord, and knew such as
walked on the Hatches : they of the Ilande not once shooting
at them, although they might easily have done it, for they
were within Musket shotte both of the towne and Fort. In
1 I.e., Seville.

294 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
these places he continued for the space of two Moneths, and
sayled round about the Hands, and landed in Gratiosa, and
Fayael, as in the description of those Hands I have alreadie
declared. Here he tooke divers shippes and Carvels, which
he sent into England ¦} so that those of the Hand, durst not
once put foorth their heads; at the same time about three
or foure daies after the Earle of Cumberland had beene in the
Hand of Fayael, and was departed from thence, there arrived
in the saide Hand of Fayael sixe Indian ships, whose Generall
was one Iuan Doryues : & there they discharged in the
Hand 40. myllions of Gold and Silver. And having with all
speed refreshed their shippes, fearing the comming of the
Englishmen, they set sayle, and arrived safely in Saint Lucas,2
not meeting with the enemie, to the great good lucke of the
Spaniards and hard fortune of the Englishmen : for that
within lesse then two daies, after the Golde and Silver was
laden againe into the Spanish shippes, the Earle of Cumber
land sayled againe by that Hand : so that it appeared that
God would not let them have it, for if they had once had
sight thereof, without doubt it had beene theirs, as the
Spaniardes themselves confessed.
In the Moneth of November, there arrived in Tercera two
great ships, which were the Admirall and Vice-Admirall of
the Fleete, laden with Silver, who with stormie weather were
seperated from the Fleete, and had beene in great [torment
and] distresse, and readie to sinke : for they were forced to
use all their Pumps : so that they wished a thousand times
to have met with the Englishmen, to whom they would will
ingly have given their Silver, and all that ever they brought
with them, onely to save their lives. And although the Earle
of Cumberland lay still aboute those Hands, yet they met not
with him, so that after much paine and labour they got into
the Eoad before Angra, where with all speed they unladed,
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) " after having disembarked the people"
2 I.e., San Lucar de Barrameda.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 295
and discharged above five myllions of Silver, all in, peeces of
8. and 10. pound great : so that the whole Kaye lay covered
with plates and Chests of Silver, full of Eyales of eight, most
wonderful to behold : each myllion being 10. hundred thou
sand Ducats, besides Pearles, Gold, and other stones which
were1 not registred. The Admiral and chiefe commaunder
of those shippes & Fleete called Aluaro Flores de Quiniones
was sicke of the Neapolitan disease,2 & was broght to land,
whereof not long after he dyed in Syvilia. He brought with
him the Kings broad Seale and full authoritie to be Generall
and chiefe commaunder upon the Seas, and of all Fleetes or
ships, and of all places and Hands, or lands wheresoever he
came : where upon the governor of Tercera did him great
honour, and between them it was concluded, perceiving the
weaknesse of their ships, and the daunger of the Englishmen,
that they would send the ships emptie with Souldiers to
conveye them, either to Syvil or Lisbone, where they could
first arrive, with advise unto his Maiestie of all that had past,
and that he would give order to fetch the Silver, with good
and safe convoy. Whereupon the saide Aluaro Flores stayed
there, under colour of keeping the Silver, but specially because
of his disease, and for that they were affraide of the English
men. This Aluaro Flores had alone for his owne part above
50. thousand Ducats in Pearles, which hee shewed unto us,
and sought to sell them, or barter them with us for Spices,
or bils of exchange. The said two shippes set sayle with
three or foure hundred men, [as well Souldiers as others,
that came with them out of India],3 and being at Sea had a
storme, wherewith the Admirall burst and sunke in the Sea,
and not one man saved. The Vice -Admirall cut downe her
Mast, and ranne the ship on ground hard by Sentuual,4
1 Orig. Dutch :'"are".
2 I.e., " syphilis".
3 Orig. Dutch: "partly the crew of the ships, partly soldiers to con
voy them".
4 I.e., Setubal, on the coast of Portugal.

296 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
.vhere it burst in peeces, some of the men saving themselves
by swimming, that brought the news, but the rest were
drowned. In the same month, there came two great ships out of the
Spanish Indies, and being within halfe a mile of the Eoad
of Tercera, they met with an English shippe, that after they
had fought long together,1 tooke them both. About 7. or 8.
Monthes before, there had been an English shippe in Tercera,
that under the name of a Frenchman came to traffique in the
Hand, there to lade woode,2 & being discovered was both
shippe and goods confiscated to the Kings use, and all the
men kept prisoners : yet went they up and downe the streetes
to get their livings, by labouring like slaves, being in deede
as safe in that Hand, as if they had beene in prison. But in
the end upon a Sunday," all the Saylers went downe behind
the hils called Bresil : wher they found a Fisher-boate where-
into they got, & rowed into the Sea to the Earle of Cumber-
lands ship, which to their great fortune chanced at that time
to come by the Hand, and Ankered with his shippes about
halfe a mile from the Eoad of Angra, hard by two small
Ilandes, which lye about a Bases shot from the Hand and
are full of Goates, Buckes, and sheepe, belonging to the
inhabitants of the Hand of Tercera. Those Saylers knew it
well, and thereupon they rowed unto them with their Boates,
and lying at Anker that day, they fetched as many Goates
and sheepe as they had neede of: which those of the towne
and of the Hand well saw and beheld, yet durst not once
goe forth, so there remained no more on land but the Master,
& the Marchant, of the said English ship.3 This Master
had a brother in lawe dwelling in England, who having
newes of his brothers imprisonment in Tercera, got licence
of the Queene of England, to set forth a ship, therewith to
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) " which we saw from the island".
2 Read: "woad" (pastel).
d Orig. Dutch : (add) "that had procured bail".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 297
see if hee could recover his losses of the Spaniards, by
taking some of them, and so to redeeme his brother, that
laye prisoner in Tercera, and he it was that tooke the two
Spanish ships before the towne.1 The Master [of the ship]
aforesaid, standing on the shore by me, and looking upon them,
for he was my great acquaintance, the ships being taken,
that were worth 300. thousand Ducats, he sent all the men
on land saving only two of the principal Gentlemen, which
he kept a borde, therby to ransome his brother : and sent the
Pilot of one of the Indian ships that were taken, with a
letter to the Governour of Tercera : wherein hee wrote that
he should deliver him his brother, and hee would send the
two Gentlemen on land : if not he would sayle with them
into England, as indeed he did, because the Governor would
not doe it, saying that the Gentlemen might make that suit
to the King of Spaine himselfe. This Spanish Pilot we bid
to supper with us, and the Englishmen likewise, wher hee
shewed us all the manner of their fight, much commending
the order and manner of the Englishmens fighting, as also
for their curteous using of him : [but] in the end the English
Pilote likewise stole away in a French ship, without paying
any ransome [as yet].
In the month of Ianuarie 1590. there arrived one shippe
alone in Tercera, that came from the Spanish Indies, &
brought newes, that there was a Fleete of a hundreth shippes
which put out from ye Firm land of the Spanish Indies, and
by a storme were driven upon the coast called Florida, where
they were all cast away, she having only escaped, wherin
there were great riches, & many men lost, as it may well be
thought : so that they made their .account that of 220. ships,
that for certaine were knowne to have put out of Nova
Spaigna, Santo Domingo, Havana, Capo-verde, Brasilia,
Guinea, &c, in the yeare 1589. to sayle for Spaine and
Portingall, there were not above fourteene or fifteene of them
1 Orig. Dutch : " before our eyes"

298 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
arrived there in safetie, all the rest being either drowned,
burst or taken.
In the same Moneth of Ianuarie, there arrived in Tercera
15. or 16. shippes that came from Sivilia, which were most
Flie-boates of the lowe countries, and some Britons1 that
were arrested in Spain : these came full of soldiers, and well
appointed with munition, to lade the silver that lay in
Tercera, and to fetch Aluares de Flores by the Kings com
mandement into Spain. And because that tyme of the yeare
there is alwaies stormes about those Ilandes, therefore they
durst not enter into the road of Tercera, for that as then it
blew so great a storme, that some of their shippes that had
ankered, were forced to cut downe their mastes, and were in
danger to be lost: and among the rest a shippe of Biscay
ranne against the land, and was stricken in peeces, but al the
men saved themselves. The other shippes were forced to
keepe the sea, and separate themselves one from the other,
where wind and weather would drive them, untill the 15. of
March : for that in all that time they could not have one
day of faire weather to anker in, whereby they indured much
miserie, cursing both the silver and the Hand. This storme
being past, they chanced to meet with a small English ship
of about 40. tunnes in bignes, which by reason of the great
wind could not beare all her sayles : so they set upon her,
and tooke her, and with the English flagge in their Admiralles
stern they came as proudly into the haven, as if they had
conquered all the Eealme of England : but [as the Admirall
that bare the English flagge upon her sterne, was] entering
into the road, there came by chance two English shippes by
the Hand, that payed her so well for her paynes, that they
were forced to cry Misericordia, and without all doubt had
taken her, if she had beene but a myle further in the sea :
but because she got under the Fortresse, which also began to
shoot at the Englishmen, they were forced to leave her, and
1 Orig. Dutch: "Bertoenen", i.e., Bretons (Bretagne).

TO THE EAST INDIES. 299
to put further into the sea, having slayne 5. or 6. of the
Spaniardes. The English men that were taken in the small
shippe were put under hatches, and coupled in boltes, and
after they had been prisoners three or foure dayes, there was
a Spanish Ensigne-bearer in the shippe, that had a brother
slayne in the fleet that came for England, who as then, mynd-
ing to revenge his death, and withal to shew his manhood to
the English captives, that were ih the English shippe, which
they had taken, as is aforesayed, tooke a poinyard in his
hand, and went downe under the hatches, where finding the
poor Englishmen sitting in boltes, with the same poinyard
hee stabbed sixe of them to the heart : which two others of
them perceyving elapsed each other about the middle, because
they would not bee murthered by him, threw themselves into
the sea, and there were drowned. This act was of all the
Spaniardes much disliked and verie ill taken, so that they
caryed the Spaniard prisoner unto Lisbon, where being arived,
the King of Spaine willed he should bee sent into England,
that the Queene of England might use him as shee thought
good: which sentence his friends by intreaty got to be
reversed, notwithstanding he commanded he should without
all favor be beheaded : but upon a good Fryday, [the Car-
dinall going to Masse,] all the Captaines and Commanders
made so great intreaty for him1 that in the end they got his
pardon. This I thought good to note, that men might under
stand the bloodie and honest mindes of the Spaniardes, when
they have men under their subiection.2
The same two English shippes, which followed the Spanish
Admirall till he had got under the Fort of Tercera, as I said
before, put into the s"ea, where they met with an other
Spanish ship, beeing of the same Fleet, that had likewise
bene scatered by the storme and was onlie missing, for the
1 Orig. Dutch : (add) " to the Cardinal" (viz., Albert of Austria, the
Spanish governor at Lisbon).
2 Orig. Dutch: " when thoy predominate anywhere".

300 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
rest lay in the road : this small shippe the Englishmen tooke
and sent all the men on shore, not hurting any of them : but
if they had knowne what had beene done unto the foresaid
English captives, I beleeve they would soone have revenged
themselves, as afterwards manie an innocent soule payed for
it. This ship thus taken by the English men, was the same
that was kept and confiscated in the Hand of Tercera, by the
English men that got out of the Hand in a fisher boate (as I
sayd before) and was1 sold unto the Spaniardes, that as then
came from the Indies, wherewith they sayled to S. Lucas,
where it was also arrested by the Duke, and appointed to goe
in company to fetch the silver in Tercera, because it was a
shippe that sayled weD,2 but among the Spaniardes fleet3 it
was the meanest of the company. By this meanes it was
taken4 [from the Spaniards], and caryed into England, and
the owners had it againe, when they least thought of it.
The 19. of Marche, the aforesaid shippes, being 19. in
number, set sayle, having laden the Kings silver, and received
in Aluaro Flores de Quiniones, with his company, and good
provision of necessaries, munition and soldiers, that were
fullie resolved (as they made shewe) to fight valiantly to the
last man, [before they would yeeld or lose their riches] : and
although they set the course for S. Lucas, the wind drave
them unto Lisbon, which (as it seemed) was willing by his
force to helpe them, and to bring them thether in safetie :
although Aluaro de Flores, both against the wind and
weather would perforce have sayled to Saint Lucas, but being
constrained by the wind, and importunitie of the Saylers,
that protested they would require their losses and damages
of him, he was content to sayle to Lisbone: from whence
the Silver was by land carried into Sivilia. At Cape Saint
1 Orig. Dutch : " had been".
2 Orig. Dutch : (add) " being in hands of its English masters".
3 Orig. Dutch : " but in the hands of the Spaniards"
4 Orig. Dutch : " retaken".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 301
Vincent, there lay a Fleete of twentie English shippes, to
watch for the Armada, so that if they had put into Saint
Lucas, they had fallen right into their handes, which if the
wind had served them they had done. And therefore they
may say that the wind had lent them a happie Viage : for if
the Englishmen had met with them, they had surely beene
in great danger, and possibly but few of them had escaped,
by reason of the feare wherewith they were possessed,
because fortune [or rather God] was wholly against them,
which is a sufficient cause to make ye Spaniards out of hart,
to the contrarie to give the Englishmen more courage, and to
make them bolder for that they are victorious [stout and
valiant : and] seeing al their enterprises doe take so good
effect, that thereby they are become Lordes and masters of
the Sea, and neede care for no man, as it well appeareth [by
this briefe discourse].1
In the month of March 1590. there was a [biasing]
Starre with a tayle seene in Tercera, that continued foure
nights together, stretching the taile towards the South.
In the Month of May, a Carvel of Fayael arrived at
Tercera, in the Haven or Eoade of Angra, laden with Oxen,
sheepe, Hennes, and all other kinds of victuals, and full of
people, which by a storme had broken her Euther, whereby
the Sea cast her about and therewith shee sunke, and in her
were drowned three children, and a Frier Franciscan, the
rest of the men saved themselves by swimming, and by helpe
from the shore, but all the Cattle and Hennes came drowned
to land: the Frier was buried. with a great procession and
solemnitie,2 esteeming him for a Saint because he was taken
up dead with his Booke3 between his armes : for the which
cause every man came to looke on him as a myracle, giving
gret offerings to say Masses for his soule.
1 Orig. Dutch: "and may partly be understood in this memorial".
2 Orig. Dutch : " rosaries".
3 Orig. Dutch : " breviary".

302 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
The first of August the Governour of Tercera, received
advise out of Portingall and Spaine, that two yeares before [the
date of his letters,] there were sayled out of England twelve
great shippes wel apointed, with full resolution to take their
iournie, seven of them into the Portingall Indies, and the
other five to Malacca : of the which five, two were cast away
in passing the Straightes of Magellanes, and three sayled to
Malacca: but what they had done there, was as then not
knowne. The other seven passed the Cape de Bona Speranza,
and arrived in India, where they put into -the coast of Mala
bar, and there tooke sixe Foistes of the Malabares, but let
them goe againe : and two Turkish Gallies, that came out of
the Straightes of Mecca or the redde Sea, to whome likewise
they did no hurt. And [there] they laded their shippes with
Spices, and returned backe againe on their way : but where
or in what place they had laden, it was not certainely knowne,
saving onely that thus much was written by the Governour
of India, and sent over land to Venice, and from thence to
Madril.1 The seventh of August a Navie of English shippes was
seene before Tercera, being 20. in number, and five of them
the Queenes shippes : their Generall was one Martin Furbu-
sher,2 as wee after had intelligence. They came purposely
to watch for the Fleet of the Spanish Indies, [and for the
Indian shippes,] and the ships of the countries3 in the West :
which put the Ilanders in great feare, specially those of
Fayael, for that the Englishmen sent a Trumpet to the
Governour to aske [certaine] wine, flesh, and other victuals
for their mony, and good friendship. They of Fayael did not
onely refuse to give ear unto them, but with a shot killed
1 This seems to be a very incorrect statement of the voyage of Thomas
Cavendish. No English ship passed the Cape for India before that of
James Lancaster in 1591.
2 Frobisher.
3 Orig. Dutch : " other countries".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 303
their messenger or Trumpeter : which the Englishmen tooke
in evill part, sending them word [that they were best] to
[looke to themselves, &] stand uppon their gard, for they
ment to come and visite them whether they would or no.
The Governor made them answere, that he was there, in the
behalfe of his Maiestie of Spaine, and that he would doe his
best to keepe them out, as he was bound : but nothing was
done, althogh they of Fayael were in no litle feare sending to
Tercera for aide, from whence they had certaine Barkes with
poulder and munition for warre, with some1 Bisket and other
necessarie provision.
The 30. of August we received [very] certaine newes out
of Portingal, that ther were 80. ships put out of the Carunho,2
laden with victuals, Munition, money and Souldiers, to goe
for Britaine3 to aide the Catholicks, and Leaguers of Fraunce,
against the King of Navarre. At the same time, two Nether-
land Hulkes, comming out of Portingall to Tercera, being
halfe the Seas over, met with foure of the Queenes ships,
their General being S. John Hawkins, that stayed them, but
let them goe again, without doing them any harme. The
Netherlanders reported, that each of the Queenes ships had
80. peeces of Ordinance, and that Captaine Drake lay with
40. shippes in the English Channell, watching for the Army
of the Carunho : and likewise that there lay at the Cape S.
Vincent tenne other English shippes, that if any shippes
escaped from the Ilandes, they might take them. Those
tidings put the Ilanders in great feare, least if they fayled
of the Spanish Fleet, and got nothing by them, that then
they would fall upon the Hands, because they would not
returne emptie home, whereupon they held straight watch,
sending advise unto the king what newes they heard.
The first of September, there came to the Hand of S.
1 Orig. Dutch: " much"-
2 La Corufia in Galicia.
3 Bretagne.

304 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Michael a Portingall shippe, out of the Haven of Pernanbuco,
in Brasilia, which brought newes that the Admirall of the
Portingall fleet, that came from India, having missed the
Hand of S. Helena, was of necessitie constrayned to put in
Parnanbuco, although ther King [had] expreslie under a
great penaltie forbidden1 [him] so to doe, because of the
wormes that there doe spoile the ships. The same ship
wherin2 Bernaldin Eybero3 was [Admirall] the yeare [before]
1589. sayled out of Lisbone into the Indies with 5. ships [in
her company] whereof but 4. got into India, the 5. was never
heard of, so yt. it was thought to be cast away : The other foure
returned safe againe into Portingale, though the Admirall
was much spoiled, because he met with two English ships,
that fought long with him, and slew many of his men, but
yet he escaped from them.
The 5. of the same moneth, there arrived in Tercera a
carvell of the Island of Corvo and brought with her 50. men
that had been spoiled by the Englishmen, who had set them
on shore in the Hand of Corvo, being taken out of a shippe
that came from the Spanish Indies, they brought tydinges
that the Englishmen had taken foure more of the Indian
ships, and a carvell with the King of Spaines letters of advise
for the ships comming out of the Portingal Indies, & that with
those which they had taken, there were at the least fourty
English shippes together, so that not one Barke escaped them,
but fel into their hands, and that therefore the Portingall
ships comming out of India, durst not put into the Hands,
but tooke their course under 40. and 42. degrees, and from
thence sayled to Lisbon, shunning likewise ye cape S. Vincent,
otherwise they could not have had a prosperous iourney of it,
for that as then the sea was ful of English ships. Whereupon
the King advised the fleet, lying in Havana, in the Spanish
1 Orig. Dutch: "forbids".
2 Orig. Dutch: "This admiral named" 
3 Bernardim Ribeiro Pacheco.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 305
Indies ready to come for Spain, that they should stay there
all that yeare, till the next yeare, because of the great danger
they might fal into by the Englishmen, which was no small
charge, and hinderance to the Fleet, for that the ships that lie
there doe consume themselves, & in a manner eat up one an
other by reason of the great number of people, together with
the scarsetie of al things, so that many ships chose rather,
one by one to adventure themselves alone, to get home, then
to stay there : all which fell into the Englishmens hands,
whereof divers of the men were brought into Tercera, for
that a whole day we could see nothing els, but spoyled men
set on shore, some out of one ship, some out of an other, that
pittie it was to see, al of them cursing the Englishmen, and
their owne fortunes, with those that had bin the causes to
provoke the Englishmen to fight, and complayning of the
small remedie [and order] taken therein by the King of
Spaines Officers.
The 19. of the same month there came to Tercera a Carvel
of Lisbon, with one of the Kings officers, to cause the goods
that were saved out of the ship which came from Malacca,
(for the which we stayed there) to be laden, and sent to
Lisbon. And at the same tyme there put out of the Carunha
one Don Alonso de Bassan, with 40. great shippes of warre
to come unto the Hands, ther to watch for the fleet of the
Spanish & Portingall Indies, and the goods of the Malacca
ship being laden, they were to convoy them [all together] into
the river of Lisbon : but being certaine daies at sea, alwaies
having a contrary wind they could not get unto the Hands :
only two of them that were scattered from the ¦ fleet, arrived
at Tercera, & not finding the fleet, they presently returned
backe to seek them : in the meane time the King changed his
mind, and caused the fleet to stay in India,1 as I said before :
& therfore he sent word unto Don Alonso de Bassan, that he
shuld return again to ye Carunho, which he presently did
1 I.e., America.

306 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
(without doing any thing, nor once approching neere the
Hands, saving only the 2. foresaid ships, for he wel knew yt.
the Englishmen lay by the Hand of Coruo, but he would not
visit them : and so he returned to the haven of Carunha,
wherby our goods that came from Malacca, were yet to ship,
and trussed up again, and forced to stay a more fortunat
time, wt. patience perforce.
The 23. of October there arrived in Tercera a Carvel, with
advise out of Portingale yt. of 5. ships, which in the yere
1590. wer laden in Lisbon for ye Indes, 4. wer turned again
to Portingale after they had bin 4. months abrod, & that the
Admiral, wherin the Viceroy called Mathias d'Alburkerke1
sayled, had only gotten to India, as afterward news therof
was brought over lande, having beene at ye least 11. monthes
at sea, and never saw land, & came in great miserie to
Malacca.2 In this shippe there dyed by the way 280. men,
according to a note by himselfe made, and sent to the Car
dinal at Lisbone, wt. the names & surnames of every man,
together wt. a description of his voyage, & the miserie they
had indured : which was only done, because he wold not lose
ye Government of India: & for that cause he had sworne
eyther to lose his life, or to arrive in India, as indeede he did
[afterwardes, but] to the great [daunger,] losse [and hinder
ance] of his companie, that were forced to buy it with their
lives, and onely for want of provision, as it may well be
thought: for hee knew full wel that if he had returned
backe againe into Portingal, as the other shippes did, he
should have beene cassiered from his Indian regiment, because
the people beganne alreadie3 to murmure at him, for his
proude and loftie mind. And among other things4 [that
1 Mathias de Albuquerque.
2 According to Ign. da Costa Quintella (Annaes da marinha Portug.,
ii, p. 52), the ship came in May 1591 to Goa, after having passed the
winter in Mozambique.
3 Orig. Dutch: "much".
4 Orig. Dutch: "whims"

TO THE EAST INDIES. 307
showed his pride the more], behind above the gallery of his
ship, he caused Fortune to be painted, & his owne picture
with a staffe standing by [her, as it were] threatening Fortune,
with this posee, Quero que vencas, that is, I will have thee
to overcome : which being read by the Cardinall and other
Gentlemen (that to honour him brought him abord his shippe)
it was thought to be a point of exceeding folly: but it is no
strange matter among the Portingalles, for they above all
others must of force let the foole peepe out of their sleeves,
specially when they are in authoritie : for that I knew the
said Mathias d'Alburkerk in India, being a soldier and a
Captaine, where he was esteemed and accounted for one of
the best of them, and much [honoured, and] beloved of all
men, as behaving himselfe courteously to every man : whereby
they all desired that he might be Viceroy. But when he
once had receyved his Patent with full power [and authority
from the King to be Viceroy]1 he changed so much from his
former behavior, that by reason of his pride, they al began
to feare and curse him, [& that] before he departed out of
Lisbone, as it is often seene in many men that are advanced
unto state & dignity.
The 20. of Ianuarie Anno 1591. there was newes brought
out of Portingall into Tercera, that the Englishmen had taken
a shippe, that the King had sent into the Portingall Indies,
with advise to the Viceroy, for the returning again of the
[foure] ships [that should have gone to India], & because the
ships were come backe againe, that ship was stuffed and
laded as full of goods as possible it might bee, having like
wise in ready money 500. thousand duckets in Eials of 8.
besides other wares. It departed from Lisbone in the month
of November 1590. & met with ye Englishmen, with whom
for a time it fought : but in ye end it was taken & carried
into England with men & all, yet when they came there, the
men were set at libertie, & returned into Lisbone, where the
1 Orig. Dutch : " power of government".

308 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Captaine was committed prisoner : but he excused himselfe,
& was released, wt. whom I spake myselfe, & he made this
report unto mee. At the same time also they tooke a ship that
came from the Mine1 laden wt. gold, & 2. ships laden with
Pepper and spices, that were to saile into Italie, the pepper
onely that was in them, being worth 170. thousand duckets :
all these ships were caried into England, and made good prise.
In the month of Iuly An. 1591. there happened an earth
quake in the Hand of S. Michael, which continued from the
26. of Iuly, to the 12. of August : in which time no man
durst stay within his house, but fled into the fields, fasting
& praying, [wt. great sorrow]2 for yt many of their houses fel
down, & a towne called Villa Franca, was almost cleane
razed to ye ground, all the cloisters and houses shaken to the
earth, & therein some people slain. The land in some places
rose up, and the cliffes removed from one place to another, &
some hils were defaced and made even with the ground.
The earthquake was so strong that the ships which lay in
the road, & on the sea, shaked as if the world would have
turned round : there sprang also a fountaine out of the earth,
from whence for the space of 4. daies, there flowed a most
cleare water, & after that it ceased. At the same time they
heard such thunder, & noise under the. earth, as if all the
Devils in hel bad been assembled together in that place,
wherewith many dyed for fear. The Hand of Tercera shooke
4. times together, so that it seemed to turne about, but there
happened no misfortune unto it. Earthquakes are common
in those Ilandes, for about 20. yeares past there happened
another earthquake, wherein a high hill that lyeth by ye
same towne of Villa Franca, fell halfe downe, and covered
all the towne with earth, and killed many men.
The 25. of August, ye Kings Armada comming out of Faro
arived in Tercera, being in all 30. ships, Biskaies, Portingals
1 Orig. Dutch : " van de Myna", i.e., from Guinea.
2 Orig. Dutch : " and much lamenting".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 309
& Spaniards: & 10. Dutch flie-boats, yt. were arested in
Lisbone to serve ye king, besides other smal ships, Pataxos,
yt. came to serve as messengers from place to place, & to dis
cover the seas. This navie came to stay for, & convoy the
ships that shold come from the Spanish Indies, & the flie-
boates were apointed in their returne home, to take in the
goods" yt were saved in ye lost ship yt came from Malacca,
& to convoy it to Lisbon.
The 13. of September the saide Armado arived at the
Hand of Coruo, where the Englishmen with about sixteene
shippes as then lay,1 staying for the Spanish Fleete : whereof
some of the most parte were come, and there the English
were in good hope to have taken them. But when they per-
ceyved the Kings Army to be strong, the Admirall being the
Lorde Thomas Howard, commaunded his Fleete not to fall
upon them, nor any of them once to seperate their shippes
from him, unlesse he gave commission so to doe : notwith
standing the Vice Admirall Sir Eychard Greenfield^ being
in the ship called the Eevenge went into the Spanish fleete,
and shot among them, doing them great hurte, and thinking
the rest of the company would have followed : which they
did not, but left him there, and sayled away : the cause why
could not be knowne : which the Spaniardes perceiving, with
seven or eight shippes they borded her, but she withstood
them all, fighting with them at the least 12. houres together,
and sunk two of them, one being a newe double Flie boat, of
12,000. tunnes, and Admirall of the Flie boates, the other a
Biscaine : But in the ende by reason of the number that came
uppon her she was taken, but to their great losse : for they
had lost in fighting, and by drowning above 400: men, and
of the English were slaine about a hundred, Sir Eychard
1 See the report by Sir Walter Raleigh in Hakluyt's second volume,
p. 169 ff. This is the story of Tennyson's famous poem, The Revenge:
" At Flores in the Azores
Sir Richard Grenville lay," etc.
2 Read : " Greenville".

310 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Greenfield himselfe being wounded in his braine, whereof
afterwardes hee dyed. He was borne into the ship called the
Saint Paule, wherein was the Admirall of the fleet Don
Alonso de Barsan } there his woundes were drest by the
Spanish Surgeons, but Don Alonso himselfe would neither
see him, nor speake with him : all the rest of the Captaines
and Gentlemen went to visite him, and to comfort him in his
hard fortune, wondring at his courage, and stout heart, for
that he shewed not any signe of faintnes nor changing of
colour. But feeling the hower of death to approch, hee
spake these wordes in Spanish, [& said] : Here die I Eichard
Greenfield, with a ioyfull and quiet mind, for that I have
ended my life as a true soldier ought to do, yt. hath fought
for his countrey, Queene, religion, and honor, whereby my
soule most ioyfull departeth out of this bodie, and shall
alwaies leave behinde it an everlasting fame of a valiant and
true2 soldier, that hath done his dutie, as he was bound to
doe.3 When he had finished these [or such other like] words,
hee gave up the Ghost, with great and stout courage,4 and no
man could perceive any true signe of heavinesse5 in him.
This Sir Eichard Greenfield was a great and a rich Gentle
man in England, and had great yearly revenewes of his owne
inheritance : but he was a man very unquiet in his minde,
and greatly affected to warre : in so much as of his owne
private motion hee offered his service to the Queene ; he had
performed many valiant actes, and was greatlie feared in
these Islands, and knowne of every man, but of nature [very]
severe,6 so that his owne people hated him for his fiercenes,7
1 Read : " Basan".
2 Orig. Dutch : " volherdigh ende vroom" (persevering and valiant).
3 Orig. Dutch: (add) "but my other companions have done as
traitors and blood -hounds, and will their whole life be vituperated for
it and infamous in eternity".

4 Orig. Dutch
" Orig. Dutch
6 Orig. Dutch

" with great steadfastness"
" any real change".
"cruel". i Orig. Dutch: "tyranny".

TO THE EAST INDIES. 311
and [spake verie hardly of him] ¦} for when they first entred
into the Fleete or Armado, they had their great sayle in a
readinesse, and might possiblie enough have sayled away:
for it was one of the best ships for sayle in England, and the
Master perceiving that the other shippes had left them, and
followed not after, commaunded the great sayle to be cut, that
they might make away : but Sir Eichard Greenefield threatned
both him, and all the rest that were in the ship, that if any
man laid hand uppon it, he would cause him to be hanged,
and so by that occasion they were compelled to fight, and in
the end were taken. He was of so hard a complection, that
as he continued among the Spanish Captaines while they
were at dinner or supper with him, he would carouse three
or foure glasses of wine, and in a braverie take the glasses
betweene his teeth and crash them in peeces and swallow
them downe, so that often times the blood ran out of his
mouth without any harme at all unto him, and this was told
me by divers credible persons that many times stoode and
behelde him. The English men that were left in the ship,
as the captaine of the souldiers, the Master and others, were
dispersed into divers of the Spanish ships that had taken
them, where there had almost a new fight arisen betweene
the Biscaines and the Portingales ; while ech of them would
have the honour to have first borded her, so that there grew
a great noise and quarrell among them, one taking the chiefe
ancient,2 & the other the flagge,3 and the Captaine and everie
one held his owne. The ships that had borded her were
altogether out of order, and broken, and many of their men
hurt, whereby they were compelled to come into the Island of
Tercera, there to repaire themselves: where being arived,
I & my chamber fellow, to heare some newes went abord one
of the ships being a great Biscaine, and one of the twelve
1 Orig. Dutch : " feared him much".
2 Orig. Dutch : " die standarten" (the banners).
3 Orig. Dutch: "flags"

312 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
Apostles, whose Captaine was called Bertandono, that had
bin Generall of the Biscaynes in the fleete that went for
England. Hee seeing us called us up into the' gallerie,
where with great curtesie hee received us, beeing as then set
at dinner with the English Captaine that sate by him, and
had on a sute of blacke velvet, but he could not tell us any
thing, for that he could speake no other language, but Eng
lish and Latine, which Bartandano also could a little speake.
The English Captaine got licence of the governour that hee
might come on land with his weapon by his side, and was
in our lodging with the Englishman that was kept prisoner
in the Hand, being of that ship wherof the saylers got away,
as I said before. The Governour of Tercera had him to
dinner, & shewed him great curtesie. The Master likewise
with licence of Bartandano came on land, and was in our
lodging, and had at the least ten or twelve woundes, as well
in his head, as on his body, whereof after that being at sea,
betweene Lisbone & the Hands he died. The Captaine wrote
a letter, wherein he declared all the manner of the fight, and
left it with the English Marchant that lay in our lodging, to
send it to the Lord' Admiral of England. This English Cap
taine comming unto Lisbone, was there well received, and
not any hurt done unto him, but with good convoy sent to
Sentuval,1 & from thence sayled into England, with all the
rest of the Englishmen that were taken prisoners.
The Spanish armie staied at the Island of Coruo til the
last of September, to assemble the rest of the fleet together :
which in the end were to the number of 140. saile of ships
partly comming from India,2 and partly of the Army, & being
altogether ready unto saile to Tercera3 in good company, there
sodainely rose so hard [and cruell] a storme, that those of
the Island did affirme, that in mans memorie there was never
any such seen or heard of before : for it seemed the sea would
1 Setubal. 2 Le., America,
3 Read : " to saile unto Tercera",

TO THE EAST INDIES. 313
have swallowed up the Island[s], the water mounting higher
than the Cliffes, which are so high that it amaseth a man to
beholde them : but the sea reached above them, and living
fishes were throwne uppon the land. This storme continued
not only a day or two with one wind, but seaven or eight
dayes continually, the wind turning round about, in all places
of the compasse, [at the least] twice [or thrice during that
time,] and all alike with a continuall storme and tempest
most terrible to behold, even to us that were on shore, much
more then to such as were at sea : so that only on the coastes
and Cliffes of the Hand of Tercera, there were above twelve
ships cast away, and not only uppon the one side, but round
about it in every corner : wherby nothing els was heard but
complayning, crying, lamenting, and telling here is a shippe
broken in peeces against the Cliffes, and there another, and
all the men drowned : so that for the space of 20. dayes after
the storme, they did nothing els but fish for dead men, that
continually came driving on the shore. Among the rest was
the English ship called the Eevenge, that was cast away
upon a Cliffe nere to the Island of Tercera, where it brake in
a hundred peeces and sunke to the ground, having in her 70.
men, Gallegos, Biscaines, and others, with some of the captive
Englishmen, whereof but one was saved that got upon the
Cliffes alive, and had his body and head all wounded, and
hee being on shore brought us the newes desiring to be
shriven, & therupon presently died. The Eevenge had in
her divers faire brasse peeces, that were all sunke in the sea,
which they of the Island were in good hope to waigh up againe,
the next summer after. Among these shippes that were cast
away about Tercera, was likewise a Flie-boat, one of those
that had bin arested in Portingall [to serve the King], called
the white Dove. The Master of her, was one Cornelius Mar-
tenson of Schiedam in Holland, and there were in her one
hundred souldiers; as in everie one of the rest there was. He
being over ruled by the Captaine that he could not be Master

314 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
of his owne, sayling here and there at the mercie of God, [as
the storme drove him, in the end] came within the sight of
the Island of Tercera : which the Spaniards perceiving,
thought al their safety only to consist in putting into the
road, compelling the Master and the Pilot1 to make towards
the Island, although the Master refused to doe it, saying,
that they were most sure there to be cast away, and utterly
spoyled : but the Captaine called him drunkard, and Heri-
ticke, and striking him with a staffe, commanded him to do
as he would have him. The Master seeing this, and being
compelled to doe it said : well then [my Masters,] seeing it is
the desire of you all to bee cast away, I can but loose one life,
and therwith desperately he sayled towards the shore, and
was on that side of the Island, where there was nothing els
but hard stones and rockes, as high as Mountaines, most
terrible to behold, where some of the Inhabitantes stood with
long ropes and corke bound at the end thereof, to throw them
downe unto the men, that they might lay hold upon them
[and save their lives] : but few of them got so neere, most of
them being cast away, and smitten in peeces before they
could get to the wall. The ship sayling in this manner (as I
said before) [towards the Island &] approching to the shore,
the master being an old man, [and ful of yeres, [called his
sonne that was in the shippe with him, and having imbraced
one another, and taken their last farewell, the [good] old
Father willed his sonne not to care for him, but seeke to
save himselfe : for (said he) sonne thou art yong, and may
have some hope to save thy life, but as for me it is no great
matter [I am old] what becomes of me, and therewith each
of these shedding many teares, as everie loving father and
kinde childe inay well consider, the ship fell upon the Cliffes
& brake in peeces, the father on the one side, the sonne on
the other side falling into the sea, each laying hold upon that
which came next to hand, but to no purpose : for the sea was
1 Orig. Dutch: "sailors"

TO THE EAST INDIES. 315
so high and furious, that they were all drowned, and onelie
fourteene or fifteene saved themselves by swimming, with
their legges and armes halfe broken and out of ioint, anions
the which was the Masters son, and foure other Dutch boies :
the rest of the Spaniards and Saylers, with the Captaine and
Master were drowned: whose heart would not melt with
teares to behold so grievous a sight, specially considering
with himselfe that the greatest cause thereof was ye beast-
lines and insolencie1 of the Spaniards, as in this only ex
ample may wel bee seene : whereby may be considered how
the other ships sped, as wee ourselves did in part behold, and
by the men that were saved did heare more at large, as also
some others of our Countrimen that as then were in the like
.danger2 can well witnes.
On the other Islandes the losse was no lesse then in Ter
cera : for on the Island of Saint George there were two ships
cast away : on the Island of Pico two shippes : on the Island
Gratiosa, three ships ; and besides those there came everie
where round about divers peeces of broken ships, and other
things fleeting towards the Islands, wherewith the sea was
all covered most pittifull to behold. On the Island of S.
Michaell, there were foure ships cast away, and betweene
Tercera and S. Michaels three more were sunke, which were
seene and heard to crie [out,] whereof not one man was
saved. The rest put into the sea without Masts, all'torne and
rent : so that of the whole Fleete and Armado, being 140.
ships in al, there were but 32. or 33. arived in Spaine and
Portingall, yea and those few with so great miserie, paine, &
labor, that not two of them arived there together, but this
day one, and to-morrow another, [next day the third, and so
one after the other to ye number aforesaid]. All the rest
were cast away upon the Islands, and overwhelmed in the
sea : whereby may bee considered what great losse and hin-
1 Orig. Dutch : " ignorance".
2 Orig. Dutch : " captivity and misery".

316 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
derance they receaved at that time : for by many mens iudge-
mentes it was esteemed to be much more then was left by1
their armie that came for England, and it may well bee
thought, and presumed, that it was no other but a iust plague
purposely sent by God upon the Spaniards, & that it' might
truely bee said, the taking of the Eevenge was iustlie revenged
uppon them, and not by the might or force of man, but by
the power of God, as some of them openly said in the Isle of
Tercera, that they beleeved verily God would consume them,
and that hee tooke part with Lutheranes and Heretickes :
saying further yt so soone as they had throwne the dead bodie
of the Vice-Admirall Sir Eichard Greenfield over borde,
they verily thought that as he had a devilish faith [and
religion], and therefore ye devils loved him, so hee presently
sunke into the bottome of the sea, & downe into Hell, where
he raysed up all the devilles to the revenge of his death : and
that they brought so great stormes and tormentes upon the
Spaniardes, because they only maintained the Catholicke and
Eomish religion : such and the like blasphemies against God
they ceased not openly to utter, without that any man re
proved them therein, nor for their false opinions, but the
most part of them rather said and affirmed, that of truth it
must needes be so.
As one of those Indian Fleetes put out of Nova Spaigna,
there were 35. of them2 by storme and tempest cast away
and drowned in the sea, being 50. in all, so that but 15.
escaped. Of the fleete that came from Santo Domingo, there
were 14. cast away, comming out of the channell of Havana,
whereof the Admirall, and Vice-Admirall were two of them :
and from Terra Firma in India, there came two shippes laden
with gold and silver, that were taken by the Englishmen, and
before the Spanish Armie came to Coruo, the Englishmen
1 Orig. Dutch: "than the loss of"; (probably read, "lost by their
armie that came for England", i.e., the Great Armada of 1588).
2 Orig. Dutch: "ships"

TO THE EAST INDIES. 317
at times had taken at the least 20. shippes, that came from
S. Domingo, India, Brasillia, &c. and al sent into England.
Whereby it plainly appeareth, that in ye end God wil
assuredly plague the Spaniards, having already1 blinded
them, so that they have not the sence to perceive it, but still
[to] remain in their obstinate opinions : but it is lost labour
to strive against God, and to trust in man, as being founda
tions erected uppon the sands, which with the wind are
[blowne down, and] overthrown, as we dayly see before our
eyes, and now not long since2 in many places have evidently
observed: and therefore let every man but looke into his
owne actions, & take our Low countries for an example,
wherein we can but blame our owne sinnes and wickednesse,
which doth so blind us, that we wholly forget and reiect the
benefites of God, continuing the servantes & yoke-slaves of
Sathan. God of his mercie open our eyes and hearts, that
wee may know our onely health and saviour Jesus Christ,
who onely can helpe, governe, and preserve us, and give us
a happie ende in all our affaires. By this destruction of the
Spaniardes and their evil successe, the lading and shipping
of the goods that were saved out of the shippe that came
from Malacca to Tercera, was againe put off: and therefore
we must have patience till it please God to send a fitter time,
& that wee receive further advise and order from his Maiestie
of Spaine.
All this being thus past, the Farmers of pepper and other
Marchants that had their goods in Tercera, which were taken
out of the lost ship that came from Malacca, seeing that the
hope of any Armada, or any ships in the kinges behalfe to be
sent to fetch it, was all in vaine : they made request unto his
Maiestie, that he would grant them licence every man parti
cularly to ship his goods in what ship he would at his owne
adventure, which in the end after long sute was granted,
upon condition that every man should put in suerties, to
1 Orig. Dutch : " wholly". 2 Orig. Dutch : " in the last times".

318 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN
deliver the goods in the custome house at Lisbone, to the
end the king might be paied his custome, as also that the
goods that should bee delivered unto them in Tercera, should
all bee registred : where upon the Farmers of pepper with
other Marchants, agreed with a Flushinger, to fetch al the
Cloves, Nutmegs, Mace, and other spices and goods that
belonged unto them, the Pepper onely excepted, which as
then the King would not graunt to lade. The same shippe
arrived in Tercera about the last of November, and because
it was some what dangerous, being the latter end of the yeare,
wee laded her with all the speed we could, for as then the
coast was cleare of Englishmen. To bee short, this Flush
inger being laden with most part of the goods, saving the
Pepper that was left behind, we set saile for Lisbone, passing
some small stormes, not once meeting with any ship, but
onely uppon the coast where wee saw ten Hollanders, that
sayled with corne towards Ligorne ; and other places in Italie,
and so by Gods helpe upon the second of Ianuarie Anno
1592. we arrived in the river of Lisbone, being nine yeares
after my departure from thence, and there I stayed till the
month of Iulie, to dispatch such things as I had to doe, and
upon the seventeenth of the same month, I went to Sentu-
val,1 where certaine Hollanders lay, with whom I went for
Holland. The 22. of Iulie wee set saile, being in all twelve ships,
and because we had a contrarie winde, we put out higher into
the sea. The 27. of the same month wee had a lasting storme,
whereby wee ranne against another ship, being both in a
hundred dangers to bee sunke, for we were within a spanne
of touching one another : but God holp us, and wee parted
from each other, which almost seemed impossible : for that
the bore sprite of the ship, that came against us, strake upon
our Foukyard, and therewith brake in peeces, and presently
thereupon his Fouke- maste fell over borde, whereby hee was
1 Setubal.

TO THE EAST INDIES. 319
forced to leave the fleete. Another also of our companie had
a leake, so that he made towardes the coast againe, where to
save the men hee ran the ship on shore, as afterwards we
understood, and so we remained but ten in companie.
The 1. of August, being 90. miles in the sea, because the
wind held contrarie, so that we could not keepe our right
course, we espyed three strange shippes : but were not long
before we lost the sight of them againe. The 4. of August
there came three other shippes among our fleete, which we
perceived to bee Biscaines, whereupon wee made towardes
them, and shot certain peeces at them, and so they left us.
The 16. of August the winde being yet contrarie, and
because wee were about 15. passengers aborde our shippe,
our victuailes (specially our drinke) beganne to faile, so that
wee were constrained to keepe an order, and to stint every
man to his portion, being as then 120. miles from Heissant1
inwardes in the sea, under 46. degrees, which is called the
half sea. The 18. we had a storme, whereby three of our
fleet were left behind, because they could not follow us.
The 24. of August we cast out the lead, and found ground,
wherewith wee were all glad, for it was the entrance into the
channel betweene England and Fraunce. The 27. of August
being in the channel, there came two small English shippes
to view our fleete, but presently put in againe to the coast
of England. The 28. we descried land, being looseward from
us, which was Goutster and Dartmouth. The next day we
passed by the Isle of Wight, sayling alonge bhe coast. The
30. of August we put into the head2 [betwene Dover and
Calleys,] where there laye one of the Queenes ships, but she
hoised anker and sailed to the coast of England, without
lookinge after us, so3 wee set fower men on shore : and then
we had a scant winde, wherwith wee entred into the North
sea, not seeing any bodie. The 1. of September being clowdie,
we had a storme out of the Northwest, wherby we could not
1 Ushant. 2 Orig. Dutch : " in de Hoofden" (Strait of Dover;.
3 Orig. Dutch : (add) "near Dover".

320 VOYAGE OF VAN LINSCHOTEN TO THE EAST INDIES.
descerne land : but in the evening we met with two shippes
that came out of the East countries,1 which told us they had
seene land,2 saying it was [the] Texel, willing us to follow
them, and so we discovered lande, being [the] Vlie :3 but wee
thinking it to bee [the] Texell, would no longer follow the
other ships, but put so neare unto it that wee were in great
danger ; and then we perceived that we had deceived our
selves, and saw the other ships to take another course towards
[the] Texell : but we had the wind so scant and were fallen
so low that wee could hardly gette from the shore, and withall
we had a sodaine storme ; wherewith our Fouke-maste
brake, our maine maste being alreadie crackt : where upon
wee were fully determined to anker there, and stand upon
good comfort and hope in God : and sodainely the wind
came better, so that with great paine and labour about Sunne
setting wee entred the mouth of the Texel, without any
Pylot : for that by reason of the great winde they durst not
come out : so that to conclude we got in, and there with
thankes given unto God, we ankered. In the morning being
the seconde of September, our Gunner thinking to charge
the Peeces, and for ioy to shoote them off before the towne,
[by fortune] a ladle full of powder tooke fire, and with the
force thereof strake off his right hande, and burnt him in
many places of his bodie, wherewith our ioy was wholly
quailed, and abated. The third of September wee arived in
Enchuisen, where I founde my mother, brother and sister,
all living and in good health, it being twelve yeares, nine
monthes and a halfe after my departure from thence. For
the which God Almighty with his sonne Christ Jesus our
Saviour, be praised and blessed, to whom belongeth al power,
honor and glorie now and for evermore. Amen.
1 Orig. Dutch : "van Oosten", i.e., from the Baltic.
2 Orig. Dutch : " reconnoitred the land".
3 Orig. Dutch: " Vlie-landt" (an island above Texel).
THE END [OF THE FIRST BOOKE].

INDEX I.— General.

Abade (Rhinoceros), i, 96 ; ii, 8
Abbas, Shah, ii, 183
Abex, i.e. Abyssinia, and East African
Coast, i, 34 ; ii, 40, 92, 99, 184, 195,
196, 252
Abexins, see Abyssinians
Ablutions, frequent in India, i, 226
Abrolhos (shoals on Brazil coast), i,
15, 16
Abulcasis, cited, i, 53
AbysBinians (Abexins), i, 222, 264-269
Achar (pickles), ii, 26, 75, 78, 83, 127
Achin or Acheh (Acheijn, Dachem),
i, 108-110 ; king of, ii, 194, 198
Afores, see Azores
Acosta's West Indies, transld. by Lins-
choten, i, xxxviii
Acosta, Christopher, ii, 60, 61
Adam's Peak, i, 78, 79, 292
Addhama, and Adelxa ('Adil Khan and
'Adil Shah), i, 172
Aden, i, 43-45
Admiral, for chief ship, i, 9
Adrac (ginger), ii, 79
Adultery, punishment of, i, 94 ; of F.
King's wife ; ii, 208, 213 ; common
in Port. India, 215
Adulteration, universal in India, i, 96
Afhuysen, Gerrit v., i, xxvii, xxviii ;
ii, 253
Africa, i, xxxi ; maps of, xxxii
Africans in Sind, i, 269
Agates, ii, 141
Aguila-wood, i, 120, 121, 150 ; ii, 105
seqq.
Agulhas, Cape, ii, 249
Ahmednagar (Madanagar), ii, 24
Ainam, Aynao, i.e. Hainan, i, 125, 128
Alakekka (al-'akik, i.e. carnelian), ii,
141
Albatrosses (Alcatraces), ii, 248
Albert, Cardinal of Austria, Governor
of Portugal, i, 8
Albora, error for Asabon, i, 44
Alboquerque, see D'Alboquerque
Alcatiffas, i.e. carpets, i, 47, 60, 166

Alcatraces, see Albatrosses
Alen9on, Duke d', ii, 175
Aleppo, i, 48 ; carrier pigeons to, 50 ;
ii, 159, 204
Alexander the Great, i, 57
AlffaUia (civet), i, 95, 96, 128
Aliya (ginger), ii, 80
Aljofar, i.e. seed-pearl, i, 45, 128 ; ii,
133
Alma, ii, 31
Almadias (canoes), i, 39, 262
Almagre, ii, 262
Almas (diamond), ii, 136
Almiscar (musk), ii, 94
Almonds as money, i, 216
Aloes, i, 36 ; ii, 126, 127
 Wood, i, 120, 121, see Aguila
Alparcas, i.e. sandals, i, 257, 287
Altares, in Tercera, ii, 286
Alva, Duke of, i, 3-5, 6
Amba, Ambo (Mango), ii, 24
Amber (gris), i, 21, 33, 61, 128 ; ii, 67,
92-94, 141
Ambili (Tamarind), ii, 119
Amboyna (Ambon), i, 115, 116
America, i, xxxi
Amethysts, ii, 141
Amphion, Amfiao, see Opium
Amsterdam, i, xxxiv
Amuale (emblic myrobalans), ii, 124
Amulets, i, 99
Anacardi, i.e. Cashew, ii, 127
Ananas, i.e. pine-apple, ii, 17-20, 26, 36
Angediva Island, i, 168
Angely-wood (Angelina), ii, 56
Angola, i, 32 ; ii, 25 4
Angra, in Te^era, 270-277
Angurias, i.e. water melons, ii, 35
Annil, see Indigo
Animals, in Madagascar, i, 121 ; in
Mozambique, 25 ; in Ceylon, 79 ;
in the Philippines, 112 ; in China,
127 ; believed to have souls, and
have hospitals provided for them in
Guzerat, 253 ; of India, 300, seqq. ;
in St. Helena, ii, 255
Annaes Maritimos, cited, i, 37

322

INDEX.

Anne of Austria, i, 5
Antennal, a sea-bird, ii, 242
Antonio, Don, Prior of Crato, elected
king by the Portuguese, and ex
pelled by Philip II, i, xxv, 3-4 ;
defeated off the Azores, 7
Ants in India (white), i, 303 ; red, 304
Ape's tooth, see Tooth
Arabia, i, 43-45 ; ii, 73, 79, 100, 113,
119, 184, 185
Arabian Nights, cited, i, 32
Arabs, i, 49, 50; in India, 222, 264-269
Aracan, i, 97
Arare (cit. myrobalan), ii, 123
Arbore de Hays, i.e. Banian-tree, ii,
53-58
 Triste, ii, 58-62, 68
Areca, or Betel-nut, i, 213-214 ; ii,
62-68
Aretean (myrobalans), ii, 124
Armenian stone, ii, 145
Armenians in India, i, 223
Arreliquias (As Reliquias), ship, ii, 174,
189 ; loss of, 191 192
Arroba (quarter quintal), i, 245
Arryma, in Japan, king of, a Chris
tian, i, 161
Arsinoe, now Suez, i, 38
Asabon, of Ptolemy, i, 44
Ascension Island, i, xxviii ; ii, 259,
260-263, 265
Ascention, ship, ii, 189, 190
As Ghagas, ship, ii, 174
Asia, maps of, i, xxxii
Assi (? for lac), ii, 88
Assis (i.e. hashish), ii, 116
Ataide, D. Luiz de, viceroy, i, 220
Aucheo, i.e. (Hokcheu or) Fu-chau in
China, i, 137
Auctions at Goa, see Leylon
Ava, people of, i, 122
Avicenna cited, ii, 41, 57, 66, 87
Azores, i, xxviii, 7; ii, 276 seqq., 312-
316 B.
Babylon, i.e. Bagdad, i, 50
 Old, i, 45
Badajos, i, 5
Baftas, i, 60
Bahrein, i, 45, 52 ; ii, 133
Bailadeiras, or dancing-girls, i, 264
Bairamis, fine stuffs, i, 114
Baixos de Judea, shoals near C. Cor-
rentes, i, 22
Baju, i, 206
Balador, ii, 127
Bala-ghat (Ballagatte), i, 64, 65, 82,
166, 169, 235, 264 ; ii, 24, 32, 35, 90,
123,137, 141

Balas Rubies, ii, 156
Balsam, i, 44, 109
Balsora, see Bassora
Bamboos, i, 91, 92, 195 ; stained, 96
ii, 56-58, 68
Bananas, ii, 41 ; see Figs, Indian
Banda, i, 115 ; ii, 84, 85
Bandicoot Rats, i. 302
Banganin, a favourite well in Goa, i,
183
Bangue (Indian hemp), ii, 115-117
Banians, i, 58, 60, 64, 228 : their super
stitions, etc., 223, 254-256
Banian Tree, see Arbore de Rays ; also
i, 225 '
Banquays, kind of carpets, i, 61
Bantam, i, xxxvii
Baptism by fire, of Abyssinians, i, 265
Barata, i.e. cockroach, i, 205
Barbers in Goa, i, 230
Barbosa, Duarte, i, 116
Barca (kind of jack), ii, 121
Bardes, Goa district, i, 39, 176, 179 ;
ii, 164, 201
Barentsz, Wm., i, xxxiv, xxxv, xxxvi
Barriga, Joao, ii, 171
Barselor (port in Canara), i, 66 ; ii,
221
Barter, system of, in Java, i, 113-115
Bassain (Bachaim), i, 63, 80 ; ii, 32, 80
Basan, D. Alonzo de, ii, 305-306 ;
action with Sir R. Grenville, 310
Basarucos (small coin), i, 180, 242 ;
.. ii, 143
Bassora (Balsora), i, 45, 48, 50 ; ii,
205
Baston, i e. clove-stalks, i, 113 ; ii, 81
Batan, ii, 52
Batata, i.e. sweet potato, ii, 42, 279
Bats in India, i, 302
Batte (Rice), i, 246
Baticola (Bhatkal), i, 66 ; ii, 124, 220
Bayaderes, i, 264
Beads of aguila, ii, 106
Beatilhas (fine muslins), i, 95
Beder, city in Deccan, i, 170
Beke, Dr., cited, i, xxxiv, xxxv
Bells inserted under skin, i, 99, 100
Belleric myrobalans, ii, 124
Benesterin, one of the Passes at Goa,
i, 180
Bengal, i, 63, 91, 92-97 ; ii, 1, 8, 10,
80, 123
Benzoin, i, 102, 112 ; ii, 96-98
Bernavi, ii, 116
Bertandano, a Biscay captain, ii, 312
Beryl, ii, 138
Betel, Or pawn-leaf, i, 213, 214, 215 ;
ii, 53, 62, seqq., 68
Beynen, Lieut. Koolemans, i, xxxiv

INDEX.

323

Bezoar Stone, i, 120 ; ii, 142-145
Bhar (a weight), i, 113, 149
BhatkaL, see Baticola
Bichos de Palmeiro (Palm- squirrels),
i, 306
Birds in India, i, 301-307 ; at Bea, ii,
242, 243, 247 ; in Tercera, 280
 of Paradise, i, 118
Bisnagar, i.e. Vijayanagar, i, 82, 171 ;
ii, 57, 124
Bleek, cited, t, 32
Blick (or latten), i, 128
Bloodstone, ii, 141
Boars, wild, i, 301
Boa Viagen, ship, ii, 173 ; lost, 188-189
Bola (myrrh), ii, 99
Bolumba, ii, 33
Bom Jesus de Caranha, ship, ii, 173,
189
Bon or Bun (coffee berry), i, 157
Bona Speranza, see Good Hope, Cape
of
Boniama, kind of pine apple, ii, 18
Bonzes, i, 161
Borneo, i, 119-120 ; ii, 117, 134, 137
Bosa, ii, 116
Bracelets of shell, peculiar use of, ii,
136
Brahmins, i, 70, 85-89, 229 ; dress,
food, worship, and practises, 247-
252, 283-4, 297
Bramas, i.e. people of Burma, i, 122
Brandon, St., his island, ii, 266
Brava, in E. Africa, i, 36 ; ii, 184,
195
Brazil, i, xxxi, 18 ; ii, 17, 18, 79, 254,
274, 297
 Wood, i, 121
Bread of wood or roots in Moluccas,
t, 117
Bretons, ii, 298
Brimstone, i.e. sulphur, i, 80, 129 ;
ii, 255, 264, 283
Brindoins,a. fruit (Oarcinia purpurea),
ii, 34
Brinjaries, i, 166
Broecke, B. Ten, see Paludanus
Brugsch, cited, i, 37
Bua, ii, 52
Buddha's Tooth, i, 292, see Tooth
Buffaloes, i, 257, 301, 302
Bugs in India, i, 304, 305
Buna palla (for mace), ii, 85
Bungo in Japan, i, 161
Burcherts, Bernard, i, xxvi ; ii, 162,
175
Burials, in China, i, 134 ; in Goa, 223 ;
of patients who die in hospital, 238
Burladora (Datura), i, 211
Burmese (Bramas), i, 122

Burton, Capt. R., cited, i, 31, 269 ; and
his version of Lusiads, passim
Butter, i.e. ghee, i, 56, 58, 60, 63, 67,
97 C.
Oabaia (a dress), i, 247
Cabaser, i, 28
Cabo Verde, ii, 262
Cabral, P. A., ii, 241
Cachunde (an electuary), i, 214
Cadolins (plantains), ii, 39
Caffilas, or caravanB, i, 48-50 ; ii, 159
Caffres, or negroes, i, 193, 269-277 ;
eat elephants' flesh, ii, 1, 181 ; sold
by the Portuguese, 225, 257
Cairo, city, i, 52 ; ii, 140
Cairo (fibre), see Coir
Caixa (cash), i, 113
Gajou (cashew), a fruit, ii, 27-29, 36
Calafur (clove), ii, 81
Calaem (Calain), i.e. tin, i, 104
Calamba, Calambak (fine aloes-wood),
i, 120, 121, 125, 150
Calamus Aromaticus, ii, 128
Calicut, i, 68, 72, 73 ; ii, 20, 127, 140
Callao, alleged for toddy-pot, ii, 48
Camara, Ruy Gonsalvez da, ii, 183
Camarix (Carambola), ii, 33
Camaron, i.e. Gombroon, ii, 133
Cambaia, i, 59-62, 63, 166, 252-256,
257 ; indigo in, ii, 92 ; other pro
ducts, 113, 123, 138, 140, 141, 144,
169
Cambodia (printed Cambaia and Cam-
boiafor Camboja) i, 121, 122; ii, 105
Camea (for Carua, cinnamon ),.ii, 76
Cameleon, i, 306
Camels in Canary Islands, ii, 266
Camlets, i, 47
Camoens, L. de, Linschoten borrows
learning from, i, 36 ; references to
his poem, i, 19, and passim
Cam par, i, 110
Camphor, in Java, i, 112 ; Borneo,
120; ii, 67, 117, 118
Cananor, i, 67, 68 ; ii, 99, 127, 140,
221
Canaras, i.e. Canarese of the Bala-
ghat, i, 64, 65, 169, 256-259
Canarms, i.e. the people of the Goa
low-country, i, 176, 177, 260-264 ;
ii, 44
Canary Islands, ii, 263, 267
 Birds, i, 304 ; ii, 280
Candish, see Cavendish
Candy (weight), i, 245
Cane-sugar, i, 61
Canela dos mattos, i, 70
Canna (i.e. Cassia), fistula, ii, 122

324

INDEX.

Cannequins (a cotton stuff), i, 60, 114
Cannibalism in East Africa, i, 30
Canton, i, 125, 127, 129, 131, 135, 137
Carabdi, ii, 33
Carambola, a fruit (Averrhoa C), ii,
33-34
Carania, ship, ii, 175
Carasone (Khorasan), ii, 142
Carat, ii, 146
Caravans, i, 48-50
Carbuncles, ii, 139
Cardamom, ii, 67, 86-88
Carlsen's discovery of Barentsz relics,
i, xxxiv
Carmania, i.e. Kerman, i, 55
Carpdla, i.e. C. Jasque, i, 54
Carpets, i, 60, see Alcatiffas
Carril, i.e. curry, ii, 11, 47, 120
Carvalho, Bernaldim de, ii, 197
Casealis, ii, 27 '5
Cassia Fistula, ii, 121, 122
Cashew, see Cajou
Cassab Elderira, ii, 129
Cassas (some kind of stuff), i, 95, 114
Castes of Malabar, i, 279, segg.
Casticos, i.e. half-castes, i, 184
Castro, Island of D. Joao de, i, 35
 D. Pedro de, i, 35
Cate1 (i.e. Catechu), ii, 65, 67
Cathay, i, 126
Cat's-eyes, ii, 141
Cattaventos, i, 52
Cattle, in India, i, 300 ; in Canary
Islands, ii, 266 ; in Teneriffe, 290
Catty, i, 113, 149
Cavendish, Thomas, i, 112 ; ii, 252,
253, 302
Caysman (cinnamon),' ii, 76
Cedars, ii, 283, 289, 290
Ceylon, i, 76-81, 292 ; story of Budd
ha-tooth in, 292-294 ; elephants in,
ii, 2-3 ; cinnamon, 76-77 ; other
products, 104, 106, 138, 140-141,
196
Cha, i.e. tea, i, 157
Chakan mangoes, ii, 24
Chale (Chaliyam), i, 73
Chamaroch, ii, 33
Chambasal, i, 246 ; ii, 23
Chamke (clove), ii, 80
Champa,~i, 121, 122, 124
Champaka. ii, 36
Chandanacon, ii, 103
Chandor, ii, 24
Chankshells, ii, 135, 136
Gharanna, see Chakan
Charles V used Radix China, ii, 110
Charms under the skin, i, 99
Chatigan (i.e., Chittagong), i, 94
Chattins (Chetties), i, 201

Chaul, i, 63-64, 214 ; ii, 32, 183, 214
Chautar, a stuff, i, 60
Checanin (kind of Areca), ii, 63
Cheese, i, 59, 301
Chequeam (Che-Kiang), prov. of China,
i, 137
Cheraman Perumal, the famous Zam-
orin, i, 71, seqq.
Cherries in Tercera, ii, 279
Chersonesus Aurea, i, 108
Chetties, i, 201
Cheylas, fine kind of stuff, i, 91
China, i, xxx, 104, 105, 124 ; des
cribed 125, seqq. ; physical features
and divisions, 126, 137-8; natural
products, 127-130 ; revenues, de
fences, 131 ; army, 132 ; religion
and manners, 132-134; education,
133 ; climate, 134 ; characteristics
of people, 135; dress, etc., 136-137;
architecture, 139 ; nobles, 140 ;
craftsmen, ib. ; marriage customs,
141 ; language and writing, 142 ;
printing, 141-143 ; feasts, 143, 144 ;
ceremonies, 144 ; musk animal, ii,
94 ; camphor, 117 ; galanga, 131
China-ware, i, 129, 158
 Root, i, 239 ; ii, 107-112
Chincapoloyns I kind of plantain), ii,
39
Chincheo (part of Fuh-Kien), prov. of
China, i, 127 ; ii, 117
Chinese, i, 154-155; ii, 130
Chintzes, i, 91
Chitor, ii, 126, 129
Chittagong QChatigari), i, 94
Cholera, i, 235, 236 ; ii, 22
Choromahdel, see Coromandel
Christening customs, i, 198
Christians in India and Persia, i, 83 ;
of St. Thomas, 83-89, 288
Chrysolites, ii, 141
Cinnamon, i, 41, 70 ; in Ceylon, 80 ;
ii, 76-78 ; high price of, 191
Citrino myrobalans, ii, 1 23, 1 24
Citrons, i, 21, 25, 78 ; ii, 35, 255
Civet, i, 96 ; ii, 95-96 ; — cats in China,
i, 120
Claesz. C, printer, i, xxxii
 Van Purmer Endt, cited, i, 32,
33
Cleanliness of the Moors, i, 286
Climate of India, i, 234, 235
Cloud called Ox-eye, ii, 240
Cloves, i, 41, 80, 113, 117, 214; ii,
67. 81-84
Clusius, C, ii, 54, 66, 128
Coano, see Cuama
Coccolucio, i, 4
Cochin, i, xxvii, 68, 69, 124, 173-174,

INDEX.

325

221, 224, 228; trade at, 41 ; ii,
175, 189
Cochin- China, ii, 121
Cockroaches, i, 305
Coco-nuts and palms, i, 56, 63, 75-76,
80, 112 ; wine (alleged) from, 103,
176, 187 ; ii, 43-51 ; oil, 48, 50
Coco-de-mer, i, 75
Coffee ( chaoua), i, 157
Coins, imported into India, i, 10 ; of
Portugal, 12 ; of Java, 113 ; of
China and Malacca, 149 ; in Goa
and India, 241-244
Coir, i, 75 ; ii, 45, 46, 50
Colewort, ii, 36
Colles, see coolees
Colombo, i, 76 ; ii, 196, 197
Comet seen, ii, 301
Comorin, Cape, i, 65, 234, 277 ; ii,
92, 134
Comoro Islands, i, 35 ; ii, 80
Comsas (some stuff), i, 95
Concan (Cuncan ), i, 64, 65, 166
Congo, Lopez on the river, i, xxxi
Conies, i, 301 ; ii, 280
Coningh, Franz, see King
Constantinople, i, 50
Conti, Nicolo, i, 107
Copper, -i, 128
Copra, ii, 48
Coracone, see Khorasan
Coral BhallowB near Sofala, ii, 177,
178
Corea, i, 164
Cori, alleged as ancient name of C.
Comorin, i, 65
Corn ; in Cambaia, i, 60 ; China, 127 ;
in Canaries, ii, 266 ; in Azores, 281,
282, 287
Coromandel Coast, i, 82, seqq., 90 ;
climate, 234-5 ; Pagoda on, 294 ;
ii, 102, 106
CorpoSanto ( St. Elmo's fire), ii, 238-9
Corumbins (Goa peasant caste), i, 260-
264, 278
Corvo, Island of, ii, 267, 276, 291,
304, 309
Costus, ii, 129, 130
Cotalmaluco (i.e., Qutb al-Mulk, K. of
Golconda), i, 169, 172
Cotonias (a certain stuff), i, 60
Cotton in China, i, 129
 piece-goods, in Sinde, i, 55 ; in
Bassein, Chaul, and Daman, 63 ;
on Coromandel coast, 91 ; in Ben
gal, 95
Coulon (Quilon), i, 71 ; ii, 221
Courtesies of the Portuguese in 'India,
i, 193
Coutinho, Ant. d'Azevedo, ii, 187

Coutinho, Manuel de Sousa, ii, 197.
203
Cowa in India, i, 300, 301
Crabs, ii, 11 ; of great size, 16
Cray-fishes, ii, 11
CrocodileB, i, 98 ; ii, 15
Crows in India, i, 302
Crucifix, story of an ivory, i, 81
Crucifixes of aguila-wood, ii, 106
Crystal, i, 61
Cuama river, i, 28, 30, 31
Cubabchini (Cubeb), ii, 130
Cucumbers, ii, 36
Cumberland, Earl of (English Ad
miral), at the Azores, ii, 270, 275,
288, 289, 293, 294
Cunhale, i, 73
Cunixus in Japan, i, 159, seqq.
Curdo, ii, 76
Custom-house at Terjera, claim on
wreckage, ii, 272-273
Customs, export, ii, 77, 229, 230
Cutch, Gulf of, i, 56, 57
Cyprus, ii, 132 D.
Dabul, i, 63 ; ii, 80
Dachem, see Achin
D'Alboquerque, Afonso, ii, 260
 , Mathias, ii, 187, 202 ; arrives as-
viceroy, 306, 307
Daman, i, 63
Damask, i, 228
Damietta, ii, 122
Dancing-girls, i, 264
Darchina, ii, 76
Daringoo (Calamus aromaticus), ii,128
Daraira, Hill of, at Aden, i, 44
Dates, i, 48 ; ii, 119
Datura, i, 210, 211 ; ii, 68-72, 212
Daulatabad, mangoes, ii, 24 ; stones,
142
Deccan (Decam), i, 166 ; kings of, 169-
170; it, 67, 113, 127, 137
 , people of (Decanins), i, 64-65,
169 ; customs of, 256, 257-259
De Kloguen on Goa, i, 176, 177, 179
Delhi, King of, i, 165, 166
Derelside (tamarind), ii, 126
De Tavora, Buy Lorenijo, i, 40
Deutroa, see Datura
Devil, Chineae prayers to, i, 133
Dhov.is, see Toni
Diamonds, in Java, i, 112 ; in Pahang
and Patani, 120 ; in India, ii, 136-
138, 145, seqq.
Diego, Don, son of Philip II, i, 6
Dioscorides, quoted, ii, 68
Diseases of India, i, 235-241 ; in the
Azores, ii, 286

326

INDEX.

Diu, Island and fortress, i, 57-59
Diulcinde, i, 55
Doetechum, John and Baptist, engra
vers, i, xxxi
Dore ( ? cardamom), ii, 87
Doryves, Juan, ii, 294
Dovea, i, 391 ; ii, 255
Drake, Sir Francis, i, xxv, xxvi ; ii,
270, 275, 303
Dress, in Mozambique, i, 29 ; on Coro
mandel coaat, 91 ; in Moluccas,
118 ; of Chineae, 135-136; of boI-
diers in India, 200; of Portuguese
and Mestizo women, 206 ; of Decan
people, 257
Drinking habits of Abyssinians in
India, i, 269
Durindois (?), an Indian fruit, ii, 34
Durian fruit, ii, 51-53, 68
Dutroa, see Datura
Dysentery, i, 236 ; ii, 57
E.
Earthquake in Azores, ii, 308
Ebony, i, 33
Eger, see ii, 128
Egypt, ii, 113, 116
Elephants, alleged in Madagascar, i,
21 ; eaten, 30, 274 ; in Ceylon, 80,
81 ; in Bengal, 98 ; white, in Pegu,
98-100, and war about, 102 ; and
in Siam, ii, 1, 2 ; in China, i, 127 ;
in India, ii, 1-8
Elephanta, Caves of, i, 291
Elevi (? coco-nut), ii, 43
Elmo, Fire of St., ii, 238
Elvas, i, 5
Emblico myrobalans, ii, 124, seqq.
Emeralds, i, 97; ii, 140-141; values,
154, 157
Encal (? cardamom), ii, 87
English, Adventures of, at Goa, ii,
158, seqq. ; proceedings of, at the
Azores, 268-270, 291-294; captives,
murder of, 299
Enkhuyzen, i, xxiii, xxix ; collections
of Paludanus at, xxix, xxx ; ii, 320
Enseada, i, 56, 57
Equinoctial, gales, i, 15 ; line, 16, 17,
36
Espinels, see Rubies
Ethiopia, Caffres of, i, 269-277 ; ii,
254
Etremilly (erroneous, for cardamom),
ii, 87
Europa Shallowa off Mozambique
coast, ii, 177 ; loss of S. Jago at,
177-182
European settlers in Portuguese colo
nies, their privileges, i, 34

F.
False Cape, i, 18
Panax (Jack-fruit), ii, 20
Fardo, a load of rice, i, 245
Faro, ii, 309
Faufd, ii, 63
Fayal Island, ii, 268-269, 276, 289,
294, 301, 302
Federiei, C, cited, i, 29, 100, 103
FeijSes, sea-birds so called, ii, 250 '
Ferro Island, ii, 264
Figs, Indian, i.e., bananas, i, 25, 67;
ii, 37-42 ; supposed forbidden fruit,
40-41 ; leavea used for table-cloths,
i, 225
 Portugal, ii, 35, 225
Filfil (pepper), ii, 73
Fire-arms, Chineae, i, 131
Fish, in Diu, i, 59 ; in Philippines, i,
124 ; in Indian seas, ii, 11-17 ; at
St. Helena, 256 ; at Ascension, 260;
at Tercera, 280
Fitch, Ralph, imprisoned at Goa, i,
xxv ; ii, 158, seqq.
Flax, in Ceylon, i, 80 ; in China,
129
Flemish Islands, see Azores
Flores Island, ii, 267, 276, 291
 , Alvarea de, see Quiniones
Florida, ii, 297
Flying-fish, ii, 261, 267
Folic (Benzoin), i, 112
Folium, Indum, ii, 130, 131
Fonseca, Roque da (brother of the
next), ii, 174
 , Archbiahop Vincente da (Lin-
achoten'a master), i, 8 ; sails for
India, i, xxv, 10, seqq. ; reaches
Goa, 39, 40, 41 ; leaves Goa, ii, 190,
191; dies at sea, 201, 216
Food, Manner of dreaaing, in Japan,
i, 157 ; of women in India, 207 ; of
Deccan people, 257; offered to idols,
297
i?og«iem(Fuh-Kien),provinceof China,
i, 137
Fortunate (or Canary) Ialands, ii, 263
Fowls, at Mozambique, i, 25 ; in In
dia, 301
Fragoso (Anthony), story of, 208-215
France, ii, 287, 303
Frankincense, i, 44, 47 ; in Java (ben
zoin), 112 ; ii, 99, 100
Frobisher, Martin, ii, 302, 303
Fruits, in Madagascar, i, 21 ; in Mozam
bique, 25 ; in Ceylon, 79 ; in Philip
pines, 124 ; of India, ii, 17, 255 ;
in Tercera, 279
Fuente Ventura, ii, 264
Fugger and Welser, of Augsburg,

INDEX.

327

their dealings with the Portuguese
government, ii, 219
Fula, ii, 49
Fulton on Pigeons, quoted, i, 50
Fuscan, a kind of Bilk, i, 148
G.
Galanga, ii, 131
Galie (? Indigo), ii, 91
Oalveoan (? for Galanga, ii, 131
Ganges, t, 92, 93 ; ii, 15
Garciaa ab Horto, i.e. Garcia De Orta,
often cited by Paludanus (q. v), and
constantly borrowed from also by
Linschoten
Gardiner, Mr. C, his discovery of
Barentsz relica, i, xxxiv
Garlick, i, 59 ; ii, 112
Oarnats (ahrimps), ii, 11.
Garneta (granaden), i, 80, 97 ; ii, 140
Gasper, Don, Archbishop of Goa, in
connection with the Buddha tooth,
i, 293
Oengibil (Ginger), it, 79
Germans, see Dutch
Germany, plague in, t, 4
Gerritaz, or Gerritson, Dirck, i, xxvi,
xxvii, 209, 219
Gerun Island (Ormus), t, 46
Ghaut Mountains, i, 168, 169
Gilolo Island, t, 116
QirasaU, i, 245 ; ii, 23
Goa, i, xxv, 39 ; list of arehbiahops of,
8, 40, 41,-166 ; deacription of, 175,
seqq. ; justice and lawa, 181 ; na
tural producta, 182 ; daily market,
184; viceroyaat, 217, 222 ; heathens
and others at, 222-231 ; burial at,
223 ; marriage customs, 224 ; jogis
and soothsayera, 225 ; merchandise
and markets, 228-231 ; money,
weighta, and measures, 241-247 ;
tradea in, 256, 257, 301 ; ii, 13, 43,
60, 71, 123; impriaonment of four
Englishmen at, 161, 167, 169, 170,
171 ; expeditions from, 170-173, 175,
183, 187, 194, 197 ; arrival of Portu
guese ships at, 173, 176, 189, 196,
200, 201-203, 215; murder of
Francis King at, 204-215; Lin
schoten leaves, 220
Goa Velha, i, 177
Goats, wild, ii, 10 ; their bezoar, 142,
255
God, belief of Brahmins in a supreme,
i, 252
Gold ; in Sofala, i, 27, 31 ; in Ceylon,
80 ; in Aracan and Pegu, 80 ; in
Sumatra, 109 ; from Pedir, 110 ;
in China, 128 ; ii, 294

Gomera Island, tt, 264
Good Hope, Cape of, see Bona Spe-
ranza
Oorgoletta (water-cruse), i, 207
Gout, treated with Radix China, ii,
110
Government in India, Portuguese, t
217
Grass-cloth, see Herba.
Greenfield, Sir Richard, see Grenville
Gregory XIII, Pope, ti, 176
Grenville, Sir Richard, his fight with
the Spaniards, ti, 309-311 ; also t,
xxviii
Griffins, t, 208, note
Grimoaldo, Cyprian, it, 179
Gualva, in Tercera, petrifying well at,
it, 283, 286
Guanchos of the Canaries, it, 266
Guard, i.e. Ward =Roae, ti, 60
Guardafui, Cape, i, 36
Guate Mountains, see Ghat
Gueoa, wild people of Cambodia, i, 122
Guinea coast, t, 15
 worm, t, 52
Qui, ii, 60
Gunpowder in China, i, 142
Guzerat ; people of (Banians), t, 58, 64,
252 ; mangoes in, ii, 24, 119
H.
Haarlem, i, xxiii
Hagerarmini (Lapis Armeniacus), it,
144
Hainan Ialand, see Ainam
Hamburg, ii, 175
Hamilton, Alex., referred to, i, 202,
236, 242, 245, 246
Hand, for a mao or maund weight,
i, 245
Handicrafts in Goa, i, 187
Hangchau, t, 139
Hares, i, 301
Havana, it, 292, 305
Hawkins, Sir John, ii, 303
Hayen (sharks), ii, 12, 13, 133
Heathens, see Hindua
Heirship, system of, in Malabar, i, 284
Hemp, see Bangue
HendricB, Martha, Linschoten's
mother, i, 1
Henry, King of Portugal, see Portugal
Hens ; black, i, 25, 26 ; in Diu, 58, 67 ;
ii, 255
Herba, a fibre made into cloth, i, 96
 Baboza, ii, 126
 Sentida (sensitive plant), it, 70,
71
Herbs, medicinal, i, 109 ; tt, 126-132,
279

328

INDEX.

Hermit at St. Helena, it, 257
Hidalcan (i.e. 'Adil Khan), i, 168-171 ;
ii, 199
Hierro, see Ferro
Hit, Hilachy (cardamom), it, 87
Hogs, i, 58, 300, 301; ii, 144, 255
Holland, see Introduction passim
Honan, province of China, i, 137
Honey ; in Madagascar, i, 21 ; in
Cananor, 67 ; in Philippines, 124;
in China, 130
Honore, see Onor
Horns ; alleged to take root, ii, 71-72 ;
Unicorn'a, in medicine, ti, 9
HorseB, value in India, t, 54, 185 ; it,
128
Hospitals, in Goa, i, 237-238; for
animals in Cambaya, 253-254
Howard, Lord T., ii, 309
Huerter, Jobst v., i, 7
Hulsius cited, t, 32
Hyacinth, tt, 140 I.
Idalham, see Hidalcan
Idols, Hindu, i, 223, 224, 251, 252,
289-300
Igdl Kolien (Datura), i, 211
Imademaluco (Imad-al-Mulk), t, 169,
172
Imji (ginger), it, 80
Immorality of Meatico and Portu
guese women, i, 201, 209-212
India, throughout the book
Indies, West ; Linschoten translates
Acosta's history of, i, xxxviii; it.
292-297, 316, 317
Indigo, i, 62 ; ii, 91, 230
Indus, river, t, 55
Iniamos, i.e. yams, tt, 42
Inlaid articles, ii, 136
Inquisition, in India, i, 182; in Great
Canary, it, 267
Insects in India, i, 303-307
Invalids landed at St. Helena, ii, 256
Iraa (diamond), ii, 136
Iron ; in Sinde, i, 56 ; in Ceylon, 80 ;
in China, 128 ; ii, 286
Itam (for Intan, diamond), ii, 137
Italians at Ormuz. malignant conduct
to English traders, ii, 160, seqq., 167
Italy ; plague in, i, 4 ; Japanese visit,
ii, 167
Ivory, t, 33 ; at Cambaia, 61 ; in Cey
lon, 80, 81 ; ti, 3

Jacatay, kings of Japan called, t, 159
Jacinths, t, 97 ; ii, 140
Jack-fruit, ii, 20-23, 36, 51

Jaiagua, ii, 18
Jaiama, ii, 17
Jains, t, 253
Jambeiro, ii, 31
Jambo fruit (Engenia spp.), ti, 29,
seqq., 36
Jamboli, ii, 31
Jambolin fruit (Sizygium Jambola-
num), ii, 34
Jangadas (rafts), ii, 181
Jangomas fruit (?), it, 82
Japan, trade with Macao, i, 146, 151-
168; ii, 167, 168
Japanese ; hatred of Chinese, i, 154-
155 ; religion, 161 ; influence of
Jesuits among, 162-164
Japatry (nutmeg), ii, 85
Jaqueta, Gulf of, i, 56, 57
Jarric's Thesaurus, cited, t, 51, 273
Jaaper. ii, 141
Jaak, Cape, i, 54
Jausialindi (coco-nuts), ii, 43
Java, i, xxxvi, xxxvii ; trade with
Malacca, 104. 111-114 ; coins, 113 ;
pepper in, ii, 73 ; cinnamon, 77;
nutmegs, 84 ; cardamom. 87 ; ben
zoin, 97 ; cubebs, 130 ; galanga, 131
Javaneae aettler at St. Helena, ti,
257
Jayfol (nutmeg), ii, 85
Jesuits, in Japan, i, 161, seqq. ; at Goa,
220-221; among the Caffres, 272-
273 ; persecution of four English
tradera by. it, 161, seqq.
Jewellery, i. 248, 249
Jewa, in Malabar, t, 70 ; in Goa, 222,
285-289
Jode, Gerard de, maps by, t, xxxii
Johore, i, 110
Jooaten, Hugh (Linachoten's father),
t, xxiii ; hia death, ii, 176
Jorims (cotton atuff), t, 56. 60
Judea, Baixos de, i, 22 ; ii, 177
Jugglera, in Ceylon, i, 81 ; in Goa,
225
Julfar, pearla from, ii, 133
Junghuhn'aVam, i, 109

K.
Kara Sea. t. xxxiv, xxxv
Khat or Catechu, it, 63
Khoraaan (Coracone), and people
thereof, t, 166, 168, 172
King, Francis (properly Franz Coningh),
his travels, adventures, and tragical
end, it. 204,.se}<2'., to 215
Kodangalur, see Cranganore
Konkan, see Concan
Kundapur, i, 66

INDEX.

329

L.
Lac and Lacquer, i, 64, 97 ; ii, 88-90
Lada (pepper), ii, 73
Lampaton (china-root), ii, 112
Lancarote, Id., ti, 264
Lane, Edward, cited, i, 32, 226, 227,
269
Langren, Arnold and Henry, mapa by,
i, xxxi
Lanha (coco-nut), ii, 44, 45
Lankam, i, 148
Lankin, a kind of silk, i, 148
Laos, i, 122
Lapis Armeniacus, ii, 144
 Lazuli, ii, 145
Larins, i, 242
Lasso, Barth.,- cosmographer, i, xxxii
Lead, in China, i, 129
Leather ; embroidered, i, 56 ; myro
balans in tanning, ii, 124
Lemona, i, 21, 25, 79 ; ii, 35, 255
Lequeo (i.e. Loo-choo) Islands, i, 164
Lery, Jean de, i, xxxi
Leylon (i.e.- LAldo, an auction), i, 185,
192
Liampoo, i.e. Ningpo, i, 127
Li-chi fruit, i, 131
Lign-aloea, ii, 67, 105-107
Lima Pereira, Don Paulo, ii, 197, 198,
200, 237
Linachoten, J. H. van, see Introduc
tion ; goea to Spain, 1576, t, 2; enters
service of Archbishop of Goa, 9 ;
Bails for India, 1583, 10; voyage,
14-39 ; residence in India, and oc
currences there, ii, 158 ; hears of his
father's death, 176 ; is made clerk
of the Gobranca, 190 ; hears of his
brother's death, and decides to
return, 217 ; leaves Goa, Nov. 1588,
220 ; leaves Cochin, Jan. 1589, 228 ;
track to Portugal, 233 ; learns about
Malay countries, 254 ; stays in Ter
cera, 274 ; reaches Lisbon, 2nd Jan.
1592, 318 ; reaches Holland, 2nd
Sept. 1592, 320 ; later history and
death, see Introduction, xxix-xl
Lions, t, 127, 305
Lisbon, t, xxviii, 4, 5-8, 10 ; ii, 5, 6,
300, 318
Liapor (Ellichpur?), ii, 137
Liver complaint, pepper uaed in, ii, 75
Lizarda, i, 305
Loadstone, ii, 142
Loc Sumutri, ii, 89
Looking-glasses imported into China
i, 151
Lopez, notes on the Congo, i, xxxi
Loriea in India, i, 307
Lovan (Frankincense), it, 99

Lovanjavy (benzoin), ii, 98
Loytias (Mandarin class), i, 133, 140
Lulu, ii, 133
Lussons (Lucon), see Philippinea
Lycium (identified by Paludanua, after
De Orta, with Catechu), mixed with
betel, ii, 67 M.
Macao, i, 84, 125, 135, 145-151
Mace, i, 113, 149; ii, 84-86
Macuwa (in Eaat Africa), i, 30
Madagascar, see St. Lawrence
Madanagor (i.e. Ahmednagar), ii, 24
Madeira, i, 14
Madremaluco (Imad-'al-Mulk), i, 169,
172
Madrid, i. 162 ; it, 10
Maelson, Francis, i, xxxiii
Maffei, cited, i, 79, 107, 111, 117, 151,
152, 154, 159, 161
Magadoxo (Makdishau, in East Africa),
t, 36
Magellan (Magalha.es), i, 116
 • Straits of, i, xxvii ; it, 253
Mahommed, tomb alleged at Mecca, i,
37
Mahommedan dynasties in S. India, i,
165-174
Mahommedans, see Moors
Major, R. H., cited, t, 7, 19
Malabar, coaat of, i, 67-71 ; piracy,
70-73; divisions, 71-74 ; people and
castes, 277, seqq. ; rarity of birds,
301 ; vegetable products, ii, 57, 77,
78, 87, 123-124; pepper-trade in,
220, seqq., 302
Malabathrum. ii. 131
Malacca, i, xxviii, 91, 104-106 ; ii, 10,
15 ; vegetable products 51-53, 57-
58. 60. 73, 97, 105 ; precious stones,
144, 193-194, 197, 198, 253-254,
271, 272, 306. 317
 Beans, ii, 127
Malay language, i. 106 ; ti, 52
Maldive Islands, i, 74-77 ; coco-nuts
from, ti, 43, 45, 50 ; ambergris from,
92, 235
Malepur, see Meliapor
Maluco, see Moluccas
Manancabo, i. 110
Mandarins, and origin of word, i, 134,
141, 144, 145
Mandor (i.e. Mandll) ; spikenard from,
ii, 126 ; costus from, 129
Mangalor, i, 66, 67 ; ii, 221
Mangas de velludo (sea-birds), ii, 243,
247
Mangate, or River of Coohin, ii, 227
Mangiar bianco, ii, 51, 52

330

INDEX.

Mangoes, ii, 23-26
 Wild (Mangas bravas), a poison
ous fruit, ii, 25
Mangosteens, ii, 34, 43
Manilla, i, 122
Mania, ii, 43
Manna, i, 44-47 ; ii, 100, 101, 120, 125
Manners and customs ; custom at
Bea on Whit Sunday, i, 17 ; in Mo
zambique, 29-30; Ormuz. 46, 51;
Malabar, 73 ; Singhalese, 77 ; Ben
gal, 94 ; Pegu, 98-100 ; China, 133,
134,140-144; Goa Portuguese, 183-
192, also 222-240; of Cambay
Banians, 253-256 ; of Canarins of
Goa. 260-264 ; of Caffres (Negroea),
271-277 ; of Malabars and Nairs,
277-284
Manucodiata, i.e. Bird of Paradise,
i, 118
Mao, or Maund, i, 245
Mappilas, or Moplas, i, 68
Maps in the Itinerario, i, xxxi, xxxii,
xxxiii
Mar Abraham, Archbishop of Anga-
male, i, 84
Marana (alleged name of Datura), i,
211
Marco Polo, see Yule
Margaritas, ii, 133
Markets, at Cananor, i, 67 ; at Goa,
228-231
Marmosets, i, 306
Maro i (coco-tree), ii, 43
Marriage and marriage customs, in
Pegu, i, 99 ; in China, 141 ; of Goa
Portuguese, 195-199 ; of Decan
people, 258 ; of Portuguese with
Moorish and Indian women, ii, 229
Martaban, i, 97, 101
 jars, i, 28, 101, 268
Martenaon, Cornelius, wreck of his
Bhip, ii, 313-315
Mascat, i, 47
Maacarenhas, Franc, Viceroy, i, 40 ;
it, 170-173, 174; returns home, 175
 , Jeronimo, ii, 172. 173
 , Julian, ii, 170, 171 ; killed, 172
Maslac, ii, 114
Maaulipatam, i, 82 ; cotton stuffa from,
91
Matavaquas (abattoir), in Goa, ii, 71
Matricola, or General Registry, at Goa,
i, 189-191
Maund (weight), i, 245
Maximilian, Emperor, i, 6, 7
Maxwell. William, cited, i, 113, 148
May ere, William, cited, i, 137, 140
Maynattos (washermen), i, 260
Measures, set Weights

Mecery (i.e. Misri), "Egyptian" opium,
ii, il3
Mecca, i, 37
Meconium, ii, 114
Medida, a measure, /, 245
Mekong river, i, 121
Meliapor (old name of San Thome'),
i, 82, 87-89
Melinde (in East Africa) t, 36 ; it, 92,
169
Mdique Verido (Malik Berid), t, 169
Mello, Martin Alfonso de, ti, 195
Melona, i, 21 ; ii, 35
Mendo9a, Fernando de, cited, i, 93,
108, 117, 124, 125-145, 151
Menesea, Duarte de, named viceroy,
ii, 173; arrival, 174; dies, 200;
funeral, 201, 202
 , Gonaalo de, captain of Ormuz,
hia treatment of four Englishmen,
ii, 160, seqq.
 , Jorge Tubal de, captain of Mo
zambique, ii, 174
Meriche (pepper), ii, 73
Merinho, on board ship, duty and pay
of, i, 13
Mestizos (half-castes), in India, i, 193-
205 ; the women, 205-217
Miles in Linachoten, eatimate of, t, 5
Milkstone, ti, 141
Milreis, value of, i, 12
Mina (West Africa), it, 96
Mirabolans, ii, 123-126
Miracle of sweating orosa, i, 86
Mitchell, for mithksl, ii, 117
Mocadon, or boatswain, i, 267, 268
Mocquet, cited, i, 13, 14, 23, 25, 31,
32, 266, 270, 275
Mohadum Coja, i, 170
Moluccas, i, xxv, 104, 105, 115-116,
307 ; cloves in, it, 81-84, 85
Molunga (pepper), ii, 73
Mombas, i, 36
Money, sent to India, i, 11 ; Portu
guese, 12 ; in Java, 113 ; in China,
132 ; in China and Malacca, 148-
149 ; in Goa, 186, 190, 241
Money-changera, i, 231, 244
Mongoose, ii, 194
Monkeys, i, 306
Monomotapa, i. 26, 31, 273, 275
Monsoons in Mozambique, etc., i, 33
Monteiro, cited, i, 31. 34
Moors (i.e. Mahommedans) ; in Mozam
bique, i, 29, 30, 32 ; of Cananor, 67,
68 ; in Goa and India, 222. seqq. ;
also 285-289 ; in Cochin, 286, 287 ;
ii, 130
Mordexin (i e. cholera), i, 235-236 ;
ii, 22

INDEX.

331

Mordexin (name of a fish), ii, 11
Morga, A. de, cited, i, 117, 122, 123,
124, 157
Moris, alleged for plantain, ii, 40
Morois (? pepper), ii, 73
Morxi (cholera), ii, 22
Mosandam, Cape, i, 44
Mosques, i, 286
Mosseliat (for musk), ii, 94, 95
Mother o' pearl, ii, 135, 136
Moths, i, 304
Moti, ii, 133
Moucheron, Balth. de, i, xxxiii
Mozambique, i, xxv ; 22, 23, 24, seqq. ;
natural products, 25-26 ; harbour,
27, 28 ; Portugueae government,
30-33 ; population, 34 ; Caffres at,
262-277 ; ambergris from, it, 92,
124, 174, 176, 218, 245, 246, 247
Muir'a Life of Mahomet, cited, i, 37
Musa (plantain), ii, 40
Musa, Ant., cited, ii, 80
Musk, i, 149 ; ii, 67, 94, 95, 97
 animals, i, 128 ; erroneous ac
count of, it, 94-95
 rat, i, 303
Mutilation aa a punishment, i, 94, 276
Mutu, ii, 133
Myrrh, i, 44, 47 ; ii, 99-100

N.
Nails worn long by Nairs, i, 282
Nairs, and their customs, i, 277-284
Nana (pine-apple), ii, 17
Nangasakie (in Japan), i, 152
Nankin, i, 127
Naphtha, in Sumatra, i, 109
Nard (coco-nut), it, 43
Narsinga (i.e. Vijayanagar), i, 92, 171,
294
Natal, i, 19; ii, 240, 241
Navarre, King of, ii, 303
Navy of Portugal, how furnished and
victualled for India, i, 10-14
Negapatam, i, 82-91
 , Cape of (? Cape Calymere), i, 76,
81, 82
Negotana, i, 168
Negroes imported to India as slaves,
i, 33, 275, 276 ; also see Caffres
Nestorians in India, t, 83
Netherlanders, see Dutch
Newbury, John, at Ormuz, ti, 159 ;
imprisoned at Goa, i, xxv ; ii, 161,
seqq. ; escape, 165
New Spain, ii, 297, 316
Nicola pirates (? Bene Khalid), ii, 175
Nigger fowls", i, 26
JSihor (coco-nut), ii, 43

Nile river, source of, t, 31
NUcandi, a precious stone, ii, 139
Nipa spirit, i, 103 ; ii, 49
Nisa maluco (Nizam a'l Mulk), i, 168,
170
Nisamoxa (Nizam Shah), ii, 24, 67
Nossa Senhora da Sancao, ship, ii, 190
Nova, Joao de, discovers Ascension,
ti, 260
Nova Zembla, i, xxxv, xxxvi
Nutmegs ; in Ceylon, i, 80 ; in Java,
113 ; in Banda, 115 ; in Pan and
Patane, 120 ; it, 84-86

O.
Ogyris, alleged ancient name of Ormus,
i, 46
Oil, in Cambay, i, 60 ; in Daman,
Bassain, and Chaul, 63 ; in Cananor,
67 ; from coco-nuts, it, 48
Olam (Yunnan ?), province of China,
i, 137
Oldenbarneveldt, John v., i, xxxiv
Olhos de Gato (cat's eyes), ii, 14
OUa (palm leaf for writing), ti, 45, 50
Omura (in Japan), King of, becomes
Christian, i, 161
Onions, i, 59, 112
Onor (Hunawar, Honor), i, 66 ; ii,
220
Ophir, identified with Sumatra, i, 108
Opium, i, 61 ; ii, 112-114
Oquiam (Hu-Kwang), province of
China, i, 137
Orange, Prince of, i, xxxiii, xxxi** ; ii,
175
Oranges, in Madagascar, i, 21 ; Mozam
bique, 25 ; Ceylon, 79 ; China, 130 ;
India, ii, 35 ; St. Helena, 255
Ordnance, great brass in Sumatra, i,
109, 110
Orissa, i, 90
Ormuz, i, 46-54 ; trade, 54, 63 ; cli
mate, 235 ; ii, 24, 79, 133 ; story of
four Englishmen at, 158-165, 174,
184, 187, 188, 195, 196, 201, 205
Orta, Garcia de, cited, passim
Ortelius, his maps, i, xxxii
Oryx, alleged, in Madagascar, t, 21
Our Lady's Crown (form of St. Elmo's
fire), ti, 239
Our Lady of Conception, ship, ii, 215
Our Lady of Nazareth, ship, ii, 196
Oviedo, cited, i, xxxi; ii, 41
Oxen, i, 58 ; considered holy by Dep-
can people, 257, 300, 301 ; in Ter
cera, ti, 282, 301
Oysters, in India, ii, 12 ; pearl, 134,
135

332

INDEX.

P.
Pache (emerald), it, 140
Pacona (plantain), ti, 40
Pagodas and idola, and their cere
monial, i, 233, 289-300
Pahang, see Pan
Pahlavi inacriptiona in South India, i,
83
Painter, story of an English, ii, 158,
162, 166
Palan (plantain), ii, 40, 41
Palankins, i, 91, 205, 215 ; ti, 45,
58
Palla (for nutmeg), ii, 85
Pallegoix, bishop, cited, i, 120, 121
Pallenges (kind of boats), ti, 191
Palma ( Canary Islands), ii, 264
Palm trees, in Mozambique, i, 25 ; in
Maldives, 75-76, 306 ; ii, 43-51
Palo d'Aguila (eagle- or aloes-wood), i,
124 ; ii, 105, seqq.
 de cobra ( mispr. cebra), ii, 104
Paludanua, Dr. Bernard (properly Ten
Broeke), his comments and inter
polations in Linschoten'a book, i,
xxix, xxxi, on sickness tavardilha,
i, 4 ; on Madagascar, 20 ; on Mozam
bique, 24 ; on Aden, 43 ; on Bedouin
Arabs, 49 ; on guinea-worm, 53 ; on
coffee, 157 ; on Datura, 210 ; on
cachunde, 214 ; on the chameleon,
306 ; on the ananas, ii, 17 ; on
the jack, 20 ; on the mango,
23 ; on the cashew, 27 ; on the
jambo, 29 ; on the jangomas (?), 32;
on the carambola, 33 ; on the brin-
doin, 34 ; on the jambolin, 34 ; on
the 1 ndian fig (or plantain), 40 ; on
inhamas or yams, 42 ; on coco-nuts,
45 ; on coco-nut oil, 48 ; on sura,
ib.\ on aea coco-nut, 50 ; on duriana,
51 ; on the banian tree, 54 ; on
tabashir, 56, 57 ; on bamboos, 58 ;
on arbor triste, 60 ; on betel, 65
and 67 ; on datura, 69 ; on pepper,
75 ; on cinnamon, 77 ; on ginger,
79 ; on cloves, 83 ; on nutmeg and
mace, 85 ; on cardamom, 87 ; on lac,
89 ; on indigo, 91 ; on ambergris,
93 ; on musk, 95 ; on civet, 96 ; on
benzoin, 97 ; on frankincense, 99 ;
on myrrh, 100 ; on manna, 101 ; on
sandal-wood, 103 ; on snake-wood,
105 ; on aloes-wood, 106 ; on China
root, 112; on opium, 114; on bangue,
116 ; on tamarind, 121 ; on canna
(cassia) fistula, 122 ; on mirabolans,
125 ; on spikenard, 126 ; on aloes,
127 ; on Malacca bean, 127 ; on
calamus aromaticus, 128 ; on costus,

129 ; on cubeb, 130 ; on malabath-
rum, 131 ; on galanga, 132
Pam (pawn-leaf), ti, QQ
Pampano fish (pomf ret), ii, 11
Pan (i.e., Pahang), i, 120 ; ii, 144
Panani, ii, 169
Panar, Panas, Panasa (jack-fruit), ii,
20
Pangayas (kind of boat in Africa), i,
31,32
Pangin (at Goa), i, 139
Pangolin, ii, 13
Paohno, Fra, cited, i, 68, 86
Papa (kind of jack), ii, 21
Papaya fruit, ii, 35
Paper, uBed in China, i, 142 ; made
from coco-palm (erroneous descrn)
ii, 50
Papos (cods of musk), i, 128 ; ii,
94
Paquian (Peking, i.e., Pecheli), metro
politan province of China, i, 12.7,
137
Paquouer (plantain-tree), ii, 41
Paradise, situation of, i, 45, 78, 79
 apples, ii, 41
 birds of, i, 118
Paranda, town in Deccan, i, 170
Pardao (coin), i, 75, 241, seqq.; ii, 10,
19, 45, 108, 161, 163
Parisatico, ii, 60
Parrots, i, 307
Partridges, ii, 255
Passaros do sol (birds of Paradise), i,
118
Passports needed for leaving India, ii,
228
Patamar (a courier), i, 260; ii, 165
Patani, i, 120; ii, 8
Pate (in E. Africa), i, 36; ii, 184,
195
Pateca (water-melon), ii, 35
Pazar (Bezoar), ii, 142
Peaches, ii, 279
Pearls ; from Bahrein, i, 45 ; Mascat,
47; Ceylon, 80; Hainan, 125;
China. 128 ; ii, 133-136; value, etc.,
157-158, 295
Pedir, ;', 110
Pedra Armenia, ii,. 144
 Branca, rock of Bintang, i, 119
 do Bazar (Bezoar), ii, 143
 de Cevar (loadstone), ii, 142
Pegu, Portuguese traffic at, i, 91, 97,
seqq.; King of, defeats King of Siam,
102 ; his proceedings about the
Buddha tooth, 293 ; elephants in, ii,
1 ; lac, 88 ; aandal-wood, 102 ; beryl,
138 ; precious stones, 140
Pcixc scrra (seer fish),' ii, 11

INDEX.

533

Penedo de Sam Pedro, rock in S,
Atlantic, ii, 261
Pepdini (long pepper), ii, 73
Pepper, contraband, ii, 230, 272-274
pepper-trade, i, 41, 66, 67, 74, 80
grown in Queda, t, 1 03 ; Pedir, 110
Sunda, 112, 113, 175, 189, 217-227
ii, 68; medicinal use, 75; loading
custom at Cochin, 225, 317
Pera (i.e., Perak) i, 104
Pereira, Nuno Velho, i, 33
 Pedro Homen, ii, 184
Pernambuco, ii, 334
Persia, i, 45; King of, 172, 173; ii,
78, 100, 141, 142, 169
Persian Gulf, i, 44, seqq.; ii, 133
Persians, i, 158, 222
Persintos (tape for beds), i, 61
Petrifying well in Tercera, it, 283
Pheasants, i, 301
Philip II, see Spain and Portugal
Philip, Prince of Spain, i, 7
Philippine Islands (called Lussons), i,
122, seqq.; ii, 35
Phillip, William, translator of Lins-
choten, i, xii
Phryxus (St. Elmo's fire), it, 238
Phyaicians in India, ii, 72, seqq. ;
native, in Goa, i, 230
Pico, one of the Azorea, ii, 276, 284,
290, 291, 315
 d'Adam. see Adam's Peak
Pigeons, carrier, i, 50
Pills of areca, etc., ti, 67
Pine-apple, ii, 17, seqq.
Pirates, ii, 170-173
Pisang (plantain), it, 40, 41
Pitch in Sinde, i, 56
Pitte, Joseph, cited, i, 37
Plague, in Spain and Portugal, i, 4, 5 ;
(of guinea- worm) at Ormuz. 52, 53
Plantains, see Figs, Indian
Pliny's chameleon, i, 306
Plums in Tercera, ii, 279
Poisona, used in India, i, 211, 225 ;
antidote to, ti, 9, 10, 143
Polyas (low caste in Malabar), t, 279,
281, 284
Pomegranates, ii, 255
Poon spars, i, 67
Porcelain, i, 129, 130, 228
Pork, excellent in Mozambique, i, 26
Porto Grande (Chittagong), i, 94
 Pequeno (Satgong), ibid.
 Sancto, i, 14
Portugal; trade relations with Holland,
i, xxiv, xxx, xxxi ; disputed succes
sion, 3-4; 5, 6; 7; 30; 218, 219 ;
viceroys sent from, 217 ; their ap
pointment, ii, 201, 202 ; importation

of pepper to, ii, 72 ; of cloves, 81,
82 ; of precious stone, 141 ; visit of
Japanese to, 167, 174
Portuguese ; i, xxv, xxviii, xxxvi,
xxxvii ; in Mozambique, 27, seqq. ;
restrictions on Mahommedan trade,
67 ; in Bengal, 90, 95 ; in Malacca,
1H4-106 ; prevent Spaniards trading
with Moluccas, 116 ; in Macao, 145 ;
in Goa, 175-183; their manners in
India, 183-192 ; rank and titles, 188,
189; martial affairs, 189-192; domes
tic customs, etiquettes, etc., 193-
205; women, their customs, 205-217;
revenues and duties in Goa, etc.,
259; slave trade. 276,277; hated
by Malabars,' 278; diaputes with
Naira, 281-282 ; treatment of Moora
and Jews, 285, 288 ; in Ceylon, 293,
169 ; conflicts with the Malabara,
170-173; with Turks, 183, 184;
with Arabs, 185-186 ; with English,
293, seqq.; at St. Helena, 255 ; at
Azores, 284
Pory, island and temple of (i.e., Ele-
phanta), i, 291
Poultry, i, 25, 128, 301 ; it, 280
Praya, Villa de (Azores), ii, 278, 292
Prazeres Maranhao, cited, i, 34
Precious stones ; in Cambaia, i, 61 ;
Ceylon, 80 ; Aracan and Pegu, 97 ;
China, 128 ; sold in Goa, 228 ; ii,
133, seqq. ; relative values, 145,
seqq.
Prester John's country, i, 34, 264
Printing, ancient, in China, i, 142
Pucho (costus), ti, 129
Pul, ii, 63
Puli (tamarind), it, 119
Punta del Gada (Azores), it, 287
Pyrard de Laval, cited, i, 14, 23, 25,
26, 31, 34, 177,195,196-201,204-
213, 218, 219, 237-241
Pythagorean law observed in India, t,
60, 252, 253 Q.
Quails, ti, 280
Quebuli myrobalans, ii, 124
Queda, i, 103
Qudli (plantain), ii, 40, 41
Quevra (? pine-apple), ii, 18
Quicheo (? Kwei-chau), province of
China, i, 137
Quicksilver, i, 128
Quilon, see Coulon
Quil, a name of aloes, ii, 126
 or Quirpele (a mongoose), ii,
104
Quilat (carat), ii, 146-151, 151-157

334

INDEX.

Quiloa, i, 26, 27, 36
Quilts of Cambay, i, 61
Quindor (Chandor ?) mangoes, ii, 24
Quiniones, Alvaro Flores de, it, 295,
298, 300
Quinzay (King-sze or capital — here
apparently Peking), i, 139
R.
Radishes, ii, 36
Raffles, his foundation of Singapore, i,
119
Raisins, it, 35
Raja Singha in Ceylon (called Raiu),
ii, 196
Rajputs, i, 166
Ramos, Cape, boundary of Malabar,
i, 65
Rapiers esteemed in Japan, i, 159
Rapta identified with Quiloa, i, 27,
36
Rats in India, t, 302 ; see Musk rat and
Bandicoot
Reals imported into India, i, 11
Rechatas (kind of stuff), i, 91
Red Sea, t, 67, 257 ; it, 183
Reinols, i, 208
Reis, value of, i, 12
Relics of St. Thomas, i, 89
Reptiles in India, i, 305
Revenge, Sir R. Grenville's ship, ii, 309,
310 ; wreck of, 313
Reysbutos, i.e., Rajputs, q.v.
Reys Magoa, burial place of viceroys,
ti, 201
Phases, cited, ii, 41, 57
Rhinoceros, i, 96 ; ii, 8-11 ; virtues of
the horn, 9
Rhubarb, it, 101
Ribeiro Pacheco, Bernardim, ii, 304
 , cited, i, 28
Rice, in Madagaacar, i, 21 ; in Cambay,
60 ; in Daman, BaaBein, and Chaul,
63'; at Onor, 66, 67 ; in Bengal, 94 ;
in Java, 112 ; in China, 127 ; in
Japan, 152 ; revenue of Japanese
kings from, 160 ; various kinds in
Goa,246-247; daily food of Canarins,
246
Rio de la Plata, i, 18
Robasses, species of ruby, i, 80 ; ii,
140
Roc of Marco Polo, i, 21
Roca Velha diamonds, ii, 137
Rome, Japanese go to, ii, 167, 176,
190
Ropes from coco-fibre, it, 46
Rosa maUia, i, 150
Roselgat, Cape, i, 44, 235
Rosquilhos (cracknels), i, 198

Rubies, in Ceylon, i, 80 ; in Aracan
and Pegu, 97 ; in India, ti, 138-141 ;
values of, 151-154
Rumis, or Rumos, i.e., Turks, i, 58,
168

Sabayo, Mahom. chief of Goa, i, 174
Sacar mambu, ii, 56
Saccola (for cacola, cardamom), ii, 87
Saffron, i, 21 ; substitute for, ii, 59,
60
St. Alberto, ship, ii, 176, 196
St. Antony, ship, ii, 196, 215, 251
St. Barboran, in Tercera, it, 286
St. Christopher, ship, ii, 215, 228, 252
St. Domingo, ii, 79, 297, 316
St. Elmo's fire, ii, 238
St. Francis, ahip, t, 10, 16, 18, 19, 22,
38, 40 ; ii, 176, 196
St. George, island of (near Mozam
bique), i, 24, 27
 (Azores), ii, 268, 276, 289, 315
St. Helena, i, xxvii, xxviii ; ii, 228,
249, 250, 251, 252, 253
St. Jago, ship, i, 22 ; ii, 176, 177-182
St. Jacob, ship, i, 10, 38
 , island of, i, 24, 27
St. Lawrence, ship, i, 10, 22, 39 ; ii, 168,
176, 194 island, i.e., Madagascar, why

so called, i, 19, 20-22 ; ii, 80
St. Lucar de Barrameda, i, xxiv, 2 ;
ii, 294
St. Mary, Azores, ii, 276, 288
 , ship, it, 174, 196, 215, 228, 251,
259
St. Michael, Azores, ii, 276, 283, 287-
288, 304, 308, 315
St. Michael's monastery in Salsette, i,
290
St. Peter, ahip, wreck of, ti, 16
St. Philip, ahip, t, 10, 16, 23, 41;
taken by Drake, ii, 167, 194
St. Salvator, ahip, i, 10 ; it, 176, 189,
196, 253
St. Sebastian's, village in Tercera, ti,
286
St. Thomas, legends of his preaching
and miracle in India, i, 83-89 ; of his
death, 88
 , town of (near Madras), i, 82 ;
called after the apostle, 83, 235
 , island of, ii, 76
 , a gold coin, i, 243
 , ship, ii, 182, 189, 228, 234, 23
236, 252
 Christians, see Christians
St. Vincent, Cape, ii, 301 , 303
Salamanca, i. 4

INDEX.

335

Salsette (near Goa), i, 177, 180
 (near Bombay), cave temples in,
i, 289-291
Salt, revenue in China, i, 131 ; at St.
Helena, ii, 256
Salutation in Deccan, i, 173, 174
Samarrut (emerald), ii, 140
Samorin (the King of Calecut), ii, 169,
170, 239
Sandal- or sanders-wood, i, 21, 61 ; ii,
102-103
Sanguiceu (?), port in the Concan,
occupied by corsairs, ii, 170-173
Sanguinho-wood in Tercera, ii, 283
Sanguis Draconis, i, 47
Santa Cruz, Marquis of, i, 7
Santa Cruz, ship in which Linschoten
returned, it, 220, 221 ; sails, 228,
229, seqq., 244, 248 ; passes Cape,
249 ; at St. Helena, 250 ; at Ascen
sion, 259 ; Cape Verde, 262 ; reaches
Azores, 267-268; attacked by English
ships, 268-269, 271; reaches Lis
bon, 275
Sappan-wood, i, 121
Sapphirea i, 80, 97 ; it, 138-139
Sarama (Cheruman) Perumal,' the
famous Samorin, i, 71-73
Saramparas (aalemporea, a cotton
atuff), i, 95, 114
Sarasso cloths, i, 91, 114
Sarcenet, made at Chaul, i, 64
Sargasso, a sea-weed, ii, 262, 267
 Sea, ii, 262
Sari, web so called, i, 96
Sarkandu (sandal-wood), ii, 103
Sassetti, Filippo, cited, i, 4, 199
Satigaon, i, 94
Satin, made at Chaul, i, 64, 228
Satopassas (aome kind of stuff), i, 95,
114
Savoy, Charlea Emmanuel, Duke of,
ii, 176
Saxi (?), a province of China, i, 137
Scaliger, J. O, cited, i, 130
Scarlet cloth, i, 150
Scota trading in Azorea, it, 287
Scurvy, terrible, in Portugueae ships,
i, 23 ; betel leaves used for, ii, 64
Sea serpents, ii, 15
 wolves, ii, 248
Seasons of India, i, 232-235
Sebar (aloe), ii, 126
Sena, near Mozambique, t, 30
Sensitive plant, ii, 70
Serapion, cited, ii, 41, 57
Sercanda (for cnkhand), ii, 103
Seto PUoto, or master's mate, pay of,
t, 13
Setubal, i, xxix, ; it, 295

Seville, i, xxiii, xxiv, 2 ; it, 105, 293
Shah Iamael Sufi, i, 172
 TamaBp, i, 173 ; ti, 183
Sharks, ii, 12-13, 133
Sheep, fat-tailed, i, 25, 25, 58, 300-
301
Shell-fiBh, ti, 11, 12, 16
ShipB ; order, etc., on voyage to India,
i, 10, seqq.; misery on board, 23 ; in
Canton, 127 ; why daUy lost, ii,
176 ; general overloading, 188, 191-
193, 225-226; regulations of des
patch homewards, 228 ; partition
and arrangements, 231 ; in Tercera,
292, 294, 295-297 ; great lose of,
297
Sholapur, i, 170
Shroffs (Xaraffos), i, 231, 244
Siam, t, 91 ; white elephants in, 98
and it, 1, 2 ; i, 101-104, 293 ; ii, 10,
97, 105
Siffardan, i, 168
Silk, in Sinde, i, 56 ; in Chaul, 64 ; in
Sumatra, 109; in Cochin China, 125,
in China, 129 ; three sorts of Chinese
silks described, 148 ; sold in Goa,
228 ; of China absorbs water, ii, 82
Silva, John Gomes da, Captain of
Ormuz, ii, 174
Silveira, G. de, Jesuit, i, 272
Silver, in Madagascar, i, 21 ; in Cey
lon, 80; in Sumatra, 109 ; in China,
128 ; in Japan, 153 ; ships laden
with, ti, 294; at Angra, 295
 coins in India preferred to gold,
t, 10
 fish, i, 304
Sinde, products of, i, 55, 56, 63, 269
 river, see Indus
Singady, ii, 60
Singapore, t, 101, 119
Singhalese, t, 74, 79, 81
Sinosura, the hook of (a mistaken
name), t, 119, 120
Sinsay (Shensi), province of China, i,
137
Siri (betel), ii, 166
Sitor (Chitor), ti, 126, 129, seqq.
Sixtus V, Pope, i, 162
Slaves, imported from Mozambique, i,
33, 275-276 ; traffic in, at Goa, 185 ;
their employment, 186; Arabian,
264-265
Snakes ; swimming, off Indian coast, i,
38-39, 305 ; bite of, healed by
snakewood, ii, 104 ; by coatua, 127 ;
charming of, i, 225
Snakewood, ii, 104. 105
Socotra, i, 36 ; ti, 126
Sodomy, in Pegu, alleged, i, 100

336

INDEX.

Sofala, gold mine, i, 27, 31 ; fortress,
27, 31, 32 ; ambergris, it, 92, 174,
176
Solden, i.e.. Sultan, i, 59
Soldiers, Portuguese in India, position
of, t, 188, 189 ; habits of unmarried,
199, 200 ; hard state of, 202-203 ;
few return, 230-231, and how
Sousa's Oriente Conquistado (" History
of Jesuit Missions "), cited, i, 84, 86,
87, 163, 182
 , Faria Y, (Asia Portoguesa), cited,
i, 292, 293
 Coutinho, Manuel de, ii, 197 ;
becomes viceroy, 293
Spain, relations with Holland, i, xxiii ;
state of, xxxix ; Philip II of, succeeds
to crown of Portugal, 3-6 ; plague
in, 4-5, 5 ; attempts to trade with
Moluccas, 116, 117; possesses
Philippines, 122, 123 ; 167, 266 ;
284, 288 ; 298-309
Spanish fleet ; defeated by English, it,
270 ; actions with English, 293,
seqq. ; wrecks of, 297, 298 ; action
with Sir R. Grenville, 309-310;
quarrels ensuing, 311-312
 Jews in Cochin, t, 286
Sparrows, i, 301
Spicea ; i, 44, 47 ; in Sumatra, 109 ; in
Java, i, 112-113 ; of India, ii, 72,
seqq., 126-132
Spikenard, it, 126
Spinel rubiea, i, 80 ; it, 139
Sprenger, Aloys, cited, t, 37, 44
Springs, hot, in Tercera, ii, 283
Squirrels, t, 306
Stanley of Alderley, Lord, cited, i, 25,
46, 123, 265
Steel, in China, i, 128 ; affected in
Azores, it, 286
Strinceros on board ship, duty and pay
of, i, 13
Strozzi, Philip, i, 7
Stuart, Dr. Cohen, cited, i, 79
Sucte (? ginger), it, 79
Suez, i, 37 ; ii, 183
Sugar, i, 23, 95, 130 ; ti, 266
 candy, i, 56
 cane, ii, 56
 of bamboo, ii, 56
Suicide in Japan, t, 154
Sumach, ti, 124
Sumatra; i, 104, 107-111 ; black pepper
in, ii, 73 ; benzoin in, 97 ; aloes-
wood, 105 ; camphor, 118, 194
Sumbawa Island, i, 114
Summer in India, i, 232-235
Sunda (western part of Java), i, 111,
112, 113, 115 ; trade to, 257 ; pepper

in, i, 112 ; it, 73 ; nutmegs, ii, 84 ;
camphor, 118 ; cubebs, 130
Sunda Calapa (now Batavia), i, 112
 Straits of, t, 111 ; it, 253
Supari, ii, 63
Superatitions ; of Hindus, i, 227 ; of •
Brahmina, 247-252 ; of Banians of
Cambay, 252-256; of Deccan people,
257, 258; connected with pagodas
and idols, 289-300
Sura (or toddy), ii, 48
Susuan (Szechuen), province of China,
i, 137
Suttee, the rite of, i, 249
Syphilis in India, i, 238, 239 ; ii, 107-
111 T.
Tads, i, 149
Taffeta, t, 64
Tamalapatra (Folium Indtim or Mala-
bathrum), ii, 130-131
Tamaras (dates), ii, 119
Tamarind, ii, 119-122
Tamas, King of Persia, see Shah
Thamas
Tambul (betel), ii, 66
Tanga, a coin, i, 241, 242, 243
Tanjapura (Tanjongpura), diamonds,
it, 137
Tapestries, i, 47
Taprobana, ancient name of Ceylon
misapplied to Sumatra, t, 107
Tatingo i ?), fish in India, ii, 11
TavardUha (?), an epidemic disease,
i, 4
Tavora, Lourenco Perez de, viceroy,
i, 40
Taybin (apparently Peking), ii, 139
Tea, i, 157
Teapots, costly, i, 157
Teeth, sea-horse, i, 61
 , betel used for the, it, 64, 66
Tegetmeier on Pigeons, cited, t, 50
Teixeira, P., cited, i, 46, 250
Teixo wood, in Azores, ii, 284, 290
Temples in India, i, 289, seqq.
Tenasserim. i, 102-103
Ten Broecke, see Paludanus
Teneriffe, ii, 264
Tenga (coco-nut) ii, 43
Tennent's Ceylon, Emerson, cited, t,
78, 80, 81, 292 ; ii, 2, 12
Tercera Island ; i, xxviii, 110 ; ii, 16,
198,267,268,269, 274, 292-297, 298-
309 ; great storm at, 302 ; earth
quake, 308 ; Linschoten leaves, 318;
see Azores
Terra Alta, oh Cochin China coast, i,
124

INDEX.

337

Terra do Natal, (i.e., Natal in South
Africa), i, 19
 Firma, ii, 316
 Incognita, i, 111
Terry, Edward, cited, i, 9, 11, 19, 89 .
Texel, i, xxiv, xxxiv, xxxv, 2
Teyde, Pico de (Peak of Teneriffe), ti,
264
Thevet, Andre', cited, i, 20 ; ii, 19
Tidore, i, 116
Tigers, i, 127, 305
Timor Island, i, 114 ; ii, 102
Timour's invasion of India, i, 167
Tin, i, 129, see Calain
Tin or Thin, William, brother of J. H.
van Linschoten, i, xxv ; ii, 217
Tirianjabin, Trumjibin (manna), ii,
100
Titles in Goa, t, 188
Tolanchia (?), a province in China, i,
137
Toms, officials in Japan, i, 160, seqq.
Tonis or Dhonis, kind of boats in
Malabar, it, 56, 191, 227
Tooth of Buddha, story about, i, 292-
294
Topazes, i, 80, 138
Tortoise-shell manufacturea, t, 61 ; ii,
136
Tovar, Dr. Simon de, cited, ii, 105
Trade; propoBed Dutch W. India Com
pany, i, xxxviii, xxxix ; of Cambay
Banians, 252 ; of Spain and Portu
gal with Canaries, ti, 266, etc.
Treck (or Lac), ii, 88
Trican (coco-palm), ii, 43
Tripoli (in Syria), i, 48, 50 ; ii, 175
Tubaron (shark), ti, 12, 133
Tupha Indi, ii, 31
Turiaes, some kind of cotton atuff, t,
114
Turkey, t, 49 ; pigeon-post in, 50-51 ;
coffee in, 157 ; bangue used in, it,
116
Turkeys (or Guinea-fowl ?), it, 280
Turkish galleys, ii, 183, 302
Turks, expedition against, ii, 183-194
Turquoise, it, 141

U.
Udo (Benzoin), ii, 98
Ulcers, China root used for, ii, 112
Ulcinde, i, 55
Ulpot (costus), ii, 129
VUabad (Daulatabad), ii. 144
Unchastity of Nairs, t, 278, 280, 283
Unicorn identified with rhinoceros,
ii, 9

Uraca (arrack), ii, 49
Usbek, province of, ii, 100, 101
Uva passa (raisins), it, 49

V.
Vaquas, Insula das, ii, 143
Valentijn, Francois, cited, it, 96, 97
Valle, P. della, cited, i, 200, 205, 257
Values of Chinese merchandise, i, 148,
149; of precious stones, ii, 145,
seqq.
Valverde, ii, 265
Varthema, Lod. di, cited, i, 270, 279 ;
ii, 97
Vaypin Island, i, 69
Veer, Gerard de, i, xxxiv
Vegetables in India, ii, 36
Velvet, imported into China, i, 150
" Velvet sleeves," sea-birds ao-called,
ii, 243, 247
Venesares, i.e., Brinjaris, i, 166
Venetiana, in Ormus, i, 47, 205; in
Aleppo, ii, 204
Venetiander (Ven. ducat), tt, 166
Venice, ii, 101, 102, 103, 175 ; trade
with Aleppo, 204
Verd, Cape, it, 79, 260, 263
Verdete (verdigris), i, 150
Veriche, i, 170
Viceroys, method of nominating, ii,
201, 209, 217,segg'.,see Portugal and
India
Victualling the Indian ships, i, 13, 14
Vijayanagara, see Bisnagar and Nar-
ainga
Villa Franca, earthquake at, it, 308
Villa d'Horta, in Azorea, it, 289
Villa Lobos, expedition to Moluccas,
i, 116, 117
Villa Nova, in Tercera, ii, 286
Vines in Tercera, ii, 285
Vintins (a marine creature) i, 39
Visapor (i.e., Bijapu), i, 170
Visits, etiquette of, i, 195
Vlielandt, ii, 320
Volcanoes, in Moluccas, i, 117 ; alleged
in St. Helena, it, 255 ; in Tercera,
283
Vrient, J. Bapt.,his map of the world,
i, xxxi, xxxii
Vumata Caya (Datura), i, 211

W.
Wages ; of crew on India shipB, t, 12-
14; of soldiers in China, 132; of
Portuguese soldiers and sailors in
India, i, 189-190

338

INDEX

Waghenaer, Lucas Jansz, hia worka,
and friendship with Linschoten, t,
xxvii, xxxvii
Wall of Phina. i, 138
Wallace, A. R., cited, i, 118
Walnuts, ii, 279
Water, sweet, from sea-bottom, i, 52
Wax in China, i, 130
Weapona ; manufactured in Sumatra, i,
110, 111 ; forbidden in China, 140 ;
of the Malabars, i, 279, 280
Weighta and measures, in Java, i, 113 ;
in China, 149 ; in Goa, etc., 245-
247
Welser of Augaburg, trades in India,
ti, 92
Whales, ambergris alleged dung of, it,
92
White Dove, ahip, wrecked, it, 313-
315
Widowa, burning of Brahmin, i, 249
Wight, Isle of, ii, 319
Williams, Professor Monier, cited, i,
253, 254
Winds, in India, i, 233-235 ; in the
Azores, ii, 286
Wine; imported into India, i, 10 ; from
rice in Japan, 157 ; from coco-nut,
ii, 49 ; in the Canaries, 266 ; in
Azores, 278-279
Winter (i.e., rainy season), in India, i,
232-235, 240
Witchcraft, in India, i, 225
Wood, in the Azores, ii, 280, 287
Women ; curious customs of, in Pegu,
t, 98-100 ; of Malacca, 106 ; in
Japan, 156 ; manners of, in India,
205-217 ; their seclusion, 208 ; un-

chastity, 209-212 ; cleanliness, 212 ;
love for their children, 216 ; system
of nursing, 217 ; Hindu, burnt with
their husbands, 249 ; Canarin, 261,
262 ; amongst Malabars and Nairs,
280, 281, 283 ; use of datura, ii, 69,
70 ; of bangue, 115
Worms (Guinea-), at Ormuz, i, 52; in
India, 304
Wright, Professor, cited, i, 83, 87
Writing, in China, i, 1 41

Xa (i.e., Sh5h), a title, i, 172, 173, see
Shah
Xansay (Shansi), province of China, t,
137
Xaraffos (Shroffs), i, 231, 244
Xema, John de, story of his daughter
and her paramour, it, 206, seqq.
Xerafin, a gold coin, t, 190, 241
Xercast, Xerkest (Shir khisht), ii, 100
Xumitanda, King of Omura, in Japan,
becomes Christian, i, 161
Xuntien, Taybin, or Quinzay (appar
ently Peking), residence of King of
China, i, 139

Yams, ti, 142
Yarn, from grass, i, 96
Yule, Colonel H., cited, i, 20, 25, 26,
52, 78, 79, 85, 99, 107, 112, 126, 175,
265

Zamorin, see Samorin

INDEX.

339

INDEX II.
Viz. of Oriental and other Foreign Words adduced in the Notes of
the Editors.

N.B.— In the following index of Foreign words, these are the contractions
used : —

Ar. Sot Arabic
Can. for Canarese
Hind, for Hindustani
Jav. for Javanese
Konk. for Konkani
Mahr. for Mahratti
Mai. for Malay
Malm, for Malayalam

Acajou, ii, 27
Accebar (Ar.), it, 129
Agil (Malm.), it, 105
Ahlilj (Ar.), it, 124
Al'-anbar (Ar.), ii, 92
Al gSliyah (Ar.), i, 96 ; ii, 95
Aliya (Mai.), ii, 80
Al-jauhar (Ar.), i, 45
Almas (Ar), ii, 136
Al-misk (Ar.), ii, 94
Alpargate (Port.), i, 257
Al-qatifah (Ar.), i, 47, 166
Am, Amb (Hind.), ti, 24
Amba (Pers.), ib.
Ambali, Amli (Mahr.), it, 119
Amlaka (Skt.), ii, 124
Amra (Skt.), ii, 24
Anula, anwla (Hind.), ii, 124
Arakku (Malm.), ii, 88
Ardraka (Skt.), ti. 79
Ashrafi (Ar.), t, 190
Averrhoa Carambola, ii, 33
Badak(Mal.), ti, 8
Badi zahr, Bazahr (Ar.), ii, 142
Bafta (Pers., Hind.), i, 60
Bahara (Ar., Hind., etc.), i, 113
Balaksh (Ar.), ti, 156
Bal3j (Ar.), it, 124
Balimbing (Mai.), ii, 33
Bambu (Mai.), ii, 56
Bang (Pers.), ii, 115
Banki (Hind.), i, 61
Basarur, see Barselor in Index I
Batang (MaL), ii, 52
Bazu (Hind.), i, 206
Benu Khalid (Ar ), it, 185
Bernawi (Ar.), ii, 117

Pers. for Persian
Port, for Portuguese
Singh, for Singhalese
Skt. for Sanskrit
Sund. for Sundanese
Tarn, for Tamil
Td. for Telug'u
Turk, for Turkish

Bera or bersj (Ar.), it, 117
Bhakta (Mahr.), i, 246
Bhanga (Skt.), ii, 115
Bhar (Mahr.), i, 245
Bhat (Hind ), i, 246
Bilimbi (Mai.), it, 33
Bittikh (Ar.), ii, 35
Bola (Skt.), ii, 99
Boza (Turk.), ii, 116
Brindao (Port.), ii, 34
Brinjaria, i, 166
Bunga (Mai.), it, 52
Bunga pala (Mai., Jav.), ii, 85
Bunn (Ar.), t. 157
Btiwa Frangi (Mai. ), ii, 27
Canela dos mattos (Port.), i, 70
Cankha (Skt.), ii, 135
Caracea, i, 178
Cardon (Dutch), ii, 17
Carril (Canar.), ii 11
get (Mahr.), i, 201
Cha (Chin.), i, 157
Chadar, i, 60
Chakka (Malm.), ii, 20
Chaliyam, t, 73
Champaka (Hind.), ii, 36
Chandanakkunu (Malm.), ii, 103
Chendana (Malm.), ii, 102
Chenkeh (MaL and Jav.), ii, 81
Coir, i, 75
Qreshta (Skt.), i, 201
Qrikhand (Skt.), 103
Dar-al-Sida (Ar.), ii, 121
Darchini (Pera.), ii, 76
Deringu (Mai.), ii, 128
Dhattura (Skt.), i, 210 ; ii, 68

340

INDEX.

Djahe (Mai.), ii, 80
Dravar (Malm.), i, 279
Droni (Skt.), ti. 191
Durian (Mai.), it, 51
Ela (Skt.), ii, 87
Elachi (Hind.), ii, 87
Elattari (Malm.), it, 87
Eugenia Jambolana, it, 29
Faufel (Ar.), ii, 63
Feijoea (Port.), it, 250
Filfil (Ar.), ti, 73
Garcinia purpurea, ii, 34
Garu (Mai.), ii, 106
GhSrapuri (Elephanta Island), i, 291
Gudri (Hind.), i, 61
Haai (Dutch), ii, 12, 133
Hajar Armani, ii, 144
Haritaki (Skt.), ii, 124
Haahish (Ar.), ii, 116
Hindi (Ar.), ii, 124
Hinten (Jav.), ii, 137
HIra (Skt.), it, 136
Honnaollr, see Onor in Index I
Han nio (Malm.), ii, 43
Inji (Malm.), ii, 80
Intan (Malm.), ii, 137
Jaipatri (Hind.), ii, 85
Jaiphal (Hind.), ii, 85
Jamboaa Malaecenaia, ii, 29, 30
Jambu (Skt.), it, 30
Jatipatri (Skt.), ii, 85
Jatiphala (Skt.), it, 85
Jauz-al-Hindi (Ar.), ti, 43
Jauz masal (Ar.), i, 211
Jhoriya (Mahr.), i, 56, 60
Jiresal (Mahr.), i, 245 (see also it, 23)
Kababa (Ar.), ti. 130
Kabali (Ar.), ii, 124
Kadali (Skt.), ii. 39
Kaffir (Ar.), it, 117
Kaju (Hind.), ii, 27
Kalang (Mai.), i, 104
Kali (Ar.).i, 104
Kafikkodu, see Calicut in Index I
Kallu (Malm.), ii, 48
Kamarak (Canar.), Kamrak (Hind.) it,
33
Kaminian (Mai.), it, 98
KamraTiga. it, 33
Kamukus (Sund., Mai.) ii, 130
Kappala (Malm.), ii, 48
Karhi (Hind.), ii, 11
Kari (Tamil), ib.

Karpura (Skt.), ii, 117
Karua (Tarn.), ii, 76
Rattan (Hind.), i, 60
Kayara (Malm.), t, 75
Kayu manis (Mai.), ii, 76
Kela, Keli (Hind.), ii, 40
Khaja undi (Hind., Mahr.), i, 214
Khalanjan (Ar.), ii, 131
Khamraq (Hind.), it, 33
Khandaki (Mahr.), i, 60
Khiyar-Shambar (Pers.), ii, 122
Kiri, Kirippillei (Tarn.), ii, 104
Kocchi, see Cochin in Index I
Kodungalur, see Cranganor in Index I
Kolia, i, 166
Kondor (Ar.), it, 99
Konkani. i, 64, 176
Kria, i, 110
Kulam, see Coulon, Quilon, in Index I
Kulambak (Mai.), ii, 105
Kunambi (Kqnk.), i, 260
Kurebl i Mahr.), ib.
Kurundu (Singh.), ii, 76
Lada (Mai.), ii, 73
Lahos (Mai.), it, 131
Leilao (Port.), i, 185
Loban (Ar.), it, 99
Loban jawi (Ar.). ii, 96, 98
Lulu (Ar.), it, 133
Mainattu (Malm.), i, 260
Malaka Jamrul, ii, 30
Mambu (Mai.), ii, 56
Mana (Mahr.), i, 245
Manikkam (Tam.). ii, 140
Manikya (Skt.). ib.
Manilhas (Port.), i, 206
Manna (Malm.), ii, 23
Maricha (Skt.), ii, 73
Marwarid (Pers.), ii, 133
Metkal(Ar.), ti, 117
Misri(Ar.),t», 113
ModachI, Modashi (Mahr.), i, 236 ; ii,
22
MuZagu (Malm.), ii. 73
Muqaddam (Ar.), i, 267
Mundini (Tam.), ii, 27
Murdaxi (Konk. ),ii, 11
Mushka (Skt.), ii. 94
Muttu (Malm., Tam.), it, 133
Naik (Tel), i, 174
Namburi (Tam.), i, 249, 279
Narel (Hind,), it. 43
NUa (Skt.), ii, 91
Nipa (Mai.), i. 103 ; it, 49
Niur (MaL), it, 43
Nori (Jav.), t, 307

INDEX.

341

Nuri (Mai.), i, 307
Nyctanthes Arbor-triatis, ti, 56
Olhos de goto (Port.), ii, 141
Pachcha (Malm.), ii, 140
Paching (Jav. ), ii. 129
Padzahr ( Pera.), ii. 142
Paijamaa (Pera., Hind.),.i, 900
Pala (Mai.. Jav.), ii. 85
Palaga, Palange (Malm., Can.), ii, 191
Palam (Malm), ti. 40, 41
Pan (Hind. ),ii. 66
Panaaa (Skt.), it, 20
Pangolin, ii, 13
Papaya, ii. 35
Parna (Skt.), ii, 66
Partab (Hind.), ii, 166
Paryataka (Hind.), ii, 58
Patemari (Mahr., Konk.), i, 260
Pathmar (Konk.), ii, 165
Patill(Hind.). i, 95
Peixe serra (Port. ), ii, 11
Phala (Skt.). ii. 85
Pilava (Malm.), ii, 20
Pippali (Skt.), ii, 73
Pisang (Mai. ), ii, 40, 41
Puli (Malm.), ii. 119
Puliyan(Malm.),i, 279
Putchuk (trade-name), ii, 129
Qacab al-dharira (Ar.), ti, 128
Qafilah (Ar.), ii, 159
Qahwah (Ar.), i, 157
Qaqolla (Ar. ), ii. 87
Qaranfal (Ar. ), ti 81
Qiblah (Ar. ), i. 287
Qintar (Ar.), i. 245
Qira't (Ar.), 146
Qirfa (Ar.), ii, 76
Qost (Ar.), ii, 129
Raa-al-hadd, i, 235
Regatas (Port.), t. 91
Rotan (Mai.), i, 97
Sadhaj, Sadhaji Hindi (Ar. . Pers.), ii,
131
Sambasal (?), i, 246

Samuri, i, 68
Sangada (Malm.), ii, 185
Sarasa'(Hind.), i, 91
Sari (Hind.), t, 96
Sarraf (Ar.), i, 231, 244
Sethah (Hind.), i, 201
Sharif! (Ar.), i, 190
Sheikh (Ar.), i, 24
Shirkhiaht (Pers.), ii, 100
Sirih (Mai.), it, 66
Sonneratia rubra, ii, 29
Sonth (Hind.), ii, 79
Srigading (MaL), ii, 60
Supari (Skt.), ii, 63
Sura (Skt., etc.), it, 48
Tabashir (Ar.), it, 56
Tamalapatra (Skt.), ii, 130, 131
Tamar hindi (Ar.), it. 119
Tambula (Skt., etc.), ii, 66
Tangah (Pers.), i, 241
Tanka (Hind.), ib.
Taratojubin (Pera.). ti, 100
Tatula (Turk.), i, 210
Tengamaram (Tam.), it, 43
Tenna (Malm.), ii, 43
Tirisan (Jav.), ii.
Tiyar (Malm.), i, 279
Toffah Hindi (Ar.), ii, 31
Toni (Malm., Tam.), ii, 191
Tubarao (Port., mispr. Tabardo), ii, 12,
133
Tvak-cira (Skt.), it, 56
Ummatta-Kkay (Malm., Tam.), i, 211
Vacha (Skt.), ii, 128
Vaidurya (Skt.), it, 138
Vaaambu (Tam.), it, 128
VettUa (Malm.), Vettilei (Tam.), ii, 62
Ward (Ar.), ti, 60
Yaqut (Ar.), ii, 140
Zabad, Zabadah (Ar.), ii, 95
Zendjabll (Ar.), ii, 79
Zomorrad (Ar.), ii, 140

M 1469

Q
Q